Books
- C. elegans-- methods and applications. 2nd ed. — Chemical signals in vertebrates. 14 (546)
- Chemical skin injury : mechanisms, prevention, decontamination, treatment — Clinical rounds in endocrinology. Volume I, Adult endocrinology (546)
- Clinical rounds in endocrinology. Volume II, Pediatric endocrinology — Congenital hip disease in adults (546)
- Congenital hyperinsulinism : a practical guide to diagnosis and management — Cytotoxic T-cells : methods and protocols (546)
- DigitalHoward I. Maibach, Alan H. Hall, editors.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, compact but comprehensive review of chemical skin injuries, differentiating them from thermal skin burns. After an introductory chapter on the history of chemical skin injuries and the scope of the problem, the anatomy, histology, physiology, and immunology of normal skin are described. Mechanisms involved in chemical penetration of normal skin are explained, and the effects of damaged skin on chemical penetration are analyzed. The remainder of the book discusses a variety of clinically relevant aspects, such as the different forms of chemical skin injury, including injuries that arise during skin peeling or due to hair products; preventive measures; emergency treatment; rinsing therapy; medical and surgical treatment; and the importance of providing relevant information to workers. The role of predictive toxicology is also considered. Chemical Skin Injury: Mechanisms, Prevention, Decontamination, Treatment is an ideal resource for readers who want to understand chemical skin injury, to put preventive measures in place, and to respond appropriately should a chemical skin injury occur.
Contents:
Skin in the Past and in the Modern Times
Normal Skin Aspects
Molecular Dimension of Skin Chemical Aggression
Damaged Skin
Practical Aspects of Skin Chemical Exposure and Management. - Digitaledited by Philip K. Moore, Matt Whiteman.Summary: This book puts hydrogen sulfide in context with other gaseous mediators such as nitric oxide and carbon monoxide, reviews the available mechanisms for its biosynthesis and describes its physiological and pathophysiological roles in a wide variety of disease states. Hydrogen sulfide has recently been discovered to be a naturally occurring gaseous mediator in the body. Over a relatively short period of time this evanescent gas has been revealed to play key roles in a range of physiological processes including control of blood vessel caliber and hence blood pressure and in the regulation of nerve function both in the brain and the periphery. Disorders concerning the biosynthesis or activity of hydrogen sulfide may also predispose the body to disease states such as inflammation, cardiovascular and neurological disorders. Interest in this novel gas has been high in recent years and many research groups worldwide have described its individual biological effects. Moreover, medicinal chemists are beginning to synthesize novel organic molecules that release this gas at defined rates with a view to exploiting these new compounds for therapeutic benefit.
- Printedited by Endre A. Balazs.Contents:
v. 1. Collagen, basal laminae elastin --
v. 2. Glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans --
v. 3. Structural organization and function of the matrix. - Digitaledited by Dr. Ravin Narain.Contents:
General methods of bioconjugation
Covalent and noncovalent bioconjugation strategies
Polymer bioconjugates
Bioconjugates based on poly(ethylene glycol)s and polyglycerols
Synthetic polymer bioconjugate systems
Natural polymer bioconjugate systems
Dendrimer bioconjugates: synthesis and applications
Organic nanoparticles based bioconjugates
Bioconjugation strategies: lipids, liposomes, polymersomes, and microbubbles
Organic nanoparticle bioconjugate: micelles, cross-linked micelles, and nanogels
Carbon nanotubes and fullerene C60 bioconjugates
Inorganic nanomaterials bioconjugates (metals, metal oxides--quantum dots, iron-oxide)
Gold nanomaterials bioconjugates
Methods for magnetic nanoparticle synthesis and functionalization
Quantum dots bioconjugates
Silica nanoparticle bioconjugates
Polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxanes (POSS) bioconjugates
Cell-based, hydrogels/microgels and glyco-bioconjugates
Cell-based bioconjugates
Bioresponsive hydrogels and microgels
Conjugation strategies used for the preparation of carbohydrate-conjugate vaccines
Characterization, physico-(bio)chemical properties, and applications of bioconjugates
Properties and characterization of bioconjugates
Physico-chemical and biochemical properties of bioconjugates
Applications of bioconjugates.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Printforeword by H.J. Emeléus.
- Digitaledited by W. Russ Algar, Philip E. Dawson and Igor L. Medintz.Contents:
Chemistries. A Brief Introduction to Traditional Bioconjugate Chemistry / W Russ Algar
[3+2]-Dipolar Cycloadditions in Bioconjugation / Jason E Hein
Diels-Alder and Inverse Diels-Alder Reactions / Roberto J Brea, Neal K Devaraj
The Staudinger Ligation / Olaia Nieto-García, Marcie B Jaffee, Michaela Mühlberg, Christian P R Hackenberger
Thiol-Ene Chemistry / Neil B Cramer, Christopher N Bowman
Ligand-Directed Tosyl and Acyl Imidazole Chemistry / Kazuya Matsuo, Itaru Hamachi
Bioorthogonal Labeling of Cellular Proteins by Enzymatic and Related Mechanisms / Scott A Walper, Kendrick B Turner, Igor L Medintz
Metal-Mediated Bioconjugation / Justin M Chalker
Front Matter
Applications. Protein and Antibody Labeling / Angela M Mariani, Kim E Sapsford
Activity-Based Protein Profiling / Eliane V Wolf, Steven H L Verhelst
Nucleic Acid Labeling, Ligation, and Modification / Afaf H El-Sagheer, Tom Brown
Chemoselective Reactions for Glycan Labeling / Janet E McCombs, Jennifer J Kohler
Chemoselective Attachment of Lipids to Proteins / Christian F W Becker
In Vivo Applications of Bioorthogonal Chemistries / Chelsea G Gordon, Carolyn R Bertozzi
Immobilization of Biomolecular Probes for Arrays and Assay: Critical Aspects of Biointerfaces / Stella H North, Chris Rowe Taitt
Chemical Ligations in the Design of Hydrogel Materials / Scott H Medina, Joel P Schneider
Nanoparticle Bioconjugates: Materials that Benefit from Chemoselective and Bioorthogonal Ligation Chemistries / Melissa Massey, W Russ Algar
Application of Engineered Viral Nanoparticles in Materials and Medicine / Michael D Glidden, John F Edelbrock, Amy M Wen, Sourabh Shukla, Yingfang Ma, Roger H French, Jonathan K Pokorski, Nicole F Steinmetz.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalJérôme Harmand, Claude Lobry, Alain Rapaport, Tewfik Sari.Contents:
Bioreactors
The Growth of a Single Species
Competitive Exclusion
Competition: the Density-Dependent Model
More Complex Models
Differential Equations
Indications for the Exercises.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Printedited by MiKaela Olsen, Kristine B. LeFebvre, Suzanne Walker, Elizabeth Dunphy.Summary: "Oncology nursing is a unique specialty that requires continuous learning to stay up to date on cancer pathophysiology, cutting-edge drugs, and the evidence-based management of cancer and cancer treatment-related toxicities. The Oncology Nursing Society's (ONS's) second edition of Chemotherapy and Immunotherapy Guidelines and Recommendations for Practice provides nurses with the tools to understand how medications are used in cancer treatment, the effect of medication-related toxicities, and evidence-based recommendations to manage and treat these toxicities. This edition features many new cancer therapies approved since the 2019 publication. Each drug is categorized as chemotherapy, hormone, targeted, or immunotherapy agents. Extensive drug tables in the book provide nurses with tips for managing patients receiving these drugs. The expansion of oral antineoplastic therapies, alone or in combination with infusion therapy, requires that nurses review a patient's complete cancer treatment plan and consider the side effects, toxicities, and adherence to oral drugs to ensure patient tolerance and efficacy. This second edition has seen content expanded on the topic of genomics as we move forward in the world of personalized oncology. Health equity is approached with information discussing financial distress, cultural disparities, and health literacy. The latest guidelines and recommendations for treatment, symptom management, and survivorship have been integrated into this new text. This edition features a QR code, provided with the purchase of this book, to download quarterly drug updates. You will see new evidence related to many aspects of cancer nursing care incorporated into this edition, such as hypersensitivity response, safe handling of hazardous drugs, and more. The editors want to thank all of the contributors to this edition who worked tirelessly, despite a pandemic, to make this new edition a reality. This work builds on the knowledge of many generations of oncology nurses and has been used nationally and internationally to guide oncology nursing practice. We are proud to continue to serve oncology nurses worldwide with an essential resource to guide their practice"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2023Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digitaledited by MiKaela M. Olsen, Kristine B. LeFebvre, and Kelly J. Brassil.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalEdouard J. Trabulsi, Costas D. Lallas, Anne E. Lizardi-Calvaresi, editors.Summary: This book is designed to familiarize clinical practitioners in systemic therapy options and medical management of urologic malignancies including prostate cancer, bladder and upper tract urothelial carcinoma, and renal cell carcinoma. Organized by organ system, the text highlights new therapies such as novel forms of androgen deprivation, cytotoxic chemotherapy, immune check point and immunomodulatory agents, and targeted therapies. Written by experts in the field, the book also reviews current chemotherapy and immunotherapy regimens for genitourinary malignancies and discusses indications, outcomes, and toxicities, as well as clinical trial concepts. Each of the book's chapters offers a bulleted box of clinical pearls on the particular role of the APP. Chemotherapy and Immunotherapy in Urologic Oncology: A Guide for the Advanced Practice Provider is a resource for urologists, uro-radiologists, medical clinicians and family practitioners alike, familiarizing its audiences with systemic therapy regimens for urologic malignancies, as well as their expected outcomes and side effects. .
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: Introduction: Integration of APP into Urologic Oncology Practice
Part I: Prostate Cancer
Chapter 2: Overview and Active Surveillance of Prostate Cancer
Introduction
Epidemiology
Risk Factors
Signs and Symptoms
PSA and Screening
Diagnostic Evaluation
Pathology
Staging
Risk Stratification
Active Surveillance
Bibliography
Chapter 3: Monitoring and Managing Men Following Initial Treatment of Prostate Cancer
Introduction
Monitoring Categories
Monitoring for Biochemical Recurrence Risk Stratification and Additional Testing
Evidence of Recurrence
Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Radical Prostatectomy and Survivorship After Radical Prostatectomy
Radical Prostatectomy
Survivorship after Radical Prostatectomy
Urinary Recovery
Sexual Recovery
Works Cited
Chapter 5: Multimodal Treatment Plans in Prostate Cancer
Introduction
Postoperative Radiation Therapy
Genomics
Bibliography
Chapter 6: Radiotherapy for Prostate Cancer
Radiotherapy Techniques
External Beam Radiation Therapy
Brachytherapy Radiation Therapy Based on Prostate Cancer Staging
Fractionation Schedules and Dosing
Moderate Hypofractionation
Ultrahypofractionated Regimens
Accuracy
Palliative Radiation Therapy
Use of Androgen Deprivation Therapy (ADT) with Radiotherapy
Unfavorable Intermediate-Risk Disease
High-Risk and Very-High-Risk Disease
Possible Side Effects
Unique Toxicities: Recognition, Treatment, and Management
Fatigue
Urinary Toxicities
Gastrointestinal Toxicities
Sexual Dysfunction
Stress Fractures
Methods of Minimizing Adverse Effects Survivorship after Radiotherapy
Urinary Recovery
Sexual Recovery
Bowel Toxicity
Secondary Malignancies
Other Survivorship Considerations
Assessing for Recurrence
Conclusion
References
Chapter 7: Androgen Deprivation Therapy
Introduction
Mechanism of Action
Regulation of Androgen Production
Agents of Treatment
Removal of Sources of Androgens
Use of LHRH Agonists and GnRH Antagonists
Antiandrogens: Nonsteroidal and Steroidal Antiandrogens
Antiandrogen Withdrawal
Side Effects Management
Healthy Lifestyle
Patient Counseling Second-Line Hormone Manipulation
Ketoconazole
References
Chapter 8: Second-Generation Androgen-Targeted Agents
Second-Generation Androgen-Targeted Agents
Usage, Indications, and Side Effects of Abiraterone, Enzalutamide, Apalutamide, and Darolutamide
Abiraterone (ZYTIGA™, YONSA™)
Enzalutamide (XTANDI™)
Apalutamide (ERLEADA™)
Darolutamide (NUBEQA™)
Conclusion
References
Chapter 9: Chemotherapy and Prostate Cancer
Introduction
Metastatic Hormone-Sensitive Prostate Cancer (mHSPC)
Metastatic Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer (mCRPC) - DigitalCarolina Witchmichen Penteado Schmidt, Kaléu Mormino Otoni, editors.Summary: In response to the complexity involved in treating leukemia during pregnancy, and the need to find the most efficient treatment possible without harming the fetus, this book offers essential guidelines for institutions and practitioners alike. Pursuing a comprehensive approach, the book addresses a broad range of subjects, including: pregnancy and its characteristics; staging, pathology, morbidity and what to expect in each type of leukemia; chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnant women with complete trials; dose adjustment of chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnancy based on serum dosages; and pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics for this unique group of patients. In turn, subsequent chapters focus on protecting the fetus and neonatal management regarding chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnancy, including the treatment and risks for the fetus (for each type of leukemia), intrathecal therapy and its effects on the fetus; supportive drugs, antibiotics and antifungals for pregnant patients during chemotherapy, including intervention and dose adjustments; palliative care for women with leukemia in pregnancy; breastfeeding during treatment for leukemia; pharmacological aspects of supplements, vitamins and nutrition in pregnancy during leukemia treatment; and more. Combining contributions from highly qualified hematology professionals, who have pooled their knowledge to address the treatment of virtually every aspect of leukemia in pregnancy, the book is aimed at a complete pharmacological treatment, including guidelines and trials. It is a must-have not only for institutions providing care for hematology patients, but also for residency programs, research institutions, and professionals in areas that involve leukemia treatment for pregnant women - e.g. hematology, neonatology, obstetrics clinics, intensive medicine and critical care units.
Contents:
Introduction
Clinical Perspectives For Leukemia Treatment During Pregnancy
Chemotherapy Protocols For Leukemia During Pregnancy
Pharmacokinetics And Pharmacodynamics Of Chemotherapy For Leukemia In Pregnancy
Clinical Care Of The Fetus And The Mother: Obstetrics Management For Patients On Treatment For Leukemia
Antibiotic And Antifungal Therapies During Leukemia Treatment In Pregnancy
Transfusion In Pregnant Patients Receiving Treatment For Leukemia
Dose Adjustment Of Chemotherapy For Leukemia In Pregnancy Based On Serum Dosages
Supportive drugs in leukemia treatment during pregnancy
Breastfeeding During Chemotherapy Treatment For Leukemia
Palliative Care For Patients With Leukemia During Pregnancy. - DigitalIago Dillion Lima Cavalcanti.Summary: This book aims to address the infusion sequence of the main protocols used in the treatment of varied solid cancers. Since an inadequate infusion sequence can compromise the patient's treatment, this work will provide support to professionals working in the field of oncology in assessing each chemotherapy infusion sequence. The introductory chapters present the definition, indication, and the risks and benefits of polypharmacy in cancer therapy, and discuss the importance of drug combination in cancer treatment. Chapter 2 focuses on the challenges and also the toxicity of combination therapy in cancer, while chapter 3 highlights the parameters that must be evaluated before defining the infusion sequence, such as pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profiles, drugs stability when diluted or reconstituted, toxicological profile of each drug, among others. The remaining chapters are divided by type of cancer. The content is focused on solid tumors, dividing the chapters according to breast, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, gynecological, head and neck, lung, and neurological cancers. In each chapter the epidemiological profiles, pathophysiology, therapeutic modalities, and the main chemotherapy protocols are addressed, as well as efficacy studies and data on the infusion sequence of each mentioned protocol. This work will be a valuable resource to physicians, nurses, and pharmacists, and may help to improve health service practices.
Contents:
Polypharmacy in Cancer Therapy
Combined Therapy for the Treatment of Cancer
Importance of the Infusion Order in the Treatment of Cancer
Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Breast Cancer
Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Tract Cancer
Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Genitourinary Cancer
Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Gynecological Cancer
Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Lung Cancer
Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Neurological Cancer. - Digitaledited by Robert N. Taylor, Kirk P. Conrad, Sandra T. Davidge, Anne Cathrine Staff, James M. Roberts.Summary: Leon Chesley's Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy was initially published in 1978. Four decades later, hypertension complications in pregnancy are still a major cause of fetal and maternal morbidity and death, especially in less developed nations. It is also a leading cause of preterm birth now known to be a risk factor in remote cardiovascular disease. Despite this, hypertensive disorders remain marginally studied and management is often controversial. Chesley's Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy, Fifth Edition continues its tradition as one of the beacons to guide the field of preeclampsia research, recognized for its uniqueness and utility. This revision focuses on prediction, prevention, and management for clinicians, and is an essential reference text for clinical and basic investigators alike. It provides a superb analysis of the multiple topics that relate to hypertension in pregnancy, especially of preeclampsia.
Contents:
The spectrum of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy: Dr. Leon Chesley's legacy
Epidemiology of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy
Genetic factors in the etiology of preeclampsia/eclampsia
Preconceptional and periconceptional pathways to preeclampsia
Placentation and placental function in normal and preeclamptic pregnancies
Unbiased approaches for addressing the complexities of the placenta's role in the preeclampsia syndrome
The immunology of preeclampsia
Trophoblast extracellular vesicles in preeclampsia
Angiogenesis and preeclampsia
Vascular endothelial cell dysfunction in preeclampsia
Cardiovascular alterations in normal and preeclamptic pregnancy
Cardiometabolic antecedents of preeclampsia
Cerebrovascular pathophysiology in preeclampsia and eclampsia
The kidney in normal pregnancy and preeclampsia
Salt, aldosterone, and the renin-angiotensin system in pregnancy
Platelets, coagulation, and the liver
Clinical management and antihypertensive treatment of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy
Prediction and prevention of preeclampsia
Long-term effects of preeclampsia on mothers and offspring
Animal models used for investigating pathophysiology of preeclampsia and identifying therapeutic targets
Harmonization of data and biobanks for preeclampsia research.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - DigitalMary M. Salvatore, Ronaldo Collo Go, Monica A. Pernia M.Summary: This book is a practical guide to chest CTs for non-radiologists. A succinct and focused book, Chest CT for Non-Radiologists is designed to give the reader just the level of information they need to know. Chapters begin with the basics of a chest CT, including when they are necessary and the basic procedures, so physicians and medical professionals can best counsel their patients. The book then moves into various parts of the chest and the common diseases and presentations that would be found in a chest CT (lung fibrosis, pulmonary nodules, etc.). It teaches the reader what to look for and how to provide the most accurate and effective diagnosis for their patients. There are also several de-identified CT scans that allow the reader to test his or her skills. This is an ideal resource for non-radiologist physicians -- including pulmonologists, internal medicine physicians, emergency medicine physicians, and critical care specialists, residents, and medical students -- to learn the basics of the chest CT and thereby provide optimal care for their patients.
Contents:
Radiation Dose and Imaging Protocols
The Scout Film
The Trachea and Bronchi
The Lung Parenchyma
Lung Nodules
The Mediastinum and Pleural
The Upper Abdomen
The Soft Tissues
The Osseous Structures. - DigitalThomas Kiefer, editor.Summary: This book covers all aspects of successfully treating patients using chest drains, beginning with anatomy and ending with physiotherapy and pain management. The aim of the book is to provide medical professionals with a step-by-step guide to using a chest drain, with specific chapters on indications, kinds of chest drains, catheters, drainage systems, how to insert a chest tube, complications during placement and handling of a chest drain, removing a chest drain, management of the pleural space and post-procedural care. Unlike general thoracic surgery textbooks, this book gives a complete overview of chest drains in clinical practice to ensure the best possible care of patients. .
Contents:
1. Anatomy of the chest wall and the pleura
2. Physiology and pathophysiology of the pleura
3. Indications for draining the chest
4. Different kinds of drains (-catheters)
5. Different drainage systems and philosophies
6. Inserting a chest drain: how to do
7. Complications of chest drain insertion and management
8. Care of patients having a chest drain
9. Management of the pleural space: handling of chest tubes and drainage systems
10. Pain management in patients with a chest drain
11. Physiotherpy in patients with chest drains
12. Removal of the chest drain: how to do it
Index. - DigitalJames C. Reed.Contents:
Chest wall lesions
Pleural and subpleural opacities
Pleural effusion
Pleural thickening and pleural calcification
Elevated diaphragm
Shift of the mediastinum
Widening of the mediastinum
Anterior mediastinal mass
Middle mediastinal mass
Hilar enlargement
Posterior mediastinal mass
Atelectasis
Segmental and lobar consolidations
Diffuse air-space opacities
Multifocal ill-defined opacities
Diffuse fine nodular opacities
Fine reticular opacities
Coarse reticular opacities (honeycomb lung)
Solitary pulmonary nodule
Multiple nodules and masses
Hyperlucent thorax
Solitary lucent defect
Multiple lucent lesions.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digitaleditors, Jannette Collins, Md, MEd, FCCP, FACR, Ben Felson Professor and Chair of Radiology, Professor of Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio, Eric J. Stern, MD, Professor of Radiology, Adjunct Professor of Medicine, Medicine Education and Bioinformatics, and Global Health, Vice-Chair, Academic Affairs, University of Washington, Settle, Washington.Summary: "A concise and readable text of chest radiology aimed at helping first and second-year radiology residents acquire the basic knowledge to interpret plain films and essential CT findings. Chapters start with learning objectives; schematic drawings and tables summarize common causes of radiologic abnormalities. A self-assessment exam at the end includes a variety of exercises, followed by detailed answers and explanations"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2015
- DigitalGebhard Mathis, editor.Summary: This book, widely regarded as the standard work in the field, presents the state of the art in chest sonography with the aid of a wealth of excellent illustrations. It provides the reader with concise, easy-to-assimilate information on all aspects of the use of the modality, including indications, investigative techniques, diagnostic decision making, and imaging artifacts and pitfalls. Numerous tips and tricks and potential sources of diagnostic error are highlighted to aid in daily clinical practice. This fourth edition has been extensively revised to take full account of the latest techniques, study results, and meta-analyses, with inclusion of important additional illustrative material. An entirely new chapter is devoted to interstitial syndrome, and detailed guidance is provided on contrast-enhanced sonography, ultrasound techniques for evaluation of the mediastinum, and the role of chest sonography in emergency medicine. As the value of the technique continues to grow, readers will find Chest Sonography to be a superb up-to-date resource and guide.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalGebhard Mathis, editor.Summary: This book, widely regarded as the standard work in the field, presents the state of the art in chest sonography, enhanced by a wealth of excellent illustrations. It provides the reader with concise, easy-to-assimilate information on all aspects of the use of the modality, including indications, investigative techniques, diagnostic decision making, and imaging artifacts and pitfalls. Chapters offer numerous tips and tricks and highlight potential diagnostic error sources to aid in daily clinical practice. This edition has been extensively revised to consider the latest techniques, study results, and meta-analyses and includes essential additional illustrative material. Chapter revisions include detailed guidance on contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) and the use of thoracic point-of-care ultrasound (PoCUS) in emergency patients. As the technique's value and use continue to grow, readers will find Chest Sonography a valuable up-to-date resource and guide.
Contents:
Indications, Technical Equipment and Investigation Procedure
Ultrasonography of the Chest Wall
Pleura
Interstitial Syndrome
Lung Consolidation
Mediastinum
Endobronchial Sonography
Vascularization and Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound (CEUS)
Image Artifacts and Pitfalls
Interventional Chest Sonography
From the Symptom to the Diagnosis
Thoracic Point-of-Care Ultrasound (PoCUS) in Emergency Patients. - DigitalHendrik C. Dienemann, Hans H. Hoffmann, Frank C. Detterbeck, editors.Contents:
Part I. Approach
1. Video-Assisted Thoracoscopic Surgery / Michael Klopp
2. Thoracotomy and Sternotomy / Joachim Pfannschmidt
Part II. Trachea
3. Tracheostomy / Konstantina Storz and Werner Schmidt
4. Benign Tracheal Stenosis / Fernando A. Abdala
5. Subglottic Tracheal Stenosis / Henning A. Gaissert and Douglas J. Mathisen
6. Tracheal Injuries and Fistulas / Thomas Schneider
7. Tracheobronchoplasty / Sidhu P. Gangadharan
8. Malignant Tracheal Tumors
Cameron D. Wright
9. Endoscopic Maneuvers / Ralf Eberhardt
Part III. Carinal Region
10. Carinal Resection and Reconstruction / Hendrik C. Dienemann
Part IV. Lung
11. VATS Wedge Resection / Gaetano Rocco
12. Open Wedge Resection / Junji Yoshida
13. Laser Resection of Metastases / Axel Rolle
14. Thoracotomy Pneumonectomy / Elisabeth U. Dexter and Todd L. Demmy
15. Thoracoscopic-Assisted Pneumonectomy / Elisabeth U. Dexter and Todd L. Demmy
16. Anatomic Segmental Resection / Hisao Asamura
17. Pulmonary Lobectomy (Thoracotomy and VATS) / Bernard J. Park and Suyog A. Mokashi
18. Bronchial Sleeve Resection / Hans Hoffmann
19. Vascular Sleeve Resection / Bernward Passlick
20. Lymph Node Dissection / Alper Toker
21. Lung Sequestration / Erich Stoelben
22. Pulmonary Malformation / Stefan Holland-Cunz
23. Bronchiectasis / Semih Halezeroğlu
24. Lung Volume Reduction Surgery / Stefan Welter and Georgios Stamatis
25. Bullectomy / Konstantina Storz
26. Aspergilloma / Ashok N. Babu and John D. Mitchell
Part V. Mediastinum
27. Video-Assisted Mediastinoscopic Lymphadenectomy (VAMLA) / Biruta Witte and Martin Hürtgen
28. Transcervical Extended Mediastinal Lymphadenectomy (TEMLA) / Marcin Zieliński
29. Endoscopic Staging / Felix J.F. Herth
30. Mediastinotomy / M. Blair Marshall
31. Transsternal Thymectomy / Joshua Sonett
32. Thymectomy (VATS, da Vinci) / Jens C. Rückert, Marc Swierzy, Ralph I. Rückert, and Mahmoud Ismail
33. Benign Neurogenic Tumors and Bronchogenic Cysts / Christiane Grünewald and Hendrik C. Dienemann
34. Superior Vena Cava Resection / Lorenzo Spaggiari and Domenico Galetta
35. Resection of Malignant Mediastinal Germ Cell Tumors / Kenneth A. Kesler
Part VI. Pleura
36. Benign and Malignant Pleural Effusions / Thomas Schneider
37. Pleural Empyema / Michael Klopp
38. Boerhaave's Syndrome / Gereon Gäbelein, Christoph Benckert, Uwe Eichfeld, and Sven Jonas
39. Pneumothorax / Tomasz Grodzki
40. Pleurectomy and Decortication for Mesothelioma / Raja M. Flores
41. Chylothorax / Heike Zabeck
Part VII. Chest Wall
42. Chest Wall Resection and Repair / Joachim Pfannschmidt
43. Resection of Sternal Tumors / K. Robert Shen
44. Thoracoplasty / Ludwig Lampl
45. Nuss Procedure for Pectus Excavatum / Ronald F. Lützenberg
46. Superior Pulmonary Sulcus (Pancoast) Tumors / Rudolf A. Hatz
Part VIII. Diaphragm
47. Diaphragm Plication and Repair / Carsten N. Gutt and Robert Grabensee
Part IX. Lung Transplantation
48. Lung Transplantation / Jose Ramon Matilla Siguenza, Clemens Aigner, and Walter Klepetko
Part X. Postoperative Complications
49. Postoperative Complications / Heike Zabeck
50. Sternal Infection / Ina C. Ennker and Jürgen C. Ennker. - DigitalDavid H. Chestnut, Cynthia A. Wong, Lawrence C. Tsen, Warwick D. Ngan Kee, Yaakov Beilin, Jill M. Mhyre, Brian T. Bateman, Naveen Nathan.Contents:
The history of obstetric anesthesia
Physiologic changes of pregnancy
Uteroplacental blood flow
The placenta : anatomy, physiology, and transfer of drugs
Fetal physiology
Antepartum fetal assessment and therapy
Anesthesia for fetal surgery and other intrauterine procedures
Intrapartum fetal assessment and therapy
Neonatal assessment and resuscitation
Fetal and neonatal neurologic injury
Patient safety and team training
Spinal, epidural, and caudal anesthesia : anatomy, physiology, and technique
Local anesthetics and opioids
Pharmacology during pregnancy and lactation
In vitro fertilization and other assisted reproductive technology
Problems of early pregnancy
Nonobstetric surgery during pregnancy
Obstetric management of labor and vaginal delivery
Trial of labor and vaginal birth after cesarean delivery
The pain of childbirth and its effect on the mother and the fetus
Childbirth preparation and nonpharmacologic analgesia
Systemic analgesia : parenteral and inhalational agents
Epidural and spinal analgesia: anesthesia for labor and vaginal delivery
Alternative regional analgesic techniques for labor and vaginal delivery
Postpartum tubal sterilization
Anesthesia for cesarean delivery
Postoperative analgesia
Aspiration : risk, prophylaxis, and treatment
The difficult airway : risk, assessment, prophylaxis, and management
Postpartum headache
Neurologic complications of pregnancy and neuraxial anesthesia
Shared decision-making and communication
Preterm labor and delivery
Abnormal presentation and multiple gestation
Hypertensive disorders
Infection
Antepartum and postpartum hemorrhage
Embolic disorders
Maternal mortality
Autoimmune disorders
Cardiovascular disease
Chronic pain during and after pregnancy
Endocrine disorders
Hematologic and coagulation disorders
Liver disease
Malignant hyperthermia
Musculoskeletal disorders
Neurologic and neuromuscular disease
Obesity
Psychiatric disorders
Renal disease
Respiratory disease
Substance use disorders
Trauma and critical care
American Society of Anesthesiologists guidelines for neuraxial anesthesia in obstetrics
Practice guidelines for obstetric anesthesia: an updated report by the American Society of Anesthesiologists Task Force On Obstetric Anesthesia and the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology
Optimal goals for anesthesia care in obstetrics
Information technology resources for obstetric anesthesia providers.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalR. Shane Tubbs, Mehmet Turgut, W. Jerry Oakes, editors.Summary: Focusing on the two most common forms of hindbrain herniation, the Chiari I and II malformations, this book reviews current understanding of the conditions, as well as their radiologic definition, details of operative intervention and prediction of outcome.Digital Access Springer 2020
- Printby Cástulo de la Rocha, Diana Bontá, Joel García, and David E. Hayes-Bautista.Contents:
Foreword
Introduction
Chapter 1. Before the Chicanos
Chapter 2. Lighting the Fuse
Chapter 3. Is Health Care a Human Right?
Chapter 4. Empowering a Movement
Chapter 5. Controlling Our Destiny
Chapter 6. Finding Friends, Fighting Foes
Chapter 7. Putting Down Roots
Chapter 8. Brown Students, White Coats
Chapter 9. Shaping our Future
Chapter 10. Grasping the Torch
Afterword
Acknowledgments
Interviewees
Image Credits
About the Authors. - Digitaledited by Stephen Higgs, Dana L. Vanlandingham, Ann Powers.Summary: Chikungunya and Zika viruses provides the primary "go-to" source for both historical and current information on these increasingly important human pathogens. Both viruses are newly emerged pathogens that have recently become established in greatly expanded global ranges, to threaten hitherto unexposed populations. Epidemics since 2004 have spread from Africa and Asia to Europe and have caused millions of cases in the Americas. The viruses have probably established themselves in South and Central America permanently leaving millions at risk for future infection. Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) causes severe crippling arthritis and symptoms that can last for months or years. Infections with Zika virus (ZIKV) have been associated with potentially fatal neurological symptoms notably to children of women infected during pregnancy. There are no approved vaccines or specific treatments available. Chikungunya and Zika viruses contributes significantly to our understanding of these pathogens. This dedicated monograph brings this combined knowledge together to provide a single up-to-date source of information.
Contents:
The origins of Chikungunya and Zika viruses - History of the discoveries
Chikungunya virus and Zika virus transmission cycles
Chikungunya and Zika disease
Emergences of Chikungunya and Zika in Africa
Chikungunya and Zika virus in Asia
Chikungunya virus and Zika virus in Europe
The emergence of Chikungunya and Zika viruses in the Americas
Viral genetics of Chikungunya virus and Zika virus and its influence in their emergence and application for public health control strategies
Diagnostics and laboratory techniques
Animal models for Chikungunya virus and Zika virus
Chikungunya and Zika virus vaccines
Chikungunya and Zika: the future.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digital/PrintMark Heise, editor.Summary: This book provides readers with a collection of latest reviews written by Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) research leaders who cover topics related to CHIKV replication, advances in CHIKV research reagents and model system development, as well as the pathogenesis of chronic CHIKV disease. Moreover, the volume updates on recent progress in the development of therapeutics and vaccines for treatment and prevention of CHIKV-induced disease. Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) is a mosquito-borne pathogen that has re-emerged to become a significant global disease threat. Although CHIKV has historically been associated with localized outbreaks of debilitating polyarthralgia in Africa and Asia, factors such as increased global travel and viral adaptation to new mosquito vectors have led to the introduction and spread of CHIKV in new regions of the world, including the Americas. The re-emergence of CHIKV has stimulated significant interest both in understanding the biology of CHIKV and in the development of medical countermeasures against the virus.
Contents:
Preface
Molecular Virology of Chikungunya Virus
Understanding molecular pathogenesis with chikungunya virus research tools
Chronic Chikungunya Virus Disease
Chikungunya Virus Vaccines: Platforms, Progress, and Challenges
Small Molecule Inhibitors Targeting Chikungunya Virus. - DigitalSuzan J. Song, Peter Ventevogel, editors.Summary: This book aims to provide an overview of the latest theoretical insights from research on sociocultural aspects of mental health and connect these with clinical insights from practical mental health care provision. Using strengths-based, resiliency-oriented and family-centered approaches can enrich clinical practice in refugee mental health, but clinicians need to translate the emerging evidence into concrete steps and interventions. This requires additional skills for the assessment and management of mental health conditions in refugee children and families. The chapters in this book are written by a diverse group of authors using global, multi-disciplinary approaches. The chapters provide examples from various contexts including refugees who are displaced to neighboring countries, refugees 'on the move, and refugees and asylum seekers in resettlement settings. This book is therefore a unique resource for clinicians, researchers and policy makers working on mental health issues of refugee children and adolescents around the world.
Contents:
Showing Respect to Refugee Children Intro
Foreword
Contents
Contributors
About the Authors
Part I: Theoretical Approaches to Comprehensive Understanding of Child, Adolescent, and Family Refugee Mental Health
1: Bridging the Humanitarian, Academic, and Clinical Fields Toward the Mental Health of Child and Adolescent Refugees
Conceptual Debates in the Field of Child Refugee Mental Health
Conceptual Debates in Humanitarian Mental Health and Psychosocial Support
The Importance of Socio-ecological Approaches and Public Mental Health
Why This Book?
Using a Global Perspective Blending Research Findings with Clinical Wisdom
Linking Treatment of the Individual with the Context of Family, Community, and Society
Considering a Range of Clinical Issues
Making the Text Accessible for Nonspecialists
Defining the Core Concepts
What Is a Refugee?
What Is a Child?
What Is the Migration Trajectory of a Refugee?
What Is Trauma?
How This Book Is Organized
What This Book Hopes to Accomplish
References
2: Children and Adolescents in Conflict and Displacement
Introduction
Children, Adolescents, and Armed Conflict
Society
Community Interpersonal Relationships and Family
Individual
Conclusion
References
3: Unpacking Context and Culture in Mental Health Pathways of Child and Adolescent Refugees
Introduction
Defining "Context"
Culture as a Social System
Philosophical Approach
Value Theories
Clinical Approach
Cultural Context in an Ecological Mode
The Cultural in Socio-Ecology
Researching Cultural Context in an Ecological Approach
Interventions Incorporating an Ecological Approach
Conclusion
References
4: Supporting Mental Health in Young Refugees: A Resilience Perspective Forced Migration Stressors
Transition: Being, Belonging and Becoming in the Face of Migration
Facilitating Adaptation and Positive Transformation: The Resilience Framework
Social-Ecological Approaches to Resilience
Supporting Resilience in Refugee Youths: A Multilevel Approach
Strengthening Refugee Youths
Building Supportive Environments Around Refugee Youths
Advocacy
Conclusion
Bibliography
Part II: Mental Health Assessment of Refugee Children
5: Principles of the Mental Health Assessment of Refugee Children and Adolescents
Introduction Engaging the Sociocultural Context
The Role of the Socio-Ecological Context in an Assessment
Unpacking Emotional and Behavioral Distress
Dimensional Approach to Mental Health Problems
Role of Culture and Context in Shaping "Normal"
Developmental Understanding
The Role of Development in Understanding Mental Health Problems
Role of Development and Communication Style
Working with Interpreters
Considerations in Working with Interpreters
Persistent Language Barriers
Interpreters as Cultural Mediators
Building an Alliance
Understanding Confidentiality - DigitalCaroline Rey-Salmon, Catherine Adamsbaum, editors.Summary: This book offers an interdisciplinary approach to child abuse providing a comprehensive overview of the topic. From fetal life to adolescence, various patterns of child abuse are described in 23 chapters with highlight on early diagnostic features and differential diagnoses. Data on psychological and domestic violence is also presented. Readers will improve their knowledge in the field of child abuse, helping to identify such situations at onset and subsequently prevent recurrences. This volume outlines and summarizes the main different judicial processes for child abuse around the world. The book also provides the unique angle and information from experts in France, who unlike other countries, are fully independent of all other parties i.e. judges, prosecutors and families, thus having a unique insight to the origin and context of the violence. Insight to their approach can lead to better prevention of abuse around the world. Written by a panel of authors including paediatricians, radiologists, forensic scientists, a judge, a magistrate and a psychologist, this book is of interest to professionals involved in pediatrics healthcare, students, medical doctors or nurses. Beyond the field of health, the book may also concern professionals of social and judicial areas who deal with child abuse.
Contents:
Introduction.- Historical approach.- Definitions and epidemiological data.- Judicial expertise in Europe
Inflicted cutaneous lesions and burns: The skin
Inflicted cutaneous lesions and burns: Abuse-related burns.- Inflicted skeletal injuries.- Inflicted injuries of brain and spinal cord.- Visceral injuries
Retinal hemorrhages.- Injuries to the face, neck, mouth and scalp.- Sexual abuse
female genital mutilation
Chemical submission
Childhood deprivation and neglect.- Psychological maltreatment.- Munchausen syndrome by proxy
Fetus.- Maltreatment and adolescence.- Domestic violence: a form of child maltreatment.- Autopsy and histological findings
Post mortem imaging.- Diagnostic strategies and recommendations.- The caregiver's position. - Digitaledited by Edilma L. Yearwood, Geraldine S. Pearson, Jamesetta A. Newland.Summary: "Knowledge of the characteristics of normal development in typically developing infants, children, and youth is a necessary precursor for recognizing characteristics that are considered atypical for the developmental stage. This knowledge is essential for advanced practice psychiatric and primary care practitioners in nursing who screen and monitor for the early signs of developmental abnormalities, mental illness, or behavioral difficulties. These can be indicative of minor developmental issues or of serious diagnostic conditions such as autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that can be ameliorated, although not cured, with intensive early intervention services. Understanding developmental norms aids in early recognition of mental health disorders such as depression in children and youth (American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 2009)"-- Provided by publisher Research has shown that a range of adult psychiatric disorders and mental health problems originate at an early age, yet the psychiatric symptoms of an increasing number of children and adolescents are going unrecognized and untreated—there are simply not enough child psychiatric providers to meet this steadily rising demand. It is vital that advanced practice registered nurses (APRNs) and primary care practitioners take active roles in assessing behavioral health presentations and work collaboratively with families and other healthcare professionals to ensure that all children and adolescents receive appropriate treatment. Child and Adolescent Behavioral Health helps APRNs address the mental health needs of this vulnerable population, providing practical guidance on assessment guidelines, intervention and treatment strategies, indications for consultation, collaboration, referral, and more. Now in its second edition, this comprehensive and timely resource has been fully updated to include DSM-5 criteria and the latest guidance on assessing, diagnosing, and treating the most common behavioral health issues facing young people. New and expanded chapters cover topics including eating disorders, bullying and victimization, LGBTQ identity issues, and conducting research with high-risk children and adolescents. Edited and written by a team of accomplished child psychiatric and primary care practitioners, this authoritative volume: Provides state-of-the-art knowledge about specific psychiatric and behavioral health issues in multiple care settings Reviews the clinical manifestation and etiology of behavioral disorders, risk and management issues, and implications for practice, research, and education Offers approaches for interviewing children and adolescents, and strategies for integrating physical and psychiatric screening Discusses special topics such as legal and ethical issues, cultural influences, the needs of immigrant children, and child and adolescent mental health policy Features a new companion website containing clinical case studies to apply concepts from the chapters Designed to specifically address the issues faced by APRNs, Child and Adolescent Behavioral Health is essential reading for nurse practitioners and clinical nurse specialists, particularly those working in family, pediatric, community health, psychiatric, and mental health settings.
Contents:
Child , adolescent, and family development / Stephanie wright and Edilma L. Yearwood
Temperament and self regulation / Pamela Galehouse and Marie Foley
Neurobiology and neuorphysiology of behavioral/psychiatric disorders / Susan J. Boorin and Norman L. Keltner
Integration of physical and psychiatric assessment / Veronica C. Doran and Jamesetta A. Newland
Child sexual development / Gabrielle Abelard Emma Dundon
Adolescent sexual behaviors / Bridgette M. Brawner and Anne M. Teitelman
Assessing and managing the needs of LGBTQ youth / Liam C. Hein and Jose A. Parés‐Avila
Adverse childhood experiences : providing trauma‐informed care to promote resilience in children and their families in health settings / Freida H. Outlaw, Lisa Milam and Patricia K. Bradley
Psychopharmacology : issues in prescribing psychiatric medication to children and adolescents / Geraldine S. Pearson and Crystal Marie Bennett
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
Geraldine S. Pearson and Cherry Leung
Anxiety disorders / Geraldine S. Pearson and Kathleen Kenney‐Riley
Mood dysregulation disorders / Mikki Meadows‐Oliver and Edilma L. Yearwood
Deliberate self‐harm : nonsuicidal self‐injury and suicide in children and adolescents / Edilma L. Yearwood and Eve Bosnick
Perceptual alterations disorders / Heeyoung Lee and Eunjung Kim
Feeding and eating disorders in children and adolescents / Janiece E. DeSocio and Joan B. Riley
Autism spectrum disorder / Judith Coucouvanis and Donna Hallas
Learning and intellectual disabilities / Linda M. Finke and Patricia Ryan‐Krause
Nonpharmacological treatment modalities : play and group therapies / Edilma L. Yearwood and Allison Grady
Individual and family therapies / Kathleen Scharer
Cognitive behavioral interventions in child and adolescent mental health treatment / Pamela Lusk and Jessica Lee Kozlowski
Disorders specific to infants and young children / Joan A. Kearney and Shannon D'Alton
Juvenile justice populations / Elizabeth Bonham and Moriah Freeman
Substance use / Caroline R. McKinnon, Deborah Johnson and Linda Stephan
Child and adolescent victims of trauma
Dawn Bounds, Necole Leland and Angela F. Amar
Children in out‐of‐home placement / Julie E. Bertram and Betty Boyle‐Duke
Chronic and palliative care pediatric populations / Geraldine S. Pearson and Deborah Fisher
Collaborative treatment with primary care / Madeleine M. Lloyd and Jamesetta A. Newland
Legal and ethical issues / Margaret Hardy and Sarah B. Vittone
Evidence‐based nursing practice / Donna Hallas and Pamela Lusk
Cultural influences on child and adolescent mental health : needs of immigrant, refugee, displaced, and culturally vulnerable youth / Edilma L. Yearwood and Mikki Meadows‐Oliver
Conducting behavioral health research with children and using research methods / Elizabeth Burgess and Dowdell Judith Fry‐McComish
Advanced practice registered nurses interfacing with the school system / Melissa M. Gomes and Naomi A. Schapiro
Child and adolescent mental health policy / Sally Raphel and Eileen K. Fry‐Bowers.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - Digitaledited by Cathy Laver-Bradbury [and three others].Summary: "This textbook provides an overview of child and adolescent mental health. The text covers all core aspects on the subject, from the importance of knowing why mental health in children is important, to how to assess, formulate and treat a variety of presentations seen in children and young people. Beginning with an overview of conditions and the background to emotional and behavioral problems, the book examines the different models and tools used to assess and treat children and young people and provides an outline of the practitioners working to help this population. Chapters consider the many diverse identities and groups within the population, addressing specific problems encountered in children, young people and their families from different cultural backgrounds. This revised edition addresses issues of current public debate such as gender identity and the role of social media in children and young people's development and behavior. Featuring authors from a variety of clinical and research backgrounds, this fully-revised third edition is an important resource for all professionals working with children, young people, and their families, including student and practitioner psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, mental health nurses and social care specialists"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
An introduction to children and young people's mental health. A brief history of child and adolescent mental health services (CAMHS) to the present day / Christopher Gale and Margaret J.J. Thompson
The conceptual basis of mental health practice / Carlos Hoyos
Medico-legal frameworks in making treatment decisions with children and young people / Suyog Dhakras
Safeguarding within child and adolescent mental health services / Siobhan West
Policy and practice in children and young people's mental health / Pathiba Chitsabesan and Bernidka Dubicka
Commissioning services / Stephanie Ramsey
The physical and psychological development of children and young people. Attachment theory / Christopher Gale
Piaget's stages of cognitive development and Erikson's stages of psychosocial development / Margaret J.J. Thompson
Emotion processing in child and adolescent psychopathology / Georgia Chronaki
Emotional literacy in the education context / Helena Hoyos
Assessing paediatric development in psychiatry / Catherine Thompson
Genetics / Joanne Doherty and Anita Thapar
Cognitive assessment in children and young people / Anastasia Sedikides
Mental health and behavioural issues in children and young people with a learning disability / Chris Hardie [and three others]
Speech and language disorders / Janet Stephens
Feeding/eating problems in young children / Liz McCaughey, Sue Evans and Margaret J.J. Thompson
Constipation and soiling ; Enuresis / Melissa Bracewell ; updated by Margaret J.J. Thompson
Behavioural sleep problems in children and adolescents / Catherine Hill
Epilepsy / Salvatore Rototendo and Margaret J.J. Thompson
Chronic health conditions and mental well-being in children and young people / Julie Waine ; updated by Christopher Gale
Sexual orientation / Charlotte Young ; updated by Christopher Gale
Gender dysphoria in children and young people / Hannah Stynes, Martin McColl and Ellis Kennedy
Cultural competence in working with children, young people and families / Karen Davies ; updated by Christopher Gale
Young carers / Charlotte Pyatt ; updated by Christopher Gale
Young carers from Black Asian minority ethnic (BAME) communities / Julia Pelle
Trauma. Managing grief, loss and bereavement / Sue Ricketts
Developmental trauma / Val Forster
The effect of childhood maltreatment on brain development / Dennis Golm and Jana Kreppner
Asylum seekers, refugees and homeless young people / Pam Campbell, Ann Spooner and Sarah Gale
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) / Alex Christie
The assessment of children and young people's mental health. Making sense of behaviour / Carlos Hoyos
Child and adolescent mental health assessment / Margaret J.J. Thompson, Cathy Laver-Bradbury and Chris Gale
Genograms / Christine M. Hooper
Family assessment / Andrew O'Toole and Anne Brewster
Parenting styles and family scripts / Christine M. Hooper
Transition / Cathy Laver-Bradbury
Mental health issues presenting in children and young people. Epidemiology : summary of Mental health of children and young people in England (2017) / Margaret J.J. Thompson
Autistic spectrum conditions / Jeremy Turk
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder / Margaret J.J. Thompson [and three others]
Juvenile disruptive behaviour disorders : oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) and conduct disorder (CD) / Graeme Fairchild ; updated by Lucy Wilford
Tic disorders and Tourette Syndrome / Valerie Brandt and Samuele Cortese
Depression in children and young people / Anna Gibson
Bipolar disorder in children and young people / Cara Sturgess
Fear and anxiety / Julie Hadwin and Roxanne Magdalena
OCD and related disorders / Phill Nagle, Christopher Gale and Jo Barker
Psychosis in children and young people / Tony James and Lakshmeesh Muttur Somasheekar
Eating disorders / Jo Barker and Lynne Oldman
Somatoform and related disorders in children and young people / Sally Wicks
Chronic fatigue syndrome/myalgic encephalomyelitis in children and young people / Sally Wicks ; updated by Margaret J.J. Thompson
School attendance problems / Helen Carlow
Addictions / Jack Groom
Screen-based activities and social media / Vicki Bright and Cathy Laver-Bradbury
Self-harm and suicide / Anthony Crabb ; edited by Margaret J.J. Thompson, with material from Suyog Dhakras and Julie Waine
Therapeutic approaches to working with children, young people and their families. General principles of clinical psychopharmacology in children and adolescents : a practical guide / Samuele Cortese
Creative therapies (art and play) / Margaret Josephs [and three others]
Child and adolescent psychotherapy / Miranda Passey
Counselling children and young people / Jacquie Kelly
Cognitive behavioural therapy / Sarah Mottram
Cognitive analytic therapy (CAT) / Sally Gray and Di Glackin
Dialectical behavioural therapy / Laura Nisbet
Theory and practice of behaviour modification / Hannah Kovshoff and Jayne Muldowney
Social stories / Liz Smith
Family therapy models and practice / Monica Roman-Morales and Christine M. Hooper
Brief solution-focussed therapy / Jonathan Prosser
Narrative therapy / Andrew O'Toole and Anne Brewster
The open dialogue approach / Cathy Laver-Bradbury and Monica Roman-Morales
The group process / Stuart Gemmell and Cathy Laver-Bradbury
Theoretical underpinnings in parent-led interventions to treat psychopathology in children / Catherine Thompson, Margaret J.J. Thompson and Cathy Laver-Bradbury
Parenting programmes / Cathy Laver-Bradbury
Making sense of available services. Early access : self-help for children, young people and families with mental health difficulties / Melissa McKimm and Christopher Gale
Early access : feel the fear and do it anyway : setting up a volunteer support group / Gill Waring
Early access : overview of third-sector support for children, young people and their families / Christopher Gale and Alice Mooney
Early access : health visiting service / Naomi Pang
Early access : family nurse partnership : a Southampton model / Diane Henty and Kirsteen Anderssen ; updated by Andrea Thwaites
Early access : primary mental health in the community / Margaret J.J. Thompson and Roy Smith
Early access : the development and practice of ELSA / Sheila Burton
Early access : emotional literacy and first aid in schools / Helena Hoyos
Early access : a CAMHS' single point of access : Nottingham City's whole system model / Anna Masding
Specialist services : child and adolescent mental health services (CAMHS) / Cathy Laver-Bradbury
Specialist services : forensic child and adolescent psychiatry / Suyog Dhakras, Jonathan Bigg and Alison Wallis
Building resilience and strength (BRS) / Michelle Simmonds
Specialist services : secure adolescent inpatient / Oliver White
Specialist services : acute inpatient / Holli McGloughlin
Specialist services : an inpatient unit for children with complex health needs / Sally Wicks ; updated by Margaret J.J. Thompson
Specialist services : role of the educational psychologist / Helena Hoyos and Lucy Manger
Specialist services : education for children with autism spectrum disorders and social stories for parents of autistic children / Sandra Teale ; updated by Margaret J.J. Thompson
Specialist services : working with children in care and residential schools (a whole service/systems approach to emotion-regulation) / Cathie O'Brien
Social care provision for children and families in CAMHS : the importance of the role of a social worker within CAMHS teams...without becoming a therapist / Gabrielle Loades. - DigitalDigital Access
- Digital/ Douglas Davies and Michael F. Troy.Summary: "This book describes child development and how it can be applied to practice with children. Developmental knowledge provides a framework for understanding children in relation to the tasks and issues relevant to their age. These, in turn, are determined by physical, social, emotional, and neurodevelopmental norms that transform in meaningful ways from birth through adolescence. Only with a sound grounding in this knowledge can we determine whether a child's emotions, thoughts, or behaviors fall within normal expectations. Part I, "Contexts of Development: A Transactional Approach," introduces the idea that the child's development is the outcome of the interplay of normative developmental maturation and the context within which it occurs. Part II, "The Course of Child Development," represents the core of the book, looking at childhood through the lens of discrete expected stages"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Contexts of development: A transactional approach
Attachment as context for development
Brain development
Risk and protective factors: The child, family, and community contexts
Analysis of risk and protective factors: Practice applications
The course of child development
Infant development
Practice with infants
Toddler development: Core domains
Toddler development: Integrated domains
Practice with toddlers
Preschool development: Core domains
Preschool development: Integrated domains
Practice with preschoolers
Middle childhood development: Core domains
Middle childhood development: Integrated domains
Practice with school-age children
Conclusion: Development knowledge and practice.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2020]Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalMarguerite Dunitz-Scheer, Peter J. Scheer.Summary: This book is the result of thousands of encounters with tube-fed infants and their families over the past four decades. The ailing and fragile children, suffering from a myriad of medical conditions acted as muses and mentors teaching more than could be expected. This book is addressed to medical professionals, early interventionists, pediatricians, child surgeons, nurses, dieticians, occupational therapists, speech and language pathologists (SLPs), feeding specialists, psychologists, physiotherapists, infant psychiatrists as well as parents. The medically fragile child (MFC) is the subject of the authors work when it is concerned with enteral nutrition support (ENS) by means of a feeding tube (ENT). As pediatricians and psychotherapists, they have been treating eating and feeding disorders of children since 1986 and with this book they pass on knowledge they have garnered over three decades. Over 5,000 children have been weaned off their feeding tubes. Tube weaning requires the evaluation of medical, nutritional, sensory, developmental, metabolic and growth-related findings. The review of the literature around this subject has provided a source of inspiration as well as critical self-reflection; the authors wish to offer their insight and ideas on how to approach child-led tube-management and tube-weaning to all healthcare professional involved in the management of these children.
Contents:
The fascination of eating development
Presentation of the EAT-concept
How eating development can get stuck
Focus on the child itself
The composition and task of the feeding-team
The assessment of functional aspects before tube placement
Temporary versus permanent ENT
Taking care of oral skills during ENT
Nutritional aspects
Unintended side-effects of ENT
Tube management and maintenance
Major diagnostic groups receiving ENT
Tube dependence
The specific role of the individual professions within the feeding team
Tube weaning
Play picnics and making food worlds
Common obstacles due to specific conditions and special needs
What happens afterwards? A new life for children and parents
Outlook. - DigitalJoshua Feder, MD, Elizabeth Tien, MD, Talia Puzantian, PharmD, BCPP.Summary: The Child Medication Fact Book is a comprehensive reference guide covering all the important facts, from cost to pharmacokinetics, about the most commonly prescribed medications in child and adolescent psychiatry. Composed of single-page, reader-friendly fact sheets and quick-scan medication tables, this book offers guidance, clinical pearls, and bottom-line assessments of more than 70 of the most common medications you use and are asked about in your practice. Versions of this book can be purchased with a 10-credit CME online post-test. Featuring: NEW: 14 treatment algorithms to guide patient care The latest on new medications such as Adhansia, Qelbree, Rexulti, and Rozerem 76 medication fact sheets Expanded complementary treatment chapter including lavender essential oil and saffron 13 quick-scan medication reference tables 11 appendices including informed consent, rating scales, and mental health apps, with eight corresponding tables Get the information you need at a glance: Off-label uses Dosage and generic availability Mechanism of action Cost information Bottom-line impression.
Contents:
Intro
Introduction
General Tips on Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology
ADHD Medications
Amphetamine (Adzenys XR-ODT, Dyanavel XR, Evekeo) Fact Sheet [G]
Atomoxetine (Strattera) Fact Sheet [G]
Clonidine (Catapres, Kapvay) Fact Sheet [G]
Dexmethylphenidate (Azstarys, Focalin, Focalin XR) Fact Sheet [G]
Dextroamphetamine (Dexedrine, ProCentra, Zenzedi) Fact Sheet [G]
Dextroamphetamine Transdermal (Xelstrym) Fact Sheet
Guanfacine (Intuniv, Tenex) Fact Sheet [G]
Lisdexamfetamine (Vyvanse) Fact Sheet
Methamphetamine (Desoxyn) Fact Sheet [G] Methylphenidate IR (Methylin, Ritalin) Fact Sheet [G]
Methylphenidate ER (Concerta, Ritalin SR and LA, others) Fact Sheet [G]
Methylphenidate Transdermal (Daytrana) Fact Sheet
Mixed Amphetamine Salts (Adderall, Adderall XR, Mydayis) Fact Sheet [G]
Viloxazine XR (Qelbree) Fact Sheet
Antidepressants
Bupropion (Wellbutrin, others) Fact Sheet [G]
Citalopram (Celexa) Fact Sheet [G]
Desvenlafaxine (Pristiq) Fact Sheet [G]
Duloxetine (Cymbalta, Drizalma Sprinkle) Fact Sheet [G]
Escitalopram (Lexapro) Fact Sheet [G]
Fluoxetine (Prozac, Prozac Weekly) Fact Sheet [G] Fluvoxamine (Luvox, Luvox CR) Fact Sheet [G]
Mirtazapine (Remeron) Fact Sheet [G]
Paroxetine (Paxil, Paxil CR, Pexeva) Fact Sheet [G]
Selegiline Transdermal (EMSAM) Fact Sheet
Sertraline (Zoloft) Fact Sheet [G]
Trazodone Fact Sheet [G]
Tricyclic Antidepressants (TCAs) Fact Sheet [G]
Venlafaxine (Effexor, Effexor XR) Fact Sheet [G]
Antipsychotics
Aripiprazole (Abilify) Fact Sheet [G]
Asenapine (Saphris, Secuado) Fact Sheet [G]
Brexpiprazole (Rexulti) Fact Sheet
Chlorpromazine (Thorazine) Fact Sheet [G]
Clozapine (Clozaril, FazaClo, Versacloz) Fact Sheet [G] Haloperidol (Haldol) Fact Sheet [G]
Lurasidone (Latuda) Fact Sheet
Olanzapine (Lybalvi, Symbyax, Zyprexa) Fact Sheet [G]
Paliperidone (Invega) Fact Sheet [G]
Perphenazine (Trilafon) Fact Sheet [G]
Quetiapine (Seroquel) Fact Sheet [G]
Risperidone (Risperdal) Fact Sheet [G]
Ziprasidone (Geodon) Fact Sheet [G]
Long-Acting Injectable (LAI) Antipsychotics
Anxiolytics and Hypnotics
Antihistamines (Diphenhydramine, Doxylamine, Hydroxyzine) Fact Sheet [G]
Buspirone (BuSpar) Fact Sheet [G]
Clonazepam (Klonopin) Fact Sheet [G]
Lorazepam (Ativan) Fact Sheet [G] Prazosin (Minipress) Fact Sheet [G]
Propranolol (Inderal) Fact Sheet [G]
Ramelteon (Rozerem) Fact Sheet [G]
Complementary Treatments
Lavender Essential Oil (CalmAid, Silexan) Fact Sheet [G]
L-Methylfolate (Deplin) Fact Sheet [G]
Magnesium Fact Sheet [G]
Melatonin Fact Sheet [G]
N-Acetylcysteine (NAC) Fact Sheet [G]
Omega-3 Fatty Acids (Fish Oil) Fact Sheet [G]
S-Adenosyl-L-Methionine (SAMe) Fact Sheet [G]
Saffron Fact Sheet [G]
St. John's Wort Fact Sheet [G]
Vitamin D Fact Sheet [G]
Mood Stabilizers
Carbamazepine (Tegretol) Fact Sheet [G]
Lamotrigine (Lamictal, Subvenite) Fact Sheet [G]Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Rachael Clawson, Lisa Warwick and Rachel Fyson.Summary: The Child Protection Handbook explains how to recognise abuse and protect at-risk children for those working with children and young people aged under 18, including in social care, education, health services, and sport and leisure settings. The book has been fully updated to incorporate the impact of new technology as well as current legal and policy frameworks that govern statutory child protection intervention in the UK. It considers all aspects of child protection, including organisational issues, children's rights, the needs of those from diverse backgrounds, and the impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic on child protection work. With accessible, up-to-date information presented in an easy-to-navigate format, the Handbook is ideal for all busy practitioners wanting to improve outcomes for children, young people and their families. Fully updated since the last edition in 2007 - perfect for all those working with children and young people. Easy to navigate and locate information - suitable as a reference book for busy practitioners Illustrative boxes in each chapter, drawing on practice case examples to highlight current issues and dilemmas. All concepts explained in straightforward, jargon-free language. Reflective points to encourage the reader to think about their own practice and apply new knowledge. Key questions for students and teachers to check understanding and to explore concepts further. Links to resources and further reading.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2025]
- Digitaledited by David Skuse, Helen Bruce, Linda Dowdney.Contents:
Family and systemic influences / Barbara Maughan
Child development and cultural considerations in clinical practice / Ruma Bose and Sanjida Sattar
Neurobehavioural development in infancy : the buffering and transducing role of the mother/caretaker-infant dyad / Cindy H. Liu and Ed Tronick
Genetic and biological influences / David Skuse
Clinical evaluation of development from birth to 5 years / Ajay Sharma, Tony O'Sullivan and Gillian Baird
Emotional development in the first year of life / Howard Steele
Young people with learning disabilities / David Dossetor
Language development / Thomas Klee and Stephanie F. Stokes
Development of social cognition / Virginia Slaughter
Social and emotional development in middle childhood / Alan Carr
Social-cognitive development during adolescence / Sarah-Jayne Blakemore
Attachment in the early years : theory, research and clinical implications / Pasco Fearon
Promoting infant mental health / Christine Puckering
Promoting children's well-being : the prevention of depression and anxiety / Paul Stallard
Fostering resilience in adolescents / Angela Veale
Sexual orientation, sexual health and gender dysphoria / Justin Wakefield
Child users of online and mobile technologies : risks, harms and intervention / Peter K. Smith and Sonia Livingstone
Chidlren bereaved by parent or sibling death / Linda Dowdney
Stress and reactions to stress in children / David Trickey
Children's developing sense of moral agency, and the disruptions associated with war exposure / Cecilia Wainryb
Child maltreatment / Danya Glaser
The neuroscience and genetics of childhood maltreatment / Eamon McCrory, Vanessa B. Puetz and Essi Viding
Autism spectrum disorder : an evolving construct / William Mandy
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder / Antonio Muñoz-Solomando and Anita Thapar
Anxiety disorders in children and adolescents / Aaron Vallance and Elena Garralda
Childhood behavioural disorders / Graeme Lamb and Ramya Srinivasan
Depression and suicidal behaviour / Julia Gledhill and Matthew Hodes
Eating disorders in adolescence / Dasha Nicholls
Emerging personality disorder / Eileen Vizard
Literacy disorders / Valerie Muter and Margaret J. Snowling
Challenges in child and adolescent obsessive compulsive disorder / Elaine Chung, Anup Kharod and Isobel Heyman
Medically unexplained symptoms/functional symptoms in children and adolescents / Eve McAllister, Laura Markham, Anna Coughtrey and Isobel Heyman
Paediatric bipolar disorder / Anthony James
Early intervention in psychosis / Paolo Fusar-Poli and Giulia Spada
Developmental language disorder / Gina Conti-Ramsden and Kevin Durkin
Substance misuse in young people / K.A.H. Mirza, Roshin M. Sudesh and Sudeshni Mirza
New perspectives on the classification of child psychiatric disorders / Elena Garralda
Paediatric neuropsychological assessment : domans for assessment / Jane Gilmour and Bettina Hohnen
Cognitive behavioural therapy for children and adolescents / Cathy Creswell and Thomas G. O'Connor
Psychodynamic psychotherapy for children and adolescents / Eilis Kennedy
Systemic and family approaches to intervention / Philip Messent
Mentalization / Dickon Bevington
Parenting programmes for conduct problems / Stephen Scott and Sajid Humayun
Paediatric psychopharmacology : special considerations / Paramala Santosh and Rakendu Suren
Paediatric liaison / Peter Hindley
Promoting educational success : how findings from neuroscience can guide educators to work optimally with the brain / Bettina Hohnen
Continuities and discontinuities in youth mental healthcare / Helen Bruce and Linda Dowdney
The children and young people's improving access to psychological therapies (CYP IAPT) programme in England / Peter Fonagy, Kathryn Pugh and Anne O'Herlihy.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalChristian Harkensee, Karen Olness, B. Emily Esmaili, editors.Summary: This is a practical book for any health professional working with refugee children and families in various settings, from the initial humanitarian crisis, through displacement, living in camps, transfer between countries, settling in host countries, to return to the country of origin. Providing a holistic and intergenerational perspective, topics include the psychological impact, growth and nutrition, the management of chronic illness and infectious diseases, as well as the health of girls, pregnant women and mothers. Finally social issues such as education and the development of a healthy future generation are addressed. Child Refugee and Migrant Health is a hands-on resource for anyone who cares for children, assessing and addressing their health and psychological needs, in the best way possible, with the available resources, in any setting. There is a strong focus not just on caring for refugee and migrant children in crisis situations, but also on their families, long term physical and mental health.
Contents:
Part 1: Introduction
Chapter 1: Refugee Children and their families: The bigger Picture
Part 2: Psychosocial Aspects of children in humanitarian emergencies. Chapter 2: Assessment and Early Intervention
Chapter 3: The Return to Happiness Program
Chapter 4: How Schools and Teachers can help displaced Children
Chapter 5: Trauma and PTSD in children who are refugees or immigrants
Chapter 6: Children's understanding of and adjustment to death in the aftermath of a crisis
Chapter 7: Unaccompanied Minors
Chapter 8: How to help parents and other caretakers
Chapter 9: Coping with cultural Differences
Chapter 10: Clinics for Migrant and Refugee Children
Part 3: A lifetime perspective on child refugee and migrant health
Chapter 11: Malnutrition
Chapter 12: Food Security
Chapter 13: Child Development and developmental Concerns
Chapter 14: Child Health Promotion for refugees and other vulnerable populations
Part 4: Field Guide
Chapter 15: Preparation and Wellbeing for Humanitarian Workers
Chapter 16: Environment of Care
Chapter 17: Epidemiology and Infectious Diseases Outbreaks
Chapter 18: Data Management Systems for Child Refugees and Migrants
Chapter 19: Field Pharmacy
Chapter 20: Working with Interpreters
Chapter 21: Food and Nutrition Survey
Chapter 22: Nutrient Deficiencies
Chapter 23: Respiratory Illnesses
Chapter 24: Gastrointestinal Issues in Refugee Settings
Chapter 25: Childhood Infectious Diseases in Refugee Populations
Chapter 26: Adolescent Health
Chapter 27: Reproductive Health
Chapter 28: Newborn Care
Chapter 29: Burns, Bites and Stings
Chapter 30: Managing Epilepsy in Low Resource Settings
Chapter 31: Chronic Diseases
Chapter 32: Palliative Care. - DigitalTanya S. Hinds, Angelo P. Giardino.Summary: This brief approaches the challenging topic of child sexual abuse from an objective, evidence-based perspective. It offers an overview of child sexual abuse, including definitions and a clear explanation of the epidemiology. The text also explores the conceptual frameworks that seek to explain how a child comes to be sexually abused by an adult or older adolescent. In the chapters, the authors present credible prevalence and incidence studies that are used to provide a scientific response to how common this problem is. In addition, they address the policy implications for a myriad of prevention and treatment initiatives as well as related issues such as delayed reporting and the risk for sexual abuse within child serving organizations. Finally, the brief concludes with the authors' recommendations for the future on how best to prevent child sexual abuse in the first place. Prevention of child sexual abuse is very different than prevention of child physical abuse and neglect and requires a different framework and set of initiatives. Child Sexual Abuse: Current Evidence, Clinical Practice, and Policy Directions is a must-have resource for a range of professionals including healthcare providers, child advocates, clinical social workers, public health officials, mental health providers, and legislative staff professionals. It also is written in a readable manner for members of the lay public.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Authors
Contributors
Chapter 1: Incidence and Prevalence of Child Sexual Abuse
1.1 Definition
1.2 Scope of the Problem
1.3 Child, Caregiver, and Environmental Risk Factors
References
Chapter 2: Clinical Perspective
2.1 Listening and History Taking
2.1.1 Obtaining a History from Caregiver(s)
2.1.2 Obtaining a History from the Child
2.2 Physical Examination
2.2.1 Anogenital Exam
2.2.2 Variations of Normal Anogenital Anatomy
2.2.3 Hymenal Injuries
2.2.4 Anal and Other Non-Hymenal Injuries 2.2.5 Interpreting Anogenital Findings (or Lack Thereof): The Normalcy of a Normal Anogenital Exam
2.3 Differential Diagnosis and "Mimics" of Sexual Trauma
2.4 Forensic Examination
2.5 Diagnostic Testing and Treatment of Sexually Transmitted Infections
2.5.1 Post-Exposure STI and Pregnancy Prophylaxis
2.6 Summary
References
Chapter 3: Related Issues
3.1 Delayed Disclosures in Child Sexual Abuse
3.2 Accuracy of History/Interview in Child Sexual Abuse
3.2.1 The Child
3.2.1.1 Before School Age Children (0-5 Years) 3.2.1.2 School Age Children and Adolescents (6-11 Years)
3.2.1.3 Adolescents (12-18 Years)
3.2.2 The Caregiver
3.2.3 Society
3.2.4 Multicultural Considerations
3.2.4.1 China/Taiwan
3.2.4.2 Australian Aboriginals
3.2.5 Conclusion
3.3 Risk of Child Sexual Abuse of Children with Disabilities
3.3.1 Definition of Children with Disabilities
3.3.2 Conclusion
3.4 Risk of Child Sexual Abuse in Youth Serving Organizations
3.4.1 The Scope of the Problem
3.4.2 Response and Prevention
3.4.3 Conclusion
3.5 Online Sexual Solicitations of Minors
3.5.1 Introduction 3.5.2 Unique Qualities of Internet Cases
3.5.3 Offender Characteristics/Demographics
3.5.4 The Declining Trend in Online Sexual Solicitation of Minors
3.5.5 Prevention
3.5.6 Future Research
3.6 Backlash Against Child Sexual Abuse
3.6.1 Introduction
3.6.2 The Backlash Context
3.6.3 Looking Towards the Future
References
Chapter 4: Compassion Fatigue, Burnout, and Coping Strategies among Child-Serving Professionals
4.1 Ending Violence against Children
4.2 Compassionate Service and Idealism
4.3 Secondary Traumatic Stress, Compassion Fatigue, and Burnout 4.4 Positive Coping Strategies
4.5 Organizational Support
4.6 Summary
References
Chapter 5: Policy Direction: Focus on Prevention
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Background
5.2.1 CSA Prevention vs. Child Physical Abuse Prevention
5.2.2 Calls for CSA Prevention
5.2.3 Research and Evaluation on Existing CSA Prevention Programs
5.2.3.1 Child-Focused Skills Training
5.2.3.2 Adult-Focused Education and Training
5.3 Conclusion
Appendix: Organizations that Promote CSA Prevention
References
IndexDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalDiego Riva, Gianfranco Minini, editors.Contents:
Anatomy And Physiology Of The Pelvic Floor
Perineal And Anal Sphincter Obstetric Injury
A Computerized Model Of Pelvic Floor Muscles Physiology During Delivery
Clinical Approach To The Evaluation Of Pelvic Floor Dysfunctions
Echographic Diagnosis Of Pelvic Floor Injuries Childbirth Related
Combined Three-Dimensional Transperineal Ultrasonography (3-D TPUS) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) After Vaginal Delivery
Pelvic Floor EMG: Principles, Technique And Applications
Sexual Function After Delivery
The controversial role of episiotomy
Perineal Care During Pregnancy, Delivery And Post-Partum
Genital Prolapse And Urinary Incontinence After Childbirth
Faecal Incontinence After Childbirth: Diagnostic And Clinical Aspects
Principles And Methods Of Physiotherapy After Delivery
Surgery For Urinary Incontinence And Prolapse Shortly After Childbirth
A Practical Approach To Pelvic Floor Dysfunctions After Childbirth: Diagnostic And Therapeutic Flow-Charts
Clinical Cases.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalStergios K. Doumouchtsis, editor.Contents:
1. Anatomy of the Female Pelvis
2. Anorectal Anatomy and Physiology
3. Epidemiology of Childbirth Trauma and Associated Pelvic Floor Disorders
4. The Effect of Pregnancy on the Pelvic Floor
5. Mode of Delivery and Perineal Trauma
6. Episiotomy
7. Types of Pelvic Floor Injury During Childbirth
8. Principles of Assessment of Childbirth Injury
9. Management of Childbirth Injury
10. Further Investigations and Follow-up: Pelvic Floor Trauma Ultrasound
11. Childbirth and Lower Urinary Tract Complications
12. Childbirth Trauma and Lower Gastrointestinal Tract Complications
13. Healing Process and Complications
14. Pregnancy, Puerperium and Pelvic Organ Prolapse
15. Obstetric Fistula
16. Prediction, Risk Assessment, and Prevention of Childbirth Trauma
17. Pelvic Floor Physiotherapy for the Prevention and Management of Childbirth Trauma
18. Prognosis of Childbirth Trauma. - DigitalHeather C. Forkey, Jessica L. Griffin, Moira Szilagyi.Summary: Trauma-informed care is emerging as a critical component of pediatric best practices. With this new practical guide, pediatricians and other child health professionals will learn to identify, evaluate, and treat children and families affected by trauma and adversity when they present at the office.
Contents:
Intro
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Part 1. Building the Resilient Child
Chapter 1. Brain Development: Early Childhood Through Adolescence
Chapter 2. Promoting Resilience
Chapter 3. Attachment
Chapter 4. Parenting
Chapter 5. Cultural Connections (Andrea Ocampo Rosales, MA)
Part 2. Effects of Adversity and Trauma
Chapter 6. Pathophysiology of Trauma
Chapter 7. How Trauma Can Manifest in Children and Teens
Part 3. Promoting Recovery From Trauma
Chapter 8. Engagement
Chapter 9. Patient Evaluation and Differential Diagnosis.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021 - DigitalGianfranco Spalletta, Delfina Janiri, Federica Piras and Gabriele Sani, editors.Summary: This volume presents a comprehensive overview of childhood trauma, considering the psychopathological definition and its neurobiological implications as well as its impact on different psychiatric disorders. The focus on childhood trauma rather than that occurring in adulthood is important due to its general "neuro-psyco-socio" and its specific biological implications, since trauma during childhood impacts directly on neurodevelopment. It has been suggested that early life stress increases vulnerability to psychiatric disorders; however, the exact mechanisms of this association are not yet completely understood. Although childhood trauma could be considered too unspecific to be an important risk factor for individual psychiatric disorders since it seems to occur across the board, it impacts differently on different psychiatric disorders, and it can modulate their clinical expression. Therefore, the assessment of early trauma needs to be included in the clinical evaluation of patients with psychiatric disorders. The volume will be an invaluable tool for psychiatrists, helping them to select suitable pharmacological, psychotherapeutic and rehabilitative treatments.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I: General
1: Introduction on Childhood Trauma in Mental Disorders: A Comprehensive Approach
References
2: The Concept of Childhood Trauma in Psychopathology: Definitions and Historical Perspectives
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Epidemiology of Childhood Trauma Worldwide
2.2.1 Physical and Sexual Abuse, Neglect, Witnessing Violence
2.2.2 Large-Scale Natural and Manmade Disasters: Children in Specific Regions of the World and Marginalized Children Are Disproportionately at Risk
2.2.3 Unintentional Injuries 2.3 Historical Perspectives on Childhood Trauma
2.4 The Relationship Between Childhood Trauma and Developmental Psychopathology
2.4.1 Childhood Trauma, Childhood Mental Disorders, and Adult Mental Disorders
2.4.2 Developmental Trajectories and Developmental Cascades
2.4.3 Equifinality and Multifinality
2.4.4 Typical Development, Resilient Development, and Pathological Development
2.5 Risk and Protective Factors
2.6 Theories of Vulnerability
References
Part II: Neurobiology
3: Neuroimaging and Cognition of Early Traumatic Experiences
3.1 Introduction 3.1.1 Trauma and Normal Brain Development
3.1.2 The Effects of Childhood Trauma on Neuropsychological Function and Cognitive Development
3.1.3 The Effects of Childhood Trauma on Brain Development and Morphology
3.1.3.1 Hippocampus
3.1.3.2 Amygdala
3.1.3.3 Prefrontal Cortex
3.1.3.4 Sensory Cortex and Fiber Pathways
3.1.3.5 Corpus Callosum
3.1.3.6 Cerebellum
3.2 Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Studies in Maltreated Subjects
3.2.1 Threat Processing
3.2.2 Reward Processing
3.2.3 Emotion Regulation
3.2.4 Executive Control
3.3 Conclusions 5.2.1 Physical Bases of Electrophysiologic Activity
5.2.2 Types of EEG Recordings
5.2.2.1 Conventional EEG
5.2.2.2 Continuous EEG
5.2.2.3 Quantitative EEG
5.2.3 Types of EEG Analyses
5.2.3.1 Spectral Analysis
5.2.3.2 Frontal Asymmetry
5.2.3.3 Coherence
5.2.3.4 Event-Related Potentials (ERPs)
5.2.3.5 Source Analyses
5.3 EEG Evidences in Childhood Trauma
5.3.1 Spectral Analysis
5.3.2 Cortical Asymmetry
5.3.3 Coherence
5.3.4 ERPs
5.3.5 Source Analyses
5.4 Neurobiology of Childhood Trauma: A Neurophysiological Perspective - Digitalvolume editor, Kristin Hansen Lagattuta.Contents:
Introduction : integrated approaches to studying the development of emotion / Hansen Lagattuta, K.
Emotion processing in infancy / Hoehl, S.
Developmental affective psychophysiology : using physiology to inform our understanding of emotional development / Hastings, P.D., Kahle, S.S., Han, G.H.-P.
Emotional development in maltreated children / Cicchetti, D., Ng, R.
Temperament and attention as core mechanisms in the early emergence of anxiety / Pérez-Edgar, K., Taber-Thomas, B., Auday, E., Morales, S.
Emotional competence and social relations / Lemerise, E.A., Harper, B.D.
Emotion socialization in the family with an emphasis on culture / Camras, LA., Shuster, M.M., Fraumeni, B.R.
Gender and voice in emotional reminiscing / Fivush, R.
How does talk about thoughts, desires, and feelings foster children's socio-cognitive development? : mediators, moderators and implications for intervention / Hughes, C., White, N., Ensor, R.
The mysterious emotional life of little red riding hood / Harris, PL., de Rosnay, M., Ronfard, S.
Author index
Subject index.Digital Access Karger 2014 - Digitaledited by James K. Luiselli.Summary: "Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a relatively new diagnostic label which reflects the variability and differentiation of symptomatology among children and youth commonly described as having autistic disorder, high-functioning autism (HFA), and Asperger's syndrome. Current best practices have emerged from decades of evidence-based research, research-to-practice translation of empirically supported procedures, and consensus-driven recommendations from multiple disciplines. As a result, practitioners have many educational and intervention choices for children and youth with ASD-what is critical is that these options are informed by empirical outcomes that have been replicated in experimental trials (group and single-case) and disseminated to professionals and researchers alike."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
Conducting diagnostic screening and assessment / Johnny L. Matson, Jennifer S. Beighley, Lindsey W. Williams, and Anna C. May
Comorbidity among children and youth with autism spectrum disorder / Nicole Neil, Laura Moum, and Peter Sturmey
Progress and outcome measurement / Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Jonathan Baker, and Leigh Grannan
Early intensive behavioral intervention: current status and future directions / Linda A. LeBlanc, Natalie A. Parks, and Nicole M. Hanney
Computer-based instruction / Jeff Sigafoos, Sathiyaprakash Ramdoss, Debora Kagohara, Robert C. Pennington, Giulio E. Lancioni, and Mark F. O'Reilly
Naturalistic approaches to social skills training and development / Mark F. O'Reilly, Audrey Sorrells, Summer Gainey, Jeff Sigafoos, Giulio E. Lancioni, Russell Lang, Mandy Risploi, and Tonya Davis
Augmentative and alternative communication / Ralf W. Schlosser, Jeff Sigafoos, Howard Shane, Rajinder Koul, and Parimala Raghavendra
Self-management and self-regulation / Mark R. Dixon and Autumn McKeel
Pivotal response treatment / Lynn Kern Koegel, Brittany Lynn Koegel, Robert L. Koegel, and Ty W. Vernon
Evaluating and improving intervention integrity / Florence D. Digennaro Reed and Derek D. Reed
Food selectivity and refusal / Charles S. Gulotta and Peter A. Girolami
Sleep problems / V. Mark Durand
Exercise, physical activity, and sports / James K. Luiselli
Mindful caregiving and support / Nirbhay N. Singh, Giulio E. Lancioni, Alan S.W. Winton, Judy Singh, Ashvind N. Adkins Singh, and Angela D. Adkins Singh
Cognitive-behavioral therapy / Robert R. Selles, Danielle Ung, Josh Nadeau, and Eric A. Storch
Behavioral family intervention / Adel C. Najdowski and Evelyn R. Gould
Commentary: conclusions and future directions / James K. Luiselli.Digital Access Oxford [2014] - DigitalJulia Downing, editor.Summary: This manual enables individuals working in children's palliative care (CPC) globally to learn through engaging real-world cases. The aim is to provide a clinical case-based resource that is globally relevant and accessible to those working in CPC. Drawing on case histories from around the world that reflect key issues and elements of CPC, it provides a practical approach grounded in experience. It addresses multidisciplinary care in the management of children and their families; discusses cases from an international perspective, and shares examples from a variety of countries, utilising cases across a range of ages and conditions, demonstrating holistic care. It represents the first case-based manual on global CPC and is endorsed and promoted by the International Children's Palliative Care Network (ICPCN). Children's palliative care is a rapidly developing field, both in the UK and internationally. The provision of CPC varies considerably, with provision often being insufficient, and over 65% of countries having no recognised CPC service provision whatsoever. As such, while there are an estimated 21.6 million children who require palliative care, in many areas of the world, CPC is poor or non-existent, and children are treated like little adults without their distinctive needs being recognised or understood. There is also a dearth of literature on CPC, hence this clinical case-based manual fills a gap in the market, and is aimed at a global audience, making it a unique text in the field.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction to children's palliative care and serious health related suffering, along with how to use this case based manual
Chapter 2. The need for and gaps in provision of children's palliative care globally
Chapter 3. Universal Health Coverage and Serious Health related Suffering (SHS)
Chapter 4. Children's palliative care across a range of conditions, settings and resources
Chapter 5. The importance of good holistic assessment
Chapter 6. Communication to children and their families
Chapter 7. Pain assessment and management
Chapter 8. Respiratory care
Chapter 9. Gastrointestinal symptoms
Chapter 10. Fatigue
Chapter 11. Nutritional support
Chapter 12. Psychological care and distress
Chapter 13. Spiritual care
Chapter 14. Social and cultural support
Chapter 15. End of life care
Chapter 16. Supporting the family at the time of death
Chapter 17. Anticipatory grief and bereavement support
Chapter 18. Perinatal and neonatal palliative care
Chapter 19. Supporting the adolescent and young adult
Chapter 20. Managing ethical issues
Chapter 21. Collaborative working and use of national, regional and international networks
Chapter 22. Empowering the team through education
Chapter 23. Integrating research into care
Chapter 24. Conclusion
Chapter 25. Index. - Digitaledited by Daniel W. Lee, Nirali N. Shah.Contents:
Introduction
When to refer a patient for CAR-T cell therapy
Optimizing the apheresis product
CAR T cells: cell processing laboratory considerations
Peri-CAR-T cell management
Management of cytokine release syndrome
Special considerations for ICU management of patients receiving CAR therapy
Neurotoxicities after CAR-T cell immunotherapy
Hematologic and non-CRS toxicities
Response assessment and post-CAR-T cell therapy management
Relapse management and role for consolidative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation following CAR-T cell therapy
Promising chimeric antigen receptors for non-B cell hematological malignancies, pediatric solid tumors, and carcinomas
CAR T cell therapy for CNS malignancies
CAR 2.0: the next generation of synthetic receptor-based cellular therapy for cancer.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalNicole L. Draper, editor.Summary: This text provides a comprehensive, up-to-date review of chimerism. The first part of the volume presents the causes of chimerism, specifically focusing on fertilization and early embryonic errors, pregnancy and multiple gestations, and transplantation and transfusion. The second part of the volume outlines clinical identification and consequences of chimerism. Chapters in this section focus on the effects of chimerism on testing in relationship determination and forensics, prenatal genetic testing and screening, and blood and HLA typing. This part also reviews new data concerning matching donors and recipients for transplantation, while outlining the risks of transplantation, such as graft-vs-host disease and passenger lymphocyte syndrome. Additionally, evidence on the role of chimerism in autoimmune disease and cancer is presented. Written by experts in the field, Chimerism: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and researchers that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts.
- DigitalKevin D. Hunt, Indiana University, Bloomington.Summary: "The chimpanzee is one of our planet's best-loved and most instantly recognisable animals. Splitting from the human lineage between four and six million years ago, it is (along with its cousin, the bonobo) our closest living relative, sharing around 94% of our DNA. First encountered by Westerners in the seventeenth century, virtually nothing was known about chimpanzees in their natural environment until 1960, when Jane Goodall travelled to Gombe to live and work with them. Accessibly written, yet fully referenced and uncompromising in its accuracy and comprehensiveness, this book encapsulates everything we currently know about chimpanzees: from their discovery and why we study them to their anatomy, physiology, genetics and culture. The text is beautifully illustrated and infused with examples and anecdotes drawn from the author's 30 years of primate observation, making this a perfect resource for students of biological anthropology and primatology as well as nonspecialists interested in chimpanzees"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- Digitaledited by Christophe Boesch, Roman Wittig, Catherine Crockford, Linda Vigilant, Tobias Deschner, Fabian Leendertz.Summary: "The Taï Chimpanzee Project (Taï National Park, Cote D'Ivoire) has yielded unprecedented insights into the nature of cooperation, cognition, and culture in our closest living relatives. Founded in 1979 by Christophe and Hedwige Boesch, the project has entered its 40th year of continuous research. Alongside other famous long-term chimpanzee study sites at Gombe and Mahale in East Africa, the tireless work of the team at Taï has contributed to the fields of behavioural ecology and anthropology, as well as improving public awareness of the urgent need to protect this already endangered species. Encompassing important research topics including chimpanzee ecology, reproductive behaviour, tool use, culture, communication, cognition and conservation, this book provides an engaging account of how Taï chimpanzees are adapted to African jungle life and how they have developed unique forms of cooperation with less violence, regular adoptions and complex cultural differences between groups"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Intro
Cover
Half-title page
Title page
Copyright page
Dedication page
Contents
List of Contributors
Preface
Acknowledgements
1 War and peace in the Taï chimpanzee forest: running a long-term chimpanzee research project
2 Developments in statistical methods applied over four decades of research in the Taï Chimpanzee Project
3 Observation protocol and long-term data collection in Taï
4 The Wild Chimpanzee Foundation (WCF) and the Taï Chimpanzee Project (TCP)
5 Insights from genetic analyses of the Taï chimpanzees
6 Endocrinological analyses at Taï 7 Chimpanzee behavioural diversity and the contribution of the Taï Chimpanzee Project
8 An energetic model of foraging optimization: wild chimpanzee hammer selection for nut-cracking
9 Demography and life history of five chimpanzee communities in Taï National Park
10 Adoption in the Taï chimpanzees: costs, benefits and strong social relationships
11 Spatial integration of unusually high numbers of immigrant females into the South Group: further support for the bisexually bonded model in Taï chimpanzees
12 Forty years striving to capture culture among the Taï chimpanzees 13 Cultural diversity of nut-cracking behaviour between two populations of wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus) in the Côte d'Ivoire
14 Ecological and social influences on rates of social play in immature wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus)
15 Long-term diet of the chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus) in Taï National Park: interannual variations in consumption
16 Why Taï mangabeys do not use tools to crack nuts like sympatric-living chimpanzees: a cognitive limitation on monkey feeding ecology
17 Providing research for conservation from long-term field sites 18 Rank changes in female chimpanzees in Taï National Park
19 Effects of large-scale knockouts on chimpanzee association networks
20 Why do the chimpanzees of the Taï Forest share meat? The value of bartering, begging and hunting
21 Group-specific social dynamics affect urinary oxytocin levels in Taï male chimpanzees
22 The chimpanzees of the Taï Forest as models for hominine microorganism ecology and evolution
23 Acute infectious diseases occurring in the Taï chimpanzee population: a review 24 Why does the chimpanzee vocal repertoire remain poorly understood and what can be done about it?
25 Evidence for sexual dimorphism in chimpanzee vocalizations: a comparison of male and female call production and acoustic parameters
26 Gestural usage and development in two chimpanzee groups of different subspecies (Pan troglodytes verus/P.t. schweinfurthii)
27 Spatial cognitive abilities in foraging chimpanzees
28 Temporal cognition in Taï chimpanzees
IndexDigital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalZongcheng Yang, editor.Summary: This is a comprehensive book in burn surgery, written by 25 experts in China. It summarizes the theoretical basis of and clinical experience in the prevention and control of burn injuries. It is a comprehensive and up-to-date reference book for surgeons and scientists working with burn management. The different degree of burns and surgical techniques during burn wound care, reconstruction and healing are reviewed separately. Authors also introduce successful cases in different kinds of burns. Editor Zongcheng Yang is a professor at Southwest Hospital, Third Military Medical University, Chongqing, China.
Contents:
Development of burn medicine in China / Zongcheng Yang
The alterations of microcirculation in burns / Keseng Zhao and Qiaobing Huang
Burn shock / Zhenrong Guo and Zhaofan Xia
Infection in burns / Guangxia Xiao and Weishi Xu
Bacterial endotoxin and exotoxin in severe burns / Yongming Yao
Advances in burn immunology / Daizhi Peng
Burn wound care / Bi Chen [and 4 others]
Reconstruction of burn in late phase / Bi Chen and Xiaoyuan Huang
Burn wound healing / Shuliang Lu
Growth factors and stem cells for wound repair and tissue regeneration / Xiaobing Fu
Inhalation injury / Zongcheng Yang, Guohui Li
Electrical burns / Yonghua Sun
Combined radiation-burn injuries / Tianmin Cheng
Postburn multiple organ dysfunction / Jiake Chai and Zhiyong Sheng
Metabolism in burns / Shiliang Wang and Shilin Deng
Nutrition in burns / Shiliang Wang and Shilin Deng
Pathological changes of visceral organs and endocrine glands after burns / Yisheng Chen and Jingquan Shi.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJörg Kastner, MD, LAc; Private Practice, Lünen, Germany.Summary: "For millennia, the Chinese have taught that a balanced and nutritious diet is an integral part of maintaining good health while healing a wide range of disorders. Here, in a new, third edition of the acclaimed Chinese Nutrition Therapy, the author further demystifies Chinese dietetics, one of the pillars of Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM). Joerg Kastner's introduction to the principles of TCM and the "energetics" of foods emphasizes a holistic approach throughout, providing readers with tools for integrating the principles of Chinese dietetics into their daily lives. Included are a comprehensive classification of more than 300 readily available foods: vegetables, grains, herbs and spices, fruit, meat, seafood, dairy products, and oils and fats. Many clinical examples and treatment suggestions artfully combine Western medical conditions with Chinese diagnostic and therapeutic techniques. The explanation of causes of diseases according to Traditional Chinese Medicine, the different symptoms, and the lists of recommended foods and foods to avoid are supplemented by advice on the appropriate acupuncture treatments. This third edition has been expanded with chapters covering allergies, food sensitivities, dietary support in oncologic cases, fasting, "superfoods" and smoothies. Where appropriate, bridges have been constructed between the paradigms of TCM and those of contemporary scientific medicine. Highlights:Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2021
- Digitaledited by Xijun Wang ; associate editors, Aihua Zhang, Hui Sun.Contents:
Ch. 1. Origin of Chinmedomics
Ch. 2. Methods and protocols of Chinmedomics
Ch. 3. Chinmedomics advancing drug discovery and development from Yinchenhao Tang
Ch. 4. Chinmedomics approach dissects therapeutic properties of ShenQiWan acting on ShenYangXu Syndrome
Ch. 5. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of jaundice syndrome
Ch. 6. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of GanYu PiXu Syndrome
Ch. 7. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers of Yinhuang Syndrome and evaluation of Yinchensini Tang
Ch. 8. Metabolite profiling and biomarkers analysis of jaundice sydrome-related animal models
Ch. 9. Metabolomic evaluation of hepatoprotective effect of Yinchenhao Tang and its major bioactive constituents
Ch. 10. Metabolomics and proteomics annotate therapeutic mechanisms of geniposide
Ch. 11. Metabolic profiling and potential biomarkers of ShenYinXu Syndrome and the therapeutic effect of Liuweidihuang Wan
Ch. 12. Metabolic profiling of healthy persons treated with Liuweidihuang Wan
Ch. 13. Metabolic profiling and potential biomarkers analysis of ShenYangXu Syndrome
Ch. 14. Metabolic evaluation of ShenQiWan nourishing ShenYangXu Syndrome
Ch. 15. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of XinQiXu Syndrome
Ch. 16. Active constituents screening based on correlation analysis between marker metabolites and the absorbed constituents in WenXin formulae
Ch. 17. Targeted synergism effects of the combined active constituents of Yinchenhao Tang
Ch. 18. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers of Type 2 Diabetes and the effective evaluation of the Tinaqi Jiangtang capsule
Ch. 19. Metabolic biomarkers of alcohol liver damage and the intervention effect of Yinchenhao Tang
Ch. 20. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of insomnia and the intervention effects of Suanzaoren Decoction and its related active ingredients
Ch. 21. Metabolic biomarkers of nonbacterial prostatisis and the treatment evaluation of Phellodendri Amurensis cortex and its main components
Ch. 22. Metabolic profiling provides a system for the understanding of Alzheimer's Disease in rates post-treatment with Kaixin San
Ch. 23. Metabolic profiles delineate the effect of Shengmai San on Alzheimer's Disease in rats
Subject Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - Digitaledited by Zhiyong Tang.Contents:
An Introduction to Chiral Nanomaterials: Origin, Construction, and Optical Application / Zhengtao Li, Lin Shi, Zhiyong Tang
Chirality at Nanoscale - Theory and Mechanism / Wei Zhang
Plasmonic Chiral Materials / Chengyi Song, Chen Zhang, Peng Tao
Optically Active and Chiral Semiconductor Nanocrystals / Assaf Ben Moshe, Gil Markovich
Chirality in Gold Nanoclusters / Chenjie Zeng, Zhikun Wu, Rongchao Jin
Chiral Mesoporous Silica Materials / Yuanyuan Cao, Shunai Che
DNA-Based Chiral Nanostructures / Hua Kuang, Chuanlai Xu
Applications in Catalysis / Tomohiro Yasukawa, Hiroyuki Miyamura, Shū Kobayashi
Applications in Polymer Science / Yi Li, Baozong Li, Yonggang Yang.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalEdzard Ernst.Summary: Of all forms of alternative medicine, chiropractic is the one that is most generally accepted. In the UK, for instance, chiropractors are regulated by statute and even have their own 'Royal College of Chiropractic. In the US, chiropractics country of origin, most chiropractors carry the title 'doctor and many consumers believe they are medically trained. Despite this high level of acceptance, chiropractic is wide open to criticism. The claims and assumptions made by chiropractors are far from evidence based. Chiropractic manipulations are of doubtful effectiveness and have regularly been associated with severe adverse effects, including multiple fatalities. The advice issued by chiropractors to patients and consumers is often less than responsible. The behaviour of chiropractors and their organisations is frequently less than professional. This book presents and discusses recent evidence in and around chiropractic in a factual and unemotional manner. It amounts to an evidence-based critique of this profession and discloses the often dangerously misleading information published for the lay audience. It thereby contributes to advancing public health and critical thinking.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1 Introduction
2 The History of Chiropractic
3 Current Popularity of Chiropractic
4 Subluxation
5 Spinal Manipulation
6 Other Alternative Modalities Used by Chiropractors
Acupuncture
Applied Kinesiology
Chelation Therapy
Cupping
Detox
Dietary Supplements
Energy Healing
Homeopathy
Massage
Mind-Body Therapies
Vega Test
7 Therapeutic Claims by (and Ambitions of) Chiropractors
8 Other Manual Therapies
Bowen Technique
Craniosacral Therapy
Dorn Method
Khalifa Therapy
Naprapathy
Osteopathy Polarity Therapy
Rolfing
Tragerwork
Visceral Osteopathy
9 What Is Evidence?
10 Effectiveness of Spinal Manipulation for Spinal Problems
Treatment of Acute Low Back Pain
Treatment of Chronic Low Back Pain
Treatment of Neck Pain
11 Effectiveness of Spinal Manipulation in Other Problems
Migraine
Other Forms of Headache
Otitis Media
Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
Fibromyalgia
Treatment of Shoulder Problems
Osteoarthritis
Sport Injuries
Any Non-spinal Pain
Opioid Over-Use
Hypertension
Gastrointestinal Problems
12 Chiropractic for Children Potential for Harm
13 Disease Prevention
14 Direct Risks of Spinal Manipulation
Minor Problems
Cerebral Accidents
Eye Injuries
Other Serious Complications
Deaths
Relative Safety
15 Indirect Risks
Risks of Useless Treatments
Risks of Diagnostic Methods
Vaccinations
16 Professionalism and Education
Regulators
Professional Organisations of Chiropractors
Individual Chiropractors
17 Ethical Issues
Nonsensical Research
Informed Consent
18 Postscript
Glossary
Useful Links and Books
Critical Books on Chiropractic
Books by DD Palmer - DigitalRainer Thiele.Summary: Rainer Thiele deals with chiropractic and examines two questions: Is chiropractic treatment of lower back pain a successful therapeutic approach? Is chiropractic treatment a standard treatment for headaches? On the topic of chiropractic in lower back pain, a congress abstract was published by the author using the latest randomized clinical studies and discussed as a poster contribution to the 16th Congress for Health Services Research in Berlin. A systematic review answers the question about chiropractic treatment of headaches. Contents Chiropractic Treatment for Headache Chiropractic Treatment for Lower Back Pain Target Groups Researchers, lecturers and students of chiropractic, osteopathy and orthopedics Chiropractors, osteopaths, orthopedists, pain medics About the Author Dr. scient. med. Rainer Thiele wrote this work as part of his doctoral studies in medical science at the UFL (Private University of Liechtenstein) as a cumulative dissertation. He is managing director of the specialist practice for Chiropractic / Osteopathy and Sports Medicine in Munich.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Printhrsg. von Prof. Dr. M. Kirschner und Prof. Dr. C. Nordmann.Contents:
[v.7] Index. - Printvon Ferdinand Sauerbruch, zugleich 2. Aufl. der Technik der Thoraxchirurgie von F. Sauerbruch und E.D. Schumacher ...
- Digitaledited by Shakeel Ahmed and Saiqa Ikram.Summary: This book delves deeply in to the preparation, characterization and multiple applications of chitin and chitosan. The 17 chapters written by leading experts is an excellent reference source and state-of-the-art review for researchers and scientists using chitosan or biopolymers in their respective areas. This book is divided into following sections:- Production and derivatives of chitosan- Chitosan in the textile and food industries- Chitosan in biomedical applications- Chitosan in agriculture and water treatment The book is practical as readers will be able to see descriptions of chitosan production methods as well as techniques that can be used to estimate and modify their physical and chemical properties. It provides a full description not only of the traditional and recent developments in the applications of chitosan in the fields of biotechnology, environmental studies, food, medicine, water treatments, drug delivery, but it includes all of the therapeutically usages as well.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- Digitaledited by Pal Maliga.Contents:
The Plastid Genomes of Flowering Plants
Next Generation Technologies to Determine Plastid Genome Sequences
Plastid Gene Transcription: Promoters and RNA Polymerases
Plastid mRNA Translation
Engineering Chloroplasts for High-Level Foreign Protein Expression
Excision of Plastid Marker Genes Using Directly Repeated DNA Sequences
Fluorescent Labeling and Confocal Microscopic Imaging of Chloroplasts and Non-Green Plastids
Plastid Transformation in Nicotiana tabacum and Nicotiana sylvestris by Biolistic DNA Delivery to Leaves
Nicotiana tabacum PEG-mediated Plastid Transformation
Plastid Transformation of Tobacco Suspension Cell Cultures
Tryptophan and Indole Analog Mediated Plastid Transformation
Plastid Marker Gene Excision in Greenhouse-Grown Tobacco by Agrobacterium-Delivered Cre Recombinase
Determination of the Half-Life of Chloroplast Transcripts in Tobacco Leaves
Quantification of Organellar DNA and RNA Using Real-Time PCR
Plastid Transformation for Rubisco Engineering and Protocols for Assessing Expression
Plastid Transformation in Tomato
Stable Plastid Transformation of Petunia
Plastid Transformation in Potato
Solanum tuberosum
Plastid Transformation in Eggplant
Plastid Transformation in Lettuce (Lactuca sativa L.) by Polyethylene Glycol Treatment of Protoplasts
Plastid Transformation in Lettuce (Lactuca sativa L) by Biolistic DNA Delivery
Plastid Transformation in Soybean
Plastid Transformation in Cabbage (Brassica oleracea L. var. capitata L.) by the Biolistic Process
Plastid Transformation in Sugar Beet Beta vulgaris
Integration and Expression of gfp in the Plastid of Medicago sativa L.
Rapid Screening for the Robust Expression of Recombinant Proteins in Algal Plastids
A Simple, Low Cost Method for Chloroplast Transformation of the Green Alga Chlamydomonas reinhardtii
Tools for Regulated Gene Expression in the Chloroplast of Chlamydomonas
Plastid Transformation in Physcomitrella patens
Plastid Transformation of Sporelings and Suspension-cultured Cells from the Liverwort Marchantia polymorpha L.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalGordon Moore, John A. Quelch, Emily Boudreau.Contents:
Introducing choice
Is healthcare special?
Conditions for creating a consumer market
The decision-making process
The six E's of consumer decision-making
Consumer segmentation strategies
Making a consumer choice system work.Digital Access Oxford 2018 - DigitalShyam Menon, Venkata Lekharaju, Christopher Wadsworth, Laura Dwyer, Richard Sturgess.Summary: This book presents the latest approaches to cholangioscopy and covers recent innovations in single-operator cholangioscopy platforms, which have evolved from fibre-optic technology to digital endoscopes and have significantly advanced the management of biliary disease. The first part presents the development of cholangioscopy and hepatobiliary anatomy and then goes on to discuss the indications for this technique. With dedicated chapters on each stage of the technique, the book subsequently covers patient preparation and nursing issues, set-up, and different types of cholangioscopy. This book offers a highly topical resource, and addresses the technical challenges related to the procedure, including the different systems available. Accompanied by an extensive library of videos and images, it represents a unique and novel resource for all advanced biliary endoscopists.
Contents:
1. Introduction/history of cholangioscopy
2. Hepatobiliary anatomy for the endoscopist
3. Indications for cholangioscopy
4. Patient preparation and nursing issues
5. Single operator cholangioscopy
a. Set up
b. Technique
c. Diagnostic cholangioscopy
d. Lithotripsy
6. Direct cholangioscopy
7. Developments / future applications. - DigitalB. Fernando Santos, Nathaniel Soper, editors.Summary: This volume addresses the current lack of knowledge of many general surgeons and trainees in the comprehensive management of patients with choledocholithiasis, with an emphasis on how the surgeon can provide single-stage management for the majority of patients. It begins with a historical perspective on surgical techniques for laparoscopic common bile duct exploration (LCBDE) and reviews the knowledge and experience gained during the "open" era. Subsequent chapters cover preoperative evaluation, decision-making, and operative management, including intraoperative cholangiography, intraoperative ultrasound, laparoscopic and open common bile duct exploration, laparoscopic placement of biliary stents and other adjuncts, and laparoscopic bilio-enteric bypass. The volume also provides the reader with material on the full spectrum of options including chapters on endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography and percutaneous approaches to the biliary tree. The chapters on individual procedures emphasize the technical aspects of the procedures, and include rich visual resources to guide the reader (illustrations, photographs, and videos to demonstrate typical cases and also challenging cases), as well as their outcomes and complication management. Finally, there is a discussion of how to identify and overcome logistical and institutional barriers to the adoption of LCBDE, and how simulation may be used to help teach the procedure. Choledocholithiasis: Comprehensive Surgical Management will be of great value and utility to General Surgeons, Hepatobiliary Surgeons, Surgical Residents and Fellows, Endoscopists, and Interventional Radiologists.
Contents:
Historical Perspective on the Treatment of Choledocholithiasis: Lessons Learned and Techniques Prior to the Laparoscopic Era
Current Understanding of Choledocholithiasis- Clinical Presentation and Pre-operative Evaluation
Preoperative Decision-making Algorithm
Intraoperative Ultrasound- Technique, Results, Pearls/Pitfalls, Rationale, and Benefits of Routine Use
Intraoperative Cholangiography- Technique, Results, Pearls/Pitfalls, Rationale, and Benefits of Routine Use
Laparoscopic Trans-cystic Exploration (Deciding who to Approach, Contraindications, Techniques- Cannulation, Dilation, Flouro-guided v. Choledochoscopy, Results, Complications, and Their Management.- Laparoscopic transcholedochal exploration (deciding who to approach, contraindications, technique of choledochotomy, instruments
catheters, scopes, etc., closure
primary v. t-tube v. internal drainage, results, complications and their management).- Stone fragmentation technologies and the approach to impacted stones (laser, mechanical lithotripsy, shock-wave, pneumatic and ultrasonic lithotriptors).- Adjuncts to common bile duct exploration (stents, drains, balloon dilation, antegrade sphincterotomy).- Open Common Bile Duct Exploration (indications/role in the modern era, technique, outcomes/complications).- Role of bilioenteric bypass in management of biliary stone disease (how to decide who needs this, technique, results/complications and management).- Endoscopic sphincterotomy for choledocholithiasis
preoperative v. postoperative, techniques, stone fragmentation for large stones, complications and management, outcomes, recent issues of infection with multi-drug resistant bacteria and implications).- Endoscopic ultrasound (EUS)- role in diagnosis and management of choledocholithiasis, transhepatic EUS approaches.- Laparoscopic-assisted ERCP (rendezvous procedures and transgastric ERCP)
Percutaneous techniques (transhepatic drainage)
Overcoming Institutional and Logistical Barriers to LCBDE. - Digital/PrintG. Balakrish Nair and Yoshifumi Takeda, editors.Summary: The most feared attribute of the human pathogen Vibrio cholerae is its ability to cause outbreaks that spread like wildfire, completely overwhelming public health systems and causing widespread suffering and death. This volume starts with a description of the contrasting patterns of outbreaks caused by the classical and El Tor biotypes of V. cholerae. Subsequent chapters examine cholera outbreaks in detail, including possible sources of infection and molecular epidemiology on three different continents, the emergence of new clones through the bactericidal selection process of lytic cholera phages, the circulation and transmission of clones of the pathogen during outbreaks, and novel approaches to modeling cholera outbreaks. A further contribution deals with the application of the genomic sciences to trace the spread of cholera epidemics and how this information can be used to control cholera outbreaks. The book closes with an analysis of the potential use of killed oral cholera vaccines to stop the spread of cholera outbreaks.
Contents:
Cholera outbreaks in the classical biotype era
Cholera outbreaks in the El Tor biotype era and the impact of the new El Tro variants
Cholera outbreaks in India
Cholera outbreaks in South-East Asia
Cholera outbreaks in Africa
Cholera outbreak in Haiti: where and how did it begin?
Role of phages in the epidemiology of cholera
Circulation and transmission of clones of Vibrio cholerae during cholera outbreaks
Modeling cholera outbreaks
Genomic science in understanding cholera outbreaks and evolution of Vibrio cholerae as a human pathogen
When, how, and where can oral cholera vaccines be used to interrupt cholera outbreaks?
Index.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalElizabeth J. Carey, Keith D. Lindor, editors.Contents:
1. Diagnosis of Cholestasis / Andrea A. Gossard
2. Drug-Induced Cholestasis / Einar S. Björnsson
3. Primary Biliary Cirrhosis / Marina G. Silveira
4. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis / Meredith Borman and Bertus Eksteen
5. IgG4 Related Cholangitis / Said Al Mamari, Emma L. Culver, and Roger W. Chapman
6. Rare Causes of Cholestasis / Tamir Miloh and Ozlem Pinar Bulut
7. Cholestatic Variants of Viral Disease and Alcohol / Mary A. Atia and Bashar Aqel
8. Cholestasis Related to Systemic Disorders / Anitha Yadav and Elizabeth J. Carey
9. Complications of Cholestasis / Abrar Ahmed and Marlyn J. Mayo
10. Cholestasis Post-Liver Transplantation / Denise M. Harnois and Kymberly D. S. Watt
11. Cholestasis in the Hospitalized Patient / Anne M. Larson
12. Endoscopic Management of Biliary Obstruction / James H. Tabibian and Todd H. Baron. - DigitalAvia Rosenhouse-Dantsker, Anna N. Bukiya, editors.Summary: "In this book, renowned scientists describe the role of steroid chirality and modification of lipid membrane physical properties in the modulation of G protein-coupled receptors and ion channels. The application of commonly-used technical approaches such as mass spectrometry and nucleic magnetic resonance transfer spectroscopy for studies on cholesterol distribution and alteration of lipid bilayer characteristics is also discussed. This book offers comprehensive insights into the current understanding of cholesterol-driven modulation of protein function via mechanisms that extend beyond lipid-protein direct interactions. In the first part, the chapters introduce the reader to the use of the chemical derivatives of cholesterol as a valuable laboratory tool in the studies of cholesterol-driven modulation of protein function. In the second part, examples of cholesterol-induced changes in membrane physical characteristics are presented and discussed in light of their multifaceted contribution to the effect of cholesterol on protein function. The book will be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students as well as basic science and medical researchers with a keen interest in the biophysical properties of cholesterol and physiological consequences of cholesterol presence in biological systems"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Includes bibliographical references and index. Sterol specificity in modulating protein function. Chirality effect on cholesterol modulation of protein function / Jitendra D. Belani
A critical analysis of molecular mechanisms underlying membrane cholesterol sensitivity of GPCRs / Md. Jafurulla, G. Aditya Kumar, Bhagyashree D. Rao, Amitabha Chattopadhyay
Regulation of BK channel activity by cholesterol and its derivatives / Anna N. Bukiya, Alex M. Dopico
Chiral specificity of cholesterol orientation within cholesterol binding sites in inwardly rectifying K+ channels / Nicolas Barbera, Irena Levitan
Indirect modulation of protein function by cholesterol. Cholesterol effects on the physical properties of lipid membranes viewed by solid-state NMR spectroscopy / Trivikram R. Molugu, Michael F. Brown
Effect of cholesterol on the dipole potential of lipid membranes / Ronald J. Clarke
Mass spectrometry imaging of cholesterol / Stephanie M. Cologna
Cholesterol-dependent gating effects on ion channels / Qiu-Xing Jiang. - DigitalFrancis J. Hornicek, editor.Summary: Chondrosarcoma, a rare cancer that develops from cartilage cells, occurs mainly in the bones but can also appear in the soft tissue of the pelvis, hip and shoulder. Unfortunately, these cancers are highly resistant to both chemotherapy and radiation, and no successful adjuvant therapies currently exist. As such, surgical treatment and resection remain the mainstays of management for patients with these tumors. This concise text is a comprehensive presentation of the current knowledge regarding the development, diagnosis and management of chondrosarcomas. Part I discusses pathology, molecular biology and imaging features of chondrosarcomas. The different types of skeletal and extraskeletal tumors are presented in detail in part II, including conventional and secondary tumors. Management approaches are outlined and described in part III - limb salvage surgery is the most common, and although less effective, radiation and chemotherapy are indicated in certain cases. Part IV examines the future of chondrosarcoma management and development of novel adjuvant therapies, as well as the relationship of this disease to similar types (e.g., chordoma). Bringing together the most up-to-date information on this rare cancer, Chondrosarcoma will be a valuable resource for orthopedic oncologists, researchers and all medical professionals treating these challenging tumors.
Contents:
Part I. Biology of Chondrosarcoma
Pathology of Chondrosarcoma
Advances in the Molecular Biology of Chondrosarcoma
Imaging Features of Chondrosarcoma
Part II. Skeletal and Extraskeletal Chondrosarcoma
Chondrosarcomas: Conventional and Secondary
Primary Soft Tissue Chondrosarcoma
Part III. Management of Chondrosarcoma
Chondrosarcoma of the Axial Skeleton
Chondrosarcoma of the Appendicular Skeleton
Chondrosarcoma of the Hand
Chondrosarcoma of the Clavicle
Radiation Therapy for Chondrosarcoma
Systemic Therapy for Chondrosarcoma
Vascular Issues in Complex Surgical Resection of Chondrosarcoma
Part IV. The Future of Chondrosarcoma Research and Treatment
The Future of Chondrosarcoma Research and Treatment. - DigitalGary X. Wang, Mark A. Anderson, Lauren Uzdienski, Susanna I. Lee.Summary: This book will enable practicing physicians and trainees to learn, in a clinically relevant and intellectually stimulating way, guidelines for appropriate ordering of imaging exams. The new edition provides more than 460 clinical case scenarios, organized into subspecialty modules (breast, cardiac, thoracic, gastrointestinal, urologic, women's, pediatric, vascular, musculoskeletal, and neurologic imaging). Each scenario is presented as a quiz in which the reader is invited to select the best option from various imaging modalities. All choices are given ratings of appropriateness and is consistent with the American College of Radiology (ACR) Appropriateness Criteria. Furthermore, a brief solution to each case is included. Finally, over 500 radiologic images are included each associated with a clinical case to illustrate the diagnostic capabilities of the imaging exam. This second edition incorporates new content and revisions to remain consistent with the updated ACR Appropriateness Criteria since the original publication in 2012. It will be an ideal tool both for self-study and for quantitative evaluation of students’ knowledge.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Breast Imaging
3. Cardiac Imaging
4. Thoracic Imaging
5. Gastrointestinal Imaging
6. Urologic Imaging
7. Women's Imaging
8. Vascular Imaging
9. Pediatric Imaging
10. Musculoskeletal Imaging
11. Neurologic Imaging. - DigitalDaniel M. Sciubba, Joseph H. Schwab, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the epidemiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, and management of chordomas of the mobile spine and sacrum. Historically, knowledge about how to deliver such state-of-the-art care has not been widespread, resulting in inconsistent treatment, and, all too often, suboptimal outcomes for chordoma patients. This text is an important step towards broadening that knowledge, and, in turn, improving the care provided to chordoma patients. The book is divided into 4 parts comprising 16 chapters. The first part focuses on the pathophysiology and molecular drivers of chordoma. The second focuses on the epidemiology and clinical history, as well as the histological, oncologic, and radiographic work-up of chordoma. The third part focuses primarily on the technical aspects of surgery for chordoma. It is broken down by anatomic region, with the final two chapters focusing on the soft tissue and bony reconstruction following chordoma resection. The last part focuses on the exciting field of adjuvant therapies for chordoma. This includes both radiation therapies and novel chemotherapeutic options for recurrent, metastatic, and dedifferentiated chordoma. Written by world experts from leading chordoma centers, Chordoma of the Spine serves as a valuable reference for spinal oncologists and general spine surgeons who may encounter chordoma patients in their practice. It provides the most up-to-date evidence regarding all aspects of treating patients with this disease. By focusing on this specific pathology of the spine, this resource condenses expert-level research into understandable treatment algorithms.
Contents:
Section I Pathophysiology and Molecular Mechanisms of Chordoma
Notochordal Morphogenesis and the Origin of Chordoma
Molecular and Genetic Mechanisms of Spinal Chordoma
Section II Epidemiology, Clinical History, and Work-Up for Chordoma.-Historical Overview, Demographics, and Clinical Presentation of Spinal Chordoma
Clinical Work up, Diagnostic Imaging and Biopsy
Histopathologic Classification of Spinal Chordoma
Multi-disciplinary Planning for Treatment
Section III Surgical Management of Chordoma
Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Occipitocervical Junction
Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Cervical Spine
Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Thoracic Spine
Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Lumbar Spine
Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Sacrum
Soft Tissue Reconstruction Following Surgery for Sacral Chordoma
Vascular Reconstruction After EnBloc Resection
Section IV Radiation and Chemotherapeutic Adjuvants for Chordoma
Photon Therapy for Chordoma of the Spine
Heavy Particle Therapy for Chordoma
Systemic Therapy, Trials and Future Directions for Chordoma of the Spine
Index. - Digital[edited by] M. Necmettin Pamir, Ossama Al-Mefty, Luis A.B. Borba.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2017
- Digitaledited by Griffith R. Harsh IV, Francisco Vaz-Guimaraes.Contents:
Section I. Embryology, pathology, and molecular biology
Section II. Demographics, presentation, and diagnosis
Section III. Surgery of skull base tumors
Section IV. Surgery of spinal and sacral tumors
Section V. Radiation therapy of chordomas and chondrosarcomas-- Section VI. Special considerations
Section VII. Patient advocacy
Index.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Federico E. Micheli, Peter A. LeWitt.Contents:
1. A Clinician's Approach to Chorea / Peter A. LeWitt
2. Benign Hereditary Chorea / Carlos Zúñiga-Ramírez and Héctor Alberto González-Usigli
3. Chorea-Acanthocytosis / Andreas Hermann
4. Sydenham's Chorea / Francisco Cardoso
5. Huntington's Disease: Clinical Phenotypes and Therapeutics / Michael Orth
6. Huntington's Disease: Molecular Pathogenesis and New Therapeutic Perspectives / Claudia Perandones and Ignacio Muñoz-Sanjuan
7. Huntington Disease and Huntington Disease-Like Syndromes: An Overview / Susanne A. Schneider and Felix Gövert
8. McLeod Syndrome / Hans H. Jung
9. Neuroferritinopathy / Vanderci Borges and Roberta Arb Saba
10. Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation / Nardocci Nardo , Vanessa Cavallera , Luisa Chiapparini, and Giovanna Zorzi
11. Aceruloplasminemia / Hiroaki Miyajima
12. Chorea in Inherited Ataxias / Hélio A. Ghizoni Teive and Renato Puppi Munhoz
13. Chorea in Prion Diseases / Marie-Claire Porter and Simon Mead
14. Inherited Metabolic Disorders Causing Chorea / Mônica Santoro Haddad
15. Drug-Induced Chorea / Federico E. Micheli
16. Structural Causes of Chorea / Jon Snider and Roger L. Albin
17. Chorea: A Surgical Approach / Raul Martinez-Fernandez and Elena Moro
18. Chorea in Childhood / Emilio Fernández-Alvarez
19. Psychogenic Chorea / Juan Carlos Giugni , Daniel Martínez-Ramírez, and Ramon L. Rodríguez-Cruz. - Digitaledited by Jay Chhablani, Jorge Ruiz-Medrano.Contents:
Chapter 1. The history of the choroid
Chapter 2. Electron microscopy of the human choroid
Chapter 3. Choroidal histopathology
Chapter 4. Choroidal imaging techniques: Past, current, and future
Chapter 5. Dystrophies
Chapter 6. Choroidal imaging in dry age-related macular degeneration
Chapter 7. Neovascular (wet) age-related macular degeneration
Chapter 8. Choroidal neovascularization secondary to diseases other than age-related macular degeneration
Chapter 9. Central serous chorioretinopathy
Chapter 10. Pachychoroid
Chapter 11. High myopia
Chapter 12. Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada disease
Chapter 13. Chorioretinal inflammatory non-infectious diseases
Chapter 14. Infectious chorioretinal diseases
Chapter 15. Choroidal findings in systemic disorders
Chapter 16. The choroid in retinal vascular diseases
Chapter 17. Choroidal tumors
Chapter 18. Imaging and diagnosis of polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy
Chapter 19. Other choroidal disorders
Chapter 20. Imaging choroidal disorders: The future.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalJay Chhablani, editor.Summary: The book discusses all aspects of choroidal neovascularization (CNV), including the basics, clinical conditions associated with CNV, clinical trials related to CNV, future directions and rehabilitation. The first section covers the pathogenesis, proposed mechanisms, disease models, histopathology and electronmicroscopy. The next section explores CNV secondary to various clinical conditions, such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), myopia, and less common conditions like choroidal osteoma. The book also covers clinical features, imaging characteristics, and treatment approaches, as well as clinical trials in CNV conditions with recent updates. Lastly, it features chapters on stem cell therapy, gene therapy, new molecules, and lasers, as well as a section on rehabilitation, which addresses home monitoring and low vision aids. This book is intended for retina specialists, retina fellows and general ophthalmologists.
Contents:
Section I: History
History of choroidal neovascularization (CNV)
initial understanding and development
Section II: Basics
Pathogenesis - various proposed mechanisms
Histopathology - recent understanding in relationship with imaging
Electron microscopy - update in choroidal changes
Section III: Clinical classification
Neovascular age-related macular degeneration (AMD) - clinical features, imaging, protocols and outcomes
CNV secondary to pathologic myopia - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
Pachychoroid related CNV - recent updates, imaging and outcomes
Inflammatory CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
Dystrophy related CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
CNV secondary to angioid streaks - clinical features, imaging and treatment protocols
Idiopathic CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
CNV associated with idiopathic juxtafoveal telangiectasia - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
CNV associated with other causes - laser induced, idiopathic intracranial hypertension, choroidal osteoma, trauma, choroidal coloboma, choroidal nevus, etc
Peripapillary CNVM - overview of various causes, imaging features and treatment outcomes
Pediatric CNVM - overview of various causes, imaging features and treatment outcomes
Polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy (PCV) - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
Section IV: Treatment options
Anti-VEGF current options - Ranibizumab, Bevacizumab, Aflibercept, Ziv-aflibercept, Conbercept
Photodynamic therapy - current status in anti-VEGF era
Surgical intervention - graft, retinal implant, the implantable miniature telescope, surgical removal of CNV, subretinal tissue plasminogen activator
Section V: Clinical trials
n-AMD trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in AMD
Myopic CNV trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in AMD
Non-AMD CNV trials - comprehensive overview of various trials in non-AMD related CNV causes
PCV trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in PCV
Section VI: Future directions
Stem cells in AMD - current status and future expectations
Newer molecules - newer targets in CNV and the upcoming research
Radiotherapy - role of radiotherapy and clinical trials
Other options - role of subthreshold laser, and other therapies in CNV
Section VII: Rehabilitation
Low vision aids
Peripheral vision development - newer approach for macular diseases
Monitoring techniques - advanced home monitoring techniques and initial experience. - DigitalJohn R. Peteet, H. Steven Moffic, Ahmed Hankir, Harold G. Koenig, editors.Summary: This book aims to help readers appreciate the many-faceted relationship between Christianity, one of the world's major faith traditions, and the practice of psychiatry. Chapter authors in this book first consider challenges posed by historical antagonisms, church-based mental health stigma, and controversy over phenomena such as hearing voices. Next, others explore both how Christians often experience conditions such as mood and psychotic disorders, disorders in children and adolescents, moral injury and PTSD, and ways that their faith can serve as a resource in their healing. Twelve Step spirituality, originally informed by Christianity, is the subject of a chapter, as are issues raised for Christians by disability, death and dying. A set of chapters then focuses on the state of integration of Christian beliefs and practices into psychotherapy, treatment delivery, educational programming, clergy/clinician collaboration, and treatment by a non-Christian psychiatrist. Finally, there are chapters by a mental health professional who has been a patient, a Jewish psychiatrist, a Muslim psychiatrist knowledgeable about Christianity and psychiatry in the Muslim majority world, and a Christian psychiatrist. These chapters provide context, diversity and personal perspectives. Christianity and Psychiatry is a valuable resource for mental health professionals seeking to understand and address the particular challenges that arise when caring for Christian patients. .
Contents:
The Fraught History of Psychiatry and Christianity
Mental Illness Stigma in Christian Communities
Psychotic symptoms and spiritual phenomena
Mood Disorders & Christianity
Working with Christian Children and Families
Trauma
Understanding Moral Injury in Individuals: Current Models, Concepts, and Treatments
Moral Injury in Christian Organizations: Sacred Moral Injury
Christianity and Disability
Miracles and Care at the End of Life
Addiction and Twelve-Step Spirituality
Models of integration of Christian worldview and psychiatry
Christian Integrated Psychotherapy
Models of Delivering Christian Psychiatric Care
Clergy-Clinician Collaboration
Principles and Practice in Educating Christians About Mental Health- A Primer
Called to lead?
Treating Christian Patients as a Non-Christian Psychiatrist
A Jewish Psychiatrist's Perspective
Christianity from a British-Muslim Psychiatrist's Perspective
A Christian Psychiatrist's Perspective. - Digitaledited by Srikumar P. Chellappan.Summary: Updated and revised, this thorough volume is organized such that it begins with techniques related to the study of chromatin structure. Protocols for reconstitution of chromatin on solid supports for analysis, preparation of positioned mononucleosomes, techniques to study premature chromatin condensation, and the use of comparative genomic hybridization to assess genomic aberration are included as well. Novel techniques for imaging chromatin using atomic force microscopy and the isolation of specific genomic regions using engineered DNA binding molecules generated by CRISPR are then examined. That section is followed by protocols to analyze DNA and histone modifications, while the third section includes methods to study DNA replication and repair, in the context of chromatin. Last but not least, protocols for studying chromatin and its relation with transcriptional regulation are presented in a fourth section. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and up-to-date, Chromatin Protocols, Third Edition aims to help researchers in facilitating in-depth molecular analysis of various aspects of chromatin structure and function.
Contents:
Beads-on-a-string on a bead : reconstitution and analysis of chromatin on a solid support / Raphael Sandaltzopoulos and Peter B. Becker
Preparation and analysis of positioned mononucleosomes / Olga I. Kulaevaand Vasily M. Studitsky
Chromatin imaging with time-lapse atomic force microscopy / Yuri L. Lyubchenko and Luda S. Shlyakhtenko
Isolation of specific genomic regions and ifentification of associated molecules by engineered DNA-binding molecule-mediated chromatin immunoprecipitation (enChIP) using CRISPR / Toshitsugu Fujita and Hodaka Fujii
Drug-induced premature chromosome condensation (PCC) protocols : cytogenetic approaches in mitotic chromosome and interphase chromatin / Eisuke Gotoh
Analysis of genomic aberrations using comparative genomic hybridization of metaphase chromosomes / Melanie A. Carless
Histone deacetylase activity assay / Lirong Peng, Zhigang Yuan, and Edward Seto
In vitro histone demethylase assays / Kenji Kokura, Lidong Sun, and Jia Fang
Integrated DNA methylation and chromatin structural analysis at single-molecule resolution / Carolina E. Pardo ... [et al.]
Determination of DNA methylation levels using illumina HumanMethylation450 BeadChips / Melanie A. Carless
Investigation of genomic methylation status using methylation-specific and bisulfite sequencing polymerase chain reaction / Melanie A. Carless
In vitro and in vivo assays for studying histone ubiquitination and deubiquitination / Heui-Yun Joo ... [et al.]
Immunostaining analysis of tissue cultured cells and tissue sections using phospho-histone H3 (Serine 10) antibody / Jaya Padmanabhan
Identification and characterization of nonhistone chromatin proteins : human positive coactivator 4 as a candidate / Sujata Kumari ... [et al.]
Methods to study transcription-coupled repair in chromatin / / Hélène Gaillard, Ralf Erik Wellinger, and Andrés Aguilera
Analysis of DNA replication associated chromatin decondensation : in vivo assay for understanding chromatin remodeling mechanisms of selected proteins / Sergiy Borysov, Victoria L. Bryant, and Mark G. Alexandrow
Non-radioactive assay methods for the assessment of telomerase activity and telomere length / Partha P. Banerjee and Shankar Jagadeesh
Detecting ATM-dependent chromatin modification in DNA damage response / Durga Udayakumar ... [et al.]
Imaging local deposition of newly synthesized histones in UVC-damaged chromatin / Salomé Adam ... [et al.]
In vitro replication assay with mammalian cell extracts / Wasia Rizwani and Srikumar P. Chellappan
Fluorescent in situ hybridization on comets : FISH comet / Sergey Shaposhnikov, Naouale El Yamani, and Andrew R. Collins
Methods to study histone chaperone function in nucleosome assembly and chromatin transcription / Parijat Senapati ... [et al.]
Preparation of mononucleosomal templates for analysis of transcription with RNA polymerase using spFRET / Kseniya S. Kudryashova ... [et al.]
Transcriptome-wide identification of in vivo interactions between RNAs and RNA-binding proteins by RIP and PAR- CLIP assays / Edgar González-Buendía ... [et al.]
Chromatin immunoprecipitation assays : analyzing transcription factor binding and histone modifications in vivo / Smitha Pillai, Piyali Dasgupta, and Srikumar P. Chellappan
ChIP on chip and ChIP-Seq assays : genome-wide analysis of transcription factor binding and histone modifications / Smitha Pillai and Srikumar P. Chellappan
ChIP-on-Chip analysis methods for affymetrix tiling arrays / Sean J. Yoder.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJason Knott, Keith Latham, editors.Summary: Five leaders in the field of mammalian preimplantation embryo development provide their own perspectives on key molecular and cellular processes that mediate lineage formation during the first week of life. The first cell-fate decision involves the formation of the pluripotent inner cell mass (ICM) and extraembryonic trophectoderm (TE). The second cell-fate choice encompasses the transformation of ICM into extraembryonic primitive endoderm (PE) and pluripotent epiblast. The processes, which occur during the period of preimplantation development, serve as the foundation for subsequent developmental events such as implantation, placentation, and gastrulation. The mechanisms that regulate them are complex and involve many different factors operating spatially and temporally over several days to modulate embryonic chromatin structure, impose cellular polarity, and direct distinct gene expression programs in the first cell lineages.
Contents:
CHD1 controls cell lineage specification through zygotic genome activation
Chromatin remodelling proteins and cell fate decisions in mammalian preimplantation development
Transcriptional regulation and genes involved in first lineage specification during preimplantation development
ROCK and RHO playlist for preimplantation development: Streaming to HIPPO pathway and apicobasal polarity in the first cell differentiation
XEN and the art of stem cell maintenance
molecular mechanisms maintaining cell fate and self-renewal in extraembryonic endoderm stem (XEN) cell lines. - PrintUdy, Marvin J.Contents:
v. 1. Chemistry of chromium and its compounds
v. 2. Metallurgy of chromium and its alloys. - DigitalB. Michael Ghadimi, Thomas Ried, editors.Contents:
DNA repair and chromosomal translocations
CINcere modelling: what have mouse models for chromosome instability taught us?
Telomere dysfunction, chromosomal instability and cancer
Genetic instability and disease progostication
Causes of chromosomal instability
Patterns of chromosomal aberrations in solid tumors
Yeast as models of mitotic fidelty
The diverse effects of complex chromosome rearrangements and chromothripsis in cancer development
Consequence of aneuploidy in cancer: transcriptome and beyond.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Shondra M. Pruett-Miller.Contents:
Genome editing by targeted chromosomal mutagenesis
Piggybac transposon-based insertional mutagenesis in mouse haploid embryonic stem cells
Using phage integrases in a site-specific dual integrase cassette exchange strategy
Therapeutic genome mutagenesis using synthetic donor DNA and triplex-forming molecules
Genome engineering using adeno-associated virus (AAV)
Engineering of customized meganucleases via in vitro compartmentalization and in cellulo optimization
Efficient design and assembly of custom TALENs using the golden gate platform
Ligation-independent cloning (LIC) assembly of TALEN genes
Assembly and characterization of megatals for hyperspecific genome engineering applications
Genome engineering using CRISPR-Cas9 system
Donor plasmid design for codon and single base genome editing using zinc finger nucleases
Endogenous gene tagging with fluorescent proteins
Silencing long noncoding RNAs with genome-editing tools
Gene editing using ssODNs with engineered endonucleases
Genome editing in human pluripotent stem cells using site-specific nucleases
Strategies to increase genome editing frequencies and to facilitate the identification of edited cells
Using engineered endonucleases to create knockout and knockin zebrafish models
Creating knockout and knockin rodents using engineered endonucleases via direct embryo injection
Simple sperm preservation by freeze-drying for conserving animal strains.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalEditors: David Stewart and Bruce Stillman.Contents:
Chromatin, histones, and instability
Chromosome biology and genome architecture
Centromeres and kinetochores
Organizing chromosomes during segregation
Mitosis and cell cycle
Meiosis
Germ cells, imprinting, gene dosage, and regulation
Heterochromatin, errors, and damage
Dorcas Cummings lectures.Digital Access Cold Spring Harbor Lab Press 2017 - DigitalYu Zhang, editor.Contents:
1. Historical and clinical perspectives on chromosomal translocations
2. Induction of chromosomal translocations with CRISPR-Cas9 and other nucleases: understanding the repair mechanisms that give rise to translocations
3. Dynamics of double-strand breaks: implications for the formation of chromosome translocations
4. The CRISPR/Cas9 system as a tool to engineer chromosomal translocation in vivo
5. Generation of genomic alteration from cytidine deamination
6. The role for the DSB response pathway in regulating chromosome translocations
7. Telomeres and chromosomal translocations
8. 3D genomie organization influences the chromosome translocation pattern
9. The role of chromosome deletions in human cancers
10. Processing-challenges generated by clusters of DNA double-strand breaks underpin increased effectiveness of high-LET radiation and chromothripsis. - Digitaledited by Leonardo Kapural.Summary: Chronic Abdominal Pain is a comprehensive resource focused on the management of chronic abdominal pain. Chapters begin with an overview of pain generation, adaptive mechanisms and various diagnostic approaches. A complete range of novel, conservative, minimally invasive and surgical therapeutic options and their proper selection are then discussed along with evidence-based and practical clinical aspects of patient care. Authored by a team of world-renowned physicians and researchers, this definitive guide provides novel algorithms for contemporary treatment of chronic abdominal pain, giving pain medicine clinicians and practitioners the knowledge needed to assess and treat patients with abdominal pain.
Contents:
Etiology and Mechanisms of Chronic Abdominal Pain
The Epidemiology of Chronic Abdominal Pain.- Establishing Diagnosis of Chronic Abdominal Pain: Gastroenterologist View.- Establishing Diagnosis of Chronic Abdominal Pain: Pain Medicine view.- Lessons Learned from Visceral Sensory Stimulation: Implications for Treatment of Chronic Abdominal Pain
Abdominal Pain in Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)
Gastroparesis: Pathophysiology of Chronic Abdominal Pain and Current Treatment
Chronic Pain Due to Postsurgical Intra-Abdominal Adhesions: Therapeutic Options
Chronic Pancreatitis with or without Acute Exacerbations: Novel Options for Pain Control
Chronic Abdominal Pain of Gynecologic Causes: Diagnosis and Treatment
Pediatric Chronic Abdominal Pain: Etiology, Diagnosis and Treatment
Interventional Treatment of Chronic Abdominal Pain in Children
Cancer-Related Abdominal Pain
Opioids in Abdominal Pain
Sympathetic Blocks for Chronic Abdominal Pain
Radiofrequency and Neurolysis for the Treatment of Chronic Visceral Abdominal Pain
Regional Anesthesia for Abdominal/Truncal Pain
Chronic Abdominal Wall Pain: Diagnosis and Interventional Treatment
Spinal Cord Stimulation for Chronic Abdominal Pain
Peripheral Nerve Stimulation for Chronic Abdominal Pain
Gastric and other Visceral Stimulation for Chronic Painful Gastrointestinal Motility Disorders
Intrathecal Therapy for Non-malignant and Malignant Abdominal Pain
Surgical Options for Chronic Visceral Abdominal Pain
Neurosurgical Options for Control of Chronic and Malignant Abdominal Pain
Psychological Determinants and Treatments for Chronic Abdominal Pain.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Didac Mauricio, Núria Alonso.Summary: "Chronic Complications of Diabetes Mellitus: Current Outlook and Novel Pathophysiological Insights provides a holistic view of the disease, discussing not only its classical complications but also the under recognized and managed conditions associated with diabetes. Chapters also discuss advances in our understanding of the genomic architecture of diabetes complications and how precision medicine can be used to personalize their management. Endocrinologists, diabetologists, primary care physicians and researchers interested in complications of diabetes mellitus and cutting-edge information will find this to be a comprehensive tome on the topic"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Overview on chronic complications of diabetes mellitus – Epidemiology of chronic complications of diabetes: A global perspective – Molecular mechanisms involved in hyperglycemia-induced cellular damage – Vascular calcification in diabetes mellitus: Molecular mechanisms and clinical implications – Pathogenesis of diabetic atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease – Diabetic retinopathy: New insights – Macular edema: A fearful complication of diabetic eye disease – Retinal neurodegeneration: Importance in diabetes management – Diabetic neuropathy: Current issues in diagnosis and prevention – Pathophysiological and clinical aspects of nonclassical targets of microangiopathy – Diabetic bone disease: Metabolic and microvascular damage – Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: What comes before and what are the consequences? – The diabetic lung – Diabetes-related cognitive impairment and dementia – Cancer in diabetes: Who is who? – Role of glycemic legacy and glycemic variability in the development and progression of complications of diabetes – Prevention and management of chronic kidney disease in diabetes – Heart failure in diabetes: Current clinical management – Diabetic eye disease: Novel therapeutic strategies – Management of diabetic foot diseaseDigital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digital[edited by] James A. de Lemos, Torbjørn Omland.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Dunbar Gram, Rowan Milner, Remo Lobetti.Contents:
Part One. Communication and Caregiving
1. Communication, caregiving, and chronic disease
Part Two. Syndromes and Clinical Signs of Chronic Disease
2. Pruritus, atopic dermatitis, and pyoderma
3. Managing mobility: an integrative approach (orthopedic and neurologic impairments of mobility)
4. Chronic diseases of the eye and adnexa
5. Heart disease
6. Canine cognitive dysfunction
7. Vestibular syndromes
8. Seizure disorders
9. Feline hyperthyroidism
10. Hypoadrenocorticism in dogs
11. Canine hypothyroidism
12. Hyperadrenocorticism in dogs and cats
13. Diabetes mellitus
14. Chronic pancreatitis
15. Mega-esophagus and esophageal dysmotility
16. Chronic gastritis
17. Ulcerative colitis
18. Mega-colon
19. Inflammatory bowel disease
20. Protein-losing enteropathy
21. Cholecystitis
22. Biliary mucocele
23. Chronic hepatitis
24. Portosystemic liver stunts
25. Hepatic lipidosis
26. Feline cholangitis
27. Chronic kidney disease
28. Chronic urinary tract infection
29. Feline interstitial cystitis
30. Canine chronic bronchitis
31. Bronchiectasis
32. Interstitial lung diseases
33. Feline asthma
34. Collapsing trachea
25. Allergic rhinitis
Part Three. End of Life
36. Hospice care and end of life.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digital[edited by] John L. Dornhoffer, Michael B. Gluth.Digital Access
- DigitalJunwei Yang, Weichun He, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and systematic review of the latest findings in a wide spectrum of clinically important aspects of chronic kidney disease (CKD), focusing on clinical diagnosis and therapeutics. CKD is a global health problem with a rising morbidity and mortality. The last decade has seen significant improvements in determining the incidence, prevalence, and complications of CKD, mainly thanks to the definitions of CKD developed by the National Kidney Foundation's Kidney Disease Outcomes Quality Initiative (K/DOQI). However, increased recognition of CKD has led to awareness of the limitations of its clinical diagnosis and treatment, which are essential to patients' wellbeing. This book is of particular value not only to nephrologists, but also to general practitioners and residents with an interest in CKD. It offers a well-organized exposition of the current knowledge base. Compared with previously published books on kidney disease and CKD, it has a smaller number of more concise chapters. As a result, readers can easily obtain an overview of the most important topics in CKD. We hope that practitioners will gain as much from reading this practical guide to clinical management of CKD as we have from editing it. Junwei Yang is a professor at Nanjing Medical University and a chief physician at the Centre for Kidney Disease, Second Affiliated Hospital, Nanjing, China.
Contents:
Chronic Kidney Disease
Complications of Chronic Kidney Disease
Management of Chronic Kidney Disease. - Digital[edited by] Jonathan Himmelfarb, T. Alp Ikizler.Summary: "From basic science to practical clinical tools, Chronic Kidney Disease, Dialysis, and Transplantation, 4th Edition provides you with the up-to-date, authoritative guidance you need to safely and effectively manage patients with chronic renal disease. Covering all relevant clinical management issues, this companion volume to Brenner and Rector's The Kidney presents the knowledge and expertise of renowned researchers and clinicians in the fields of hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis, critical care nephrology, and transplantation - for an all-in-one, indispensable guide to every aspect of this fast-changing field"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section 1: Chronic kidney disease. Chronic kidney disease: definitions, epidemiology, cost, and outcomes
Measurement and estimation of kidney function
Diabetic kidney disease
Hypertensive kidney disease
Chronic kidney disease in the elderly
The pediatric patient with chronic kidney disease
Genetic causes of chronic kidney disease
Section 2: Complications and management of chronic kidney disease. The role of the chronic kidney disease clinic and multidisciplinary team care
Anemia in chronic kidney disease
Mineral bone disorders in chronic kidney disease
Vitamin D disorders in chronic kidney disease
Cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
Nutrition, metabolism and hormonal function in chronic kidney disease
Inflammation in chronic kidney disease
Sleep disorders in chronic kidney disease
Depression and neurocognitive function in chronic kidney disease
Medication management in chronic kidney disease
The pathophysiology of uremia
Timing and initiation and modality options for renal replacement therapy
Ethical challenges and the role of palliative care in kidney disease
Section 3: Dialysis. Dialysis and end stage kidney disease: epidemiology, cost, and outcomes
Principles of hemodialysis
Vascular access
Hemodialysis adequacy
Hemodialysis-associated infections
Acute complications associated with hemodialysis
Frequent hemodialysis: physiological, epidemiological, and practical aspects
Home hemodialysis
Peritoneal physiology
The utilization and outcomes of peritoneal dialysis
Peritoneal dialysis solutions, prescription and adequacy
Peritoneal dialysis-related infections
Noninfectious complications of peritoneal dialysis
Section 4: Transplantation. Transplant epidemiology, costs and outcomes
Transplantation immunobiology
Evaluation of donors and recipients
Surgical management of the renal transplant recipient
Immunosuppresive therapy
Diagnosis and therapy of graft dysfunction
Infection in renal transplant recipients
Noninfectious complications after kidney transplantation
Recurrent and de novo renal diseases after kidney transplantation
Pediatric renal transplantation
Chronic kidney disease in the kidney transplant recipient
Section 5: Acute kidney injury. Acute kidney injury: epidemiology, costs and outcomes
Metabolic and nutritional complications of acute kidney injury
Acute kidney injury diagnostics and biomarkers
Pharmacological interventions in acute kidney injury
Dialytic management for acute renal failure
Extracorporeal treatment of poisonings.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalMatthew R. Weir, Edgar V. Lerma, editors.Summary: The treatment of hypertension has become the most important intervention in the management of all forms of chronic kidney disease. Chronic Kidney Disease and Hypertension is a current, concise, and practical guide to the identification, treatment and management of hypertension in patients with chronic kidney disease. In depth chapters discuss many relevant clinical questions and the future of treatment through medications and or novel new devices.
Contents:
Changes in Guideline Trends and Applications in Practice: JNC 2013 and the future
Central BP monitoring, Home BP Monitoring, Ambulatory BP Monitoring in CKD
Resistant hypertension in patients with chronic kidney disease
Neurogenic Factors In Hypertension Associated With Chronic Kidney Disease
Novel Molecules
Dual Inhibitors: RAAS Blockers/Combination Therapies: What Do All These Trials Mean?
Renal Sympathetic Denervation
Novel baroreceptor activation therapy
Blood Pressure Vaccines
Masked Hypertension: Does it Lead to CVD or CKD?
White Coat Hypertension- Do We Really Understand It Now?
Uric Acid And Hypertension
Is There Really A Link?.- Preeclampsia: Angiogenic factors, blood pressure, and the kidney
Inflammation and Hypertension
Genome-Wide Association Studies (Gwas) Of Blood Pressure In Different Populations
Endocrine Hypertension and Chronic Kidney Disease
Hypertension in Children with Chronic Kidney Disease
Obesity/OSA/Metabolic syndrome in pts with CKD and hypertension-the missing link. - Digitaledited by Guillermo García-García, MD, FACP, FASN, Lawrence Y. Agodoa, MD, Keith C. Norris, MD, PhD, FACP, FASN.Summary: Chronic Kidney Disease in Disadvantaged Populations investigates the increased incidence and prevalence of kidney disease in vulnerable populations world-wide. The volume explores the complex interactions of genetic, biologic, cultural and socioeconomic factors such as the environment, and specific health behaviors that seem to be responsible for a significant proportion of the health disparities in these communities. Each chapter is written by leading experts in the field and analyzes the prevalence and incidence of pre-dialysis kidney disease in disadvantaged populations across both developed and developing countries. In addition, each contribution analyzes differentiated risk factors and compares the disparities in access to screening, prevention strategies, treatment protocols and renal replacement therapies. Chronic Kidney Disease in Disadvantaged Populations is essential reading for residents, fellows, clinicians and biomedical researchers working in nephrology, internal medicine, and epidemiology, especially those working in areas with high concentrations of disadvantaged populations.Presents a comprehensive account of both traditional and non-traditional risk factors for kidney diseaseExplores the mechanisms by which poverty increases the burden of kidney disease in these populations, barriers to access to renal health care, including renal replacement therapies, organ donation, and organ commercializationOffers the latest perspectives on outcomes in renal replacement therapies as well as prevention strategiesDigital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- Digitalvolume editor, Kosaku Nitta.Contents:
Clinical effect of pre-dilution hemodiafiltration based on the permeation of the hemodiafilter / Yamashita, A.C., Sakurai, K
The past, present and future of the dialyzer / Mineshima, M
Importance of abnormal bone metabolism in the acceleration of atherosclerosis in hemodialysis patients / Inaba, M
Dysregulated iron metabolism in patients on hemodialysis / Nakanishi, T., Hasuike, Y., Otaki, Y., Nanami, M., Kuragano, T
The present status of and perspectives on home hemodialysis therapy in Japan / Masakane, I., Hanafusa, N., Kita, T., Hasegawa, T., Maeda, K
Safety and efficacy evaluation of lanthanum carbonate for hyperphosphatemia in end-stage renal disease patients / Shigematsu, T., Ohya, M., Negi, S., Masumoto, A.R., Nakashima, Y.M., Iwatani, Y., Moribata, M.K., Yamanaka, S., Tatsuta, K., Mima, T
Klotho/FGF23 axis in CKD / Tsuchiya, K., Nagano, N., Nitta, K
Cell sheet-based tissue engineering for mesothelial cell injury / Kawanishi, K.; Nitta, K
Erythropoiesis-stimulating agent hyporesponsiveness in end-stage renal disease patients / Ogawa, T., Nitta, K
Past and present perspectives on encapsulating peritoneal sclerosis / Kawanishi, H., Shintaku, S., Banshodani, M., Hashimoto, S
DPP-4 inhibitors in diabetic patients with chronic kidney disease or end-stage kidney disease on dialysis in clinical practice / Abe, M., Okada, K
Present status and future of peritoneal dialysis in Japan / Nakamoto, H
Cost-effectiveness of hemodialysis in Japan / Takura, T
Vascular access for long-term hemodialysis/hemodiafiltration patients in Japan / Tsuchida, K., Nagai, K., Minakuchi, J., Kawashima, S
New aspects of cerebrovascular diseases in dialysis patients / Naganuma, T., Takemoto, Y
Current topics of purification and constitutions of dialysis fluid / Tomo, T
Vascular calcification in end-stage renal disease patients / Nitta, K., Ogawa, T.Digital Access Karger 2015 - Digitaleditors: Sheikh Rayees, Inshah Din, Gurdarshan Singh, Fayaz A Malik.Summary: Chronic lung diseases: pathophysiology and therapeutics provides a much-needed reference tool for pathologists, practicing pulmonologists and researchers who are currently working on lung related diseases. Each chapter addresses a specific lung disease, which it introduces before turning to the diseases pathophysiology, current treatment and future prospects. Various key lung diseases are covered, including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, lung cancer, tuberculosis, chronic pneumonia, acute respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, cystic fibrosis and pulmonary hypertension. Medical students and researchers whose work involves pulmonary related disorders will find this work both instructive and informative.
Contents:
Chapter 1
Therapeutic Advances in the Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
Chapter 2
Asthma: Pathophysiology, Current Status and Therapeutics
Chapter 3
Cystic Fibrosis: Biology and Therapeutics
Chapter 4
Chronic Pneumonia
Chapter 5
Tuberculosis
Chapter 6
Lung cancer
Pathophysiology and Current Advancements in Therapeutics
Chapter 7
Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
Therapeutics, Pathobiology and Prognosis
Chapter 8
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
An Update on Therapeutics and Pathophysiological Understanding.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalMichael Hallek, Barbara Eichhorst, Daniel Catovsky, editors.Summary: This book summarizes current knowledge on chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), taking into account the most recent research. All aspects are considered, including pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, follow-up, and complications and their management. Readers will find important information on the various prognostic markers as well as practical guidance on the use of different diagnostic procedures. A key focus of the book is the changing treatment paradigm in CLL as progress in understanding of pathogenesis and pathophysiology leads to the identification of new potential therapeutic targets. General treatment concepts are clearly described, and it is explained how choice of treatment for CLL depends on stage, age, and performance status as well as specific genetic aberrations. In addition, frontline therapeutic strategies for disease relapse, including allogeneic stem cell transplantation, are reported. Looking beyond CLL, the diagnosis and therapy of T-cell prolymphocytic leukemia and T-cell large granular lymphocyte leukemia, two rare CLL-related entities, are addressed. .
- DigitalRüdiger Hehlmann, editor.Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art reviews of key issues and recent developments relating to chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), acquainting the reader with advances in research, treatment, and promotion of public health. Among the management topics addressed are the choices, advantages, and pitfalls of first-, second-, and third-line treatments; the European LeukemiaNet recommendations; management of adverse effects of tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKI); management of CML blast crisis; management of pregnancy in the context of CML; the role of hematopoietic cell transplantation; the current experience with TKI discontinuation; and the value of interferon α in improving the outcome of TKI treatment. Various aspects of relevance to treatment outcome are discussed, including prognostic scores, molecular monitoring (principles and interlaboratory standardization), and response-related predictors of survival. Furthermore, updates are provided on the increasing prevalence of CML and its implications and on the changing cost of care for CML, taking into account the impact of availability of generic imatinib.
Contents:
Cytogenetics of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia (CML)
The Biology and Pathogenesis of Chronic Myeloid Leukaemia
Epidemiology of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia.-Imatinib and the first line CML Therapy
CML Therapy: A Focus on Second and Third Generation Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
Adverse events associated with ATP-competitive BCR-ABL1 tyrosine kinase inhibitors in chronic myeloid leukemia
Pharmacoeconomic considerations for tyrosine kinase inhibitors in the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia
Standardization of molecular monitoring for chronic myeloid leukemia: 2021 update
Prognostic Scores for Patients with Chronic Myeloid Leukemia under Particular Consideration of Disease-Specific Death
A Review and an Update of European LeukemiaNet Recommendations for the Management of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
The Role of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in CML
CML end-phase and blast crisis: implications and management
The Interferon-alpha Revival in CML
Managing Pregnancy in Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
Response-Related Predictors of Survival and of Treatment Free Remission in CML
Discontinuation or cessation of tyrosine kinase inhibitor treatment in Chronic myeloid leukemia patients with deep molecular response. - DigitalHiroyuki Nakamura, Kazutetsu Aoshiba, editors.Summary: This book considers chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) not as a simple inflammation of the lung but as a systemic inflammatory disease. Beginning with epidemiological studies, etiology, diagnosis and treatment, it elaborates further, illustrating some comorbidities and associations with other respiratory diseases. As such it provides numerous improved and more comprehensive treatment methods, including drug therapies as well as some non-drug therapies. There are also chapters describing the pathogenesis, genetic abnormalities and newly discovered pathogenetic mechanisms that are expected to be studied further in the future. Edited and written by pioneering researchers, each chapter summarizes the latest trends, describes future prospects and explores the unresolved and critical questions. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease - A Systemic Inflammatory Disease is a valuable resource to beginning researchers, physicians engaged in clinical practice, supervisors, and basic researchers whose work includes COPD.
Contents:
Part I Definition and Epidemiology
1. Definition of COPD
2. Epidemiology of COPD
Part II Genetic Predisposition and Pathogenic Mechanisms
3. Genetic predisposition to COPD
4. Pathogenesis of COPD--Persistence of airway inflammation
5. Pathogenesis of COPD 3- Oxidative stress
6. Pathogenesis of COPD 4
Part III Comorbidities
7. Pathogenesis of comorbidities in COPD
8. Assessment of inflammation in COPD
Part IV Management and Treatment
9. Exercise therapy for COPD
10. Nutritional therapy for COPD
11. Home oxygen therapy for COPD
12. Bronchodilators for COPD
13. Inhaled corticosteroids for COPD
14. New anti-inflammatory drugs for COPD
15. Exacerbation of COPD
Part V Associations with other Respiratory Diseases
16. Asthma-COPD overlap syndrome (ACOS)
17.Combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema (CPFE)
18. Association of COPD and lung cancer.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaleditor, Carl Y. Saab.Summary: It is only natural for someone in pain to attend to the body part that hurts. Yet this book tells the story of persistent pain having negative effects on brain function. The contributors, all leading experts in their respective fields of pain electrophysiology, brain imaging, and animal models of pain, strive to synthesize compelling and, in some ways, connected hypotheses with regard to pain-related changes in the brain. Together, they contribute their clinical, academic, and theoretical expertise in a comprehensive overview that attempts to define the broader philosophical context of pain (disentangling sensical from nonsensical claims), list the changes known to take place in the brains of individuals with chronic pain and animal models of pain, address the possible causes and mechanisms underlying these changes, and detail the techniques and analytical methods at our disposal to "visualize" and study these changes. Philosophical and social concepts of pain; testimonials of chronic-pain patients. Clinical data from pain patients' brains. Advances in noninvasive brain imaging for pain patients. Combining theoretical and empirical approaches to the analysis of pain-related brain function. Manipulation of brain function in animal models. Emerging neurotechnology principles for pain diagnostics and therapeutics.
Contents:
Introduction / Carl Y. Saab
Morphological Brain Changes in Chronic Pain : Mystery and Meaning / Eric Newman, Eric Moulton, Lino Becerra, David Borsook - Thalamic Burst Firing in Response to Experimental Pain Stimuli and in Patients with Chronic Neuropathic Pain May Be a Carrier for Pain-Related Signals / T. M. Markman, C. C. Liu, J. C. Zhang, K. Kobayashi, J. H. Kim, Frederick A. Lenz
Central Pain : A Thalamic Deafferentation Generating Thalamocortical Dysrhythmia / Rodolfo R. Llinas and Kerry Walton
Surgical Interventions for Pain / Daniel M. Aghion, Garth Rees Cosgrove
Thalamocortical Abnormalities in Spinal Cord Injury Pain / Asaf Keller, Radi Al-Masri
Discussion / Carl Y. Saab.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digitaledited by Jessica Merlin, Peter A Selwyn, Glenn Treisman, Angela Giovanniello.Contents:
Epidemiology of chronic pain in HIV-infected individuals
Pathophysiology of chronic pain in individuals with HIV
Musculoskeletal pain in individuals with HIV
Headache in individuals with HIV
HIV and peripheral neuropathy
Common medical comorbid conditions and chronic pain in HIV
Psychiatric comorbidities among individuals with HIV and chronic pain
Comorbid substance use among HIV-infected individuals with chronic pain
Treatment of chronic pain syndromes in the HIV-infected person
Potential benefit and harm of prescription opioids in HIV
Safer opioid prescribing in HIV-infected patients with chronic pain
Communicating about chronic pain assessment, diagnostic testing, and management in individuals with HIV
The "difficult patient" with HIV and chronic pain
HIV-related pain in low and middle-income countries with reference to Sub-Saharan Africa
Pain at the end of life in individuals with AIDS
Disparities and barriers in management of chronic pain among vulnerable populations with HIV infection.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalKoki Shimoji, Antoun Nader, Wolfgang Hamann, editors.Summary: This book covers a range of topics, from the cause and identity of pain, to pain relief management. Starting from the mechanism of pain, it continues to pain management techniques such as nerve blocks, drugs (pain killers), noninvasive manipulations psychological techniques and electric management, before describing the management of various painful conditions such as headaches, back pain, extremities pain, post-herpetic pain or complex regional pain syndrome. It also provides the format of case reports which can be used to explain management options. A novel feature of the book is that it provides additional insights into how clinicians involve patients in treating their own pain through guided self-assessment and self-management. Recent studies have revealed that pain is not only a biological alarm that warns of disease, but can also be the disease itself, or the catalyst of a vicious circle of pain and disease. Providing rapid pain relief is often effective in sparking the rapid recovery from various diseases. This book offers the perfect guide for all clinicians, not only those working at pain clinics but all those who have to treat patients who are in pain.
Contents:
Part-1: Basic Considerations. History of Pain
Theories of Pain
Anatomical Physiology of pain
Pathophysiology of Pain
Pharmacology of Analgesics
Investigation of the Chronic Pain Patient
Interventional Treatment of Chronic Pain
Nerve Blocks
Minimally Invasive Techniques in Pain Clinic (Methods Treating Chronic Pain other than Nerve Brocks)
Pain Measurements. Part-2: Pain Management Techniques. Back Pain
Postherpetic Neuralgia
Neuropathic Pain
Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS)
Neuropathic Pain Syndrome: Diabetic and Other Neuropathies
Phantom Limb Pain
Neuropathic pain syndromes
Psychological and Psychiatric Pain Conditions
Headache
Trigeminal Neuralgia
Orofacial Pain
Myofascial Pain Syndrome and Fibromyalgia
Urogenital Pain Including Pelvic Pain
Chest pain
Central Pain
Cancer Pain
Arthritis Pain; Rheumatoid Arthritis, Osteoarthritis and Fibromyalgia
Vascular Pain.Digital Access Springer 2021 - DigitalZhao-Shen Li, Zhuan Liao, Jian-Min Chen, Claude Férec, editors.Summary: This book is a concise guide to the clinical diagnosis and management of chronic pancreatitis, presenting the latest research into the disease. It focuses on pathogenesis, epidemiology, genetics, diagnosis, endoscopic and surgical treatment, and prognosis. It also offers comprehensive descriptions of 4 diagnostic methods and discusses the contemporary management of chronic pancreatitis, including conservative, ESWL, interventional and surgical treatments. The final chapter includes 6 typical case presentations, which taken together provide a standard description of this condition.
Contents:
The history of chronic pancreatitis research
Definition and classification of chronic pancreatitis
The epidemiology of chronic pancreatitis
The etiology of chronic pancreatitis
The histopathology of chronic pancreatitis
The pathogenesis of chronic pancreatitis
The genetics of chronic pancreatitis
Interventional/endoscopic management
Surgical treatment
Special types of chronic pancreatitis
Chronic pancreatitis and pancreatic cancer
The future developments of chronic pancreatitis research
Case presentations.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAlessandro Giammò, Antonella Biroli, editors.Summary: This book provides readers with a holistic approach to chronic pelvic pain which is an extremely complex condition with associated pelvic dysfunctions. This approach significantly facilitates and accelerates the clinical assessment and subsequent follow-up. The pathophysiologic mechanisms involving the nervous system, the pelvic organs and the pelvic floor are discussed, deepening the possible implications on mind, sexuality and pelvic dysfunctions. Evaluation and diagnosis are examined for different types of syndromes. Moreover, since the Bladder Pain Syndrome and the Interstitial Cystitis are main causes of pelvic pain, an original diagnostic approach is proposed specifically for these conditions. In order to deliver the best clinical outcomes, this new system provides a multidisciplinary approach, both in the diagnostic phase and in the therapeutic phase The most recent therapies for chronic pelvic pain following a multidisciplinary approach have been described. As such, the book content will greatly benefit all professionals dealing with this debilitating disease, supporting them in their daily clinical practice.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Part I: The Nervous System and Pain
1: Introduction to Pain
1.1 Anatomy of Pain Pathways
1.2 Physiology of Pain
1.3 Classification of Pain
1.4 Conclusion
References
2: Neurophysiology of Visceral Pain
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Clinical Presentation of Visceral Pain
2.2.1 True Visceral Pain
2.2.2 Referred Pain and Hyperalgesia (Viscero-somatic Convergence)
2.2.3 Visceral Hyperalgesia
2.2.4 Viscero-visceral Hyperalgesia
2.3 Pathophysiology of Visceral Pain 2.3.1 Visceral Nociceptors and the Primary Afferent
2.3.2 Peripheral Sensitization
2.3.2.1 Transient Receptor Potential Vallinoid
2.3.3 The Role of Dorsal Columns
2.3.4 Central Processing
2.3.5 Central Sensitization
2.3.6 Descending Control of Visceral Pain
2.3.7 The Role of Gut Microbiota in Visceral Pain
2.4 Conclusion
References
3: Neuroinflammation and Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome
3.1 Chronic Pelvic Pain
3.2 Neuroinflammation
3.3 Microglia and Astrocytes in Chronic Pain
3.4 Molecular Mediators in Chronic Pain 3.5 Targeting Excessive Inflammation as a Therapy for Neuropathic Pain
3.6 Clinical Significance and Future Perspectives
3.7 PEA
3.8 Polydatin
3.9 PEA and Polydatin as Future Treatment of Chronic Pelvic Pain
References
Part II: The Organs, Pelvic Functions and Pain
4: Chronic Pelvic Pain and Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome: Classification and Epidemiology
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Definitions
4.3 Classification
4.3.1 Classification of CPPS
4.4 Dyspareunia
4.5 Perineal Pain Syndrome
4.6 Epidemiology
References 5: Bladder Pain Syndrome/Interstitial Cystitis
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Definition
5.3 Epidemiology
5.4 Non-bladder Syndromes (NBS)
5.5 Etiology and Pathogenesis
5.5.1 Infection
5.5.2 Mastocytosis
5.5.3 Dysfunctional Bladder Epithelium
5.5.4 Neurogenic Inflammation
5.5.5 Reduced Vascularization
5.5.6 Pelvic Floor Dysfunction
5.5.7 Autoimmunity
5.6 Diagnosis
5.7 O'Leary Sant Symptom and Pain Index
5.8 Gynecological Associated/Confusable Disease
5.9 Treatment
5.10 Multimodal Medical Therapy
5.10.1 First Line: Conservative Therapy 5.10.2 Second Line: Medical Therapy
5.11 Oral Therapy
5.11.1 Pain Modulators
5.11.2 Analgesics (Grade of Recommendation: C-Level of Evidence: 4)
5.11.2.1 Tricyclic Antidepressants(TCAs)
Doxepin, Desipramine, Duloxetine
5.11.3 Protection of the Mucosal Surface
5.11.3.1 Antihistamines
5.11.3.2 Immunosuppressant
5.11.3.3 Other Oral Medications
5.12 Intravesical Instillation or Bladder Wall Injection
5.12.1 Third to Fourth Line: Procedural Intervention
5.13 Conclusions
References - DigitalGérard Mick, Virginie Guastella, editors.Contents:
Part 1: Chronic Post-Surgical Pain: General Aspects
How to Study Chronic Post-Surgical Pain the Example of Neuropathic Pain
Epidemiology of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
Part 2: Risk Factors for Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
Predisposing Factors for Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
Mononeuropathies Caused by Surgery: From Anatomy to Prevention
Surgical Factors Influencing the Occurrence of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
Psychosocial Factors Involved in the Occurrence of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
Part 3: Perioperative Strategies for the Prevention of Post-Surgical Pain
Perioperative Analgesia by Opioids: Rationale and Practical Basics
The Role of Coxibs in the Management of Postoperative Pain
Perioperative Strategy for Prevention of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain: General Foundations
Antiepileptics and Perioperative Anti-Hyperalgesia: A Survey
Part 4: Clinical Aspects of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
Neuropathic Post-Surgical Pain
Scar Neuromas
Chronic Post-Mastectomy Pain: Clinical Aspects
Chronic Pain after Total Knee Replacement.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAlexander V. Akleyev.Summary: This book covers all aspects of chronic radiation syndrome (CRS) based on observations in a unique sample of residents of the Techa riverside villages in the southern Urals who were exposed to radioactive contamination in the 1950s owing to releases of liquid radioactive wastes from Mayak Production Association, which produced plutonium for weapons. In total, 940 cases of CRS were diagnosed in this population and these patients were subjected to detailed analysis. The opening chapters address the definition and classification of CRS, epidemiology and pathogenesis, covering molecular and cellular mechanisms, radioadaptation, and the role of tissue reactions. The pathoanatomy of CRS during the development and recovery stages is discussed for all organ systems. Clinical manifestations of CRS at the different stages are then described in detail and the dynamics of hematopoietic changes are thoroughly examined. In the following chapters, principles of diagnosis (including assessment of the exposure doses to critical organs) and differential diagnosis from a wide range of other conditions are discussed and current and potential treatment options, described. The medical and social rehabilitation of persons with CRS is also covered. This book, which casts new light on the condition, will be of value for all practitioners and researchers with an interest in CRS.
Contents:
1. Definition, classification and clinical presentation of Chronic Radiation Syndrome (CRS) associated with total exposure to external gamma-radiation
2. Epidemiology of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
3. Mechanisms involved in Chronic Radiation exposure effects. Pathogenesis of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
4. Pathoanatomy of Chronic Radiation Syndrome during the period of its development and at recovery stage
5. Clinical manifestations of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
6. Dynamics of Hematopoietic Changes in Persons with CRS
7. Diagnosis of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
8. Treatment of Persons with CRS
9. General Conclusions. - DigitalLuo Zhang, Claus Bachert, editors.Summary: Chronic rhinosinusitis (CRS) is one of the most common health care complaints, with the prevalence of 5-12% worldwide. This book aims to present the new findings in mechanism, diagnosis and management of this widespread condition to clinical practitioners. All practical information about CRS is compiled; therefore busy clinicians would not have to perform exhaustive literature studies to diagnose CRS. This book firstly presents the advances in the understanding of epidemiology, genetics, mechanisms, phenotypes, and immunology of this disorder. In the following chapters, details in clinical diagnosis of CRS are summarized, especially clinical characteristics in paediatric CRS. Later chapters introduce medical, surgical, and innovative treatments of CRS, with brief case studies. The role of allergies, asthma, allergic fungal rhinosinusitis, and systemic diseases are also discussed. With the illustrative figures, this book is a comprehensive and quick reference to otolaryngologists, paediatricians, family care physicians, allergists, professional clinical staff, and medical students.
Contents:
Introduction
Epidemiology and Impact of CRS
Genetics and Epigenetics of CRS
Mechanisms
Phenotypes of CRS
Endotypes of CRS
Co-morbidities of CRS
Diagnosis
Associated Auto-Immune Disorders
Pediatric CRS
Differential Diagnosis
Medical Treatment
Surgical Approaches
Innovative Treatments and Management
Unmet Needs, Future Directions for Investigation and Innovation. - DigitalSubramoniam Vaidyanathan, Riju Ramachandran Menon, Pradeep Jacob, Binni John.Summary: Chronic venous disorders are a major health problem due to their wide prevalence and socio-economic considerations. This book is a comprehensive manual providing state- of- the- art information on the diagnosis and management of these common problems. Till recently venous disorders have been getting secondary attention as compared to their arterial counterpart. However, the last two decades witnessed major technological advancements and therapeutic strategies for these problems. Written with a surgical perspective, this monograph covers the latest developments and recommended procedures in an easy-to-read format guiding the surgeon to prepare a rational treatment plan. Supplemented with numerous figures and illustrations, the chapters update the readers with how to evaluate such patients in their practices, selection criteria for appropriate procedures and how to manage the complications. The book includes basics of venous disorders, primary varicose veins and recurrence after surgery, chronic venous insufficiency, venous ulcers and congenital venous malformations. Detailed coverage of endo-venous procedures such as radio-frequency ablation, laser ablation and foam sclerotherapy are additional essential features of this book. Primarily intended for the practicing general surgeon, this volume is also relevant for residents in general surgery and vascular surgery.
Contents:
Section I
Basics Chapter 1 Venous diseases
a historical survey
Chapter 2
Lower limb venous anatomy
Chapter 3
Venous physiology and haemodynamics of lower limbs
Chapter 4
Chronic venous disorders. Classification, severity assessment and nomenclature. Section II
Primary varicose veins -C2 clinical class
Chapter 5
Epidemiology and risk factors
Chapter 6
Primary varicose veins : symptoms and diagnosis
Chapter 7
Open surgery for primary varicose veins
Chapter 8
Endovenous thermal ablation
Chapter 9
Sclerotherapy
Chapter 10
Recurrent varicose veins Section III
Chronic venous insufficiency and leg ulcer
C3-C6 clinical class
Chapter 11
Chronic venous insufficiency and venous ulcers: pathophysiology
Chapter 12
Chronic venous insufficiency
clinical features and investigations
Chapter 13
Principles of treatment of chronic venous insufficiency
Chapter 14
The post-thrombotic syndrome. Pathophysiology, clinical features and management
Chapter 15
Care of ulcer and compression therapy
Chapter 16
Pharmacotherapy of CVI
Chapter 17
Strategies for the management of incompetent perforating veins
Chapter 18
Deep vein valve reconstruction.- Chapter 19
Deep vein obstruction
management strategies. Section IV
Assorted venous problems
Chapter 20
Venous telangiectasia and reticular veins- Clinical class CI
Chapter 21
Pelvic venous syndromes
Chapter 22
Non thrombotic iliac vein lesion (May Thurner syndrome)
Chapter 23
Klippel Trenaunay Syndrome.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMelvin A. Shiffman, Mervin Low, editors.Contents:
Part 1: Chronic Wounds
Impact of Host Defence Peptides on Chronic Wounds and Infections
Low-Level Laser Therapy (LLLT) in Wound Healing
Biologic Tools for Genetic Engineering Chronic Wounds
Challenges and Opportunities in Drug Delivery for Wound Healing
Engineered Biomaterials for Chronic Wound Healing
Chronic Wounds of the Upper Extremity and their Management
Marjolin's Ulcer
Radiation Wounds and their Management: Reconstructive Options
Co-Opting Developmental Signaling Pathways to Promote Wound Healing
Segmentation and Management of Chronic Wound Images: A Computer-Based Approach
Extracellular Matrix and Other Factors that Impact on Cutaneous Scarring
Part 2: Wound Dressings
Introduction to Wound Dressings
Wound Dressings and Comparative Effectiveness Data
Early Wound Dressing Removal
Electrospun Antimicrobial Wound Dressings: Novel Strategies to Fight Against Wound Infections
Cognition and Wound Healing
Part 3: Wound Healing
Acute Wound Healing: Normal Mechanisms
Stem Cell Therapies for Wound Healing
The Role of miR-205 during Skin Wound Reepithelialization
Porcine Acellular Lung Matrix in Wound Healing and Hernia Repair
Wound Healing Problems in the Mouth
Skin Substitutes in Wound Healing and the Stimulatory Effects of Adipose-Derived Stem Cells for the Proliferation of Keratinocytes on Chitosan
Why isnt this Wound Healing?
Traditional and Non-Traditional Evaluation of Wound Healing Process
Mechanoregulation of Wound Healing and Skin Homeostasis
Impact of Amnion-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells on Wound Healing
Kinin Receptors in Skin Wound Healing.Digital Access Springer 2021 - DigitalDagmar Rinnenburger.Summary: This book comprehensively and critically discusses chronicity as a crucial challenge for the future of medicine in an era of aging populations and the steady growth of non-communicable comorbidities. It describes how health systems that are still designed and based on the treatment of acute diseases are suffering from crowded emergency rooms and growing conflicts between patients, while medical staff increasingly face frustration and the risk of burn-out. The author not only shares her own clinical and personal experience in the care of end stage COPD or ALS patients with respiratory insufficiency, but also explores how primary care, incremental medicine and initiative medicine can improve the care provided for these patients. In turn, the book examines how developing countries are facing the chronicity issue in their daily struggles with communicable diseases like diarrhea and infections, and with non-communicable ones like obesity, diabetes and asthma. It also discusses the cost-related challenges that could accompany a possible paradigm shift from chronic to curable status, as was the case with hepatitis C. Due to the inevitable link between chronicity and end of life, the author tactfully addresses palliative care, focusing on the importance of shared decision-making as well as a full awareness of the future scenarios. Uniquely reflecting life-long clinical experience and stimulating discussion on a highly topical issue, this book appeals to a wide readership, from health professionals through caregivers to patients with chronic conditions.
Contents:
Stories from a world where everyone can enter, and where many already reside
Chronic / Acute: two opposite scenarios?
The burden on chronicity
The strain of being chronically ill
The strain of treating chronic patients
How to treat the sick and, above all, where?
The rainbow of places of care disrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic
The epidemiological shift from acute to chronic in India
Asthma can be lethal (but it is also possible to live with it)
Education as therapy: a history of failure?
Primary care, incremental care and initiative anticipatory healthcare
Chronic meets chronic (when doctors are dangerous)
Chronic seeks chronic: the opportunities of Web 2.0
The decline of chronic illness towards the end of life
If chronic illness works with palliative care
In the spotlight or behind the scenes?
In conclusion. - DigitalKuniaki Otsuka, Germaine Cornelissen, Franz Halberg.Summary: This fascinating volume applies the concept of chronomics to the medical treatment of hypertension. It starts with the recent updates on chronomics, the analytic techniques, and their application to community-based assessments. The authors advocate the use of 7-day/24-h records of blood pressure, which is effective for finding masked hypertension, masked morning surge, and other rhythm abnormalities. Most organisms, from cyanobacteria to mammals, are known to use the circadian mechanism. However, our body systems also demonstrate circaseptan (roughly weekly), circannual (roughly yearly), and even longer rhythms. Chronomics monitors the physiological data and then analyzes the superimposed rhythms, isolating the cycles mathematically to determine how organisms and their environment interact. It is the study of interactions among time structures (chronomes) in and around us.
- Digital/PrintDigital Access WHO 2014
- DigitalVanessa Machin.Summary: "Churchill's Guide to UK Medicolegal Essentials provides a no-nonsense guide to managing those everyday clinical scenarios that have potential or obvious legal implications. With a clear, practical and easy-to-read style, it takes you through everything that you need to know including the UK legal systems, complaints handling, clinical governance and risk management, disciplinary procedures, and how the law relates to alcohol, drugs, mental health and end of life."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024
- DigitalOlivia Engmann, Marco Brancaccio, editors.Summary: In this book, leading experts in the field review how circadian rhythms impact the brain. An essential function of mammalian life is the exploitation of the regularities provided by the 24-hour cycle of day and night. The development and evolution of circadian clock mechanisms have allowed us to optimally adapt our behavior and physiology to the external world. Not surprisingly, a growing body of evidence links the disruption of circadian rhythms by genetic, lifestyle and environmental factors to illnesses of the brain. In the first section of the book, readers will learn about the molecular and anatomic architecture of circadian function in mammals. The ways in which environmental disruptions and misalignments can influence such mechanisms and therefore impair brain function and health status are also addressed. In the second part, the focus shifts to those brain regions responsible for brain function and the body-wide regulation of circadian function. Amongst others, special attention is paid to the role of astrocytes and the brain's reward and hyprocretin / orexin systems. The book concludes with an extensive discussion on the consequences of circadian rhythm dysfunction. Several chapters present the latest findings on Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, schizophrenia, autism spectrum disorder, drug abuse and mood disorders. Written by auhorities in the field, the book provides a state-of-the-art review of the latest findings on circadian clocks in the brain and highlights their potentially far-reaching impacts on our health and well-being. As such, it is essential reading for all neuroscientists and clinicians seeking to understand the intricate connections between circadian rhythms and brain health and illness.
Contents:
PART I. Molecular Gears of the Circadian Clock
Introduction to the Clock System
Circadian Clocks, Sleep, and Metabolism
Linking Depression to Epigenetics: Role of the Circadian Clock
PART II. Brain Regions Implicated in Circadian Rhythms
The Brain's Reward System in Health and Disease
Brain Clocks, Sleep and Mood
Astrocyte Circadian Timekeeping in Brain Health and Neurodegeneration
PART III. Clock and Mental Illness
The Role of the Circadian System in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
How Psychoactive Drugs and the Circadian Clock Are Enlightening One Another
Circadian Rhythms in Mood Disorders
The Reciprocal Interaction Between Sleep and Alzheimer's Disease. - Digitaledited by Amita Sehgal.Summary: Two new volumes of Methods in Enzymology continue the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. Circadian Rhythms and Biological Clocks Part A and Part B is an exceptional resource for anybody interested in the general area of circadian rhythms. As key elements of timekeeping are conserved in organisms across the phylogenetic tree, and our understanding of circadian biology has benefited tremendously from work done in many species, the volume provides a wide range of assays for different biological systems. Protocols are provided to assess clock function, entrainment of the clock to stimuli such as light and food, and output rhythms of behavior and physiology. This volume also delves into the impact of circadian disruption on human health. Contributions are from leaders in the field who have made major discoveries using the methods presented here.Digital Access
- DigitalJunjie Xiao, editor.Summary: Provides an essential overview of the rapidly advancing field of circular RNAs -- newly discovered RNAs that are generated by back-splicing precursor mRNA and perform regulatory functions in many biological processes. Although many aspects of circular RNAs' biology and mechanisms of gene regulation remain unclear, they have been found to be abundant, evolutionally conserved, and stable in cells; further, they have numerous potential functions. The book consists of eight parts:1) An overview of circular RNAs, 2) Bioinformatics for circular RNAs, 3) Biogenesis of circular RNAs, 4) Molecular mechanisms and gene regulation of circular RNAs, 5) Circular RNAs as potential disease biomarkers, 6) Circular RNAs and human diseases, 7) Circular RNAs in Plants and in Archaea, and 8) Future prospects. Given its focus, the book will be especially useful for researchers and students in the fields of biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biology, and medicine.
Contents:
Overview. An overview of circular RNAs / Rajendra Awasthi, Anurag Kumar Singh, Gaurav Mishra, Anand Maurya, Dinesh Kumar Chellappan, Gaurav Gupta [and others]
Bioinformatics for circular RNAs. RNA sequencing and prediction tools for circular RNAs analysis / Elena López-Jiménez, Ana M. Rojas, Eduardo Andrés-León
Online databases and circular RNAs / Seyed Hamid Aghaee-Bakhtiari
Biogenesis of circular RNAs. Circular RNA splicing / Nicole Eger, Laura Schoppe, Susanne Schuster, Ulrich Laufs, Jes-Niels Boeckel
Circular RNAs biogenesis in eukaryotes through self-cleaving hammerhead ribozymes / Marcos de la Peña
Molecular mechanisms and gene regulation of circular RNAs. circular RNAs act as mirna sponges / Amaresh Chandra Panda
Regulation of transcription by circular RNAs / Rumela Bose, Rupasri Ain
Functional analysis of circular RNAs / Shanmugapriya, Hisham Alkatib Huda, Soundararajan Vijayarathna, Chern Ein Oon, Yeng Chen, Jagat R. Kanwar [and others]
Circular RNAs as potential disease biomarkers. Circular RNA in exosomes / Daniele Fanale, Simona Taverna, Antonio Russo, Viviana Bazan
Circular RNAs in blood / Angela Vea, Vicenta Llorente-Cortes, David de Gonzalo-Calvo
Circular RNA in saliva / Farinaz Jafari Ghods
Emerging role of circular RNAs as potential biomarkers for the diagnosis of human diseases / Rupal Ojha, Raj Nandani, Nina Chatterjee, Vijay Kumar Prajapati
Circular RNAs as novel biomarkers for cardiovascular diseases / Qiulian Zhou, Zhongrong Zhang, Yihua Bei, Guoping Li, Tianhui Wang
Circular RNAs as biomarkers for cancer / Lu Xia, Meiyi Song, Mengxue Sun, Fei Wang, Changqing Yang
Circular RNAs and human diseases. Circular RNAs in cardiovascular diseases / Lijun Wang, Xiangmin Meng, Guoping Li, Qiulian Zhou, Junjie Xiao
Circular RNAs and neuronal development / Lena Constantin
Circular RNAs in cancer / Susanne Lux, Lars Bullinger
Circular RNAs in brain physiology and disease / S. Gokul, G. K. Rajanikant
Circular RNA and alzheimer's disease / Rumana Akhter
Circular RNA in liver: health and diseases / Meiyi Song, Lu Xia, Mengxue Sun, Changqing Yang, Fei Wang
Circular RNAs in organ fibrosis / Jianhua Yao, Qiying Dai, Zhuyuan Liu, Lei Zhou, Jiahong Xu
Circular RNAs in metabolic diseases / Tianhui Wang, Wen Pan, Jun Hu, Zhongrong Zhang, Guoping Li, Yajun Liang
Circular RNAs in vascular functions and diseases / Shengguang Ding, Yujiao Zhu, Yajun Liang, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu, Chongjun Zhong
Functional role of circular RNA in regenerative medicine / Richard Y. Cao, Qiying Dai, Qing Li, Jian Yang
The role of circular RNAs in cerebral ischemic diseases: ischemic stroke and cerebral ischemia/reperfusion injury / Jian Yang, Mengli Chen, Richard Y. Cao, Qing Li, Fu Zhu
Circular RNAs in plants and in archaea. Circrnas in plants / Xuelei Lai, Jérémie Bazin, Stuart Webb, Martin Crespi, Chloe Zubieta, Simon J. Conn
Circular RNAs and plant stress responses / Celso Gaspar Litholdo Jr., Guilherme Cordenonsi da Fonseca
Future prospects. Prospective advances in circular RNA investigation / Siti Aishah Sulaiman, Nor Azian Abdul Murad, Ezanee Azlina Mohamad Hanif, Nadiah Abu, Rahman Jamal. - DigitalPeter Igaz, editor.Summary: MicroRNAs as the endogenous mediators of RNA interference have experienced an unprecedented career in recent years, highlighting their pathogenic, diagnostic and potential therapeutic relevance. Beside tissue microRNAs, they are also found in body fluids, most notably in blood. Significant differences of circulating microRNA levels have been found in various diseases, making them candidates for minimally invasive markers of disease, for example tumor malignancy. The book focuses on the potential diagnostic applicability of circulating microRNAs in various diseases and their potential biological significance.
Contents:
Part I: General features and technical issues related to circulating microRNA
1. Introduction to microRNAs: biogenesis, action, relevance of tissue microRNAs in disease pathogenesis, diagnosis and therapy. The concept of circulating microRNAs
2. Extracellular microRNAs in membrane vesicles and non-vesicular carriers
3. Technical aspects related to the analysis of circulating microRNAs
Part II: Diagnostic relevance of circulating microRNAs
4. Circulating blood-borne microRNAs as biomarkers in solid tumors
5. Circulating microRNA as biomarkers in hematological malignancies
6 Circulating microRNAs as biomarkers in cardiovascular diseases
7 Circulating microRNAs in neurodegenerative diseases
8 Circulating extracellular microRNA in systemic autoimmunity
9. Circulating microRNAs in inflammatory bowel diseases
10. Circulating microRNAs in diabetes progression: discovery, validation and research translation
11. Diagnostic relevance of microRNAs in other body fluids including urine, feces and saliva
Part III: Potential biological relevance of circulating microRNA
12 Circulating microRNAs as hormones
intercellular and inter-organ conveyors of epigenetic information?
13. Are circulating microRNAs involved in tumor surveillance?
14.-Hypothetic interindividual and interspecies relevance of microRNAs released in body fluids. - Digital/PrintPeter B. Gahan, Michael Fleischhacker, Bernd Schmidt, editors.Contents:
Circulating cell-free miR-373, miR-200a, miR-200b and miR-200c in patients with epithelial ovarian cancer / Xiaodan Meng, Volkmar Müller, Karin Milde-Langosch, Fabian Trillsch, Klaus Pantel [and others]
Cell-free miRNA-141 and miRNA-205 as prostate cancer biomarkers / Ivan D. Osipov, Ivan A. Zaporozhchenko, Anna A. Bondar, Marat M. Zaripov [and others]
Clinical utility of circulating tumor DNA for molecular assessment and precision medicine in pancreatic cancer / Erina Takai, Yasushi Totoki, Hiromi Nakamura, Mamoru Kato, Tatsuhiro Shibata [and others]
An enquiry concerning the characteristics of cell-free DNA released by cultured cancer cells / Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Johannes F. Wentzel, Janine Aucamp, Etresia van Dyk [and others]
Detection of p53 mutations in circulating DNA of transplanted hepatocellular carcinoma patients as a biomarker of tumor recurrence / N. García-Fernández, Hada C. Macher, Amalia Rubio, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado [and others]
Unbiased detection of somatic copy number aberrations in cfDNA of lung cancer cases and high-risk controls with low coverage whole genome sequencing / Fiona Taylor, James Bradford, Penella J. Woll, Dawn Teare, Angela Cox
Liquid Profiling in Lung Cancer & Quantification of extracellular miRNAs in bronchial lavage / Bernd Schmidt, Grit Rehbein, Michael Fleischhacker
Screening of KRAS mutation in pre- and post-surgery serum of patients suffering from colon cancer by COLD-PCR HRM / Elena Trujillo-Arribas, Hada C. Macher, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado [and others]
Non-dividing cell virtosomes affect in vitro and in vivo tumour cell replication / Mariano Garcia-Arranz, Damian Garcia-Olmo, Luz Vega-Clemente, Maurice Stroun [and others]
Features of circulating DNA fragmentation in blood of healthy females and breast cancer patients / Svetlana N. Tamkovich, Natalia A. Kirushina, Vladimir E. Voytsitskiy [and others]
Liquid profiling of circulating nucleic acids as a novel tool for the management of cancer patients / Stefan Holdenrieder
Characterization of human pregnancy specific glycoprotein (PSG) gene copy number variations in pre-eclampsia patients / Chia Lin Chang, Chia Yu Chang, Da Xian Lee, Po Jen Cheng
Non-invasive prenatal diagnosis of feto-maternal platelet incompatibility by cold high resolution melting analysis / Marta Ferro, Hada C. Macher, Pilar Noguerol, Pilar Jimenez-Arriscado [and others]
Implementing non-invasive prenatal diagnosis (NIPD) in a National Health Service laboratory: from dominant to recessive disorders / Suzanne Drury, Sarah Mason, Fiona McKay, Kitty Lo, Christopher Boustred, Lucy Jenkins [and others]
Comparative analysis of harmful physical factors effect on the cell genome / Irina N. Vasilyeva, Valery N. Zinkin, Vladimir G. Bespalov
Heterochromatic tandem repeats in the extracellular DNA / Olga I. Podgornaya, Irina N. Vasilyeva, Vladimir G. Bespalov
A historical and evolutionary perspective on circulating nucleic acids and extracellular vesicles: circulating nucleic acids as homeostatic genetic entities / Janine Aucamp, Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Piet J. Pretorius
Comparison of microRNA content in plasma and urine indicates the existence of a transrenal passage of selected microRNAs / Eva Pazourkova, Sarka Pospisilova, Iveta Svobodova, Ales Horinek, Antonin Brisuda [and others]
A quantitative assessment of cell-free DNA utilizing several housekeeping genes: measurements from four different cell lines / Janine Aucamp, Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Johannes F. Wentzel, Piet J. Pretorius
Oligodeoxynucleotide analogues of circulating DNA inhibit dsRNA-induced immune response at the early stages of signal transduction cascade in a cell type-dependent manner / Anna V. Cherepanova, Zhanna K. Nazarkina, Pavel P. Laktionov
Evaluation of the state of transplanted liver health by monitoring of organ-specific genomic marker in circulating DNA from receptor / Hada C. Macher, G. Suárez-Artacho, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado, S. Álvarez-Gómez [and others]
Vesicular and extra-vesicular RNAs of human blood plasma / Anna V. Savelyeva, Dmitriy N. Baryakin, Elena D. Chikova, Elena V. Kuligina [and others]
Artificial analogues of circulating box C/D RNAs induce strong innate immune response and microRNA activation in human adenocarcinoma cells / Grigory A. Stepanov, Julia A. Filippova, Anna A. Nushtaeva, Elena V. Kuligina [and others]
Multiple ways of cfDNA reception and following ROS production in endothelial cells / Anna Yu. Alekseeva, Larisa V. Kameneva, Svetlana V. Kostyuk, Natalia N. Veiko
Protein content of circulating nucleoprotein complexes / Svetlana N. Tamkovich, Oleg S. Tutanov, Danil S. Serdukov, Maxim S. Belenikin [and others]
Digital PCR of genomic rearrangements for monitoring circulating tumour DNA / Hongdo Do, Daniel Cameron, Ramyar Molania, Bibhusal Thapa, Gareth Rivalland [and others]
mFast-SeqS as a monitoring and pre-screening tool for tumor-specific aneuploidy in plasma DNA / Jelena Belic, Marina Koch, Peter Ulz, Martina Auer, Teresa Gerhalter, Sumitra Mohan [and others]
Methodological variables in the analysis of cell-free DNA / Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Janine Aucamp, Piet J. Pretorius
Novel technology for enrichment of biomolecules from cell-free body fluids and subsequent DNA sizing / Vipulkumar Patel, Peter Celec, Magdalena Grunt, Heidi Schwarzenbach, Ingo Jenneckens [and others]
A rapid and sensitive method for detection of the T790M mutation of EGFR in plasma DNA / Hideharu Kimura, Shingo Nishikawa, Hayato Koba, Taro Yoneda, Takashi Sone [and others]
Evaluation of different blood collection tubes and blood storage conditions for the preservation and stability of cell-free circulating DNA for the analysis of the methylated mSEPT9 colorectal cancer screening marker / Jurgen Distler, Reimo Tetzner, Gunter Weiss, Thomas König, Anne Schlegel [and others]
Purification of circulating cell-free DNA from plasma and urine using the automated large-volume extraction on the QIAsymphony® SP instrument / Alexander Wolf, Katharina Beller, Sebastian Groemminger, Wera Hofmann, Matthias Sachse [and others]
Detection and quantification of KIT mutations in ctDNA by plasma Safe-SeqS / Johannes Fredebohm, Daniel H. Mehnert, Ann-Kathrin Löber, Frank Holtrup [and others]
Lost in translation? Ethical challenges of implementing a new diagnostic procedure / Dagmar Schmitz
Academia meets industry / Christian Schäfer, Tobias Paprotka, Ellen Heitzer, Mark Eccleston, Johannes Noe [and others].Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRichard J. Cote, Ram H. Datar, editors.Contents:
Preface
Foreword
Section I. Technologies for CTC Identification
1. Significance of Studying Circulating Tumor Cells
2. Affinity-Based Enrichment of Circulating Tumor Cells
3. Size-Based and Non-Affinity Based Microfluidic Devices for Circulating Tumor Cell Enrichment and Characterization
4. Molecular Assays for the Detection and Molecular Characterization of CTCs
5. Cancer Stem Cells and Circulating Tumor Cells Molecular Markers, Isolation Techniques and Clinical Implications
Section II. Fundamental Studies of CTC
6. Circulating Tumor Cells and Tumor Dormancy.- 7. Prevention of Conversion of Tumor Dormancy into Proliferative Metastases
8. Genesis of Circulating Tumor Cells through Epithelial-Mesenchymal Transition as a Mechanism for Distant Dissemination
Section III. CTC Analysis
9. CTC Analysis FISH, ISH, Array-CGH and Other Molecular Assays
10. Genome-Wide Gene Copy Number Analysis of Circulating Tumor Cells
11. Perspectives on the Functional Characterization and In Vitro Maintenance of Circulating Tumor Cells
12. Prognostic Implications of CTC in Breast Cancer
Section IV. Potential Clinical Applications of CTC
13. CTC in Advanced Breast Cancer Prognosis, Monitoring and Clinical Utility
14. Evolution of Metastatic Disease: The Need for Monitoring and Emerging Therapeutic Opportunities
15. CTC for Biomarker and Companion Diagnostic Development
16. Perspectives on Clinical Applications of CTCs
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRoberto Piñeiro, editor.Summary: This book compiles the latest research and key findings about the role of circulating tumor cells (CTCs) in Breast Cancer progression, both from the research and clinical standpoint. Based on latest advancements, the content of the book is set out to provide a clear overview about the biology and use of CTCs as a tool for the monitoring and management of breast cancer patients. This work covers basic concepts about the process of metastasis, the biology of CTCs and their potential applications as a biomarker in breast cancer. It will enable readers to delve into the process of epithelial-mesenchymal plasticity (EMP), mechanisms and clinical implications of tumor cell dormancy and minimal residual disease, and into the phenotypical and molecular heterogeneity of CTCs and CTC clusters, including the epigenetic characterization of CTCs. Readers will find out about the key technologies used for the isolation of CTCs as well as the latest advances towards the characterization of CTCs, involving single cell analyses and patient-derived models. It will discuss the evidences about the use of CTCs as a tool to monitor breast cancer progression and therapy response, as well as to unravel mechanisms of resistance to therapy and to identify new therapeutic targets favoring the development of novel anticancer drugs. Lastly, it will discuss ongoing clinical trials and try to foresee the future of CTCs in terms of clinical application and implementation in the clinical routine. The topic of this book is particularly relevant for cancer researchers and oncologist with an interest in the field, looking to refresh or to broaden their knowledge and understanding about the use of CTCs as a diagnostic biomarker in breast cancer.
Contents:
Preface
Introduction
Biology of Breast Cancer Metastasis and Importance of the Analysis of CTCs
Epithelial-Mesenchymal Plasticity in Circulating Tumor Cells, the Precursors of Metastasis
Disseminated Tumor Cells and Dormancy in Breast Cancer Progression
Methodology for the Isolation and Analysis of CTCs
Advances in the Characterization of Circulating Tumor Cells in Metastatic Breast Cancer: Single Cell Analyses and Interactions, and Patient-derived Models for Drug Testing
Circulating Tumor Cells (CTCs) Heterogeneity in Metastatic Breast Cancer: Different Approaches for Different Needs
Relevance of CTC Clusters in Breast Cancer Metastasis
Epigenetics of Circulating Tumor Cells in Breast Cancer
Circulating Tumor Cells: Applications for Early Breast Cancer
Clinical Relevance and Therapeutic Application of CTCs in Advanced Breast Cancer. . - DigitalAlessandra Gentile, Stefano La Malfa, Ziniu Deng, editors.Summary: This book reviews how the release of the citrus genome facilitates the investigation of ancestral species, the study of their complex biological features, and the genetic basis of agronomic traits of paramount importance for their sustainable cultivation. The first chapters discuss citrus origin and distribution, and the economic importance and varietal composition of the cultivated species, providing an overview of citrus and related genera genetic resources. The book then describes the role of traditional breeding techniques (for scion and rootstocks) as well as the potential of genomic breeding and innovative protocols for biotechnological approaches. The second part provides essential information on the genus Citrus, the attributes of pure citrus species, genetic admixtures, hybrids and citrus relatives, and on the horticultural classification of cultivated species, varieties and rootstocks. The third part then focuses on the different molecular mechanisms, covering various aspects of citrus biology, including the role of beneficial compounds of citrus fruits. In addition, it examines the molecular responses of citrus to abiotic stresses and to field and post-harvest diseases. Providing insights gained in recent years, it is a valuable guide for those who are interested in gene discovery, comparative genomics, molecular breeding and new breeding techniques. It is particularly useful for scientists, breeders and students at universities and public sector institutes involved in research for the citrus industry.
Contents:
Citrus origin, diffusion and economic importance
Genetic resources of Citrus and related genera
Conventional breeding of cultivated varieties
Conventional breeding of rootstocks
Ploidy manipulation as breeding strategy
Markers, maps and marker-assisted selection
From the draft genome of sweet orange toward a pan-genome
New Breeding Techniques for Citrus
From flower to fruit in citrus
Genetic control of ripening
Pigments in citrus: importance and genetic background
Essential oils in citrus
Abiotic stress resistance
Biotechnological approaches for the resistance to citrus huanglongbling
Genetic basis of canker resistance
Molecular mechanisms for resistance to biotic stresses
Future perspectives.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by A. Joseph Layon, Andrea Gabrielli, Mihae Yu, Kenneth E. Wood.Summary: "Covering every problem encountered in today's intensive care unit, this leading critical care textbook presents the knowledge and expertise of more than 350 global experts in this fast-changing field. Beginning with the social aspects of medicine, it then discusses monitoring and organ system pathobiology followed by specific diseases states/syndromes. Each chapter begins with immediate concerns and proceeds to broader-based discussions of relevant pathophysiologic and clinical issues. KEY FEATURES: Features new chapters on Critical Care Implications in Acute Care Surgery, The Obstetric Patient, and Brain Death and Management of the Potential Organ Donor; all chapters thoroughly revised including up-to-date discussions of what happens after the patient leaves the ICU. Covers surgical critical care more thoroughly than any other text. Includes expert coverage of pharmacology, nutrition, toxicology and the environment, disaster management, point-of-care testing, bedside ultrasound, surgical infections, and much more. Presents information in a reader-friendly manner, streamlining the print text to focus on the material most important for bedside care in the ICU. Expertly edited by leaders in every area of critical care: Dr. Mihae Yu (surgery), Dr. A. Joseph Layon (internal medicine), and Drs. Layon and Andrea Gabrielli (anesthesiology), who are joined in this edition by Dr. Kenneth Wood (internal medicine). Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design. The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitalvolume editors, Takeshi Nakanishi, Takahiro Kuragano.Contents:
Current topics in vascular access : superficialization of arteriovenous fistula / Nanami, M., Suemitsu, K., Nagasawa, Y., Hasuike, Y., Kuragano, T., Nakanishi, T.
Malnutrition-wasting conditions in older dialysis patients : an individualized approach / Hanafusa, N., Tsuchiya, K., Nitta, K.
Blood purification for paediatric patients / Ishikawa, K.; Oyama, K.
Chronic inflammation and progression of diabetic kidney disease / Furuya, F., Ishii, T., Kitamura, K.
Correlation between aortic calcification score and biochemical parameters in hemodialysis patients / Maruyama, N., Higuchi, T., Ono, M., Oguma, H., Nakamura, Y., Utsunomiya, K., Akiya, Y., Horikami, T., Yamazaki, T., Okawa, E., Ando, H., Abe, M.
New Japanese Society of Dialysis Therapy guidelines for peritoneal dialysis / Ito, Y., Tawada, M., Yuasa, H., Ryuzaki, M.
Recent advances in the management of vascular calcification in patients with end-stage renal disease / Nitta, K., Ogawa, T., Hanafusa, N., Tsuchiya, K.
Carnitine profile by tandem mass spectrometry and dialysis patients / Kamei, D., Kamei, Y., Tanaka, N., Tsukada, M., Miwa, N., Hanafusa, N., Mineshima, M., Nitta, K., Tsuchiya, K.
The current status and future of peritoneal dialysis in Japan / Nakamoto, H.
Economic issues of chronic kidney disease and end-stage renal disease / Takemoto, Y., Naganuma, T.
Clinical benefit of an adsorptive technique for elderly long-term hemodialysis patients / Kuragano, T., Kida, A., Yahiro, M., Nakanishi, T.
Iron metabolism in chronic kidney disease patients / Honda, H., Hosaka, N., Ganz, T., Shibata, T.
Hypoxia-inducible factor-prolyl hydroxylase domain inhibitors to treat anemia in chronic kidney disease / Sakashita, M., Tanaka, T., Nangaku, M.
The hepcidin-anemia axis : pathogenesis of anemia in chronic kidney disease / Nakanishi, T., Kimura, T., Kuragano, T.
Anemia management considering the pathophysiology of elderly chronic kidney disease patients / Kuragano, T., Mizusaki, K., Kimura, T., Nakanishi, T.Digital Access Karger 2019 - DigitalBo Gao, Alexander M. McKinney, editors ; Shi Zhou, Shi Zuo, associate editors.Summary: This book systematically summarizes classic imaging signs' characteristics and theory for whole body imaging, serving as a clinical guide for the understanding, prevention, and diagnosis of miscellaneous entities. In recent years, with the rapid evolution of modern imaging modalities, radiology has secured an irreplaceable role in diagnosis within standard clinical practice and being familiar with radiological signs has become essential. The book provides a multimodality review of more than 300 commonly utilized radiologic signs in radiography, CT, MRI, US, angiography, and nuclear medicine, including PET-CT. It is designed to enhance recognition of specific imaging patterns and enable the image interpreter to confidently reach an accurate diagnosis. Divided into ten chapters dedicated to different anatomic areas, each sign includes detailed discussion that explains the history and meaning of the descriptive or metaphoric sign, alongside illustrative photos for memory aid and clarification. Uniquely written from a practical point of view, each case leads you through a radiology expert's thought process in analyzing the classic signs with considerations of common misinterpretations and imaging pitfalls. The cases then highlight clinical presentation, relevant pathology, anatomy, physiology, and pertinent imaging features of common disease processes. Key information is distilled into succinct, bulleted points with detailed illustrations and images. This book is an ideal reference and review for practicing radiologists, as well as trainees preparing for licensing examinations.
Contents:
Introduction
Brain
Head and Neck
Chest
Solid organs of Upper Abdomen
Gastrointestinal Tracts
Peritoneum and Pelvis
MSK
Spine
Vascular and interventional. - DigitalDavid Mertz.Summary: A comprehensive guide for data scientists to master effective data cleaning tools and techniques Key Features Master data cleaning techniques in a language-agnostic manner Learn from intriguing hands-on examples from numerous domains, such as biology, weather data, demographics, physics, time series, and image processing Work with detailed, commented, well-tested code samples in Python and R Book Description It is something of a truism in data science, data analysis, or machine learning that most of the effort needed to achieve your actual purpose lies in cleaning your data. Written in David's signature friendly and humorous style, this book discusses in detail the essential steps performed in every production data science or data analysis pipeline and prepares you for data visualization and modeling results. The book dives into the practical application of tools and techniques needed for data ingestion, anomaly detection, value imputation, and feature engineering. It also offers long-form exercises at the end of each chapter to practice the skills acquired. You will begin by looking at data ingestion of data formats such as JSON, CSV, SQL RDBMSes, HDF5, NoSQL databases, files in image formats, and binary serialized data structures. Further, the book provides numerous example data sets and data files, which are available for download and independent exploration. Moving on from formats, you will impute missing values, detect unreliable data and statistical anomalies, and generate synthetic features that are necessary for successful data analysis and visualization goals. By the end of this book, you will have acquired a firm understanding of the data cleaning process necessary to perform real-world data science and machine learning tasks. What you will learn How to think carefully about your data and ask the right questions Identify problem data pertaining to individual data points Detect problem data in the systematic "shape" of the data Remediate data integrity and hygiene problems Prepare data for analytic and machine learning tasks Impute values into missing or unreliable data Generate synthetic features that are more amenable to data science, data analysis, or visualization goals. Who this book is for This book is designed to benefit software developers, data scientists, aspiring data scientists, and students who are interested in data analysis or scientific computing. Basic familiarity with statistics, general concepts in machine learning,...Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021
- DigitalRodrick Wallace, Luis Fernando Chaves, Luke R. Bergmann, Constância Ayres, Lenny Hogerwerf, Richard Kock, Robert G. Wallace.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalWilliam Wan.Summary: "This book is a 25-year milestone celebration of DAS' efforts in creating awareness for dyslexia and providing quality support for people with dyslexia in Singapore. It showcases an overview of how the association developed over the years and the key role DAS has played in shaping dyslexia intervention. Today, DAS is one of the forerunners in dyslexia support in Asia, and experts around the world have taken interest in the way they help dyslexics tackle the unique multilingual culture and high education standard. Also featured are personal stories of individuals who struggle with learning differences, as well as passionate advocates, educators and supporters whose efforts have paved the way for dyslexics to achieve success in life."-- Publisher's website.Digital Access World Scientific 2017
- DigitalNivaldo Alonso, Cassio Eduardo Raposo-Amaral, editors.Summary: The aim of this book is to discuss cleft lip and palate deformities in a comprehensive way, presenting it from the basics to the most clinically and surgically relevant issues. First, the basic concepts of embryology and pathogenesis of the facial deformities will be discussed. Special attention will be paid to the genetics underlying this condition. Following that, basic principles of surgical treatment through the most recent advances in the field will be presented, along with most important evidences from the literature and the personal experience of the editors and authors. Cleft Lip and Palate Treatment presents the state of the art and advances in the field and is intended to serve as a comprehensive guide for a broad audience. All the specialties involved in the comprehensive care of these craniofacial deformities will be presented in this book.
Contents:
Introduction
Promoting Comprehensive Cleft Care into a Unified Heath System in Brazil: Challenges and Achievements
Global Cleft Lip And Palate Care: A Brief Review
Genetics of Cleft Lip and Palate: Perspectives in Surgery Management and Outcome
Classification of Cleft Phenotypes
An overview of Protocols and Outcomes in Cleft Care
Unilateral Cleft Repair
Treatment of Bilateral Cleft Lip and Palate: Protocol for Surgical Treatment
Current Management of Bilateral Cleft Lip
Cleft Palate: Anatomy and Surgery
Buccinator Myomucosal Flap in Cleft Repair: The SOBRAPAR Hospital Experience
Velopharyngeal Insufficiency: Etiopathology and Treatment
Surgical Management of Velopharyngeal Insufficiency: The Sobrapar Hospital Algorithm
Speech Therapie in Cleft Patients
Robin Sequence
Bone Graft in Alveolar Cleft Lip and Palate
Bone Substitute Alveolar Bone Grafting with Rhbmp-2
Orthodontic Treatment of Patients with Orofacial Cleft
Orthognatic Surgery in Cleft Patients
Secondary Unilateral Cleft Rhinoplasty
The Rare Facial Cleft
Three Dimensional Digital Stereophotogrammetry in Cleft Care
Standardized Two Dimensional Photographic Documentation of Cleft Patients.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaleditors, Brian P. Griffin, Samir R. Kapadia, Venu Menon.Summary: "Providing a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of every area of contemporary cardiovascular medicine, The Cleveland Clinic Cardiology Review is an excellent tool for learning and reviewing key concepts in major areas of cardiology. The ThirdEdition contains fully revised content, review questions used on the board exam. A new, easy-to-follow chapter template facilitates quick review and retention of the material. Emphasizes board-relevant clinical material and accurate, real-world clinical decision making.Covers every major topic you'll encounter on certification and recertification exams, including congenital heart disease, electrophysiology, valvular heart disease, vascular disease, and pharmacology, and more.Presents review questions with each chapter for thorough exam preparation and self-assessment.Uses a new, consistent format for most chapters: introduction, clinical presentation, diagnosis, algorithm, treatment, suggested readings, and questions/answers.Written by distinguished clinicians from the Cleveland Clinic Foundation's Department of Cardiovascular Medicine and based on the Cleveland Clinic Foundation's popular annual Intensive Review of Cardiology course. Enrich Your eBook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
- Digitaleditors, James K. Stoller, Craig Nielsen, Janet Buccola, Andrei Brateanu.Contents:
Section I. Multidisciplinary skills for the internet
Section II. Infectious disease
Section III. Hermatology and medical oncology
Section IV. Rheumatology
Section V. Pulmonary and critical care medicine
Section VI. Endocrinology
Section VII. Nephrology and hypertension
Section VIII. Gastroenterology
Section IX. Cardiology.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Scott R. Steele.Summary: "Tips and Tricks in Surgery will be a series of books that offer the sort of wisdom attending surgeons pass on to residents or fellows about how to perform surgery (it is patterned after the series being developed in the orthopaedic surgery program). Keith Lillemoe, chair of surgery at MGH, is the series editor. Each volume will cover one area of surgery and will be written by faculty and residents of a single institution renowned for its work in that area"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- Digital[edited by] Camille Sabella, Robert J. Cunningham III.Summary: "Review for the pediatric boards with confidence! <B>The Cleveland Clinic Intensive Review of Pediatrics, 5th Edition</B>, provides the core pediatric material you need to know in a practical format ideal for board review and preparation._ Up-to-date subspecialty chapters provide concise overviews with bulleted lists, tables, photographs, and radiographs, as well as new multiple-choice questions with detailed rationales._ Board simulation chapters in every section and at the end of the book, along with three practice exams, build your test-taking skills. Key Features:<ul><li>Evaluate your strengths and weaknesses, review important concepts efficiently, and gain experience answering board-style questions.</li><li>An essential resource for physicians preparing for certification or recertification, and for primary care physicians seeking to update their knowledge of pediatrics.</li><li>Written primarily by distinguished faculty from Cleveland Clinic Children's Hospital.</li></ul>Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience:<ul><li>The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline</li><li>Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks</li><li>Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design</li><li>The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click</li></ul>"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalAhmet Bahadir Ergin, A. Laurence Kennedy, Manjula K. Gupta, Amir H. Hamrahian.Summary: Developed via a peer review process that included 25 experienced endocrinologists and utilizing the best current evidence, The Cleveland Clinic has created a practical set of protocols for over 25 commonly used dynamic endocrine tests. The cornerstone of clinical endocrinology, these evidence-based protocols play an important role in clinical decision-making and are important element of billing and compliance with high quality standards. Included here are various tests for pituitary and adrenal disorders, thyroid disorders, and glucose metabolism and pancreatic disorders, presented systematically with indications, preparation, materials needed, precautions, procedure, interpretation, and caveats. Filling the gap left by a lack of national guidelines, The Cleveland Clinic Manual of Dynamic Endocrine Testing is an up-to-date practical guide for endocrinologists, nurses, and their staff, inside or outside of the US, who need to perform and interpret dynamic endocrine testing in their everyday practice, as well as medical students, residents and fellows who have interest in endocrinology.
Contents:
Part I: Dynamic Tests in Pituitary/Adrenal Disorders
ACTH Stimulation Test for Adrenal Insufficiency with Total Cortisol Levels
ACTH Stimulation Test for Adrenal Insufficiency with Free Cortisol Levels
ACTH Stimulation Test for Late Onset (Non-classic) 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
Metyrapone Stimulation Test
Two Day Low Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test
Combined CRH Dexamethasone Suppression Test
Overnight Low Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test ? 1 mg
Overnight High Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test ? 8 mg
Ovine Corticotropin Releasing Hormone (oCRH) Stimulation Test
Insulin Tolerance Test (ITT)
Glucagon Stimulation Test for GHD (GST)
GHRH-Arginine GH Stimulation Test
Growth Hormone Suppression Test (Post-Glucose Administration)
Clonidine Suppression Test for Pheochromocytoma
Intravenous Saline Suppression Test for Evaluation of Primary Aldosteronism
Oral Sodium Loading Test
Captopril Challenge Test
Water Deprivation Test for DI
Part II: Dynamic Tests in Thyroid Disorders
Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Withdrawal Protocol
Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Thyrogen Injection with No Scan
Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Thyrogen Injection with Scan with/without Treatment
Levothyroxine Absorption Test
Part III: Dynamic Tests in Glucose Metabolism/Pancreas Disorders
Seventy-two Hour Fast for Insulinoma
Glucagon Stimulation to Test Beta Cell Reserve
Mixed Meal Hypoglycemia Test
Secretin Stimulation Test for Gastrinoma
Part IV: Invasive Dynamic Endocrine Testing
Inferior Petrosal Sinus Sampling
Adrenal Venous Sampling.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSamir K. Shah, Daniel G. Clair, editors.Summary: This book, from the faculty and residents of one of the world?s most respected hospitals, provides a comprehensive and concise approach to vascular disease. Beginning with the foundations of vascular disease and diagnosis, this text moves on to cover critical disease processes. Each section of the book, dedicated to a unique pathology, explains salient pathophysiology, presentation, diagnosis, treatment options, and outcomes. A special emphasis is given to both open and endovascular techniques and their related pitfalls. Additionally, reflecting the growing importance of evidence-based medicine, readers are provided with references to critical publications that underpin diagnostic and therapeutic recommendations. Diagnosis, treatment, and more are provided succinctly, allowing this text to be broad in focus while remaining in a convenient portable format. As a brief review for practicing physicians or a primary educational text for fellows, residents, and medical students, Cleveland Clinic Manual of Vascular Surgery is a valuable addition to everyone?s library.
Contents:
Arterial Aneurysms
Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
Acute Lower Limb Ischemia
Aortoiliac Disease
Upper Limb Ischemia
Mesenteric Ischemia
Renovascular Disease
Lymphatic
Lymphedema
Miscellaneous
Portal Hypertension
Hemodialysis Access
Vasculitis.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalToby Cosgrove, MD., President and CEO of Cleveland Clinic.Summary: There's a revolution going on right now. On the frontiers of medicine, some doctors have developed an approach for treating people that is more effective, more humane, and more affordable. It's an approach to healthcare that has captured the attention of the media and business elite--and the President of the United States. It's all happening at Cleveland Clinic, one of the most innovative, forward-looking medical institutions in the nation. In this groundbreaking book, the man who leads this global organization, Toby Cosgrove, MD, reveals how the Clinic works so well and argues persuasively for why it should be the model for the nation. He details how Cleveland Clinic focuses on the eight key trends that are shaping the future of medicine. At its core is Cleveland Clinic's emphasis on patient care and patient experience. A refreshingly positive and practical vision of healthcare, The Cleveland Clinic Way is essential reading for healthcare and business executives, medical professionals, industry analysts, and policymakers. It gives leaders lessons they can apply to their own organizations to achieve results and empowers average Americans to make more informed healthcare decisions.
Contents:
Group practices provide better, and cheaper, care
Collaborative care is more effective
Care should be monitored and recorded for quality
21st century care should be innovative
Care should be a healing experience for body and mind
Wellness depends on healthcare, not sickcare
Care should take place in different settings for comfort and value
Care should be tailor-made for you
Conclusion : toward a healthier future.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014 - Digitaledited by Michael Burger, Justin Gundlach.Summary: Presents comprehensively the currently un-mapped constellation of issues related to climate change, public health, and the law.
Contents:
Part I: The Context
Introduction / Michael Burger and Justin Gundlach
The Duty to Protect Public Health from Climate Change Impacts / Michael Burger
The Public Health Sector's Challenges and Responses / Jill Krueger and Colleen Healy Boufides
Part II: Cross-Cutting Issues
Government Speech and the First Amendment / David C. Vladeck
Disease Surveillance / Jason A. Smith and Chandrakala Ganesh
The Built Environment / Justin Gundlach and Jennifer Kein
Part III: Impacts and Interventions
Heat / Sara Hoverter
Oceans and Coasts / Robin Kundis Craig
Infectious Disease / Lindsay F. Wiley
Food Systems / Margot J. Pollans
Migration / Maxine Burkett
Part IV: Interplay with International & Domestic Environmental Law
International Institutions and the Developing World / William Onzivu
How Existing Environmental Laws Respond to Climate Change and Its Mitigation / Justin Gundlach
Incorporating Public Health Assessments into Climate Change Action / Jessica Wentz.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalKent E. Pinkerton, William N. Rom, editors.Summary: This book is a guide to the research, findings, and discussions of US and international experts on climate change and respiratory health. Since the publication of the first edition, climate change has been increasingly acknowledged as being directly related to the prevalence and incidence of respiratory morbidity. Evidence is increasing that climate change does drive respiratory disease onset and exacerbation as a result of increased ambient and indoor air pollution, desertification, heat stress, wildfires, and the geographic and temporal spread of pollens, molds and infectious agents. This second edition is fully updated to include the latest research by international experts on topics such as heat waves causing critical care-related diseases, climate-driven air pollution increases, and high-level ozone and ozone exposure linked to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, lung cancer, and acute lower respiratory infection. Seven new chapters have also been added on extreme weather and agricultural safety in California; desert dust effects on lung health; climate policy and the EPA; California's integrated approach to air quality and climate change; integrating climate change, the environment, and sustainability themes into professional health science courses; and the role of the physician as climate advocate. This is an ideal guide for all pulmonologists and health professionals treating patients with pulmonary disease.
Contents:
Introduction: consequences of global warming to planetary and human health
Climate variability and change data and information for global public health
Climate change: updates on recent global and United States temperature anomalies and impacts to water, forests and environmental health
Eyewitness to climate change
Arctic connections to global warming and health
Assessing the health risks of climate change
Heat waves and rising temperatures: Human health impacts and the determinants of vulnerability
Climate, air quality and allergy: emerging methods for detecting linkages
The human health co-benefits of air quality improvements associated with climate change mitigation
Asthma, hayfever, pollen, & climate change
California and climate changes: an update
Vector-borne diseases in a changing climate and world
Dengue fever and climate change
Climate variability and change: food, water and societal impacts
Hurricanes and health: vulnerability in an age of climate change
The impact of climate change and extreme weather conditions on agricultural health and safety in california
Household air pollution from cookstoves: impacts on health and climate
Biomass fuel and lung diseases: an Indian perspective
Climate change and women's health: risks and opportunities
The impact of climate change on public health in small island states and caribbean countries
Global climate change, desertification, and its consequences in Turkey and the Middle East
Climate change and the risk of desertification with a focus in the United States
Federal Programs in climate change and health research
Management of climate change adaptation at the United States centers for disease control and prevention
Rules, rulings, and repeals: the shifting state of climate policy at U.S. EPA
California's integrated approach to air quality and climate change
Climate change and public health interventions
Integrating climate change, the environment, and sustainability themes into professional health sciences courses: a case study across a university system
The physician's response to climate change.Digital Access Springer 2021 - DigitalVinaya Kumar Hebsale Mallappa, Mahantesh Shirur, editors.Summary: This book provides insights on innovative strategies to build resilient food systems in the wake of challenges posed by climate change. Providing food security to the growing population especially in developing countries without exacerbating the environment is a major challenge. Climate change is expected to reduce agricultural productivity, leading to a decline in overall food availability and significantly increasing the number of malnourished children in developing countries. Interventions for enhancing the adaptive capacity of farmers especially of small holders needs immediate impetus. The policy formulation and development programs must reorient in the wake of the new expectations and deliverables. This book comprises of sixteen chapters that discuss the trends in global agriculture development and food system. The book highlights different aspects of household food and nutritional security. The chapters covering diverse aspects address food system, rural and urban food chain, factors affecting their sustainability and short and long term solutions to make them climate resilient. Important issues having significant implications on climate change such as Waste management, Value chain, Agri-marketing, etc. are also covered. The book would be an important resource for researchers in food science, environmental sciences and agriculture. It would also be beneficial for students and future scientists working on sustainable agriculture and food security. .
Contents:
Intro
Preface
About the Book
Contents
About the Editors
Abbreviations
1: Building a Resilient Food System: Challenges and a Way Forward
1.1 Introduction
1.1.1 Ecological Security
1.1.2 Technological Security
1.1.3 PostHarvest Technology and Building Grain Reserves
1.1.4 Social Security
1.1.5 Nutrition Education
1.1.6 Population Stabilization
1.2 Factors Are Affecting Food Availability
1.2.1 Physical Factor
1.2.2 Biological Factor
1.2.3 Political Factors
1.2.4 Economic Factor
1.2.5 Food Conservation Factor 1.2.6 Food Distribution Factor
1.3 Means to Increase the Availability of Nutrients
1.4 Factors Are Affecting the Consumption of Food
1.5 Means to Combating Malnutrition
1.6 Challenges and Way Forward Are the Issues for Resilient Food System
1.6.1 Challenges for Resilient Food System
1.6.2 Cooperatives in the Developing World
1.6.3 Farmers ́Cooperatives to Improve Bargaining Power
1.6.4 Farmers ́Cooperatives to Improve Farm Income
1.6.5 A Way Forward
1.7 Building a Resilient Food System at the Community Level 1.8 A Conceptual Framework for Resilience of Food and Nutritional System
1.9 Interventions as a Lever for the Resilience of the Food System
1.9.1 Policy Interventions
1.9.2 Institutional Intervention
1.9.3 Technological Intervention
1.9.4 Capacity-Building Intervention
1.10 Conclusion and Policy Implication
References
2: From an Empty-Plate Lunch to Silk-Stocking Dinner: Some Futuristic Approaches in Agriculture
2.1 Agriculture as a Development Process
2.2 Challenges in Agriculture: An Overview
2.2.1 Population-Induced Growing Global Food Demand 2.2.2 Urbanization-Led Drift in Food Demand and Increased Production System Struggle
2.2.3 Climate Change and Reduced Crop Yields
2.2.4 Triple Burden of Malnutrition
2.2.5 Alarming Level of Post-Harvest Losses
2.2.6 Low Income and Low Social Status Offer to Farmers
2.3 Pragmatic Solutions and Strategies for Overcoming the Challenges
2.3.1 Nontraditional and Urban Farming as an Alternative Production System
2.3.2 Internet of Things for the Better Agriculture
2.3.2.1 Planting and Seeding
2.3.2.2 Weed Control and Intercultural Operations 2.3.2.3 Harvesting of the Produce
2.3.2.4 Primarily Surveillance
2.3.2.5 Processing of Farm Produces
2.3.3 Price Forecast in Agriculture
2.3.4 Diversification and Commercialization of Agriculture
2.3.5 Climate-Smart Agriculture: Adaptation and Mitigation
2.3.5.1 Climate-Smart Technologies
2.3.5.2 The Resource-Conserving Technologies (RCTs)
2.3.5.3 Carrot and Stick Approach in Knowledge Integration
2.3.6 Nutrition Farming as a Hunger Fighter
2.3.7 Reaching Zero Hunger Through Zero Wastage and Surplus Management
2.3.8 Policy Options and Its Imperatives - DigitalVolker Schöffl, Isabelle Schöffl, Christoph Lutter, Thomas Hochholzer, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively discusses the medical aspects of sports climbing, a still young but emerging sport, which will be one of the disciplines at the Tokyo Olympics. Its rapid development from niche to popular sport has been accompanied by an increase in the number of climbing-sports-specific injuries and has attracted growing interest within the sports medicine community. Gathering expertise from around the globe, the book covers all aspects related to this discipline -- from physiology, biomechanics and anatomy through upper and lower extremity injuries to cardiology, gynecology, pediatric and adolescent conditions. Following a coherent structure, each chapter equips readers with evidence-based diagnostic and therapeutic guidelines. Enriched by a wealth of pictures, this manual offers a timely and up-to-date resource for sports physicians, orthopedic surgeons and traumatologists, as well as trainers, physiotherapists and other health professionals involved in climbing.
Contents:
1 Introduction
I Basics
2 Injury Statistics
3 Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Hand
4 Physiology of Rock Climbing
5 Imaging of Climbing Injuries
II Orthopedic Section: Upper Extremity
6 Hand and Finger
7 Wrist
8 Ellbow and Forearm
9 Shoulder
III Orthopedic Section: Lower Extremity
10 Feet and Ankle
11 Hip and Knee
12 The spine
13 Long term effects of intense rock climbing
14 Pediatric aspects in young rock climbers
15 Anorexia athletica and REDs
16 Climbing with medical conditions
17 Climbing and Pregnancy
18. Sportsmedical Supervision of Climbers
19 Taping
20 Rehabilitation
21 Prevention
22 Future aspects : climbing in the Olympics. - PrintIuliu Haţieganu ; în colaborare cu I.N. Boeriu ... [et al.].
- DigitalPaul C. Guest, editor.Summary: The novel coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19) has caused a serious global pandemic in just eight months. Nearly every country and territory in the world has been affected by the virus. The virulence and infection rate of the virus are profound, and has required extreme social distancing measures across the globe in order to prevent overwhelming the healthcare services and hospitals. COVID-19 appears to have the greatest effects on elderly individuals and those who have co-morbid diseases, such as heart disease, asthma, and diabetes. As the peak begins to slow in many countries, the death rates remain high amidst justified fears of a second wave. A rapid worldwide mobilization has begun to identify effective treatments and develop vaccines. This new volume will increase readers understanding of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic through a series of chapters that address these concerns. Leading experts will discuss the effects of the virus in cases of co-morbidities, new treatment approaches, mental health aspects of the pandemic, and convey the results of survey studies. The book will be an excellent resource for researchers studying virology, metabolic diseases, respiratory disorders, and clinical scientists, physicians, drug companies, and healthcare services and workers.
Contents:
SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19): Beginning to Understand a New Virus
Neurological Complications of the COVID-19 Pandemic: What have we got so Far?
Endothelial Dysfunction as a Primary Consequence of SARS-CoV-2 Infection
A Review Study on the Neonatal Outcomes of Pregnant Women with COVID-19
Relationship between COVID-19 and Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme 2: A Scoping Review
Experience in Nutrition Management of Diabetes-affected COVID-19 Patients
Emerging Technologies for the Treatment of COVID-19
Obesity and risk of COVID-19 infection and severity: available evidence and mechanisms
COVID-19 is an Endothelial Disease: Implications of Nitric Oxide
Immune Response and Effectiveness of COVID-19 Therapies
The Novel Coronavirus and Inflammation
Does SARS-CoV-2 Threaten Male Fertility?
COVID-19 and Vulnerable Populations in Sub-Saharan Africa: a Review
Overview of the Haematological Effects of COVID-19 Infection
The Novel Coronavirus and Haemostatic Abnormalities: Pathophysiology, Clinical Manifestations and Treatment Recommendations
COVID-19 related laboratory analyte changes and the relationship between SARS-CoV-2 and HIV, TB and HbA1c in South Africa
The Primary Outcomes, Epidemiological and Clinical Features of Coronavirus Disease-2019 (COVID-19) in Iran
Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome and COVID-19: A Scoping Review and Meta-Analysis
Depression, Anxiety and Stress Among Patients with COVID-19: A Cross-sectional Study
Survey of Immediate Psychological Distress Levels among Health Care Workers in the COVID-19 Epidemic: A Cross-sectional Study
Coronavirus (COVID-19)-Associated Psychological Distress Among Medical Students in Iran
A Survey of Psychological Distress among the Community in the COVID-19 Epidemic: A Cross-Sectional Study
Gender Susceptibility to COVID-19 Mortality: Androgens as the Usual Suspects?
Identification, Monitoring and Prediction of Disease Severity in Patients with COVID-19 Pneumonia Based on Chest Computed Tomography Scans: a Retrospective Study
The Level of Procalcitonin in Severe COVID-19 Patients: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis
A Systematic Review of 571 Pregnancies Affected by COVID-19
The 2019 Novel Coronavirus Disease in Pregnancy: A Systematic Review
Acute Kidney Injury and Covid-19: a Scoping Review and Meta-analysis
Cardiac Injury in COVID-19: A Systematic Review
A Systematic Review of the Assessment of the Presence of SARS-CoV-2 in Human Semen
Index. - Digitalby Jingduan Yang, Daniel A. Monti.Contents:
Introduction to clinical acupuncture and ancient Chinese medicine
Human energy and vital substance
Energetics of human and nature
Human energetic anatomy
Physiological functions of internal organs
The psychology of the internal organs
Pathophysiology of Qi and vital substances
Pathophysiology of yin and yang
Pathophysiology of energetic channels
Evaluation of human energy
Points of six principal yin channels
Acupuncture point of six principal yang channels
Acupuncture points on the eight extra channels
The extra acupuncture points
Therapeutic strategy of acupuncture
Point selection and combination
Acupuncture therapy
Adjunctive therapies
Self-care for the body, mind and spirit
Modern studies on acupuncture.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaleditors, Thomas Forst, Christoph Kaptiza.Contents:
Clinical advances in diabetes mellitus / Thomas Forst & Christoph Kapitza
Immune pathogenesis, immune intervention & prediction in Type 1 diabetes / Nanette C. Schloot
Pathophysiology of Type 2 diabetes mellitus & vascular disease / Thomas Forst, Rudolf Theodor & Matthias M. Weber
New insulin developments / Jochen Seufert
New strategies for the treatment of diabetes mellitus type 2--Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists and sodium-glucose type 2 transporter inhibitors / Rüdiger Göke & Burkhard Göke
New technologies for the treatment of diabetes mellitus / Andreas Thomas
Peripheral neuropathy in diabetes mellitus / Alin Stirban
Diabetic kidney disease : course, diagnosis and treatment / Christoph Hasslacher
Diabetic retinopathy / Yasemin Akbaba & Georg Michelson
Diabetic foot syndrome : brief review / Nikolaos Papanas
C-peptide : a new potential in the therapy of microvascular complications of Type 1 diabetes? / Åsa Kallas & John Wahren
Diabetes and the Heart DM and CVD : two sides of one coin / Stephan Jacob & Matthias Leschke
Nutrition for metabolic syndrome and Type 2 diabetes / Nicolai Worm
Diabetes mellitus & disorders of lipid metabolism / Armin Steinmetz
Adiposity and metabolic syndrome / Maria Sarigianni, Konstantinos Papatheodorou & Apostolos Tsapas. - Digitaledited by D. John Doyle and Basem Abdelmalak.Summary: The consequences of failure to adequately oxygenate a patient and ventilate their lungs during surgery can be catastrophic. Taking a uniquely case-based approach to clinical airway management, this textbook provides a comprehensive and richly illustrated guide to this vital component of anesthetic practice. The clinically diverse cases include practical guidance on the choice of management technique, airway device, its placement, associated medications and mode of ventilation, and cover important advances in equipment and scientific knowledge to keep clinicians up to date on recent developments in the field. As well as upper airway problems, this text also encompasses the management of less commonly discussed lower airway challenges. The written material is supplemented by links to additional online videos. Written by an international collection of leading experts, Clinical Airway Management is a useful and extensive resource that helps anesthesiologists, emergency physicians, intensivists and trainees navigate the challenges faced every day in clinical practice.Digital Access Cambridge 2017
- DigitalSalvatore Docimo, Jr., Eric M. Pauli, editors.Summary: This book takes the major pathologies commonly studied in general surgery and presents them in a unique format based upon algorithms. The algorithms begin with the clinical presentation of the patient and work their way through the various diagnostic modalities available to the surgeon. This allows the physician to make a decision regarding treatment options based upon various patterns in the algorithms. This text serves as a very useful resource for surgeons as it allows complex clinical pathways to be conveniently organized in logical algorithms while providing a concise yet comprehensive manual to assist in clinical decision making. The algorithms were created by recognized experts in their field and include the most up-to-date clinical and evidence-based information. Provides a useful resource for surgeons in clinical practice, as well as surgical residents in training and those who are preparing for board examinations or recertification.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalMartha L. Sylvia, Mary F. Terhaar.Summary: "When we first conceived of this book, our intent was to create a resource that would introduce the theory, processes, and tools needed by professionals to achieve impactful clinical scholarship. We described improvement processes that originated with data from practice which pointed to opportunities to improve and concluded with data that helped to determine if the evidence-based solutions implemented had been effective. We are excited by the number of programs that have adopted this book as a course text, by the quality of the clinical scholarship that has employed this process, and by our conversations with faculty, students, and DNPs like you at conferences where you have shared the pride you feel in the success you have achieved. It is again time to refresh this resource in order to continue to advance high-quality, high-impact clinical scholarship in the context of a great many developments in policy, analytics, and innovation. In this third edition, we intend to help you stay in the groove with the world of big data, value-based care, and data-driven decision making. We maintain our bright focus on prevention, population health, and the contribution of DNPs to clinical scholarship and practice leadership"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
PART I: INTRODUCTION
Chapter 1. Introduction to Clinical Data Management
Chapter 2. Analytics and Evidence-Based Practice
PART II: DATA PLANNING AND PREPARATION
Chapter 3. Using Data to Support the Problem Statement
Chapter 4. Preparing for Data Collection
Chapter 5. Secondary Data Collection
Chapter 6. Primary Data Collection
Chapter 7. Using EHR Data for the DNP Project
PART III: PREPARING FOR PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
Chapter 8. Determining the Project Measures
Chapter 9. Using Statistical Techniques to Plan the DNP Project
Chapter 10. Using Workflow Mapping to Plan the DNP Project Implementation
Chapter 11. Developing the Analysis Plan
Chapter 12. Best Practices for Submission to the Institutional Review Board
PART IV: IMPLEMENTING AND EVALUATING PROJECT RESULTS
Chapter 13. Creating the Analysis Data Set
Chapter 14. Exploratory Data Analysis
Chapter 15. Outcomes Data Analysis
Chapter 16. Summarizing the Results of the Project
Chapter 17. Ongoing Monitoring
PART V: KEY COMPETENCIES FOR DNP PRACTICE
Chapter 18. Data Governance and Stewardship
Chapter 19. Value-Based Care
Chapter 20. Nursing Excellence Recognition and Benchmark Programs
PART VI: ADVANCED ANALYTIC TECHNIQUES
Chapter 21. Data Visualization
Chapter 22. Risk Adjustment
Chapter 23. Big Data, Data Science, and Analytics
Chapter 24. Predictive Modeling.Digital Access R2Library [2024] - DigitalJamie C. WikenheiserSummary: "Clinical Anatomy, Histology, Embryology and Neuroanatomy: An Integrated Textbook by Jamie Wikenheiser bridges all four anatomical sciences in one volume with clinically focused anatomical text and exceptional illustrations. The book fills a gap in the literature, serving as a one-stop resource for multiple courses and board-review preparation, and also provides an invaluable reference for professional practice. The primary goals of integrating the four sciences into one book are to enhance students' understating of the subject matter, better prepare them for national exams, and most importantly-enable them to deliver optimal care to their future patients"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Back
Thorax
Abdomen
Pelvis and perineum
Lower extremities
Upper extremities
Head and neck
Introductory concepts of the nervous system
Central nervous system
Peripheral nervous system
Autonomic nervous system
Cranial nervesDigital Access - DigitalJonathan Leo.Summary: This book is written for medical and other allied health students. It seeks to aid students in gaining a general understanding of clinical anatomy before embarking on a specific discipline-focused program. Organized among two sections, the first includes chapters that cover the anatomy of the head and neck, abdomen, thorax, pelvis and perineum, lower limb, upper limb, and back. Whats more, section two briefly examines the embryology and development of the organ systems, such as the development of major organs. This title is an invaluable resource for students who wish to retain anatomical knowledge on the entire human body despite an eventual career in one particular discipline of medicine. It is complemented by its previously published sister text Medical Neuroanatomy for the Boards and the Clinic, which applies similar principles of anatomical information with a focus on identifying potentially malignant lesions. .
Contents:
Section One Clinical Anatomy
Chapter One: Head and Neck
Chapter Two: Abdomen
Chapter Three: Thorax
Chapter Four: Pelvis and Perineum
Chapter Five: Lower Limb
Chapter Six: Upper Limb
Chapter Seven Back
Section Two Embryology
Chapter Eight: The first three week of Development
Chapter Nine: Development of Major Organs. - Digital[edited by] Sagar Dugani, Jeffrey E. Alfonsi, Anne M.R. Agur, Arthur F. Dalley II.Summary: "Clinical Anatomy Cases integrates anatomy, physical examination, and medical imaging into a single, practical resource--an ideal presentation for today's students and residents. Carefully organized content presents normal, clinical, and radiologic anatomy, along with case examples, relevant physical examination information, and clinical pearls. Written and developed by students, residents, physicians, and instructors, Clinical Anatomy Cases is a valuable resource for coursework in medical, physician assistant, nurse practitioner, dental, physical therapy, occupational therapy, and other health programs as well as for board exam preparation and as an introduction to radiology during the transition to clinical rotations and practice."-- Back cover.
Contents:
Integrated approach to clinical encounters
Thorax
Abdomen
Pelvis
Back
Upper and lower extremities
Head and neck.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2017 - PrintJohn Pegington ; illustrations by Melody Crocker.Contents:
v. 1. The Vertebral column and limbs--
v. 2. The Head and neck. - DigitalHee-Jin Kim, Kyle K Seo, Hong-Ki Lee, Jisoo Kim.Contents:
Chapter 1. Anatomy of the face
Chapter 2. Clinical anatomy for Botulinum toxin
Chapter 3. Filler Anatomy of the Upper Face
Chapter 4. Filler Anatomy of the Midface
Chapter 5. Filler Anatomy of the Lower Face.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Murat Bozkurt, Halil İbrahim Açar.Summary: This book provides detailed information on functional anatomy, physical examination, and clinical radiology of the knee with a view to enabling the clinician to identify the most suitable treatment approach to different knee joint pathologies. In addition, the arthroscopic treatment techniques most frequently employed in patients with these conditions are described, with presentation of numerous arthroscopic images detailing characteristic findings. Knee joint pathologies today represent a significant challenge owing to the complexity of the injuries suffered, rising activity levels, and high patient expectations. A proper physical examination plays an important role in diagnosis. The surgeon who has the opportunity to conduct a clinical evaluation must fully understand the role of radiological evaluations, and assessment by a radiology expert is also necessary. In all cases, knowledge of the normal anatomy and its correlation with clinical and radiological findings is fundamental to correct diagnosis and treatment selection. Surgeons and trainees with an interest in knee joint pathologies will find this book to be an excellent, richly illustrated educational guide to the subject.
Contents:
Functional Anatomy of Knee
Arthroscopic Anatomy of Knee
Knee Radiology
Physical Examination
Patient Positioning and Setup
Anatomical Meniscus Repair Techniques
Arthroscopic Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Six Bundles Hamstring Tendon Autograft For Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
Arthroscopic Revision Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
Posterior Cruciate Ligament Anatomical Reconstruction
Medial Patellofemoral Ligament Repair and Reconstruction Techniques
Medial Collateral Ligament Anatomical Repair and Reconstructions
Anatomic Posterolateral Reconstruction
Anatomic Knee Joint realignment
Meniscal implants and transplantations
Cartilage Treatment Techniques
Posterior Knee Arthroscopy
Physiotherapy in Orthopaedic Knee Injuries
Morphometric Analysis of the Knee
The Biomechanics of the Knee Joint. - DigitalMurat Bozkurt, Halil İbrahim Açar, editors.Contents:
Functional Anatomy of Shoulder
Arthroscopic Anatomy of Shoulder
Shoulder Radiology
Physical Examination
Arthroscopic Knot
Typing Techniques
Operation Room Setup and Patient Positioning
Shoulder Arthroscopy Portals.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalGregory D. Cramer, Susan A. Darby ; illustrators, Theodore G. Huff, Sally A. Cummings ; photographers, Ron Mensching, Kadi Sistak.Contents:
Surface anatomy of the back and vertebral levels of clinically important structures / Barclay W. Bakkum
General characteristics of the spine / Gregory D. Cramer
General anatomy of the spinal cord / Susan A. Darby
Muscles that influence the spine / Barclay W. Bakkum, Gregory D. Cramer
The cervical region / Gregory D. Cramer
The thoracic region / Gregory D. Cramer
The lumbar region / Gregory D. Cramer
The sacrum, sacroiliac joint, and coccyx / Gregory D. Cramer, Chae-Song Ro
Neuroanatomy of the spinal cord / Susan A. Darby, Robert J. Frysztak
Neuroanatomy of the autonomic nervous system / Susan A. Darby
Pain of spinal origin / Gregory D. Cramer, Susan A. Darby, Robert J. Frysztak
Development of the spine and spinal cord / Barclay W. Bakkum, William E. Bachop
Unique anatomic features of the pediatric spine / Gregory D. Cramer
Microscopic anatomy of the zygapophysial joints, intervertebral discs, and other major tissues of the back / Gregory D. Cramer, Barclay W. Bakkum.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalMark H. Hankin, Dennis E. Morse, Judith M. Venuti, Malli Barremkala.Summary: "Ensure readiness for the USMLE® or any other high-stakes exam covering clinical anatomy! Thieme Test Prep for the USMLE®: Clinical Anatomy by Mark Hankin, Dennis Morse, Judith Venuti, and Malli Barremkala features over 600 USMLE®-style multiple choice anatomical questions, classified as easy, moderate, and difficult, with detailed explanations. Chapters are organized by organ system and questions are categorized by anatomical region. Questions begin with a clinical vignette and are based on actual case reports, often incorporating patient and diagnostic images. Key Highlights · Award-winning Thieme anatomical illustrations used extensively in both questions and explanations provide exceptional clarity · In-depth coverage of the lymphatic and endocrine systems · Approximately 25% questions are image-based, mirroring the USMLE® format This essential resource will help you assess your knowledge and fully prepare for the USMLE® Step 1 or COMLEX Level 1 exam. Mark H. Hankin, PhD, is Professor and Senior Anatomist, and Director of the Anatomical Services Center, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon. Dennis E. Morse, PhD, is Professor Emeritus of Anatomy, University of Toledo, College of Medicine and Life Sciences, Toledo, Ohio; and Visiting Professor of Physiology and Cell Biology, Department of Physiology and Cell Biology, University of Nevada-Reno School of Medicine, Reno, Nevada. Judith M. Venuti, PhD, FAAA, is Professor and former Chair, Department of Foundational Medical Studies, Oakland University William Beaumont School of Medicine, Rochester, Michigan. Malli Barremkala, MBBS, is Assistant Professor of Anatomy, Department of Foundational Medical Studies, Oakland University William Beaumont School of Medicine, Rochester, Michigan"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2019
- DigitalAnthony A. Gaspari, Stephen K. Tyring, Daniel H. Kaplan, editors.Summary: This book is a reference for better understanding immune-mediated skin diseases and their therapies. The focus in on the needs of the physician, resident, or student to understand the pathophysiology of the disease as well as the mechanisms of action of the therapies.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalHelen Razmjou, Monique Christakis.Summary: The extended role physiotherapy has been given increased attention over the past decade in North America and Europe. New models of care with expanded scope of practice for allied health professionals have emerged to respond to a continuous increase in the cost of health care and physician and surgeon shortages, especially in settings that provide services to patients with musculoskeletal disorders in rural areas. This text book provides detailed information on history, etiology, clinical findings, and most importantly imaging characteristics of major conditions of the shoulder joint, which clinicians often face in the clinic. At present, there are no books that have incorporated the shoulder joint's different pathologies for extended role therapists, physician assistants, or family physicians in one place. This book facilitates practical learning for busy clinicians who wish to improve their expertise without having to read multiple books on the subject. The first nine chapters of the book incorporate the historical perspective of the common shoulder conditions with details on the pioneers who first introduced the pathology in the medical journals. The clinical and imaging hallmarks of each disorder then follow the historical perspective section to assist with identifying the pathology and selecting the best management. Chapters 10-12 provide detailed information on indications and contraindications for different modes of procedural imaging and the specific presentation of common shoulder pathologies on plain radiographs. Written by the experts in the field, Clinical and Radiological Examination of the Shoulder Joint is a valuable resource for advanced level physiotherapists, family medicine physicians, and specialized physician assistants.
Contents:
Diagnostic Clinical Decision-Making in Shoulder Pathology
Impingement Syndrome
Biceps Brachii Pathology
Tears of Rotator Cuff Tendons
Cuff Tear Arthropathy
Frozen Shoulder
Arthritis of the Glenohumeral Joint
Superior Labral Anterior and Posterior Lesions
Glenohumeral Joint Instability
Principles of Radiological Examination
Radiographic Features of Rotator Cuff and Biceps Tendon Pathologies
Radiographic Features of Glenohumeral Arthritis. - DigitalGeorgios Tagarakis, Ahmed Gheni Sarfan, Hashim Talib Hashim, Joseph Varney, editors.Summary: This text and guide discusses the surgical and medical management of congenital heart diseases in both adult and children. It describes the disease, pathology, treatment, complications and follow-up with extensive use of didactic material to educate the reader to the practicalities of the subject. It details the novel research via an extensive literature review, while covering all aspects of the surgical and medical treatment of congenital heart disease. It includes review of the laparoscopic techniques and epidemiology of each disease involved and their prevalence to provide the reader with the full clinical picture. Clinical and Surgical Aspects of Congenital Heart Diseases: Text and Study Guide provides a thorough practical reference for the discipline with the use of illustrations and charts to facilitate understanding. It is essential reading for all trainee and practicing cardiac surgeons, cardiologists and internists, and all interested healthcare professionals.
Contents:
Genetic Basis of congenital heart disease
Epidemiology of congenital heart disease
Atrial septal defect
Ventricular septal defect
Patent ductus arteriosus
Coarctation of aorta
Truncus arteriosus
Tricuspid atresia
Teratology of Fallot
Total anomalous pulmonary vascular return
Multiple malformations
Laparoscopic surgery of congenital heart disease
Aortic Stenosis
Atrioventricular septal defect (AVSD)
Bicuspid aortic valve
Cardiomyopathy
Complete heart block (CHB)
Dextrocardia
Double inlet left ventricle (DILV)
Double outlet right ventricle (DORV)
Ebstein's anomaly
Hypoplastic left heart syndrome (HLHS)
Hypoplastic right heart syndrome (HRHS)
Mitral stenosis
Rhabdomyomas (Tumors of the Heart)
Transposition of the great vessels
Tricuspid atresia
Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (WPW)
Perfusion in congenital heart surgery. - Digitaledited by David Robertson, Gordon H. Williams.Contents:
Section I Fundamental Principles
1. Introduction to clinical research / Gordon H. Williams and David Robertson
2. Patient-oriented research / Ellen W. Seely and Steven Grinspoon
3. Clinical trials / Robert M. Califf
4. Introduction to epidemiology / Donna K. Arnett and Steven A. Claas
5. The patient-centered outcomes research institute / Joe V. Selby and Danielle M. Whicher
6. Health-care technology assessment (HTA) / Uwe E. Reinhardt
7. Health services research / J. Sanford Schwartz
Section II Approaches
8. Measurement of biological materials / Mark D. Kellogg
9. Imaging tools in clinical research / Ruth M. Dunne, Alibhe C. O'Neill and Clare M. Tempany
10. Imaging tools in human research / Ruth M. Dunne, Alibhe C. O'Neill and Clare M. Tempany
11. Nanotechnology in clinical and translational research / James B. Baker Jr., Brent B. Ward and Thommey P. Thomas
12. The use of questionnaires and surveys / Marcia A. Testa and Donald C. Simonson
13. Informational technology / Shawn N. Murphy, Henry C. Chueh and Christopher D. Herrick
14. Principles of biostatistics / Kush Kapur
15. Good clinical practice and good laboratory practice / Nathalie K. Zgheib, Stephanie L. Tomasic and Robert A. Branch
Section III Human Genetics
Introduction to human genetics / Bruce R. Korf
17. Epidemiologic and population genetic studies / Angela J. Rogers and Scott T. Weiss
18. Pharmacogenetics of drug metabolism / Zerusenay Desta and David A. Flockhart
19. Statistical techniques for genetic analysis / Jessica Lasky-Su
Section IV Human Pharmacology
20. Introduction to clinical pharmacology / Rommel G. Tirona and Richard B. Kim
21. Adverse drug events / Dan M. Roden
Section V Societal Context of Human Research
22. Translating science to the bedside / Seema Basu
23. Regulatory environment / Christine Nguyen, Audrey Gassman and Hylton V. Joffe
24. Ethical issues in translational research and clinical investigation / Greg Koski
25. Clinical research in the public eye / Mary Wooley
Section VI Research in Special Populations
26. Research in special populations / Todd W. Rice and Gordon R. Bernard
27. Research in the emergency care environment / James Quinn and Daniel J. Pallin
28. Psychiatric disorders / Alan F. Schatzberg
29. Research in special populations / Stephanie Studenski and Luigi Ferrucci
30. Clinical research in neurology / Keren Regev and Howard L. Weiner
31. Research in pediatrics / Lisa Bomgaars, Stacey Berg and Ann R. Stark
32. Cancer as a paradigm for translational and clinical biomedical research / César Serrano and George D. Demetri
33. Maintaining an emphasis on rare diseases with research initiatives and resources at the national center for advancing translational sciences / Stephen C. Groft and Rashmi Gopal-Srivastava
Section VII Infrastructure
34. Clinical and Translational Science Infrastructure / David Robertson and Gordon H. Williams
Section VIII Education, Training and Career Choices
35. Education, Training and Career Choices / Katherine E. Hartmann, Elizabeth Heitman and Nancy J. Brown
A stepwise approach to a career in translational research / William F. Crowley Jr.
Physician careers in the pharmaceutical industry / Ronald L. Krall
Section IX Research in Academia
38. Industry-sponsored clinical research in academia / Italo Biaggioni
39. Governmental support of research / Sten H. Vermund and Salim Abdool Karim
40. The role of nonprofit, non-governmental funding in support of biomedical research / Rose Marie Robertson and Suzie Upton
41. Modern drug discovery and development / Daniel E. Salazar and Glenn Gormley
42. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology sector support of research / Joann Data
Section X Prospectus
43. The future of clinical research / Gordon H. Williams and David Robertson.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - Digitaledited by Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting, Michael K. Cahalan, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar, Natalie F. Holt.Digital Access
- DigitalUsha Saha, editor.Summary: The book covers all aspects of anesthesia in newborns, neonates (under 28 days) and premature babies. These patients are highly vulnerable, very small in size and weight, at very high risk, and have high mortality and morbidity, which gets further aggravated by the medical diseases and congenital abnormalities these babies may suffer from. The book provides knowledge that equips the anesthetists with the regional techniques used to provide both anesthesia and analgesia, including information about the drugs used, skills in providing neuraxial blocks, nerve blocks, etc., complications thereof and the specially designed equipment for these patients (IV cannula, endotracheal tubes, ryles tubes, laryngoscopes, SpO2 probes, monitors, incubators, warmers and heaters, mattresses, OT tables). The book covers the pharmacology of drugs used, the effect of anesthetic drugs on the developing brain, pulmonary physiology, airway assessment and management, ventilation modes, getting IV and arterial access, preoperative workup, anesthetic management, and postoperative care. It includes care and concerns from both surgical and anesthesia aspects. It covers all the common surgical diseases along with some rare cases such as oncological concerns, palliative care, ethical concerns and pain management. The book also discusses the role and use of ultrasound. The chapter on anesthesia for short procedures includes common birth and neonatal care injuries. The book contains chapters on fluid therapy, blood and blood product transfusion guidelines and indications, resuscitation of a newborn and neonate, and neonatal rehabilitation to improve neonatal outcomes. It contains a dedicated chapter on why these babies are at a high risk of morbidity and mortality and contributing maternal factors. All the chapters are written by experts in their fields with vast experience. This book bridges the gap in the knowledge of an anesthesiologist between anesthesia for children and adults and newborns, neonates and preterm babies.
Contents:
Section 1- Basic - General Aspects of Newborn Diseases and Care
Neonatal Mortality And Morbidity - The Burden
Impact Of Maternal Health And Disease On Neonatal Outcome
Changes In The Newborn At Birth Fetal To Newborn Transition
Common Medical Conditions In The Neonates
Neonatal Screening For Metabolic Diseases
ophthalmological Surgical Conditions In The Newborn And Neonate
Neonatal Transfusion
Effect Of Anesthesia On Developing Brain
Neonatal Rehabilitation And Outcome
Section 2. Developmental Anatomical and Physiological aspects
General Anatomical and Physiological Considerations in The Newborn and Neonates
The Respiratory System - Development and Physiology
The Neonatal Airway
Autonomic Nervous System In The Neonate
Ventilation And Ventilatory Modes in Neonate
Haematological Diseases and Syndromes in The Neonate Haemoglobin. Haemoglobinopathies, And Oxygen Therapy
Thermoregulation In Newborns, Neonates and Premature
Clinical Pharmacology of Anesthetic Drugs in Neonates
Neuromuscular Disorders in Neonate
Section 3 Special aspects of Neonatal anesthesia
Preoperative Workup, Perioperative Fasting (NPO) and Early Recovery After Surgery (ERAS)
Central Venous and Peripheral Arterial Access
Ultrasound Guided Vascular Access
Monitoring During Anesthesia In The Newborn And Neonate
Perioperative Fluid Management and Blood Transfusion In Newborns And Neonates
Regional and Central Neuraxial Blocks In Neonates
Anaesthesia Or Sedation For Procedures Outside The Operation Theatre
Pain Management In Neonates
Perioperative Complications And Critical Incidents During Anesthesia In A Surgical Neonate
Section 4 Case Based Anesthesia Management Common procedures
Tracheoesophageal Fistula In The Neonate
Anesthesia For Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
Anaesthesia For Thoracic Surgery In Neonates
Abdominal Wall Defects In Newborns And Neonates: Exomphalos And Gastroschisis
Anesthesia For Gastrointestinal Surgical Conditions In Neonates
Anaesthesia For Genitourinary Surgery In The Neonate
Anesthesia For Ophthalmic Procedures In The Newborn, Neonate And Premature
Neural Tube Development And Defects - Meningocele, Encephalocele, Hydrocephalus
Anesthesia For Short Procedures
Anesthetic Consideration In A Neonate With Congenital Heart Disease For Noncardiac Surgery
Section 5 anesthesia for Advanced procedures and Uncommon surgeries
Anesthesia For Laparoscopic Surgery In Neonates
Anesthesia For Bronchoscopy In Neonates
Anesthesia For Neurosurgical Procedures In Neonates
Exstrophy Bladder Or Ectopia Vesicae
Biliary Atresia And Anesthetic Considerations
Craniosynostosis
Cystic Hygroma
Nesidioblastoma (Congenital Hyperinsulinism CHI)
Congenital Broncho-Biliary Fistula (CBBF)
Neonatal Malignancy And Anaesthesia
Neonatal Palliative Care: A Paradigm Of Care
COVID-19 And The Surgical Neonate
Ethics In Neonatal Anesthesia And Research. . - Digital/Printedited by Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting, Michael K. Cahalan, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar.Contents:
I, Introduction : History and future ;
II, Scientific and technical foundations of anesthesia :
The respiratory system
Cardiovascular anatomy and physiology
Central and autonomic nervous systems
The renal system
Liver anatomy and physiology
Principles of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
Inhalational anesthetic agents
Intravenous anesthetics and sedatives
Analgesics
Neuromuscular blocking agents
Local anesthetics
Cardiovascular pharmacology
The anesthesia workstation
Standard anesthesia monitoring techniques and instruments
III, Clinical practice of anesthesia :
Preoperative evaluation and management
Coexisting diseases impacting anesthetic management
Endocrine function
General anesthesia
Airway management
Regional management
Patient positioning and potential injuries
Fluids and electrolytes
Blood therapy
Ambulatory anesthesia, monitored anesthesia care, and office-based anesthesia
Spine and orthopedic anesthesia
Anesthesia for laparoscopic and robotic surgeries
Anesthetic for otolaryngologic and ophthalmic surgery
Anesthesia for neurosurgery
Obstetric anesthesia
trauma and burn anesthesia
neonatal and pediatric anesthesia
Anesthesia for thoracic surgery
Cardiac surgery
Anesthesia for vascular surgery
Management of acute and chronic pain
Nonoperating room anesthesia and special procedures
Postoperative recovery
Complications, risk management, patient safety, and liability
Critical care medicine
Anesthesia for urologic surgery
Electrical safety and fire
Wellness principles and resources for anesthesiologists.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - Digitaledited by Bruce F. Cullen, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar, Natalie F. Holt, Christopher W. Connor, Naveen Nathan ; clinical anesthesia founding editors, Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- Digitalsenior editor, Richard M. Pino ; associate editors, Edward A. Bittner, Hovig V. Chitilian, Wilton C. Levine, Susan A. Vassallo.Digital Access
- DigitalJonathan L. Benumof, editor.Contents:
Respiration-related cases
Cannot ventilate, cannot intubate due to airway hemorrhage
Pulmonary edema following attempted nasal intubation for mandibular fracture repair
Loss of critical airway
Anterior mediastinal mass
Awake intubation with a NIM tube: how is it done?
Hemodynamic collapse following a mainstem intubation
Hypoxemia during tracheostomy
Anesthetic depth and mask ventilation in the prone position
Jet ventilation through a cookgas airway exchange catheter
End of case evaluation and management of a patient post airway mass excision
Possible recurrent laryngeal nerve injury
Obstructive sleep apnea, and dead in bed
Bilevel positive air pressure, decreased sensorium, aspiration and capnography
Perioperative management of a patient previously treated with bleomycin undergoing thoracic surgery
Intra-operative airway fire
Obesity hypoventilation syndrome
Circulation-related cases
Hemorrhage during endovascular repair of thoracic aorta
Pacemakers and automatic implantable cardioverter defibrillators
Acute myocardial infarction during laparoscopic surgery
Sickle cell and preeclampsia
Dysrhythmias in a patient with Crohn's disease
Hematologic disorders: hemophilia and disseminated intravascular coagulation
Blood transfusion and the Jehovah's Witness patient
Cardiac and pulmonary contusions
Intraoperative coagulopathy
Hypotension in chronic methamphetamine user
Venous air embolism during arteriovenous malformation repair
Cardiac tamponade
Case of intraoperative new-onset atrial fibrillation
Valvular disease
Obstetrics-related cases
Labor epidural with unrecognized dural puncture, causing high sensory block, hypotension, fetal bradycardia and post dural puncture headache
Acute pulmonary dysfunction immediately after cesarean delivery under general anesthesia
Jehovah's Witness with placenta previa and increta for cesarean hysterectomy
A pregnant patient with mitral stenosis
Unrecognized uterine hyperstimulation due to oxytocin and combined spinal-epidural analgesia
Super morbidly obese patient for elective repeat cesarean section
Probable amniotic fluid embolus
Emergent cesarean section
Pregnancy plus atrial septal defect vs Eisenmenger Syndrome
Uterine abruption
Pediatric-related cases
Neonatal resuscitation following spontaneous vaginal delivery
Anxious, coughing and bound to obstruct
Special diseases/conditions/situations
Hypothermia during laparoscopic nephrectomy
Operating room management case scenarios
Anaphylaxis reactions
Autonomic dysreflexia
Porphyrias
Monitored anesthesia care: medical implications; and wrong-sided operations: legal implications
Diabetic ketoacidosis in the urgent anesthesia setting
Fever, altered mental status, and rigidity in the perioperative course
Neuro/neuromuscular-related cases
Emergent craniotomy for evacuation of epidural hematoma
Hyperkalemia and residual neuromuscular blockade after kidney transplantation
A defasciculating dose of nondepolarizing neuromuscular blocker
Postoperative monocular vision loss
Delayed emergence after aneurysm clipping
Pain and regional anesthesia related cases
Unintentional dural puncture in a patient with severe preeclampsia
Complex regional pain syndrome
Vascular absorption of local anesthetic producing systemic toxicity
Inadvertent high spinal in parturient
Outpatient surgery-related cases
Plastic surgery in a surgeon's office
Orthopedic surgery in an ambulatory surgicenter
Eye surgery at an outpatient surgicenter
Endoscopic sinus surgery at an outpatient sugicenter.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Jonathan L. Benumof, Gerard R. Manecke.Contents:
SECTION I: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE DEATH .-Death During Monitored Anesthesia Care.-Anesthesia During Liver Transplant: Hepatic Function, TEG, Massive Transfusion, States of Liver Transplantation, MELD Scoring
Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Falling Through Caregiver Cracks to Death .-Abdominal Compartment Syndrome and Pulmonary Aspiration
Massive Pulmonary Hemorrhage During Pulmonary Thromboendarterectomy
SECTION II: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE NEAR DEATH OR VERYSERIOUS COMPLICATIONS
A Case of CHARGE Syndrome and Hypoxemia
A Patient With ALS Requiring Intubation.-Blowtorch Airway Fire.-Anesthetic Implications of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and the Surgical Repair of Scoliosis
Pulmonary Atresia with Intact Ventricular Septum
Necrotizing Enterocolitis in the Premature Infant.-SECTION III: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE SERIOUS COMPLICATIONS.-Post-operative Respiratory Distress in the PACU: A Unique Differential Diagnosis.-An Undiagnosed Intraoperative Pheochromocytoma.-LMA Morbidity: A Case of Unilateral Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve Plasy.-Management of Local Anesthetic Systemic Toxicity (LAST)
Pseudocholinesterase Deficiency in a Patient with Subglottic Stenosis.-SECTION IV: CASES REQUIRING DIFFICULT AND/OR UNUSUAL ANESTHETIC MANAGEMENT
Cesarean Section in a Heart Failure Patient with Previous Lumbosacral Spine Surgery.-Organization Promotes Safety: A Step Forward.-A Case of Peripartum Cardiomyopathy: Anesthetic Management of Patients on Mechanical.Circulatory Support and Status Post Heart Transplantation
A Minor Hiccup: Singultus, Regurgitation, and Aspiration under Anesthesia.-Myasthenia Gravis.-Massive Hemorrhage after Dilatation and Curettage.-Intraoperative Bradycardia and Asystole.-Anesthesia for the Obese Parturient.-Management of Intracardiac Thrombus During Orthotopic Liver Transplant.-Preventing Perioperative Complications of Epidermolysis Bullosa.-. - DigitalJason W. Wilson and Roberta D. Baer.Summary: "Clinical Anthropology 2.0 presents a new approach to applied medical anthropology that highlights how medical anthropologists can help to improve patient experience and medical education as members of interdisciplinary care teams in clinical settings"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Can there be a critical, clinically applied medical anthropology?
Working with undergraduate premedical and anthropology students
Challenges of clinically applied anthropology education and research
Expanding the vision : work with residents and medical students
The Leaflet Project
Multi-visit patients
Sickle cell disease
Language, pain, and non-traditional patient treatment spaces
Opioid and infectious disease
Firearm research
Conclusion.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2022 - DigitalPeter D. Highlander.Summary: As an emerging technology, 3D printing holds much promise for foot and ankle reconstruction and difficult-to-treat pathologies. The first text of its kind, Clinical Application of 3D Printing in Foot and Ankle Surgery provides comprehensive, in-depth operative coverage as well as opinions and case examples from surgeons who are currently using 3D printing in their practices. This ground-breaking volume sets the standard for this rapidly advancing field and provides practical, real-world guidance on incorporating 3D printing into your surgical practice.
Contents:
Historical perspectives on 3D printing
CT to software and other considerations
Material science for 3D printing in medicine
Isolated total talus replacement
Total talus replacement with a titanium nitride-coated 3D-printed titanium implant
Primary constrained total talus with subtalar joint arthrodesis
3D-printed custom hemi-talus replacement
Primary total ankle total talus replacement
Custom constrained 3D total talus/navicular replacement
3D-printed solutions for avascular necrosis of the talonavicular joint
Tibiotalocalcaneal fusion with talar cage for hindfoot reconstruction
Distraction subtalar joint fusion using a custom 3D-printed implant
Subtalar joint distraction arthrodesis utilizing titanium truss technology for posttraumatic calcaneal fracture arthritis
Treatment of navicular avascular necrosis in the sensate patient
Midfoot fusion with a custom 3D-printed cage for charcot deformity
A 3D-printed solution for evans calcaneal osteotomy nonunion
3D-printed total cuboid replacement for lateral column pathology
A 3D-printed solution for revision lapidus bunionectomy
3D-printed solutions for first metatarsophalangeal joint fusion with osseous deficit
3D-printed hallux and lesser metatarsophalangeal joint replacement
Lesser metatarsal replacement.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - DigitalKeith A. Foster, editor.Summary: Currently, there are tremendous advances being made in understanding the basic science of both the structure and function of botulinum neurotoxins. This knowledge is opening up opportunities in regard to both therapeutic uses and treatment and protection options for civil and bio-defense applications. This volume fully evaluates the status of neurotoxin research and exploitation, with a focus on clinical application. The book is a multi-authored collection of chapters written by the leading authorities responsible for the current scientific and clinical research that is advancing the understanding and exploitation of the neurotoxins, and is both up to date and authoritative.
Contents:
Botulinum Toxin as a Clinical Product
Clinical Use of Botulinum Neurotoxin: Neuromuscular Disorders
Clinical Use ofBotulinum Neurotoxin: Autonomic Conditions
Clinical Use of Botulinum Neurotoxin: Urogenital Disorders Including Overactive Bladder
Clinical Useof Botulinum Neurotoxins: Pain
Future Developments: Engineering the Neurotoxin. - DigitalShozo Tobimatsu, Ryusuke Kakigi, editors.Contents:
Part I: Introduction
1. Principles of Magnetoencephalography
Part II: Motor System
2. Basic Function and Clinical Application
Part III: Somatosensory System
3. Basic Function
4. Clinical Applications
Part IV: Auditory System
5. Basic Function
6. Clinical Applications
Part V: Visual System
7. Basic Function
8. Clinical Applications
Part VI: Epilepsy
9. Childhood Epilepsy
10. Adult Epilepsy
Part VII: Neurological Disorders
11. Cerebrovascular Diseases
12. Neurodegenerative Disorders
Part VIII: Psychiatric Disorders
13. Autism Spectrum Disorder
14. Schizophrenia
15. Bipolar Disorder
Part IX: Cognition and Brain-machine interface
16. ECoG Based BCI for BCI-MEG Research
17. Oscillation and Cross-Frequency Coupling.- . - Digitaledited by Uttam Garg.Contents:
Mass spectrometry in clinical laboratory : applications in biomolecular analysis / Uttam Garg and Yan Victoria Zhang
Quantification of free carnitine and acylcarnitines in plasma or serum using HPLC/MS/MS / David Scott, Bryce Heese, and Uttam Garg
Quantification of arginine and its methylated derivatives in plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) / Faye B. Vicente ... [et al.]
Quantitation of albumin in urine by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
Quantitation of aldosterone in serum or plasma using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC- MS/MS) / J. Grace Van Der Gugten and Daniel T. Holmes
Quantification of five clinically important amino acids by HPLC-Triple TOF 5600 based on pre-column double derivatization method / Shuang Deng, David Scott, and Uttam Garg
Sensitive, simple, and robust nano-liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry method for amyloid protein subtyping / Drew Payto, Courtney Heideloff, and Sihe Wang
Quantitation of ubiquinone (coenzyme Q10) in serum/plasma using liquid chromatography electrospray tandem mass spectrometry (ESI-LC-MS/MS) / Richard E. Mathieu Jr. and Catherine P. Riley
Quantitative analysis of salivary cortisol using LC-MS/MS / Yan Victoria Zhang
Quantification of dihydroxyacetone phosphate (DHAP) in human red blood cells by HPLC-TripleTOF 5600 mass spectrometer / Shuang Deng ... [et al.]
Simultaneous quantitation of estradiol and sstrone in serum using liquid chromatography mass spectrometry / Catherine P. Riley, Richard E. Mathieu Jr., and Carmen Wiley
Direct measurement of free estradiol in human serum and plasma by equilibrium dialysis-liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Julie A. Ray ... [et al.]
Quantification of γ-aminobutyric acid in cerebrospinal fluid using liquid chromatography-electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
Quantitation of insulin analogues in serum using immunoaffinity extraction, liquid chromatography, and tandem mass spectrometry / J. Grace Van Der Gugten, Sophia Wong, and Daniel T. Holmes
Quantitation of insulin-like growth factor 1 in serum by liquid chromatography high resolution accurate-mass mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
Quantitation of free metanephrines in plasma by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Courtney Heideloff, Drew Payto, and Sihe Wang
Quantification of metanephrine and normetanephrine in urine using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Jessica Gabler and Sihe Wang
High-throughput analysis of methylmalonic acid in serum, plasma, and urine by LC-MS/MS. Method for analyzing isomers without chromatographic separation / Mark M. Kushnir ... [et al.]
Quantitation of 5-methyltetrahydrofolate in cerebrospinal fluid using liquid chromatography-electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
Quantitative organic acids in urine by two dimensional gas chromatography-time of flight mass spectrometry (GCxGC-TOFMS) / Lawrence Sweetman, Paula Ashcraft, and Jeanna Bennett-Firmin
High sensitivity measurement of pancreatic polypeptide and its variant in serum and plasma by LC-MS/MS / Hernando Escobar ... [et al.]
Quantitation of parathyroid hormone in serum or plasma by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
Determination of phenylalanine and tyrosine by high performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Judy Peat and Uttam Garg
Urine purine metabolite determination by UPLC-tandem mass spectrometry / Qin Sun
Urine pyrimidine metabolite determination by HPLC tandem mass spectrometry / Qin Sun
Quantitation of plasma renin activity in plasma using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC- MS/MS) / J. Grace Van Der Gugten and Daniel T. Holmes
Quantitation of S-adenosylmethionine and S-adenosylhomocysteine in plasma using liquid chromatography electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
Simple, high-throughput method for analysis of ceramide, glucosylceramide, and ceramide trihexoside in dried blood spots by LC/MS/MS / Wei-Lien Chuang, Joshua Pacheco, and Kate Zhang
Quantification of dehydroepiandrosterone, 11-Deoxycortisol, 17-Hydroxyprogesterone, and testosterone by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) / Ada Munar, Clint Frazee, and Uttam Garg
Urinary succinylacetone analysis by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) / Hongjie Chen and Chunli Yu
Quantification of 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D2 and D3 in serum using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Jonathon Mahlow, Dustin R. Bunch, and Sihe Wang
High-throughput serum 25-hydroxy vitamin D testing with automated sample preparation / Judy Stone
Quantitation of 25-OH-Vitamin-D2 and 25-OH-Vitamin-D3 in urine using LC-MS/MS / Dean C. Carlow, Ryan C. Schofield, and Michelle Denburg.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalEmilio Bombardieri, Ettore Seregni, Laura Evangelista, Carlo Chiesa, Arturo Chiti, editors.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalHojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jurgen Biersack, editors.Summary: SPECT/CT cameras have considerably improved diagnostic accuracy in recent years. Such cameras allow direct correlation of anatomic and functional information, resulting in better localization and definition of scintigraphic findings. In addition to this anatomic referencing, CT coregistration provides superior quantification of radiotracer uptake based on the attenuation correction capabilities of CT. Useful applications of SPECT/CT have been identified not only in oncology but also in other specialties such as orthopedics and cardiology. This book covers the full spectrum of clinical applications of SPECT/CT in diagnosis and therapy planning of benign and malignant diseases. Opening chapters discuss the technology and physics of SPECT/CT and its use for dosimetry. The role of SPECT/CT in the imaging of a range of pathologic conditions is then addressed in detail. Applications covered include, among others, imaging of the thyroid, bone, and lungs, imaging of neuroendocrine tumors, cardiac scintigraphy, and sentinel node scintigraphy. Individual chapters are also devoted to therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors and bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT. Readers will find this book to be an essential and up-to-date source of information on this invaluable hybrid imaging technique.
Contents:
Technology and Physics of SPECT/CT
Use of SPECT/CT for dosimetry
SPECT/CT for parathyroid and thyroid imaging
SPECT/CT for thyroid cancer imaging
123Iod-MIBG SPECT/CT for tumor imaging
SPECT/CT for neuroendocrine tumors
Bone SPECT/CT in oncology
Bone SPECT/CT in orthopaedics
SPECT/CT for cardiac scintigraphy
SPECT/CT in sentinel node scintigraphy
Lung SPECT/CT
Therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors with SPECT/CT
Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT
Miscellaneous (Brain SPECT/CT, inflammation, radiation planning, GI-Tract). - DigitalHojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jürgen Biersack, Ken Herrmann, editors.Summary: This book, now in a revised and updated second edition, covers the full spectrum of clinical applications of SPECT/CT in the diagnosis and therapy planning of benign and malignant diseases. All chapters have been thoroughly updated and some chapters have been completely rewritten by a new group of experts. The opening chapters discuss the technology and physics of SPECT/CT and its use in dosimetry. The role of SPECT/CT in the imaging of a range of pathologic conditions is then addressed in detail. Applications covered include imaging of the thyroid, neuroendocrine tumors, bone, cardiac scintigraphy, sentinel node scintigraphy and imaging of the lungs. Individual chapters are also devoted to therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors and to Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT. For Nuclear Medicine Physicians, Radiologists and medical students in this field, the book offers an essential and up-to-date source of information on this invaluable hybrid imaging technique. .
Contents:
Technology and Physics of SPECT/CT
Use of SPECT/CT for dosimetry
SPECT/CT for parathyroid and thyroid imaging
SPECT/CT for thyroid cancer imaging.-123Iod-MIBG SPECT/CT for tumor imaging
SPECT/CT for neuroendocrine tumors
Bone SPECT/CT in oncology
Bone SPECT/CT in orthopaedics
SPECT/CT for cardiac scintigraphy
SPECT/CT in sentinel node scintigraphy
Lung SPECT/CT
Therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors with SPECT/CT
Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT
Miscellaneous (Brain SPECT/CT, inflammation, radiation planning, GI-Tract). - PrintDr. Kishor D. Shah.
- DigitalJennifer M. Bottomley, Carole B. Lewis.Summary: "Authors Jennifer Bottomley and Carole Lewis have compiled the plethora of available scientific research on geriatric populations and combined it with their years of actual clinical practice. Together this makes A Clinical Approach to Geriatric Rehabilitation, Fourth Edition a complete evidence-based guide to the clinical care of geriatric patients and clients. The first part of this text tackles applied gerontological concepts, providing the general knowledge base necessary for treating geriatric patients. Topics in this section include patient evaluation, an exploration of nutritional needs, and age-related changes in physiology and function, as well as many other foundational areas. In the second section, topics become more focused on patient care concepts like neurologic considerations, cardiopulmonary and cardiovascular considerations, and establishing community-based screening programs. In the final section, chapters center on administration and management, including important subjects such as attitudes, ethics, and legal topics, as well as consultation and research. Designed to provide valuable, real-life clinical knowledge in the practice of geriatric rehabilitation, A Clinical Approach to Geriatric Rehabilitation, Fourth Edition gives physical therapists an evidence-based guide to the clinical aspects of rehabilitative care in older adult patients and clients"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Demographics of Aging
Comparing and Contrasting the Theories of Aging
Age-Related Changes in Physiology and Function
Describing Psychosocial Aspects of Aging
Pathological Manifestations of Aging
Exploring Nutritional Needs
Geriatric Pharmacology
Principles and Practice of Geriatric Rehabilitation
Patient Evaluation
Functional Assessment
Orthopedic Considerations
Neurologic Considerations
Cardiopulmonary and Cardiovascular Considerations
Integumentary Considerations
Establishing Community-Based Screening Programs
Communication
Attitudes, Ethics, and Legal Topics in Gerontology
Education and the Older Adult: Learning, Memory, and Intelligence
Administration of Geriatric Services
Consultation and Research.Digital Access R2Library 2019 - DigitalKevin Conrad, editor.Contents:
Diagnosis and treatment of heart failure for inpatient providers / Hamang Patel and Amanda L. Bennett
Hospital management of migraine / Jose Posas III, Elizabeth Verter, Yuang Wen, Alessandro Iliceto, Vi Tran, and Rinu Manacheril
Candidemia : new directions for management and treatment / Amanda Theppote
Adjunct corticosteroid therapy for patients with community acquired pneumonia / Guy Handley and Ryan Sullivan
Procalcitonin and new biomarkers / N.A. Mir, D. Ho, J. Toews, and J. Walsham
New developments and treatment options of cellulitis in the hospital / Stephanie Bender and Katherine Oakden
An in-depth look into the management and treatment of delirium / Scott M. Fiedler and David Houghton
Update in the treatment of sepsis and septic shock : Gyorgy Frendl and Daniela Lazea
Palliative medicine / Sonia Malhotra and Robin Ulep
Stroke units and their effect on patient outcomes / Gabriel Vidal and Tara von Kleist
Update in perioperative medicine : updates, advances, controversies in perioperative care / Lakshmi N. Prasad Ravipati
Obstetrics : the hospitalist's approach to the pregnant patient / Veronica Gillespie and Brittany McKinley
Solving America's prescription epidemic : pathophysiology, ethics, chronic pain, and addition / Marianne Maumus
Solving America's prescription epidemic : solutions, current practices, provider internal skills, and systems approach to care / Marianne Maumus
Opioid risk tool assessing opioid risk : why is the sensitive question important? / Marianne Maumus
Nonopioid and adjuvant analgesics for acute pain management / Michele L. Matthews, Raymond Melika, and Yulia Murray
Hospitalist management of injectable drugs of abuse / Kevin Conrad and Taylor Austin
Current state of hospital medicine : trends in compensation, practice patterns, advance practice providers, malpractice, and career satisfaction / Kevin Conrad and Theodora Valovska.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalKevin Conrad, editor.Summary: This book provides an update on recent clinical practice and an in-depth view of selected topics relevant to hospital medicine. It is divided into four sections that explore clinical, administrative, systems and ethical issues. Each section places an emphasis on the opportunities, challenges and potential directions of this bourgeoning subspecialty. This new edition expands on topics covered in the previous edition, including the COVID-19 pandemic, racial disparities in healthcare delivery and providers, and pediatric hospital medicine. Other chapters explore worldwide practice patterns and practical application of philosophical tools in daily practice. This up-to-date resource provides hospitalists, advanced nurse practitioners, medical students and administrators with the latest research, trends and issues in hospital medicine.
Contents:
Clinical approaches to the Covid -19 pandemic
Management of Inflammatory Bowel Disease.-Updates in Nephrology for the Hospitalist
Heart Failure Management for the Inpatient Provider.-Advances in the Evaluation and Treatment of Sepsis and Shock
Current Trends in Stroke Management
Co-Management of Orthopedic Patients.-Pediatric Hospital Medicine.-Management of Psychiatric Disorders in the Hospital.-Opioids: History, Pathophysiology, and Stewardship for Hospitalists
OVERVIEW, UPDATES, AND NEW TOPICS IN PERIOPERATIVE CARE.-Virtual Hospital Medicine.-Palliative Care for Hospitalists.-Barriers to Advance Care Planning (ACP) in the Hospital: A Review and Case Study.-Value Based Care in the Hospital
Wellness in Physicians in the Era of the COVID-19 Pandemic
LGBTQ Health Care Issues
Racial Disparities in Healthcare.-Gender and Racial Disparities in Career Advancement in the United States.-Research in Medicine.-Sustainability and Healthcare: Expanding the Scope of "Do no harm" Models of Success.-The Evolution of International Health: Lessons to be Learned
Update in Hospital Medicine Trends in Compensation, COVID-19, Workplace Environment, and Malpractice. - DigitalAntoni Bayés de Luna, Adrian Baranchuk.Contents:
Clinical aspects of arrhythmias
Anatomic and electrophysiologic basis
Electrophysiologic mechanisms
Active supraventricular arrhythmias
Active ventricular arrhythmias
Passive arrhythmias
Analytical study of an arrhythmia
Ventricular pre-excitation
Inherited heart diseases
Other ECG patterns of risk
Arrhythmias in different heart diseases and situations.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalZiad F. Issa, John M. Miller, Douglas P. Zipes.Summary: "Clinical Arrhythmology and Electrophysiology: A Companion to Braunwald's Heart Disease provides today's clinicians with clear, authoritative guidance on every aspect of the latest diagnosis and management options for patients with arrhythmias. This comprehensive reference on cardiac arrhythmias lays a solid foundation of the underlying mechanisms of cardiac electrophysiology with an emphasis on identifying, understanding, and treating individual arrhythmias. Now fully updated from cover to cover, and carefully written to provide continuity and a consistent message throughout, the 4th Edition offers unparalleled coverage of cardiac arrhythmias in an accessible and user-friendly manner"-- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction
Molecular mechanisms of cardiac electrical activity
Cardiac ion channels
Electrophysiological mechanisms of cardiac arrhythmias
Electrophysiological testing: tools and techniques
Conventional intracardiac mapping techniques
Advanced mapping and navigation modalities
Ablation energy sources
Sinus node dysfunction
Atrioventricular conduction abnormalities
Intraventricular conduction abnormalities
Focal atrial tachycardia
Typical atrial flutter
Macroreentrant atrial tachycardia
Atrial tachyarrhythmias in adults with congenital heart disease
Atrial fibrillation: pathophysiology and epidemiology
Atrial fibrillation: clinical presentation and evaluation
Atrial fibrillation: management
Atrial fibrillation: stroke prevention strategies
Inappropriate sinus tachycardia
Atrioventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
Typical atrioventricular bypass tracts
Atypical bypass tracts
Paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardias
Wide complex tachycardias
Ventricular arrhythmias in ischemic heart disease
Idiopathic focal ventricular tachycardia
Idiopathic fascicular reentrant ventricular tachycardia
Ventricular tachycardia in nonischemic dilated cardiomyopathy
Bundle branch reentrant ventricular tachycardia
Epicardial ventricular tachycardia
Arrhythmias in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Ventricular tachycardia in inherited arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
Ventricular arrhythmias in adults with congenital heart disease
Ventricular arrhythmias in inherited channelopathies
Complications of catheter ablation of cardiac arrhythmias.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalOrlando M. Gutiérrez, Kamyar Kalantar-Zadeh, Rajnish Mehrotra, editors.Contents:
I. Basic Phosphorus Physiology
1. The Story of Phosphorus
2. Overview of Phosphorus Homeostasis
3. Hormonal Regulation of Phosphorus Homeostasis: Parathyroid Hormone, Fibroblast Growth Factor 23, and Klotho
II. Phosphorus in food
4. Phosphorus in the Modern Food Supply: Underestimation of Exposure
5. Nutritional Aspects of Phosphorus Compounds in Foods
6. Phosphorus Additives in Food Processing
7. Effects of Natural and Added Phosphorus Compounds in Foods in Health and Disease
8. Phosphorus Utilization in Animal Agriculture
9. Technical Aspects about Measuring Phosphorus in Food
III. Phosphorous
Nutrient interactions
10. Interaction Between Calcium and Phosphorus and the Relationship to Bone Health
11. Phosphate Deficiency and the Phosphate Depletion Syndrome: Pathophysiology, Diagnosis, and Treatment
12. Dietary Phytate and Interactions with Mineral Nutrients
IV. Phosphorus and Disease
13. Phosphorus and Kidney Disease: Mechanisms for Perturbed Phosphorus Homeostasis in Chronic Kidney Disease
14. Hidden Forms of Phosphorus in the Diet: Impact in the General Population and in Individuals with Chronic Kidney Disease
15. Dietary Phosphorus and Bone Disease
16. Phosphorus and Cardiovascular Disease
17. Phosphorus and Malignancies.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAna Claudia de Lima Quintana Arantes.Summary: This book is addressed to physicians and other health professionals involved in the assessment and care planning of patients at the end of life. It brings a unique and humanistic view on the challenges of good practice in palliative care. Concepts and definitions, resources and therapeutic alternatives, as well as symptoms of distress in the physical, emotional, family, social and spiritual dimensions are discussed in a clear and practical way, demystifying and dissolving the barriers of this approach.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. The multidimensional human being
3. Oncologic disease X nonmalignant disease
differences and similarities in the manifestation of suffering
4. Human Suffering Assesment
adult and elderly
5. How good conversation can be
6. Dimensions of care
6.1. Physical dimension
6.2. Emotional dimension
6.3. Family dimension
6.4. Social dimension
6.5. Spiritual dimension
7. Practical considerations in care at end of life
8. Grief and Mourning - Practical considerations for health professionals
8.1. Antecipatory grief
9. Achievements, pendencies, regrets
10. Grief Family care recommendations
11. The health care professional concerning the death of his patient
considerations on the interprofessional work
12. Caring for the caregivers. - DigitalSatoshi Iwase, Junichiro Hayano, Satoshi Orimo, editors.Contents:
PART I: Sympathetic Microneurography
1 Introduction to Sympathetic Microneurography
2 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity in Neurological Disorders
3 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity and Cardiovascular Diseases
4 Skin sympathetic nerve activity and thermoregulatory control in humans
5 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity and Syncope
6 Single Fiber Analysis of Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity
PART II: Heart Rate Variability (HRV)
7 Introduction to Heart Rate Variability
8 Respiratory Sinus Arrhythmia and Entraining Heartbeats with Cheyne-Stokes Respiration
Cardiopulmonary Works to be Minimal by Synchronizing Heartbeats with Breathing
9 Heart RateVariability and Sympathetic Nerve Activity
10 Heart Rate Variability and Cardiac Diseases
11 Heart-rate Variability and Neurological Disorders
PART III: Cardiac MIBG Scintigraphy
12 An introduction to MIBG cardiac scintigraphy
13 Noradrenaline and 123I-meta-iodobenzylguanidine Kinetics in the Sympathetic Nervous System
14 Technical Considerations for MIBG Cardiac Scintigraphy
15 Findings of 123I-MIBG cardiac scintigraphy : Parkinson?s disease and related disorders, and others. (RBD, cardiac diseases, DM, etc)
16 Findings of MIBG Cardiac Scintigraphy: Dementia with Lewy Bodies and Related Dementia
17 Physiological Background of Reduced Cardiac 123I-metaiodobenzylguanidine Uptake
18 Pathological background of reduced cardiac MIBG uptake
19 Clinical Implication of Reduced Cardiac MIBG Uptake. - DigitalHyun-Guy Kang.Summary: This book provides practitioners with comprehensive guidance on the application of 3D printing technology in the bone reconstruction. The 3D printed implants need to be able to maximize function and minimize complications by reinforcing strength and changing shape beyond anatomically identical design. Many of the clinical cases in this book, including pre-operative images, surgical planning, design and fabrication, 3D printing implants and guides, surgery and postoperative images, will suffice to capture the sensation of the 3D printing bone reconstruction. This book is composed of photos with minimum descriptions so that the readers can develop their imaginative view.
Contents:
Part 1 Pelvis
1 Patient Case 1 Unique iliac plate and combined with total hip arthroplasty
2 Patient Case 2 Unique acetabulum for easy assembly of total hip cup
3 Patient Case 3 Mesh-style body without ischium
4 Patient Case 4 Omitting pubis and ischium
5 Patient Case 5 Iliac wing
6 Patient Case 6 Iliac spacer with cavitary resection
7 Patient Case 7 Acetabular subchondral block
8 Patient Case 8 Iliac acetabular block and plate
9 Patient Case 9 Allograft bone shaping guide
10 Patient Case 10 Pubis preventing genital deformity and hernia
11 Patient Case 11 Pubis with acetabular preservation
12 Patient Case 12 Acetabular reinforcement cage
13 Patient Case 13 Revision--failed allograft bone reconstruction. 14 Patient Case 14 Revision--failed total hip arthroplasty
15 Patient Case 15 Revision--complicated Saddle prosthesis
Part 2 Femur
16 Patient Case 16 Allograft bone shaping guide in the cortical resection
17 Patient Case 17 Plate with reinforcement ridge
18 Patient Case 18 Posterior intercondylar Y plate
19 Patient Case 19 Segmental distal femur combined with IM nail
20 Patient Case 20 Cortical mesh covering IM nail and cement
21 Patient Case 21 Deformity correction--Open wedge spacer and supporting plate
22 Patient Case 22 Segmental femur and Implant-Bone connector
Part 3 Tibia
23 Patient Case 23 Targeting guide for small lesion
24 Patient Case 24 Segmental tibia diaphysis
25 Patient Case 25 Proximal tibia for knee joint preserving
26 Patient Case 26 Tibia assembled with knee artificial joint surface
Part 4 Calcaneus
27 Patient Case 27 Calcaneus considering possible factors
Part 5 Scapula
28 Patient Case 28 Scapula combined with revere shoulder arthroplasty
29 Patient Case 29 Scapula combined with glenoid of conventional shoulder system
Part 6 Humerus
30 Patient Case 30 Distal humerus for assembly with tumor prosthesis
31 Patient Case 31 Partial elbow joint
Part 7 Radius and Ulna
32 Patient Case 32 Radius & Ulna and Implant-Bone connector
Part 8 High grade Bone Sarcoma
33 Patient Case 33 Disseminated metastases after 3D printing pelvic reconstruction
Part 9 Perioperative Times
34 Preparations and postoperative cares of 3D printing bone reconstruction. - DigitalPatricia M. Carrascosa, Carlos M. Capuñay, Alejandro Deviggiano, Gastón A. Rodriguez-Granillo, editors.Summary: This atlas comprehensively describes the application of computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance (MR) imaging in real-world scenarios using 192 illustrative clinical cases. These imaging techniques are revolutionizing the diagnostic and therapeutic approach for cardiovascular patients and are progressively becoming viable sub-specialties among radiologists and cardiologists. Clinical Atlas of Cardiac and Aortic CT and MRI features clinically relevant case-based examples of how CT and MR imaging techniques can be applied to identify the pathological features of a range of acquired and congenital heart diseases. Using more than 1000 high-quality figures of distinctive CT and MR imaging features of most cardiovascular diseases, both acquired and congenital, it therefore provides a valuable resource for both specialist and non-specialist radiology/cardiology practitioners seeking to develop a deep understanding of how to recognize the features of a variety of heart diseases using CT and MR imaging techniques.
- DigitalPatricia Carrascosa, Carlos Capuñay, Juan Mariano Baronio, Sergio Papier, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, practically applicable guide to the use of CT virtual hysterosalpingography for evaluating gynaecological pathology and infertility in women. It features detailed descriptions of normal and pathologic findings across the female reproductive system, including the cervix, uterine wall and cavity, and Fallopian tubes, and compares the findings with other imaging modalities such as ultrasound, X-ray hysterosalpingography and MRI. The interpretation of post-treatment findings and commonly encountered pitfalls are also covered in detail. Clinical Atlas of CT Virtual Hysterosalpingography compares the use of a variety of imaging modalities to assess female infertility, and is a valuable resource for medical professionals who encounter these patients in their clinical practice.
Contents:
Computed Tomography Virtual Hysterosalpingography
Normal Radiologic Anatomy of Female Reproductive System
Evaluation of the Cervix
Pathology of the Uterine Cavity
Pathology of the Uterine Wall
Congenital Uterine Anomalies
Pathology of the Fallopian Tubes
Morphological Postsurgical Changes
Pitfalls and Incidental Findings. - DigitalBertil E. Damato.Summary: Many ocular tumours are life-threatening or associated with lethal syndromes but can be difficult to diagnose because of their rarity and diversity. Unlike conventional atlases, this book contains a format that orders lesions according to their colour and ocular location to help readers quickly find the information they need even when they do not already know the diagnosis. Multimodal imaging results are presented to help provide a definitive diagnosis when slit-lamp and ophthalmoscopic findings are inconclusive. The seemingly random organisation of cases enables self-assessment by trainees. Written for optometrists and ophthalmologists, Clinical Atlas of Ocular Oncology is an essential resource for practitioners at any stage in their career.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgement
Contents
1: Extraocular Lesions
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Black-Grey Conjunctival Lesions
1.3 Brown-Tan Conjunctival Lesions
1.4 Yellow-White Conjunctival Lesions
1.5 Red-Pink Conjunctival Lesions
1.6 Chemotherapy for Conjunctival Lesions
1.7 Radiotherapy for Conjunctival Lesions
1.8 Surgery for Conjunctival Lesions
Suggested Reading
2: Anterior Intraocular Lesions
2.1 Black-Grey Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
2.2 Brown-Tan Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
2.3 Yellow-White Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions 2.4 Red-Pink Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
2.5 Radiotherapy for Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
2.6 Surgery for Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
Suggested Reading
3: Vitreous
3.1 Black-Grey Vitreous Lesions
3.2 Brown-Tan Vitreous Lesions
3.3 Yellow-White Vitreous Lesions
3.4 Red-Pink Vitreous Lesions
Suggested Reading
4: Optic Disc Lesions
4.1 Black-Grey Optic Disc Lesions
4.2 Brown-Tan Optic Disc Lesions
4.3 Yellow-White Optic Disc Lesions
4.4 Red-Pink Optic Disc Lesions
Suggested Reading
5: Neurosensory Retinal Lesions 5.1 Black-Grey Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
5.2 Brown-Tan Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
5.3 Yellow-White Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
5.4 Red-Pink Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
5.5 Treatment of Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
Suggested Reading
6: Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
6.1 Black-Grey Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
6.2 Brown-Tan Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
6.3 Yellow-White Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
6.4 Red-Pink Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
6.5 Treatment of Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
Suggested Reading 7: Choroidal Lesions
7.1 Black-Grey Choroidal Lesions
7.2 Brown-Tan Choroidal Lesions
7.3 Yellow-White Choroidal Lesions
7.4 Red-Pink Choroidal Lesions
7.5 Radiotherapy for Choroidal Lesions
7.6 Surgical Resection of Choroidal Lesions
7.7 Laser Therapy for Choroidal Lesions
7.8 Systemic Therapy for Choroidal Lesions
7.9 Non-Treatment of Choroidal Melanoma
Suggested Reading
8: Suprachoroidal Lesions
8.1 Haemorrhage
8.2 Effusion
8.3 Solid Tumours
Suggested Reading
9: Scleral Lesions
9.1 Yellow-White Scleral Lesions 9.2 Red-Pink Scleral Lesions
Suggested Reading
Index - DigitalAlgaeed, Abdulrahman H.; Kozak, Igor.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
1: History and Principles of Ocular Ultrasonography; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Ultrasound Modes in Ophthalmology; 1.2.1 A-Mode Ultrasound; 1.2.2 B-mode Ultrasound; 1.2.3 Further Developments; 1.3 Principles of Ocular Ultrasonography; 1.3.1 Transducers and Probes; 1.3.2 Resolution; 1.3.3 A-mode Ultrasound; 1.3.4 B-mode Ultrasound; 1.3.5 Ultrasound Biomicroscopy; 1.4 Conclusions; References;
2: Clinical Globe Anatomy; 2.1 Cross-Sectional Eye Anatomy; 2.2 Anterior Segment; 2.3 Posterior Segment: The Vitreous; 2.4 The Retina 2.5 The Choroid2.6 The Ciliary Body; 2.7 The Iris; 2.8 The Sclera; 2.9 The Optic Disc; 2.10 The Orbit and Extraocular Muscles; Suggested Reading;
3: Vitreous/Retina/Choroid; References;
4: Ocular Trauma/Endophthalmitis; References;
5: Ocular Tumors; References;
6: Optic Nerve; References;
7: Sclera/Ciliary Body/Anterior Segment; References;
8: Miscellaneous Cases; References; IndexDigital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Viresh Chopra, BDS, MDS.Summary: "Explore a comprehensive pictorial guide to the retreatment of root canals and failed endodontic cases with step-by-step advice on retreatment management Clinical Atlas of Retreatment in Endodontics delivers an image-based reference to the management of failed root canal cases. It provides evidence-based strategies and detailed clinical explanations to manage and retreat previous endodontically failed cases. It contains concrete evidence-based and practical techniques accompanied by full-colour, self-explanatory clinical photographs taking the reader through a journey of successful management of the failed clinical cases. Using a variety of clinical cases, the book demonstrates why and how endodontic failures occur, how to prevent them, and how to manage them in clinical practice. It also emphasises on evaluating the restorability and prognosis of the tooth in order to make a proper case selection for providing retreatment. This book also discusses the various factors that can help the clinician to make a case for nonsurgical or surgical retreatment. Readers will benefit from the inclusion of clinical cases that provide: A thorough introduction to perforation repair, with a clinical case that includes the repair of pulpal floor perforation caused due to excessive cutting of the floor of the pulp chamber. An explanation of various factors for instrument separation, supported with a case that includes the removal of a fractured instrument. Practical discussions of instrument retrieval, with a case that includes a fractured instrument at the apical third of mandibular molar. A step wise pictorial description for guided root canal therapy. Selective root canal treatment as a treatment option for retreatment of failed endodontic cases. A detailed clinical cription for how to explore and modify the endodontic access cavity for locating extra/missed canals Perfect for endodontists, endodontic residents, and general dentists, Clinical Atlas of Retreatment in Endodontics is also useful for undergraduate dental students and private practitioners who wish to improve their understanding of endodontic retreatment and are looking for a one-stop reference on the subject"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Clinical Case 1, Perforation repair : A case of repair of pulpal floor perforation caused due to excessive cutting of floor of the pulp chamber / Moh'd Hammo
Clinical Case 2, Instrument separation : A case of surgical removal of a fractured instrument / Abhinay Agarwal
Clinical Case 3, Ledge and Separated Instrument : A Case Of Retreatment / Garima Poddar
Clinical Case 4, Instrument retrieval : A case of fractured instrument at apical third of mandibular molar / Jojo Kottoor
Clinical Case 5, Perforation repair with Instrument retrieval : Management of multiple Endodontic mishaps / Padmanabh Jha
Clinical Case 6, Strip perforation with Instrument retrieval : Clinical management / Zaher Al Taqi
Clinical Case 7, Management of root canal treatment failure case with missed lateral canal anatomy and inadequate obturation / Chaniotis Antonis
Clinical Case 8, Management of a case with faulty cast post and asymptomatic lateral periodontitis / Chaniotis Antonis
Clinical Case 9, Management of a case with endo-perio lesion following a previous root canal treatment / Chaniotis Antonis
Clinical Case 10, Management of a failed root canal treatment with silver cone obturation and fractured instrument / Chaniotis Antonis
Clinical Case 11, Selective root canal treatment approach : Management of a failed root canal treated maxillary molar with selective root treatment / Gergely Benyőcs
Clinical Case 12, Guided endodontics and its application for non-surgical retreatments : Retreatment of a Maxillary anterior tooth using static guidance for non-surgical retreatment / Gergely Benyőcs
Clinical Case 13, Management of pulpal floor perforation with periapical lesion in the mesial root / Zaher Al Taqi
Clinical Case 14, Management of root canal treatment failure case with missed canal anatomy and inadequate obturation / Eugen Buga
Clinical Case 15, Multiple Endodontic mishaps : Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, hidden fractured instrument, ledge formation in a severely curved mandibular molar / Eugen Buga
Clinical Case 16, Management of root canal treatment case with an instrument fracture in a mandibular molar / Viresh Chopra
Clinical Case 17, Management of a mandibular molar with fractured Instrument extending in the periapical area / Zaher Al Taqi
Clinical Case 18, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and apically calcified canals / Viresh Chopra
Clinical Case 19, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and missed canals / Viresh Chopra
Clinical Case 20, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, unusual distal root anatomy, and suspected ledge formation in a mandibular molar / Eugen Buga
Clinical Case 21, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and faulty post placement / Viresh Chopra
Clinical Case 22, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, multiple perforations, fractured instrument and ledge formation in maxillary right first molar / Viresh Chopra
Clinical Case 23, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, fractured instrument and periapical lesion in mandibular left first molar / Viresh Chopra
Clinical Case 24, Retreatment of an anterior tooth/ Garima Poddar
Clinical Case 25, Nonsurgical Vs Surgical Retreatment : Decision Making / Meetu Ralli Kohli and Bekir Karabucak. - DigitalCan Baykal ; K. Didem Yazganoğlu.Summary: Skin tumors are very often encountered in clinical practice but can be difficult to diagnose since the skin's histological complexity gives rise to many types and subtypes. This superb atlas presents an unrivalled wealth of original high-quality clinical photographs of almost all benign and malignant skin tumors. The diverse subtypes and clinical forms, including different localizations, are depicted, and careful attention is paid to evolution and follow-up. While the main focus is on the clinical presentation as reflected in the photographs, diagnostic clues and management considerations are also summarized in a straightforward, readily understandable way. The atlas has been designed so that it will meet clinical needs and allow rapid identification of clues relevant to daily practice. Clinical Atlas of Skin Tumors will be valuable for all dermatologists in training, as well as for those who are already established in the profession or in allied specialties such as plastic surgery and oncology.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitalby Andrew Burton.Contents:
Cytologic analysis of cells
Infectious agents
Integument
Hemolymphatic
Body cavity fluids
Musculoskeletal
Hepatobiliary
Digestive system
Urinary
Respiratory
Endocrine
Reproductive
Neurologic
Ocular and special senses.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalJoseph Colombo, Rohit Arora, Nicholas L. DePace, Aaron I. Vinik.Summary: This book presents the concepts underlying the measurement of parasympathetic and sympathetic (P & S) activity in the autonomic nervous system and the application of these measurements in the development of therapeutic guidelines for treating dysfunctions in these processes. It provides an overview of the anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry of the autonomic nervous system; details general clinical applications of P & S monitoring that are independent of specialty or disease; presents the pathophysiology of P & S dysfunction in specific disorders, expected test results, therapeutic options, and expected outcomes; and includes case studies and longitudinal studies that demonstrate the major concepts for the common diseases for which P & S monitoring is recommended. Clinical Autonomic Dysfunction enables clinicians to improve patient outcomes by identifying and treating clinical problems related to autonomic nervous system disorders.
Contents:
Introduction to Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
History of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
Drawbacks of Heart Rate Variability Analysis and Application of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
Validation and General Evaluation of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
Autonomic (Parasympathetic and Sympathetic) Assessment
Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Testing
Interpreting Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Results
Possible Therapy Options
Cardiovascular Autonomic Neuropathy: Risk Factor or Risk Indicator
Normal Data
Medical Specialties? View of Autonomic System Measurements
The Progression of Autonomic Dysfunction in Chronic Disease
Autonomic Dysfunction versus Neuropathy
General Autonomic Disorders
Geriatrics
Depression
Gastroenterology
Arrhythmia
Heart Diseases
Hypertension
Diabetes
Other Diseases in Endocrinology
Dizziness
Pain Management
Sleep
General Neurology
Pulmonology
Pediatrics
Critical Care
Sample Case Studies
Example of Longitudinal Studies
Summary: General Applications of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring. - DigitalMichael Murphy, Rajeev Srivastava, Kevin Deans.Summary: "This comprehensively revised edition of Clinical Biochemistry offers essential reading for today's students of medicine and other health science disciplines - indeed, anyone who requires a concise, practical introduction to the subject. Topics are clearly presented in a series of double-page 'learning units', each covering a particular aspect of clinical biochemistry"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The clinical biochemistry laboratory
The use of the laboratory
Interpretation of results : general
Interpretation of results : diagnosis
Interpretation of results : monitoring
Analytical aspects
Fluid and electrolytes : basic concepts
Water and sodium balance : physiological mechanisms
Hyponatraemia : pathophysiology
Hyponatraemia : assessment and management
Hypernatraemia
Hyperkalaemia
Hypokalaemia
Intravenous fluid therapy
Investigation of renal function (1)
Investigation of renal function (2)
Urinalysis
Proteinuria
Acute kidney injury
Chronic kidney disease
Acid-base : concepts and vocabulary
Metabolic acid-base disorders
Respiratory and mixed acid-base disorders
Acid-base disorders : diagnosis and management
Proteins and enzymes
Immunoglobulins
Myocardial infarction
Liver function tests
Jaundice
Liver disease
Glucose metabolism and diabetes mellitus
Diagnosis and monitoring of diabetes mellitus
Diabetic ketoacidosis
Hypoglycaemia
Calcium regulation and hypocalcaemia
Hypercalcaemia
Phosphate and magnesium
Metabolic bone disease
Osteoporosis and fragility fractures
Endocrine control
Dynamic function tests
Pituitary function
Growth disorders and acromegaly
Thyroid pathophysiology
Hypothyroidism
Hyperthyroidism
Adrenocortical pathophysiology
Hypofunction of the adrenal cortex
Hyperfunction of the adrenal cortex
Gonadal function
Subfertility
Nutritional assessment
Nutritional support
Parenteral nutrition
The metabolic response to injury
Gastrointestinal disorders
Iron
Zinc and copper
Therapeutic drug monitoring
Toxicology
Metal poisoning
Alcohol
Ascites
Pleural fluid
Cerebrospinal fluid
Identification of body fluids
Lipoprotein metabolism
Clinical disorders of lipid metabolism
Hypertension
Cancer and its consequences
Tumour markers
Multiple endocrine neoplasia
Hyperuricaemia
Myopathy
Fetal monitoring and prenatal diagnosis
Pregnancy
Antenatal screening
Screening the newborn for disease
Paediatric biochemistry
Inborn errors of metabolism
Selected inherited disorders
Case history comments.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digitaledited by William J. Marshall, MA, PhD, MSc, MB, BS, FRCP, FRCPath, FRCPEdin, FRSC, FSB, FLS, Consultant Clinical Biochemist and Clinical Director of Pathology, the London Clinic, Emeritus Reader in Clinical Biochemistry, King's College London, London, UK, Marta Lapsley, MB, BCh, BAO, MD, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust, London, UK, Honorary Senior Lecturer in Clinical Endocrinology and Nutrition, University of Surrey, Surrey, UK, Andrew P. Day, MA, MSc, MB, BS, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Weston Area Health Trust and University Hospitals Bristol Foundation Trust ; Honorary Senior Clinical Lecturer in Chemical Pathology, University of Bristol, Bristol, UK, Ruth M. Ayling, BSc, MB, MSc, PhD, FRCP, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Derriford Hospital, Plymouth, UK.Summary: The bulk of this book concentrates on clinical aspects of the subject, giving detailed coverage of all conditions where clinical biochemistry is used in diagnosis and management. Clinical biochemistry now uses an increasing number of techniques involving the 'new biology', which are also covered.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalStephen Goldberg.Summary: Focuses on the basic conceptual background of clinically relevant biochemistry for medical students and other health professionals. Line drawings and Biochemistryland Map in envelope inside back cover. Graduate students and medical students have different needs in their learning of biochemistry. Medical students often complain that their biochemistry courses do not focus on clinical relevance. This book, while not a reference book or a dissertation on all aspects of biochemistry, selects the most clinically relevant material that every clinician should know, and presents it in a way that enables the student to quickly see and understand clinical biochemistry as a conceptual whole.
Contents:
An overview of biochemistryland
The main powerhouse
Carbohydrateland
Lipidland
The amino acid midway
Combo circle
The DNA funhouse
Porphy's hemeland
The infirmary
Clinical review
Beyond biochemistryland.Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2024 - Digitaledited by Ronald J.A. Trent.Contents:
From the phenotype to the genotype via bioinformatics / Cali E. Willet and Claire M. Wade
Production and analytic bioinformatics for next-generation DNA sequencing / Richard James Nigel Allcock
Analyzing the metabolome / Francis G. Bowling and Mervyn Thomas
Statistical perspectives for genome-wide association studies (GWAS) / Jennifer H. Barrett, John C. Taylor, and Mark M. Iles
Bioinformatics challenges in genome-wide association studies (GWAS) / Rishika De, William S. Bush, and Jason H. Moore
Studying cancer genomics through next-generation DNA sequencing and bioinformatics / Maria A. Doyle [and others]
Using bioinformatics tools to study the role of microRNA in cancer / Fabio Passetti [and others]
Chromosome microarrays in diagnostic testing : interpreting the genomic data / Greg B. Peters and Mark D. Pertile
Bioinformatics approach to understanding interacting pathways in neuropsychiatric disorders / Ali Alawieh [and others]
Pathogen genome bioinformatics / Vitali Sintchenko and Michael P.V. Roper
Setting up next-generation sequencing in the medical laboratory / Bing Yu
Managing incidental findings in exome sequencing for research / Marcus J. Hinchcliffe
Approaches for classifying DNA variants found by sanger sequencing in a medical genetics laboratory / Pak Leng Cheong and Melody Caramins
Designing algorithms for determining significance of DNA missense changes / Sivakumar Gowrisankar and Matthew S. Lebo
DNA variant databases : current state and future directions / John-Paul Plazzer and Finlay Macrae
Natural language processing in biomedicine : a unified system architecture overview / Son Doan [and others]
Candidate gene discovery and prioritization in rare diseases / Anil G. Jegga
Computer-aided drug designing / Mohini Gore and Neetin S. Desai.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAnimesh Hazari, G. Arun Maiya.Summary: This book presents essential information on biomechanical features of the diabetic foot, which could help to minimize the risk of future diabetic foot problems. India has recently been classified as the 'diabetic capital of the world'. Type 2 diabetes mellitus has become a serious concern for Indian society, where the prevalence rate is increasing exponentially. Similarly, the comorbidities and foot complications of type 2 diabetes mellitus are worsening day by day. Of all complications, diabetes peripheral neuropathy is the most common, and leads to foot deformities, pain, altered sensation, loss of foot arch, etc. The ultimate fate can even be gangrene and amputation. Accordingly, foot complications of diabetes represent a pressing medical issue. Sharing insights into diabetic foot syndrome, its causative factors, prevention and management, this book offers a valuable resource for medical and paramedical students, researchers, podiatrists, surgeons, and physicians alike.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface by Dr. Animesh Hazari
Preface by Dr. Arun Maiya
Contents
About the Authors
List of Figures
List of Tables
1: Introduction and Understanding of the Diabetic Foot Syndrome
1.1 Classification of Diabetic Foot
1.1.1 Wagner's Classification
1.1.2 University of Texas (Armstrong)
1.1.3 PEDIS Classification of Diabetic Foot
1.1.3.1 Perfusion
1.1.3.2 Wound Extent/Size
1.1.3.3 Depth/Tissue Loss
1.1.3.4 Infection
1.1.3.5 Sensation
1.1.4 SINDBAD Classification
1.2 Neuropathic Foot
1.2.1 Traumatic Diabetic Foot 1.2.2 Neuroischemic Foot
References
2: Epidemiology and Current Status of Diabetes Mellitus and Diabetic Foot Syndrome
2.1 Etiological Classification of DM
2.1.1 Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (T1DM)
2.1.2 Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM)
2.1.3 Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
2.1.4 Other Specific Types
2.2 Epidemiology of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
2.3 Diabetes Peripheral Neuropathy
2.3.1 Acute Sensory Neuropathy
2.3.2 Chronic Sensorimotor Neuropathy
2.3.3 Length-Dependent Diabetic Polyneuropathy
2.3.4 Autonomic Neuropathy
2.4 Prevalence of DPN 2.5 Epidemiology of Foot Complications in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
2.5.1 Prevalence of Painful Neuropathy (pDPN)
2.6 Mortality Rate Due to Diabetes Mellitus and Diabetic Foot Syndrome
References
3: Pathomechanics of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
3.1 Etiopathogenesis of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
3.2 Neurological Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
3.3 Neurological Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
3.4 Vascular Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
3.5 Vascular Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
3.6 Musculoskeletal Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome 3.7 Musculoskeletal Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
3.8 Biomechanical Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
References
4: Patient's Perspective on Diabetic Foot Syndrome
4.1 Social Impact of DFS
4.2 Psychosocial Issues
4.3 Quality of Life and Diabetic Foot
4.4 Economic Burden
4.5 Morbidity and Mortality Related to DFS
4.6 Painful Neuropathy
References
5: Clinician's Perspective on Diabetic Foot Syndrome
5.1 Diagnostic Criteria for Type 2 DM
5.1.1 Fasting Blood Sugar Level (FBS)
5.1.2 Postprandial Blood Sugar Level (PPBS) 5.1.3 Random Blood Sugar Level (RBS)
5.1.4 Glycated Hemoglobin (HbA1c)
5.2 Screening for Diabetic Foot Syndrome
5.3 Diabetes Peripheral Neuropathy Assessment
5.3.1 Sensory Neuropathy Assessment
5.3.2 Motor Neuropathy
5.3.3 Autonomic Neuropathy
5.3.4 Neuropathy Scales and Screening Tools
5.3.5 Nerve Conduction Velocity
5.3.6 Electromyography
5.4 Vascular Assessment
5.5 Dermatological Assessment
5.6 Musculoskeletal Assessment
5.6.1 Strength of Foot and Lower Limb Muscles
5.6.2 Muscle Length
5.6.3 Balance and Coordination
References
6: Diabetic Foot Complications: Foot Deformities, Peripheral Vascular Disease, Claudication, Foot Ulcers, and Amputation.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLonie R. Salkowski, Tanya W. Moseley.Contents:
I. Introduction to Clinical Breast Tomosynthesis.
II: Cases with Screening Tomosynthesis Evaluation Needing No Further Evaluation.
III: Cases with Screening Tomosynthesis Evaluation Needing Further Diagnostic Evaluation.
IV: Cases with Screening and Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluations.
V: Cases with Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluation Recalled from Conventional Screening Mammogram.
VI: Cases with Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluation Presenting with Clinical Indication.
VII: Cases with Known Cancer Diagnosis Needing Additional Evaluation.
VIII: Intervention: Biopsy Using Tomosynthesis or Stereotacic GuidanceDigital Access Thieme MedOne Radiology 2017 - DigitalSummary: Clinical Capsules: Cardiovascular System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering cardiovascular diseases and disorders created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for cardiovascular diseases commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables. -- Publisher
Contents:
Heart failure: overview
Acute heart failure
Chronic heart failure
Cardiomyopathies: Overview
Acute pericarditis and pericardial effusion
Infective endocarditisDigital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024] - DigitalSummary: Clinical Capsules: Dermatologic System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the skin and integumentary system created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. -- Publisher
Contents:
Contact dermatitis
Seborrheic dermatitis
Psoriasis
Urticaria and angioedema
Erythema multiforme (EM)
Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS) and toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN)
Herpes zoster
Varicella
Impetigo
Cellulitis
Necrotizing fasciitis
Acne vulgaris
Candidiasis
Lichen planusDigital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024] - DigitalSummary: Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for endocrine diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. -- Publisher
Contents:
Diabetes mellitus: basics
Diabetes mellitus type 1
Diabetes mellitus type 2
Hyperthyroidism: Overview
Hyperthyroidism
Thyroiditis
Thyroid cancer
Osteoporosis
Hyperparathyroidism
Diabetes insipidus
Pheochromocytoma
Hypercortisolism (Cushing's syndrome)
Primary hyperaldosteronism (Conn's syndrome)Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024] - DigitalSummary: Clinical Capsules: Gastrointestinal System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering gastrointestinal diseases and disorders created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for gastrointestinal diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables. -- PublisherDigital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2023]
- DigitalSummary: Clinical Capsules: Gynecology is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the female reproductive system created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. -- Publisher
Contents:
Contraception
Menstrual cycle disorders: overview
Amenorrhea
Dysmenorrhea and premenstrual syndrome
Female infertility and reproductive medicine
Menopause and postmenopause
Cervicitis
Uterine leiomyomas (fibroids)
Endometrial cancer
Cervical cancer
Vulvar and vaginal cancer
Ovarian cancer
Breast cancer
Sexual assault: primary care, diagnostics, and documentationDigital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024] - DigitalSummary: Clinical Capsules: Hematologic System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering hematology and oncology diseases and disorders created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for hematology and oncology diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables. -- PublisherDigital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2023]
- DigitalSummary: "Clinical Capsules: Multisystem Processes and Disorders is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders that affect multiple body systems created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for multisystem diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024]
- DigitalSummary: "Clinical Capsules: Musculoskeletal System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the bones, muscles, and joints created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for musculoskeletal diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024]
- DigitalSummary: "Clinical Capsules: Neurologic System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the brain, spinal cord, and central nervous system created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for neurologic diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024]
- DigitalSummary: "Clinical Capsules: Obstetrics is a collection of clinical learning modules covering the care of women during pregnancy and childbirth and the diseases and disorders of the female reproductive organs for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for obstetric diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024]
- DigitalSummary: "Clinical Capsules: Pediatrics is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders in infants, children, and adolescents created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for neonatal and pediatric diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024]
- DigitalSummary: "Clinical Capsules: Psychiatry is a collection of clinical learning modules covering mental, emotional, and behavioral conditions in children, adolescents, and adults created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for psychiatric diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)
Autism spectrum disorder
Tourette syndrome
Schizophrenia
Anxiety disorders: overview
Generalized anxiety disorder
Panic disorder
Phobias (social and specific)
Obsessive-compulsive disorder
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)
Dysthymia
Adjustment disorder
Bipolar disorder
Anorexia nervosa
Bulimia nervosa
Insomnia
Idiopathic hypersomnia (IH)
NarcolepsyDigital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024] - DigitalSummary: "Clinical Capsules: Pulmonary System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the lungs and respiratory system created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for pulmonary diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024]
- DigitalDevjani, Shivali; Falade, Leke; Fridland, Stas; Nahar, Ankur; Onyekweli, Tito; Ryu, Brendan; Trippiedi, Andrew; Navarrete-Welton, Allison; Xu, Jason; Xu, Michael.Summary: Clinical Capsules: Renal and Genitourinary System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the kidneys and urinary tract created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for renal and genitourinary system diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables. -- Publisher
Contents:
Contents
Introduction
Acute kidney injury
Chronic kidney disease (CKD)
Glomerulopathies: Overview
Glomerulopathies with nephritic syndrome
Glomerulopathies with nephrotic syndrome
Urolithiasis
Polycystic kidney disease
Urinary incontinence
Erectile dysfunction
Benign prostatic hyperplasia
Prostate cancer
Bladder cancer
Renal cell carcinoma
Testicular cancer
Urethritis and cystitis
Chlamydia infections
Gonorrhea
SyphilisDigital Access Thieme MedOne Education [2024] - DigitalDemosthenes G Katritsis and Fred Morady.Summary: Offering a clear and consistent framework for recognition, diagnosis, and treatment of a wide range of cardiac arrhythmia disturbances, Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology: A Practical Guide covers the fundamental analytical skills needed in this challenging area. This portable, highly accessible handbook focuses on the basics of clinical electrophysiology-- how and when to perform an electrophysiology study as well as principles of ablation and other invasive therapies--all in a succinct and modern format.
Contents:
Classification of arrhythmias
Electrophysiologic mechanissm of arrhythmogenesis
Cardiac anatomy for the electrophysiologist
Vascular access and catheter placement
Electrophysiology hardware
Basic intervals and atrial and ventricular conduction curves
Electroanatomic mapping and magnetic guidance systems
Physics of ablation
Investigation of bradycardias
Differential diagnosis of narrow-QRS (≤120 ms) tachycardias
Differential diagnosis of wide-QRS (>120 ms) tachycardias
Atrial tachycardias
Atrial fibrillation
Atrioventricular junctional tachycardias
Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome and atrioventricular reentrant tachycardias
Ventricular arrhythmias.Digital Access - Digitaledited by David T. Huang, Travis Prinzi.Summary: This is a practical guide to the clinical diagnosis and treatment of cardiac arrhythmias that meets the needs of this highly specialized, complex and growing field of cardiology. As understanding of the evaluation of treatment of arrhythmias continues to advance, learning and understanding the principles of electrophysiology in order to provide the best possible treatments for patients can be a daunting task. With a scientific, practical, and multi-disciplinary approach, Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology in Clinical Practice establishes the foundation of the subject and provides a concise illustrative approach to facilitate and enhance understanding. It is designed to be accessible to serve as an introduction to electrophysiology, but advanced enough to serve as a guide for experienced practitioners. Electrophysiology students of all levels, including residents, fellows, mid-level providers, nurses, technologist, primary care providers, cardiologists and electrophysiologists will find value in these pages.
Contents:
Cardiac Conduction Abnormalities and Bradycardia
Narrow QRS Tachycardia
Wide QRS Tachycardia.- Atrial Fibrillation
Atrial Flutter
Cardiac Arrest
Pre-excitation Syndrome
Arrhythmias during Acute Medical Conditions
Hereditary Arrhythmia
Syncope
Antiarrhythmic Therapy
Pacemaker/ICD Therapy.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMacdonald Dick, II, editor.
- Digital[edited by] Kenneth A. Ellenbogen, Bruce L. Wilkoff, G. Neal Kay, Chu-Pak Lau, Angelo Auricchio.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
- DigitalHubert F. Baars, Pieter A.F.M. Doevendans, Arjan C. Houweling, J. Peter van Tintelen, editors.Summary: This practical cardiogenetic reference is for those who are involved in the care for cardiac patients with a genetic disease. It contains detailed discussion of the basic science of cardiogenetics in order to assist in the clinical understanding of the topic.
Contents:
1. Introduction to molecular genetics
2. Clinical genetics
3. Introduction hereditary cardiomyopathies
4. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
5. Dilated cardiomyopathy
6. Arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
7. Left ventricular noncompaction
8. Restrictive cardiomyopathy
9. Mitochondrial cardiomyopathy
10. Long QT syndrome
11. Brugada syndrome
12. Catecholaminergic polymorphic ventricular tachycardia
13. Short QT syndrome
14. Idiopathic ventricular fibrillation
15. A molecular genetic perspective on atrial fibrillation
16. Hereditary cardiac conduction diseases
17. Heritable thoracic aortic disorders
18. Bicuspid aortic valve
19. Sudden cardiac death in the young: epidemiology and cardiogenetic evaluation of victims and their relatives
20. The genetics of mitral valve prolapse
21. Genetic disorders of lipoprotein metabolism: diagnosis and management
22. Genetics of (premature) coronary artery disease
23. Hereditary neuromuscular diseases and cardiac involvement
24. Future of cardiogenetics
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHubert F. Baars, Pieter A. F. M. Doevendans, Arjan C. Houweling, J. Peter van Tintelen, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This thoroughly revised third edition provides a comprehensive grounding on hereditary heart diseases with special emphasis on the genetic aspects of these conditions. It continues to provide the expertise that all cardiologists, clinical and molecular geneticists, and related medical professionals require to provide optimal care for patients with cardiac disease of genetic origin and for their relatives. Topics covered include the different cardiomyopathies, the primary arrhythmia syndromes and the hereditary thoracic aortic disorders. In addition other topics such as cardiac involvement in hereditary neuromuscular diseases, the clinical policy for sudden cardiac death and the possibilities of pre-implantation genetic diagnosis are included to extend the discussion. Clinical Cardiogenetics compiles current knowledge on the topic in an easy to understand reference. It provides a practical clinical primer for cardiologists, clinical geneticists, trainees and other physicians involved in the management of these patients.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Genetics
1: Introduction to Molecular Genetics
Introduction
DNA, RNA, and Proteins
Genetic Mutations
Genes in Families and Populations
Modes of Inheritance
Penetrance and Disease Expressivity
Genetic Heterogeneity
Multifactorial Inheritance
Molecular Genetic Techniques from Past to Future
Cytogenetics
Molecular DNA Techniques
NGS
Analysis and Interpretation
Variant Classification
Data Quality Issues and NGS
Reporting of Results
Finding New Disease Genes
Clinical Genetic Diagnostics On Penetrance and Variable Expressivity
Genotype-Phenotype Correlations
Basic Concepts in Population Genetics
Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium
Mutation-Selection Equilibrium
Founder Mutations
Genetic Isolates
Consanguinity
Genetic Testing
Genetic Counseling
Cardiac Genetic Counseling
Cardiac Genetic Testing
Pre- and Posttest Genetic Counseling
Interpreting Genetic Test Results
Controls
Predictive Testing and the Dynamics of Family Studies
Predictive DNA Testing
Adverse Consequences of Predictive Testing
Predictive Testing in Minors Conducting Family Studies
Prenatal Diagnosis
The Cardiogenetics Outclinic
References
Part II: Cardiomyopathies
3: Introduction to Hereditary Cardiomyopathies
Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Dilated Cardiomyopathy
Arrhythmogenic Cardiomyopathy
Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
Non-compaction Cardiomyopathy
Take-Home Message
References
4: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Introduction
Etiology/Pathophysiology
Clinical Presentation
Genotype Specific
Clinical Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis
Molecular Diagnosis
Disease Penetrance
Therapy Risk Stratification for SCD
ICD Indications
Recommendations During Pregnancy and Delivery
Follow-Up During Pregnancy
Management During Labor and Delivery
Follow-Up Advices
Family Screening (Fig. 4.6)
Take-Home Messages
References
5: Dilated Cardiomyopathy
Introduction
Clinical Presentation
Etiology of DCM
Clinical Diagnosis
Clinical Therapy
Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Genetics
TTN
LMNA
Other Genes
Family Screening
Familial DCM and Affected Relatives
Cardiac Screening of Relatives
Genetic Testing Approach
Summary - DigitalPhilip C. Doyle, editor.Summary: This text provides a comprehensive grounding in the contemporary rehabilitation, management, and clinical care of patients following treatment of head and neck cancer (HNCa). It provides the diagnostic and clinical information necessary to successfully manage patients with HNCa, and aids clinical health trainees and professionals in identifying, acknowledging, and addressing a wide range of problems that may occur post treatment, such as abnormalities in voice and speech production, eating, and swallowing. In addition, the book explores the physical, psychological, communicative, and social aspects that form essential components of cancer rehabilitation programs that seek to restore multiple areas of functioning which are disrupted secondary to treatment. Post-treatment changes in breathing, nutrition, physical capabilities, disfigurement, mood, and body image are also covered.
Contents:
Section I: Head and Neck Cancer and Its Treatment
General Principles of Head and Neck Cancer Treatment
Surgical Reconstruction for Cancer of the Oral Cavity
Complications Following Total Laryngectomy
Human Papilloma Virus: Related Head and Neck Cancer
Distress as a Consequence of Head and Neck Cancer
Optimizing Clinical Management of Head and Neck Cancer
Section II: Treatment Related Changes: Breathing, Voice, Speech, and Swallowing
Postlaryngecdtomy Respiratory System and Speech Breathing
Clinical Intervention for Airway Improvement: Establishing a New Nose
Elements of Clinical Training with the Electrolarynx
Teaching Esophageal Speech: A Process of Collaborative Instruction
Voice Restoration with the Tracheoesophageal Voice Prosthesis: The Current State of the Art
Clinical Problem-Soliving in Tracheoesophageal Puncture Voice Restoration
Alaryngeal Speech Aerodynamics: Lower and Upper Airway Considerations
Intelligibility in Postlaryngectomy Speech
Communication Support Before, During, and After Treatment for Head and Neck Cancer
Speech Deficits Associated with Oral and Oropharyngeal Carcinomas
Documenting Voice and Speech Outcomes in Alaryngeal Speakers
Swallowing Disorders and Rehabilitation in Patients with Laryngeal Cancer
Dysphagia Management of Head and Neck Cancer Patients: Oral Cavity and Oropharynx
Section III: Special Factors in Head and Neck Cancer
Acute and Long-Term Effects of Chemoradiation Therapy in Head and Neck Cancer
Oral Considerations for the Head and Neck Cancer Patient
Lymphedema in Head and Neck Cancer
Shoulder Dysfunction and Disability Secondary to Treatment for Head and Neck Cancer
Factors Influencing Adherence to Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
The Role of the Clinical Nurse Specialist in Head and Neck Oncology
The Acquisition of Practice Knowledge in Head and Neck Cancer Rehabilitation
Well-being and Quality of Life in Head and Neck Cancer
The Impact of Postlaryngectomy Audiovisual Changes on Verbal Communication
Communicative Participation after Head and Neck Cancer. - DigitalCurren Warf, Grant Charles, editors.Summary: Adolescent homelessness is a growing problem that results in a variety of health challenges. This text is a practical resource designed to promote effective interdisciplinary health and social care interventions targeting adolescents who are homeless or at risk for homelessness. It is based on extensive interdisciplinary experience, reviews of pertinent research and insights and contributions of leading professionals who are directly involved in the care of these young people. Divided into four main sections, Section 1: (Chapters 1-7) section one is a review of the structure and professional involvement of program models targeting youth experiencing or at risk for homelessness to encourage broader understanding and utilization of principles and practices underlying effective programs and identify replicable components. Section 2: (Chapters 8-16) Section two is clinically focused with recommendations for working with adolescents and youth experiencing homelessness and interventions for common and significant medical and mental health conditions, and substance use disorders. Section 3: (Chapter 17) Reviews international agreements regarding stabilization and care of refugee youth and families, description of experiences of refugee children and youth in developed countries, and an outline of conditions from which refugee youth and families have left. Section 4: (Chapters 18 and 19) Engagement of homeless youth in research and future research directions to address needs of youth experiencing homelessness. Written by experts from a variety of disciplines, Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway and Refugee Youth is a first of its kind text for physicians, social workers, public health workers and any other individual that works directly with these vulnerable populations.
Contents:
The Prevalence of Youth Homelessness in the U.S
Youth Homelessness in Canada: An Overview
Interviewing homeless adolescents in the context of clinical care: Creating connections, building on strengths, fostering resilience, and improving outcomes
Homeless adolescents: Identification, outreach, engagement, housing and stabilization
Youth in Care: A Very High-Risk Population for Homelessness
Refugee and Migrant Youth in Canada and the United States: Special Challenges and Health Care Issues
Social Pediatrics: A model to confront family poverty, adversity and housing instability, and foster healthy child and adolescent development and resilience
Substance use among young people experiencing homelessness: a brief motivational enhancement approach
Building an Effective System of Care for Adolescents Following Opiate Overdose: Stabilization Care, Residential Secure Care, Family and Community Engagement and Ethical Concerns
Providing Clinical Care to Youth Experiencing Homelessness
Contraception
Sexually Transmitted Infections and Sexual Health Care of Homeless and Street-Involved Youth
Human Immunodeficiency Virus and Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
Medical Care of Youth after Acute Sexual Assault
Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway, and Refugee Youth: Program Development, Education, and Research Directions
Common dermatology problems among youth experiencing homelessness
Challenges faced by international migrants and refugees to the health, development and well-being of adolescents and youth
Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway and Refugee Youth: Program Development, Education and Research Directions
Conclusion: Next Steps for Investigation and Research . - Digitaledited by Sandra Hassink, Sarah Hampl.Contents:
Implementation guide for residency directors / Alma Delia Guerrero, Debra S. Lotstein, Wendy Slusser, and Jeannie S. Huang
Epidemiology, prenatal risk and screening / Sarah Armstrong, Eliana Perrin, and Charles Wood
Feeding recommendations for infants and toddlers / Claire K. Dalidowitz
Nutrition assessment And intervention for the pre-school and school aged child / Michelle Demeule-Hayes, Holly Baker, and Lorilyn T. Russell
Normative eating and adolescent nutrition / Alicia Dixon Docter, and Celia Framson
Physical activity recommendations for children and adolescents / Joey C. Eisenmann, Christopher Kist, and Karin A. Pfeiffer
Infant and toddler parenting strategies / Meredith L. Dreyer Gillette, Bethany J. Gaffka, and Kimberly Guion
Parenting strategies for the preschool and school-aged child / Adelle Cadieux, Richard Boles, and Elizabeth Getzoff-Testa
Parenting strategies for adolescents to prevent overweight and obesity / Laura A. Shaffer, Jane Gray, and Peg Miller Evans
Assessment of childhood obesity / Susan J. Woolford, Carolyn Jasik, and Elsie Tavaras
Stages of obesity treatment / Brooke Sweeney, Lena Sandifer, and Sarah E Barlow
Childhood obesity related co-morbidities : identification and treatment / Melissa Santos, Stephen Pont, and Elizabeth Estrada
Surgical considerations and complications in the morbidly obese adolescent/pediatric patient / George Datto and Kirk Reichard
Motivational interviewing / Ada M. Fenick, Karen B. Dorsey, and Sherin S. Stahl
Health information technology in management and patient communication / Thao-Ly Tam Phan and Lloyd N. Werk
Cultural considerations for effective obesity prevention and intervention / Kimberly C. Avila Edwards, Amelie G. Ramirez, and Ashley E. Weedn
Patient, practice, and hospital advocacy / Amy R. Beck, Sarah E. Hampl, Sandra G. Hassink
Community resources for childhood obesity / H. Mollie Grow, Kristin Kan, and Sam Wittekind
Community advocacy : taking obesity care from the exam room to the neighborhoods / Christopher Bolling, Eric Bosley, and Julia Wacker
Systems of care and quality improvement : guiding the care of the child with obesity / Ihuoma Eneli-Gerri and Cannon Smith
National advocacy and resources for childhood obesity / Sandra G. Hassink.Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2016 - DigitalMark A. Harrast, MD.Contents:
Section I: General considerations and assessment. Incidence, prevalence, and risk factors of running-related injuries: an epidemiologic review
Training principles for the runner
Evaluation of the injured runner
Exercise-associated collapse: on-the-field and in-office assessment
Mass participation endurance event
Sport psychology for the runner: injury, rehabilitation, and recovery
Section II: Biomechanics and rehabilitation. Running gait assessment
Influence of step rate on running mechanics
The interaction of foot strike and footwear in runners
Considerations in the selection of a running shoe
Rehabilitation principles of the injured runner
Anti-gravity treadmill training for prevention and rehabilitation of running injuries
Deep water running for prevention and rehabilitation of running injuries
Section III: Musculoskeletal injuries. Bone stress injuries
Bone health of the runner: metabolic workup and impact on fracture risk
Osteoarthritis and running
Hip, pelvis, and thigh injuries in runners
Knee injuries in runners
Exertional leg pain in runners
Ankle and foot injuries in runners
Section IV: Special considerations for specific populations. Caring for and counseling the youth runner
Caring for and counseling the peripartum runner
Caring for and counseling the ultramarathoner.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalJohn P Mulhall, Peter J. Stahl, Doron S. Stember.Summary: Clinical Care Pathways in Andrology provides a valuable resource for understanding clinical decision-making in the context of the predominant male reproductive and sexual disorders for which patients commonly seek evaluation and treatment. Conditions that are less well-known but can be severely bothersome to patients, such as penile sensory loss, are also presented. Based on clinical evidence and expert consensus, practical clinical care pathways are featured for each condition. Each clinical care pathway consists of an algorithm that delineates the overall structure of decision-making for each condition, describes initial clinical presentations, and guides the reader through diagnostic testing and treatment.
Contents:
1. Abnormal semen analysis
2. Anejaculation
3. Azoospermia
4. Azoospermia: indeterminate etiology
5. Azoospermia: surgical sperm retrieval
6. Delayed orgasm
7. Erectile dysfunction: initial evaluation
8. Erectile dysfunction: extended evaluation
9. Erectile dysfunction: treatment
10. Hematospermia
11. Hypogonadism: evaluation
12. Hypogonadism: treatment
13. Low libido
14. Low semen volume
15.Penile deformity: Peyronie's disease
16. Penile fracture
17. Penile pain
18. Penile rehabilitation
19. Penile sensory loss
20. Premature ejaculation
21. Priapism
22. Sexual incontinence
23. Varicocele
24. Vasectomy
25. Vasectomy reversal.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital[edited by] Julie M. Skrzat, PT, DPT, PhD, Board Certified Clinical Specialist in Cardiovascular & Pulmonary Physical Therapy, Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy Program, Murphy Deming College of Health Sciences Mary Baldwin University, Fishersville, Virginia, USA, Sean F. Griech, PT, DPT, PhD, COMT, Board Certified Clinical Specialist in Orthopaedic Physical Therapy, Associate Professor, Doctor of Physical Therapy Program, DeSales University, Center Valley, Pennsylvania, USA.Summary: "Direct access legislation and a growing aging population have led to a greater number of people with medical complexities seeking physical therapy services. To ensure physical therapy, students are adequately prepared to enter the demanding workforce, and academic educators must provide clinical case studies that match clinical demands. Clinical Case Studies Across the Medical Continuum for Physical Therapists by distinguished editors Julie M. Skrzat and Sean F. Griech and an impressive group of expert contributors was developed with that goal in mind. Twenty medically complex case studies, each with three standalone cases covering three distinct clinical settings, are presented to show medical and physical therapy management throughout the continuum of care. These high-quality case studies cover all the body systems and detail conditions including chronic, neurological, oncologic, and traumatic, which closely mirror cases seen in clinical practice. Each case study includes extensive medical data from an interprofessional team, imaging/diagnostic tests, social history, and physical therapy information. The text promotes interprofessional education by requiring learners to consider elements beyond the physical therapy plan of care"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2022
- DigitalEllie Kirov & Margaret Webb.Contents:
Case studies. Acute care
Behavioural and social aspects of disability
Bowel elimination
Communication
Community-based care
Cultural diversity in Australia and New Zealand
Emergency care
General health assessment 1
General health assessment 2
Leadership and management
Legal and ethical aspects of nursing care
Maternal and newborn care
Medications 1
Medications 2
Mental health
Movement and exercise
Palliative care
Perioperative nursing 1
Perioperative nursing 2
Rehabilitation nursing
Skin integrity and wound care
Urinary elimination
Vital signs 1
Vital signs 2. Answers and rationales. Acute care
Behavioural and social aspects of disability
Bowel elimination
Communication
Community-based care
Cultural diversity in Australia and New Zealand
Emergency care
General health assessment 1
General health assessment 2
Leadership and management
Legal and ethical aspects of nursingcare
Maternal and newborn care
Medications 1
Medications 2
Mental health
Movement and exercise
Palliative care
Perioperative nursing 1
Perioperative nursing 2
Rehabilitation nursing
Skin integrity and wound care
Urinary elimination
Vital signs 1
Vital signs 2.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2014 - DigitalTorello M. Lotti, Fabio Arcangeli, editors.
- DigitalShannon C. Trotter, Suchita Sampath, editors.Summary: This book reviews the diagnostic and management options for patients with alopecia, allowing a greater understanding of a diverse number of differential diagnoses. This can help challenge students, residents and re-certifying physicians to consider a broad array of diagnoses based on the case presentation. Each case will be followed with a discussion and treatment content that will help provide the most up to date information available on the current disease as well as advances in treatment at that time. This will allow for a balance of both constructive case-based learning and an up-to-date coalition of the current literature. Clinical Cases in Alopecia illustrates clinical features and discusses the diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with alopecia and is ideal for recertifying dermatologists, training residents, medical students and practitioners in fields of primary care.
Contents:
Androgenetic alopecia
Telogen effluvium
Alopecia areata
Trichotillomania
Drug-induced alopecia
Anagen effluvium
Traction alopecia
Alopecia due to hypothyroidism
Alopecia due to nutritional deficiency
Lichen planopilaris
Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia
Discoid lupus erytematosis
Folliculitis decalvans
Dissecting cellulitis
Acne keloidalis nuchae
Erosive pustular dermatosis
Alopecia mucinosa
Morphea
Alopecia due to radiation
Alopecia due to cutaneous metastases
Alopecia due to tinea capitis
Alopecia due to syphilis
Temporal Arteritis. - Digital[edited by] Allan Reed, Francine S. Yudkowitz.Summary: Prepare for the oral boards with the thoroughly updated Clinical Cases in Anesthesia. This comprehensive and current anesthesia review tool presents case studies representing today's most commonly encountered clinical situations, equipping you to master the latest anesthesia treatment protocols and practice guidelines and achieve your very best score. Learn the most practical solutions to contemporary problems, and understand the relevant scientific and clinical principles, through actual case studies presented in a helpful Q&A format.Study on the go! Browse the complete contents online at www.expertconsult.com!
Contents:
Coronary artery disease
Recent myocardial infarction
Congestive heart failure
Aortic stenosis
Mitral stenosis
Hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy
Cardiac pacemakers and defibrillators
Cardiac tamponade
Patient with a left ventricular assist device presenting for noncardiac surgery
Noncardiac surgery after heart transplantation
Coronary artery bypass grafting
One-lung ventilation
Thoracoscopy
Intracranial mass, intracranial pressure, venous air embolism, and autoregulation
Intracranial aneurysm
Carotid endarterectomy
Electroconvulsive therapy
Spine surgery
Transsphenoidal hypophysectomy
Depolarizing neuromuscular blockade
Nondepolarizing neuromuscular blockade
Antagonism of nondepolarizing neuromuscular blockade
Monitoring the neuromuscular junction
Myasthenia gravis
Malignant hyperthermia
Diabetes mellitus
Thyroid disease
Para thyroidectomy
Perioperative corticosteroid administration
Pheochromocytoma
Carcinoid syndrome
Full stomach
Major hepatic resection
Open abdominal aortic repair
Endovascular thoracic aortic repair
Transurethral resection of the prostate
Super morbid obesity
Robotic prostatectomy
Kidney and pancreas transplantation
Open eye injury and intraocular pressure
Retinal detachment
Tympanomastoidectomy
The difficult airway
Laser laryngoscopy
Functional endoscopic sinus surgery
Transfusion reaction
Perioperative coagulopathies
Blood replacement
The jehovah's witness patient
Sickle cell disease
Total hip replacement
Brachial plexus anesthesia
Lower extremity anesthesia
Labor and delivery
Preeclampsia
Abruptio placentae and placenta previa
Anesthesia for nonobstetric surgery during pregnancy
Thrombocytopenia in pregnancy
Abdominal wall defects
Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
Tracheoesophageal fistula
Pyloric stenosis
Congenital heart disease
Preterm infant
Adenotonsillectomy
Foreign body aspiration
MRI and the down syndrome child
Acute postoperative pain
Low back pain
Postherpetic neuralgia
Complex regional pain syndrome
Cancer pain management
Ambulatory surgery
Office-based anesthesia
Thoracic trauma
Burns
Abdominal trauma
Asthma
Hypothermia
Postanesthesia care unit discharge criteria
Delayed emergence, coma, and brain death
Neonatal resuscitation
Pediatric cardiopulmonary resuscitation
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
Do not resuscitate
Acute respiratory distress syndrome
Respiratory failure
Cardiovascular system
Sepsis and multisystem organ dysfunction syndrome
Renal system
Central nervous system.Digital Access ScienceDirect [2014] - DigitalDédée F. Murrell, editor.Summary: This clinical case book serves as a useful guide for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of the skin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, instead allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own patients. Clinical Cases in Autoimmune Blistering Diseases provides help and insight for clinicians in managing this group of serious and debilitating skin conditions, with each case serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. It will enable those new to the field to begin to develop a literacy and competence in autoimmune blistering diseases, while experienced dermatologists will find new ways to sharpen their diagnostic and treatment skills.
Contents:
Diagnostic dilemmas
What to do when only some of the tests are positive but others are negative
The second opinion with partial treatment
When might immunoEM be useful?
When to send sera for blotting and ELISA
Therapeutic issues
When steroids are contraindicated
When the disease is recalcitrant
When it keeps relapsing
When topical therapy is preferred.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalLucian Muresan, editor.Summary: This is the first of a three-volume project aimed at providing unique case reports (20 cases per volume) of a large number of supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias encountered in clinical practice. The book is focused on the treatment of supraventricular arrhythmias, namely focal atrial tachycardias, typical and atypical AVNRT and accessory pathways (both manifest and concealed). All presented-cases were performed using the CARTO electro-anatomical mapping system, which allows the reader to better understand the arrhythmia features due to the high number of images provided. A large number of high-quality figures, which represent the core of the authors work, enrich the contents: all cases are built around suggestive figures acquired during the patients hospitalization, which clearly illustrate important concepts used in catheter ablation of cardiac arrhythmias. The figures are not only related to the catheter ablation procedure, but also to the patient history, thus helping the reader to place the invasive treatment of the arrhythmias into clinical context: electrocardiograms, Holter ECGs, signal-averaged ECGs, chest X-Rays, transthoracic and transesophageal echocardiography images, MRI, CT scans, coronary angiography images are provided when considered relevant, in order to better present the patients condition. Short videoclips with activation maps of the atria or the ventricles during the studied arrhythmia complete the information provided. Teaching-oriented, all chapters include questions and answers and key messages at the end of each case. For this reason, it will be an invaluable tool for cardiologists, clinical cardiac electrophysiologists, and interventional cardiac electrophysiologists in training, but also for all those interested in learning more about the subject.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Authors
Abbreviations
1: Case 1
1.1 Case Presentation
1.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
1.3 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure 2
1.4 Commentary
References
2: Case 2
2.1 Case Presentation
2.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
2.3 Commentary
References
3: Case 3
3.1 Case Presentation
3.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
3.3 Commentary
References
4: Case 4 4.1 Case Presentation
4.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
4.3 Commentary
References
5: Case 5
5.1 Case Presentation
5.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
5.3 Commentary
References
6: Case 6
6.1 Case Presentation
6.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
6.3 Commentary
References
7: Case 7
7.1 Case Presentation
7.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
7.3 Commentary
References
8: Case 8
8.1 Case Presentation 8.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
8.3 Commentary
References
9: Case 9
9.1 Case Presentation
9.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
9.3 Commentary
References
10: Case 10
10.1 Case Presentation
10.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
10.3 Commentary
References
11: Case 11
11.1 Case Presentation
11.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
11.3 Commentary
References
12: Case 12
12.1 Case Presentation 12.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
12.3 Commentary
References
13: Case 13
13.1 Case Presentation
13.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
13.3 Commentary
References
14: Case 14
14.1 Case Presentation
14.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
14.3 Commentary
References
15: Case 15
15.1 Case Presentation
15.2 Electrophysiological Study and Catheter Ablation Procedure
15.3 Commentary
References
16: Case 16
16.1 Case Presentation 16.2 Electrophysiological study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
16.3 Commentary
References
17: Case 17
17.1 Case Presentation
17.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
17.3 Commentary
References
18: Case 18
18.1 Case Presentation
18.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
18.3 Commentary
References
19: Case 19
19.1 Case Presentation
19.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
19.3 Commentary
References
20: Case 20
20.1 Case Presentation - DigitalAtooshe Rohani.Summary: This latest book in the Clinical Cases in Cardiology series presents a variety of commonly and rarely encountered cases associated with cardio-oncology. It explores the history of the discipline and each case described features concise practically orientated information on how to appropriately carry out physical examinations and utilize diagnostic tests including electrocardiography and monoclonal antibodies. Practically focused guidance is also provided on how to apply therapeutic techniques and the latest management strategies appropriately. Clinical Cases in Cardio-Oncology provides a concise practically applicable guide of how to diagnose and treat a range of conditions associated with cardio-oncology, making it a critical addition to the literature on the topic and a valuable resource for all medical practitioners who encounter these patients in their day-to-day practice.
Contents:
Dasatinib induced pleural effusion and pulmonary hypertension
Ponatinib induced stroke
Nilotinib induced Peripheral Artery Occlusive Disease
Imatinib cardiotoxicity
Doxorubicin induced heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
Trastuzumab-related cardiotoxicity
Rituximab, Doxorubicin or cancer induced tachycardia
Carfilzomib (CFZ) induced heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
Immune checkpoint inhibitor cardiovascular toxicities
Androgen deprivation therapy cardiotoxicity
5 FU induced atrial fibrillation in the context of ischemic heart disease
Cisplatin induced acute coronary syndrome
Radiotherapy and valvular heart disease
Acute coronary syndrome in a patient with lung cancer 2 days after second cycle of carboplatin and Paclitaxel
Ibrutinib and cardiac arrythmias
Dual therapy BRAF inhibitor chemotherapy (dabrafenib +Trametinib chemotherapy) induced peripheral edema
Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) Bevacizumab and hypertension
Amyloid heart disease
Venous thromboembolism in cancer patients
QT prolongation in cancer patients
Cardiovascular implantable electronic devices (CIEDs) in cancer patients needs radiation therapy
Atrial fibrillation in cancer patients
Pericardial disease in cancer patients
Large cardiac mass, an incidental finding in a patient with breast cancer. - DigitalAlessandro Capucci editor.Summary: This book presents and describes a series of informative clinical cases with the aim of providing the reader with a clear understanding of the most frequent and challenging scenarios that a cardiologist may face during daily clinical practice. All major topics in modern clinical cardiology are addressed, including acute ischemic heart disease, conditions that mimic ischemic heart disease, heart failure and resynchronization therapy, cardiomyopathy, valvular heart disease, arrhythmias, and channelopathies. Guidance is provided on imaging techniques and their interpretation, patient management taking into account potential comorbidities, and follow-up appropriate to the clinical circumstances. The paradigmatic clinical cases in this book will serve as a sound basis for learning for medical students, residents, and others wishing to meet successfully the challenges posed by cardiac disease. In addition, the book will be a very useful reference for the more experienced cardiologist.
- DigitalWilliam R. Auger, Deepa Gopalan, editors.Summary: This practical casebook provides important insight to clinicians looking to learn about the diagnosis and management of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH). It systematically describes the clinical decision-making process for a variety of CTEPH cases, from common to rarely seen examples of this disease. Chapters are constructed in an easy-to-follow format designed to improve the reader's clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Chronic Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension features not only a number of CTEPH cases of varying complexity, but also several medical conditions that may mimic CTEPH. It is therefore a vital evidence-based resource for trainee and practising internists, cardiologists, pulmonologists, cardiac surgeons and radiologists looking to expand their knowledge in this area.
- DigitalDong-Lin Xie.Summary: This book provides a case-based guide to the diagnosis and management of dermatopathological conditions. Clinical cases are examined to help the reader through the treatment of unusual skin diseases using best practice techniques. A variety of skin conditions are covered, including skin lesions of the forehead, leg lesions, tinea capitis, skin lesions of the abdomen, trichofolliculoma, eosinophilic cellulitis, and occipital scalp skin. Clinical Cases in Dermatopathology highlights evidence-based best practice through its multidisciplinary approach and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology and pathology.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalDanica Tiodorovic.Contents:
67-year-old man with a pigmented lesion on the left temporal region Invasive lentigo maligna in a 72-year-old man A 36-year-old man with growing pigmented lesion A 46-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of pigmented lesion on her face A 70-year-old farmer with pigmented lesion on the cheek A changing pigmented lesion in a 41-year-old woman A newly developing pigmented lesion in elderly patient
the importance of clinic pathologic correlation Extrafacila lentigo maligna melanoma located on the back of a 65-year old man Importance of full-body examination in melanoma detection in early detection of melanoma Two superficial spreading melanomas at the same time in the same patient Melanoma hidden amongst seborrheic keratosis A 28-year-old man presented to the office asking for evaluation of a pigmented lesion on his pectoral region A changing pigmented lesion on the left glueteal region in a 67-year-old man A melanoma rising in congenital melanocytic nevus in a 58-year-old man Melanocytic nevus-like melanoma in a 38-year old patient A 35-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of pigmented lesion located on her left upper arm Dysplastic nevus syndrome associated with melanoma in a 45-year-old patient A 43-year-old patient with flat pigmented lesion located on the back Small diameter melanoma in a 38-year old patient A 28-year-old man presented to the office asking the treatment of pityriasis versicolor infection having a small diameter melanoma on the scalp at the same time A peripherally distributed dots as a sign for melanoma detection in a 41-year-old patient Blue nevus like melanoma A 58-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of nodular lesion located on the right leg A 92-year old patient with pigmented nodular lesion on the left temporal region Nodular lesion located on the back in a 64-year old patient Growing nodular lesion on the back of a 52-year old man A 68-year-old patient with a changing congenital melanocytic nevus A melanoma resembling basal cell carcinoma An apigmented flat lesion on the abdomen A misdiagnosed acral melanoma Acral lentiginous melanoma presented as an interdigital erosion in a 38-year-old patient A non-pigmented flat lesion located on the abdomen in a 62-year-old patient A 68-year-old patient with flat apigmented lesion located on the back Invisible basal cell carcinoma located on the right forearm in a 78-year-old patient A 68-year-old man presented to the office asking for evaluation of erythematous plaque located on the right subscapular region Two basal cell carcinomas resembling dermal nevi A 66-year-old patient with a nodular apigmented lesion Invisible basal cell carcinoma located on the face in a 49-year-old patient An 81-year-old patient with two basal cell carcinomas on the face Highly pigmented lesion on the back in a 46-year-old patient A 57-year-old man with linear pigmented lesion located on his neck A 63-year-old patient with a large pigmented lesion located on the back A 72-year old patient with nodular pigmented lesion located on the right lateral side of the nose Whitish plaque located on the nose in a 82-year-old patient A 58-year-old patient with non-pigmented lesion located on the left cheek A 49-year-old patient with pigmented flat lesion located on the nose A 71-year-old patient with flat hypopigmented lesion located on left temporal region A 69-year-old patient with non-pigmented flat leson located on the leg Two apigmented slightly elevated lesions in a 42-year-old patient A 65-year old patient with growing apigmented lesion located on the right cheek A 68-year-old patient with newly developing apigmented lesion located on the right leg A 72-year-old patient with non-pigmented bleeding leson on the nose.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSunil Kothiwala, Anup Kumar Tiwary, Piyush Kumar, editors.Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of melanocyte disorders. Clinical cases are presented to illustrate the treatment of both common and unusual conditions, as well as best practice techniques. Patient management options are discussed in relation to melanocyte senescence, hypermelanotic disorders, hypomelanotic disorders, reticulate pigmentation, benign melanocytic nevi, and malignant melanocytic proliferation. Clinical Cases in Disorders of Melanocytes aims to aid clinical decision making and the recognition of subtle symptoms and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology.
Contents:
Developmental/Migration disorders
Dermal pigmentation- Nevus of Ota
Melanocyte Senescence
Idiopathic guttate hypomelanosis
Hypermelanotic disorders
Melasma
Lichen planus pigmentosus
Pityriasis versicolor
Pigmented cosmetic dermatitis
Postinflammatory hyperpigmentation
Macular amyloidosis
Chronic arsenicosis
Vitamin B 12 deficiency
Addison's disease
Hypomelanotic disorders
Nevus depigmentosus
Oculocutaneous albinism
Vitiligo
Leprosy
Reticulate pigmentation
Dyschromatosis symmetrica hereditaria
Benign melanocytic nevi
Congenital melanocytic nevi
Junctional, compound and intradermal nevi
Halo nevus
Blue nevus
Malignant melanocytic proliferation. - DigitalClinical cases in early orthodontic treatment : an atlas of when, how, and why to treat. 1st editionJulia Harfin, Somchai Satravaha, Kurt Faltin Jr, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Orofacial dysfunction
Interdisciplinary
Early intervention
Relation between respiratory problems and open bite malocclusion
Early treatment of periodontal problems in children
Orthodontic treatment of atypically rotated central incisors
Interceptive early Class II Div I malocclusion
Early Class III treatment
How to normalize the position of the 1st upper molar in early and late mixed dentition
Management of dental symmetries in early mixed dentition
The use of lingual brackets in children
Oral cleft interdisciplinary treatment
Controversies.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJulia Harfin, Somchai Satravaha, Bernd G. Lapatki, editors.Summary: This 2nd Edition includes new, updated chapters that deal with important issues and were written by orthodontists known worldwide. Dr Dr Bernd Lapatki presents an outstanding chapter about Early treatment of Class II Div. 2 and Coverbite, that provides a step-by-step description on how to treat these malocclusions using different alternatives. In addition to this topic, Dr Amit Bhardwaj shares the following question, is early Class II treatment worth the effort? Dr Somchai Satravaha added a new chapter about the benefits of early treatment in cleft lip palate patients and long-term controls, where she discusses all the benefits. Digital technology is here to stay forever. Dr Bryce Lee explains how this technology can help us to achieve a better diagnosis and treatment plan. Dr Julia Harfin add new chapters including relevant topics as mandibular incisor agenesis ,impacted central incisors and, how to avoid long term relapse in early orthodontic treatment. She also updates other chapters. The most important controversies are discussed in detail and which will allow doctors to expand their knowledge in order to achieve better orthodontic treatment results. New topics such as orthodontic treatment in patients with hemophilia and diabetes are also discussed by Dr Eduardo Rey and Olga Ramos. The book, which is the result of many years of clinical practice, includes numerous clinical photographs that clearly exemplify how to diagnose and to treat all these patients. It is written by the most experienced team of doctors in the field and will be a valuable asset for all who specialize in odonto pediatrics and orthopedic-orthodontic treatments. .
Contents:
1: Introduction
1.1 Conclusions
References
2: Digital Technology as an Aid to Early Orthodontic Treatment
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Digital Workflow in an Orthodontic Clinic
2.3 Clinical Indications and Application for Early Orthodontic Treatment-Aided Digital Technology
2.4 Pitfalls and Overreliance of Digital Technology
References
3: The Treatment of Class II Division 1 Malocclusion in Stages
3.1 The Mandibular Retrognathism Treatment
3.2 The Maxillary Prognathism Treatment
3.3 Conclusion
References 4: Is Early Class II Treatment Worth the Effort?
4.1 Dentoalveolar Class II Malocclusion (Figs. 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3)
4.2 Functional Class II Malocclusion (Figs. 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, and 4.15)
4.2.1 Case # 1 (Figs. 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, and 4.14)
4.3 Skeletal Class II with Fault in the Maxilla (Fig. 4.16)
4.4 Skeletal Class II with Fault in the Mandible (Fig. 4.18)
4.4.1 Case # 2 (Figs. 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22, 4.23, 4.24, 4.25, 4.26, 4.27, and 4.28) 4.4.2 Case # 3 (Figs. 4.29, 4.30, 4.31, 4.32, 4.33, 4.34, 4.35, 4.36, and 4.37)
4.4.3 Case # 4 (Figs. 4.38, 4.39, 4.40, 4.41, 4.42, 4.43, 4.44, 4.45, 4.46, 4.47, 4.48, 4.49, 4.50, and 4.51)
4.5 Skeletal Class II with Fault in both the Maxilla and the Mandible
4.5.1 Case # 5 (Figs. 4.52, 4.53, 4.54, 4.55, 4.56, 4.57, 4.58, 4.59, and 4.60)
4.5.2 Case # 6 (Figs. 4.61, 4.62, 4.63, 4.64, 4.65, 4.66, 4.67, 4.68, and 4.69)
4.6 Stability
4.6.1 Case # 7 (Figs. 4.70, 4.71, 4.72, 4.73, 4.74, 4.75, and 4.76)
4.7 Conclusion
References 5: Early Treatment of Cover-Bite and Class II Division 2 Malocclusion
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Cover-Bite and Class II Div. 2 Malocclusion
5.2.1 Prevalence
5.2.2 Characteristic Intraoral, Extraoral, and Skeletal Features
5.2.3 Etiology
5.2.4 Pathogenesis
5.3 Pros and Cons of Early Treatment in the Mixed Dentition
5.4 Stability After Orthodontic Treatment
5.5 Early Treatment Phases and Therapeutical Approaches
5.5.1 Overview
5.5.2 Pretreatment in Patients with Severe Distocclusion
5.5.3 First Main Stage of Early Treatment 5.5.4 Second Main Stage of Early Treatment
5.5.5 Consequences of Later Treatment Begin in the Final Mixed Dentition Stage
5.6 Patient-Specific Treatment Concepts for Successful Class II Div. 2 and Cover-Bite Correction: Seven Patient Examples
5.6.1 Patient Example #1
5.6.2 Patient Example #2
5.6.3 Patient Example #3
5.6.4 Patient Example #4
5.6.5 Patient Example #5
5.6.6 Patient Example #6
5.6.7 Patient Example #7
References
6: Early Treatment of Class III Malocclusions
6.1 Functional Class III Malocclusion
6.2 Reasons for Early Treatment
6.3 To Treat Early: When Is the Right Time? - DigitalFabio Arcangeli, Torello M. Lotti, editors.Summary: This book is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of pediatric skin disease. Dermatologists and general pediatricians who offer primary care to children must be knowledgeable in managing dermatological problems, and this title provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare dermatologic cases. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual scenarios using best practice techniques. Pediatric dermatology is a particularly important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Early-Years Pediatric Dermatology concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing patients between ages 2 through 5 years. Each chapter focuses on a particular case and emphasizes how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. This book therefore represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter these cases as part of their everyday practice.
Contents:
5 year old with fever and perioral and periorbital erythema
A child with high fever, rash, chapped lips, and conjunctival injection
A five-year-old girl with erythematous papules on cheek
A four- year- old girl with otalgia
A little boy with facial erythema
A Pediatric Case with Erythematous Plaques and Palmoplantar Keratoderma
A Rare Case of Xeroderma Pigmentosum in 3 Years Old Child with Squamous Cell Carcinoma
A young boy with fever and rash
A young child with vesiculopustular eruptions and mucosal erosion
A young girl with an erythematous lesion on the lower eyelid region
Chronic Bullous Disease of Childhood with Hypertrophic Scars Complications
Chronic cutaneous lesions of unknown origin
Diffuse pruritic lesions in a three-years-old child
Fournier Gangrene in 3 Years Old Patient with B Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Itching eyelids in a child with atopic dermatitis
Liver Involvement in Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis
Localized scaly hair loss
Papular lesions arranged in annular configuration in children
Pustular plaque on a girl's scalp
Red and swelling scrotum as an early clue for diagnosis. - DigitalTorello M. Lotti, Uwe Wollina, Olga Olisova, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Exfoliative dermatitis, also known as "red man", is an important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria to base their clinical decision-making on. Clinical Cases in Exfoliative Dermatitis highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as pharmacologists and pathologists.
Contents:
Drug eruption
Dermatitis
Atopic dermatitis
Psoriasis
Pityriasis rubra pilaris
Contact dermatitis
Stasis dermatitis (venous eczema)
Seborrhoeic dermatitis
Blistering diseases
Sezary syndrome
Congenital ichthyotic conditions
Lymphoma and leukaemia
Carcinoma of rectum, lung, fallopian tubes, colon, prostate
Graft-versus-host disease
HIV infection. - DigitalTorello M. Lotti, Mohammad Jafferany, Xing-Hua Gao, Ayman Abdelmaksoud, editors.Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. "Red Face" is an important topic in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria to base their clinical decision-making on. Clinical Cases in Facial Erythema highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as pharmacologists and pathologists.
Contents:
Seborrheic dermatitis
Rosacea
Skin irritation or allergic reaction
Reaction to a medication
Atopic dermatitis
Psoriasis
Spider veins
Shingles
Lupus
Rare cancer
Menopause
Fifth Disease
Agoraphobia
Scarlet Fever
Hyperthyroidism
Pyelonephritis
Cluster headaches
Yellow fever
Autonomic hyperreflexia
Cushing syndrome
Niacin overdose
Sunburn. - DigitalTorello M. Lotti, Uwe Wollina, Olga Olisova, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques and this title focuses on the management of exfoliative dermatitis, also known as "red man". This is an important discipline in older patients as the recognition and appropriate management of these conditions requires the clinician to distinguish often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients. This practical case-based reference helps readers accurately define the diagnostic and management criteria to assist clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Geriatric Exfoliative Dermatitis highlights evidence-based best practice in managing erythroderma in older patients. It uses a thorough multidisciplinary case-based approach that is relevant to the scenarios that dermatologists face in clinical practice, while also providing insights for pharmacologists and pathologists that work with these cases.
Contents:
A Case of Unusual Blistering Dermatitis
A Red Nodule on the Anterior Chest
Based on the Case Description and the Photographs, What Is Your Diagnosis?
An Elder Male with Generalized Pruritic Erythema and Scales
An Elderly Female with Itchy Red-Rashes and Blisters
An Elderly Female with an Ulcerated Mass on the Elbow
An Elderly Female with Forehead Plaque and Ulcers
An Elderly Female with Painful and Pruritic Blisters
An Elderly Female with Ulcer
An Elderly Male with Erythema and Papules
An Elderly Male with Skin Sclerosis
An Old Man with Erythema, Vesicles and Pain over Neck, Chest and Back
An Old Women with Weird Umbilicus
Based on the Case Description and Photograph, What Is Your Diagnosis?
An Unusual Erythema: Radiation Recall Dermatitis Years after Breast-Conserving Surgery
Annular Desquamation in Two Elderly Women
Annular Isolated Erythematous and Squamous Lesion of the Left Arm
Dark-Red Annular Patches on Upper Extremities
Desquamative and Bullous Lesions in a 68 Year Old Woman
Disseminated Blisters in a Patient with Psoriasis Vulgaris
Erythematous Scaly Eruption in a 71-Year-Old Male
Erythematous Scrotum in a 70-Year-Old Man
Erythroderma in a 81-Year-Old Man
Generalized Exfoliative Dermatitis
Painless Violaceous Macule on the Chest Wall
Ulcers of Lower Extremities. - DigitalAnna Waśkiel-Burnat, Roxanna Sadoughifar, Torello M. Lotti, Lidia Rudnicka, editors.Summary: This book identifies the broad scope of dermatological conditions in patients with hair and scalp disorders, with particular focus on the hair. These disorders can be associated with various conditions, such as inflammatory, neoplastic and systemic diseases. Often patient history and physical examination significantly narrow the differential diagnosis, but in doubtful cases, trichoscopy or scalp biopsy is needed to establish correct diagnosis. Treatment of hair disease varies from topical through intralesional to systemic options, dependent from type and severity of the disease as well as coexisted conditions. Clinical Cases in Hair Disorders illustrates clinical features and discuss diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with hair diseases and is ideal for both board-certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Chapter 1: 19-Year-Old Woman with Short, Spiky, Brittle Hair
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 2: A 14-Year-Old Boy with Hair Loss and Scaling on the Scalp
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 3: A 19-Year-Old Man with Folliculitis and Hair Loss
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 4: A 26-Year-Old Woman with Multiple Erythematous Areas with Coexisted Hair Loss
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References Chapter 5: A 29-Year-Old Woman with Treatment-Resistant Dandruff
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 6: A 34-Year-Old Man with an Indurated Alopecic Lesion on the Scalp
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 7: A 38-Year-Old Woman with Linear Hair Loss
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 8: A 40-Year-Old Woman of African Descent with the Central Scalp Hair Loss
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References Chapter 9: A 52-Year-Old Woman with Scarring Alopecia
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 10: A 62-Year-Old Woman with Mild Hair Loss and Scalp Itching
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 11: A 64-Year-Old Woman with Burning Sensation of the Scalp with Coexisted Hair Loss
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 12: A 66-Year-Old Woman with Localized Hair Loss
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References Discussion
References
Chapter 18: Alopecia in a Linear Pattern
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 19: An Elderly Female with Alopecia
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 20: An Infant with Suppurative Circular Alopecia on the Scalp
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 21: Androgenetic Alopecia and Thyroid Cancer: Coincidence or More?
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion
References
Chapter 22: A Chronic Inflammatory Scalp Disorder with Coexisted Alopecia
Differential Diagnoses
Diagnosis
Discussion - DigitalRavi V. Shah, Siddique A. Abbasi, editors.Summary: This concise practical guide is designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process by reviewing a number of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to clinicians. It is well illustrated and diverse in scope, enabling the reader to obtain relevant clinical information regarding both standard and unusual cases in heart failure in a rapid, easy to digest format. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Cardiology is a key discipline in this regard and is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. This title therefore provides valuable assistance to trainees and clinicians alike in evaluating pati ents and defining an appropriate procedure for each case covered.
Contents:
Evaluation and Management of Heart Failure
Management of Chronic Heart Failure
Cardiogenic shock
Mechanical circulatory support and cardiac transplantation.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalNora V. Bergasa, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive resource for clinical hepatology. It details the systematic approach to patients with liver disease in outpatient and inpatient medical settings. A variety of case studies in hepatology including chronic viral hepatitis, and metabolic, autoimmune, and alcohol related liver disease are presented. The book enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of the clinical presentation, natural history, epidemiology, genetics, and therapeutic options for the liver diseases that clinicians must recognize and manage from the first encounter with the patient through the years of follow up. Clinical Cases in Hepatology systematically describes the approach to a patient with liver disease and is a valuable source for all medical professionals and trainees who care for these patients or are seeking a detailed reference guide to developing their knowledge in the rapidly expanding field of hepatology.
Contents:
Acute hepatitis (e.g. viral, drug-induced)
Primary biliary cirrhosis
Liver disease secondary to alcohol abuse
Non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
Hepatic manifestations of sepsis
Autoimmune hepatitis
Cholestasis of pregnancy
Complications of cirrhosis (e.g. portal hypertension, ascites, hepatic encephalopathy)
Ischemic hepatitis
AIDS and liver disease. . - DigitalRobert A. Norman, William Eng, editors.Summary: This clinical case book serves as a useful guide for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of infectious diseases of the skin of parasitic, fungal, bacterial, and viral origin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own practice. Clinical Cases in Infections and Infestations of the Skin provides help and insight for clinicians in managing skin disease, with each chapter serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. ℗ℓThe reader will find useful information and tools to help patients and will enable readers to add to their current clinical regimens by becoming familiar with healing systems beyond medical dermatology. The book will enable those new to the field to develop a literacy and competence in the management of infectious dermatology.℗ℓ For the more experienced learner, it will assist in finding new ways to sharpen diagnostic and treatment acumens.
Contents:
Viral
Herpes simplex 1
Herpes simplex 2
Varicella
Molloscum
HPV types, verruca, plana, plantar, condyloma, bowenoid papulosis
HIV
Hepatitis
Bacteria
Syphilis
Erythrasma
Staph (MRSA), Impetigo
AFB
Fungal
Tinea corporis
Tinea capitis (endothrix)
Tinea vesicular
Candida
Chromoblastomycosis
Pityrosporum
Insects
Demodex
Scabies
Tick
Lice
Worms
Cutaneous larva migrans. - DigitalRobert A Norman, Reena Rupani.Summary: This book serves as a useful clinical guide on integrative dermatology for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of the skin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own patients. Integrative dermatology is a relatively newly-defined field but is steadily increasing in popularity. Clinical Cases in Integrative Dermatology provides insight for clinicians and patients in handling the skin, with each chapter serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. It will enable those new to the field to begin to develop a literacy and competence, while the more experienced learner will find new ways to sharpen their diagnostic and treatment skills.
Contents:
Acne
Atopic Dermatitis
Psoriasis
Warts
Hyperhidrosis
Lichen Planus
Pruritus
Psychoneurodermatitis
Rosacea
Skin Cancer
Vitiligo
Alopecia Areata
Photo Aging
Stasis Dermatitis / Lymphedema
Telogen Effluvium
Notalgia Paresthetica
Hidradenitis Suppurativa
Allergic Contact Dermatitis
Raynauds
Lupus
Urticaria
Tinea
Candidiasis
Impetigo And MRSA Infections
Cosmetics.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMartin W. Bergmann, Apostolos Tzikas, Nina C. Wunderlich.Summary: This concise practical guide is designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of LAA occlusion procedures by reviewing a number of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to clinicians. Clinical Cases in LAA Occlusion is well illustrated but concise, enabling the reader to obtain relevant information regarding both standard and unusual cases in a rapid, easy to digest format. Each case includes a narrative description and patient management tips.
Contents:
1 Background
2 Safety and efficacy of LAA closure
3 Anatomy and imaging of the LAA
4 Access to the left atrium
5 WATCHMAN implantation step-by-step
6 WATCHMAN case examples
7 AMULET implantation step-by-step
8 AMULET case examples
9 Prevention and Management of complications
10 Combined procedures. - DigitalSwetalina Pradhan, Piyush Kumar, editors.Summary: This book published in the Clinical Cases in Dermatology series is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of leprosy and its complications. It provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare cases of leprosy. With an extensive review of the clinical aspects of the disease, the later chapters focus on a particular case and emphasize how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. Clinical Cases in Leprosy concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing patients with leprosy. It represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter the condition as part of their day-to-day practice or if this is a rare occurrence.
Contents:
Introduction to leprosy
Clinical classification
Basic clinical examination
Investigations
General idea about different MDT regimens
Counselling in leprosy
Cases
TT
BT
BB
BL
LL- 3 cases
Pure neuritic
Histoid LL
Type 1 reaction
Type 2 reaction
Neuritis
Trophic Ulcer
Hand Deformities
Foot deformity
Eye complications case
Lucio leprosy
Lazarine leprosy
Atypical presentation/rare cases. - DigitalJennifer I. Lim, William F. Mieler.Summary: "Medical retina is a complex subspecialty with a steep learning curve, requiring vast and diverse knowledge in basic science, diagnostic imaging, medical treatment, and surgical techniques. Clinical Cases in Medical Retina: A Diagnostic Approach provides highly visual, case-based guidance on the challenging process of gathering patient information, ordering appropriate testing, and arriving at an accurate diagnosis and effective treatment plan. In one convenient volume, it exposes retina fellows and specialists, ophthalmology residents, and other eye care clinicians to a wide variety of patient presentations and scenarios, including rare conditions and special populations"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Hereditary macular conditions
Degenerative/deficiency
Inflammatory/autoimmune macular diseases
infectious macular diseases
Retinovascular
Idiopathic macular conditions
Toxic/secondary
Neoplastic/infiltrative.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalTorello Lotti, Michael Tirant, Uwe Wollina, editors.Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of melanoma. Clinical cases are examined to give the reader an understanding of new diagnostic tools including total body photofinders, two photon excitation florescence microscopy and confocal microscopy. Each case is presented in relation to immunotherapy and quality of life and examines the therapeutic outcomes of newly introduced therapies. Clinical Cases in Melanoma highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as oncologists, pharmacologists and pathologists.
Contents:
Dermoscopic and clinical features of Melanoma
Amelanotic melanoma
Biomarkers in Melanoma
Challenges of Current Therapies
Novel treatments
Clinical Presentation
Surgical Management of Melanoma
Radiation Therapy for Melanoma
Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors in the Treatment of Melanoma
BRAF/MEK inhibitors in the Treatment of Melanoma
Nanomedicine in Melanoma
Side effects of therapies. - DigitalTorello M. Lotti, Fabio Arcangeli, editors.
- DigitalFabio Arcangeli, Torello M. Lotti, editors.
- DigitalOndrej Dolezal.Summary: This book presents a selection of neurological clinical cases and tests the reader in order to allow them to gain clinical self-confidence in approaching the case, requesting tests (negotiating test with other specialties e.g. radiology) and also in referring to other specialties. The book examines a range of different clinical scenarios and neurological conditions from multiple sclerosis and degenerative disorders to epilepsy and headache. The book can serve as a teaching aid in a classroom setting, where teacher introduces the case ("telling the story", neurological examination) and the students then propose differential diagnoses and further tests. Teacher, when suitable, shows representative test result to students and expects students to interpret scan/test, eventually concluding the case, proposing further referrals and discussing prognosis Each chapter also contains visual aids in the form of Neuroexam, helping the reader gain a quick understanding of the case. Aimed at trainee neurologists and any non-neurologists who might encounter neurological cases in the clinic, this book is useful for bedside teaching especially when there are not enough available patients on ward.
- DigitalFrancesca Satolli, Michael Tirant, Uwe Wollina, Torello M. Lotti, editors.Summary: This book is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of pediatric skin cancers. Dermatologists, oncologists and general pediatricians who offer primary care to children must be knowledgeable in identifying and managing dermatological cancers, and this title provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare dermatologic cases. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual scenarios using best practice techniques. Pediatric dermatology is a particularly important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Pediatric Skin Cancers concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing skin cancers in pediatric patients. Each chapter focuses on a particular case and emphasizes how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. This book therefore represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter these cases as part of their everyday practice.
Contents:
Conventional melanoma
Spitzoid melanoma
Congenital melanocytic nevus
Melanoma
Basal Cell Carcinomas
Squamous Cell Carcinomas
Benign skin neoplasms
Genetic skin neoplasms
Virus-induced skin neoplasms in children. - DigitalJohn Koo, Mio Nakamura.Summary: This case book will be based on real life scenarios of patient cases which have been encountered over several decades in one of the largest phototherapy centers in the United States. To our knowledge, there has not been anything similar published to date. By presenting various cases and how to manage such cases, we aim to educate dermatology trainees and practicing dermatologist who are trying to familiarize themselves with phototherapy. A recent study has shown that many dermatologists do not know how to administer phototherapy, and most graduating residents do not have adequate teaching and experience with administering phototherapy during their residencies. Therefore, the hope is that this book will fill a critical gap in the field of dermatology.
Contents:
Ultraviolet B Phototherapy for the Treatment of Moderate to Severe Psoriasis
PUVA for the Treatment of Moderate to Severe Psoriasis
Excimer Laser for the Treatment of Mild to Moderate Psoriasis
Goeckerman Therapy for the Treatment of Severe Generalized Psoriasis
Avoiding Undertreatment with Phototherapy
"Erythemogenic" Phototherapy for Select Patients Who Need It
Recognizing and Managing Initiation Burn
Managing Phototherapy-Induced Burn
When Patients Cannot Tolerate Narrowband-UVB
Heliotherapy
Cool Down before Initiation of Phototherapy
Two-Step Phototherapy for Patients with Resistant Disease
Phototherapy in the Setting of Photosensitizing Medications
Phototherapy-Induced Iatrogenic Polymorphous Light Eruption
Herpes Zoster During Phototherapy
Enhancing Phototherapy with Topical Agents
Combing Phototherapy with Acitretin: Re-PUVA and Re-UVB
Combining Phototherapy with Methotrexate
Combining Phototherapy with Cyclosporine "Cool Down"
Combining Phototherapy with Apremilast
Combining Phototherapy with Biologic Agents
Phototherapy for the Pediatric Population
Phototherapy for the Elderly Population
Phototherapy for Atopic Dermatitis
Phototherapy for Vitiligo
Phototherapy for Prurigo Nodularis
Addressing the Question: Phototherapy and the Risk of Skin Cancer
Prescribing a Home Phototherapy Booth
Handheld Phototherapy Unit for Treatment of Localized Psoriasis or Scalp.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalTorello Lotti, Michael, Tirant, Davinder Parsad, editors.Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of pigmentary disorders. Each chapter explores a different clinical case to give the reader an interdisciplinary understanding of treatment options. Particular attention is given to the treatment of hypopigmentation, hypomelanosis and discoloration with cases highlighting the effects of drug intake, genetic alterations and the polluted environment. Clinical Cases in Pigmentary Disorders examines therapeutic approaches through evidence-based best practice techniques and is relevant to dermatologists, oncologists, pharmacologists and pathologists.
Contents:
Acquired hypermelanosis
Melasma
Genetic hypermelanosis
Acquired hypomelanosis
Vitiligo
Genetic hypomelanosis
Albinism
Drug induced discoloration
Inflammatory induced discoloration
Nail discoloration
Non-melanocytic pigment disorders
Miscellaneous pigment disorders.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalShannon C. Trotter, Austin Cusick, editors.Summary: This latest book in the Clinical Cases in Dermatology series presents a variety of cases of pruritus. A clear easy-to-follow chapter structure throughout the work enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of the content covered in each case. An emphasis is placed on key features that distinguish pruritus from other conditions to ensure the reader develops their diagnostic skills. Practically applicable guidance on how to appropriately manage the disorder to assist the reader in the clinical decision-making is also provided. Clinical Cases in Pruritus is a concise practically applicable resource detailing how to diagnose and manage pruritus in a variety of scenarios. Therefore, it is of interest to practicing and trainee dermatologists seeking a concise up-to-date resource on the topic.
Contents:
Dermatoses with
Grovers Disease
Bullous Pemphigoid
Atopic Dermatitis
Scabies
Psoriasis
Prurigo nodularis
Localized pruritus
Notalgia paresthetica
Brachioradial pruritus
Herpes Zoster
Pruritus ani
Lichen sclerosis et atrophicus
Systemic pruritus: Autoimmune
Dermatitis herpetiformis
Dermatomysositis
Systemic pruritus: Hematologic
Polycythemia Vera
Iron Deficiency Anemia
Systemic Pruritis: Hepatobiliary
Hepatitis
Drug-induced cholestasis
Systemic pruritus: Metabolic and Endocrine
Diabetes mellitis
Hypothyroidism
Uremic pruritus
Systemic pruritus: Malignancy
Lymphoma
Systemic pruritus: Neurologic
Multiple sclerosis
Systemic pruritus: Other
Medication induced
Pregnancy-pemphigoid gestationis
Systemic pruritus: Infectious Disease
HIV/AIDS
Parasitic Infection. - DigitalJashin J. Wu, editor.Contents:
Chapter 1. 12-year-old with scaly, itchy scalp
Chapter 2. A 54-year-old with diffuse red, scaly spots on entire body
Chapter 3. Red rash on scalp
Chapter 4. 41-year-old with nail deformities
Chapter 5. 69-year-old with rash on the axilla and groin
Chapter 6. 45-year-old with red rash on face
Chapter 7. 16-year-old with rash on genitals
Chapter 8. 70-year-old male with red rash on palms
Chapter 9. Noncompliant 57-year-old patient with psoriasis
Chapter 10. Severely obese 42-year-old with psoriasis
Chapter 11. 62-year-old male with rash induced by tumor necrosis factor inhibitor
Chapter 12. 33-year-old female with psoriasis planning for pregnancy
Chapter 13. Infected joint prosthesis in a 56-year-old with psoriasis
Chapter 14. 43-year-old with recurrence of red, scaly rash
Chapter 15. Joint stiffness in a 45-year-old with psoriasis
Chapter 16. 69-year-old with psoriasis and a history of skin cancer
Chapter 17. Herpes zoster reactivation in a 40-year-old with psoriasis
Chapter 18. Tuberculosis infection in a 58-year-old with psoriasis
Chapter 19. 50-year-old with psoriasis and Hepatitis B virus infection
Chapter 20. 54-year-old with psoriasis and Hepatitis C virus infection
Chapter 21. HIV infection in a 44-year-old with psoriasis.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJashin J. Wu, editor.Summary: This updated volume provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of psoriasis. The book examines clinical cases to help the reader work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. New chapters on erythrodermic psoriasis, severe pediatric psoriasis, psoriasis with patients with prior breast cancer, and psoriasis with patients who wish to become pregnant have been added. The treatment of psoriasis in relation to patients with hepatitis B and C, HIV, and who have received pneumococcal and herpes zoster vaccines are also discussed. Clinical Cases in Psoriasis highlights evidence-based best practice through its multidisciplinary approach and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology.
Contents:
Introduction to interventional procedures; timing and patient selection
Headache anatomy and mechanisms of peripheral nerve interventions
Pharmacology of interventional headache management
Greater occipital nerve and lesser occipital nerve blocks
The role of other peripheral nerve blocks
Onabotulinumtoxina for refractory headache
The role of interventional procedures in childhood and adolescent headaches-peripheral neuro-modulation
Interventional headache management in the elderly
Interventional headache management in pregnancy and lactation
Efficacy of trigger point injections and dry needling
Potential role of acupuncture
The role of radiofrequency thermocoagulation
The potential role of ozone therapy
Peripheral neuromodulation on the refractory headache disorders
Sample cases(treatment response of gon blockade in chronic migraine). - DigitalTien V. Nguyen, Jillian W. Wong, John Koo.Summary: This concise practical guide has been designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of psychocutaneous disease by reviewing a variety of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to practitioners. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying practitioner to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Each case within includes a narrative description and patient management tips. Clinical Cases in Psychocutaneous Disease is the first text dedicated to cases and written by experts in the topic who treat patients with psychocutaneous problems. It will be an essential reference for those in dermatology training programs and experienced practitioners seeking a practical case-based guide.
Contents:
Preface
Part I:Psychologically Challenging Patient Encounters in Dermatology
The long list patient
The Will you be my PCP patient
The patient with unusual demands
The fearful patient
The patient with a chronic disease
The angry patient
The distrustful and poorly compliant patient
Part II:Psychocutaneous Disease in Geriatric Patients
Delusions of parasitosis in geriatric patients
Neurotic excoriations and the elderly
The geriatric patient with neurodermatitis
Part III:Cases of Psychocutaneous Disease
Formication without delusions
The slightly delusional patient
The delusional but hopeful patient
The hopelessly delusional patient
Drug-induced formication and delusions of parasitosis
Other delusionoid beliefs
Neurotic excoriations secondary to cutaneous dysesthesia
Neurotic excoriations secondary to underlying major depression
Neurotic excoriations with underlying psychosis
Acne excorie
Trichotillomania
Body dysmorphic disorder
Factitial dermatitis
Hyperhidrosis and an anxiety disorder
Atopic dermatitis and a major depressive disorder
Psoriasis and excessive stress. - Digitaledited by Lana Tsao, Maxwell E. Afari.Summary: This book provides a practical clinical case-based review of right heart failure. Cases of common and rarely encountered presentations of right heart failure are covered. Featured cases include right heart failure due to pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary embolism, valvular heart disease, myocardial infarction and congenital heart disease as well as how to differentiate new onset right heart failure from left heart failure. The medical management and mechanical support of right ventricular failure utilizing percutaneous and surgical techniques is reviewed along with the latest palliative and rehabilitation strategies. Clinical Cases in Right Heart Failure features a wealth of common and unusual case presentations of right heart failure and its clinical management, providing an ideal resource for trainees and practicing clinicians who encounter these patients.
Contents:
Non-invasive Imaging of the right heart
Arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
Right Heart Failure due to Valvular Heart Disease
Right ventricular failure due to Myocardial Infarction
Right Ventricular failure from Pulmonary Embolism
Pulmonary Hypertension and Right heart failure
Adult Congenital Heart Patient with Right Heart Failure
Medical Management of Cardiogenic Shock
Mechanical Support in Right ventricular Failure
Surgical Options for Right Ventricular Failure
Exercise and Rehabilitation of the right heart
Palliative Care in Right Heart Failure. - DigitalAnna Waskiel-Burnat, Roxanna Sadoughifar, Torello M. Lotti, Lidia Rudnicka, editors.Summary: This book identifies the broad scope of dermatological conditions in patients with scalp disorders. Scalp disorders can be associated with various conditions such as inflammatory, neoplastic and systemic diseases. Patient history and physical examination significantly narrow the differential diagnosis, but in doubtful cases trichoscopy or scalp biopsy is needed to establish correct diagnosis. Treatment of scalp diseases varies from topical through intralesional to systemic options, dependent from type and severity of the disease as well as coexisted conditions. Clinical cases are the key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Clinical Cases in Scalp Disorders illustrates clinical features and discuss diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with scalp diseases and is ideal for both board-certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.
Contents:
Patches and plaques
Papules and nodules
Pustules
Blisters and erosions
Thickened scalp
Pruritus
Cicatricial alopecia. - DigitalSharad P. Paul, Robert A. Norman, editors.Contents:
1. Skin cancer of the ear: mastoid interpolation flap reconstruction tips
2. One technique fits all: the versatility of the full thickness graft on the lateral wall of the nose
3. Islands on the cheek: island flaps on the cheek and a modified oblique-sigmoid flaps
4. Rotation flaps of the scalp: study of the design, planning and biomechanics of single, double and triple pedicle flaps
5. Double-advancement 'H' flaps for very large defects of the forehead: design, planning and the use of sub-periosteal dissection to increase mobility
6. The modified rhomboid flap: an improvement on the traditional technique and its use in defects of the Ala Nasi --7. The keystone design perforator island flap: an easy option for the lower limb, but how does it actually work?
8. Amelanotic malignant melanoma of the toe presenting as an ulcer: management and biopsy guidelines
9. Revisiting the halo graft: why does it heal faster when compared to conventional split-skin grafts?
10. Balloon cell nevi and balloon cell melanomas: what are they?
11. Tropical treatment of skin cancers and the risks of 'figting fire and fire'
12. When a lipoma wasn't a lipoma: a discussion about granular cell tumors of skin
13. How small is small for a melanoma?
14. Multiple basal cell carcinomas and superficial radiotherapy (SRT)
15. Adenocystic carcinoma
16. Sebaceous carcinoma
17. Metastatic cutaneous adenocarcinoma
18. Zosteriform cutaneous metastasis
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalPorcia B. Love, Roopal V. Kundu, editors.Contents:
1. Acne vulgaris
2. Rosacea
3. Pseudofolliculitis barbae
4. Acne keloidalis
5. Dissecting cellulitis of the scalp
6. Hidradenitis suppurativa
7. Atopic dermatitis
8. Psoriasis
9. Pityriasis rosea
10. Lichen planus
11. Tinea versicolor
12. Tinea capitis
13. Postinflammatory hyperpigmentation
14. Melasma
15. Erythema dyschromicum perstans
16. Vitiligo
17. Pityriasis alba
18. Progressive macular hypomelanosis
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Porcia B. Love, Roopal V. Kundu.Contents:
Discoid lupus erythematosus
Sarcoidosis
Traction alopecia
Androgenetic alopecia
Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia
Keloids
Basal cell carcinoma
Squamous cell carcinoma
Melanoma
Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma
Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans
Dermatosis papulosa nigra
Chemical peels
Laser hair removal
Dermal fillers. - DigitalAtooshe Rohani.Summary: This book comprehensively covers unusual and rare pathological cases in echocardiography. Chapters cover cases from diagnosis, to treatment and prognosis with engaging video clips including three dimensional video clips to enhance appreciation and understanding of echocardiography use in clinical practice. Cases covered include: pseudoaneurysm of aortic graft, congenital absence of pericardium, coarctation of aorta and patent ductus arteriosus. Clinical Cases in the Echocardiography Lab features comprehensive overviews of a wide range of rare pathologies in echocardiography, and is an essential resource for both the novice and experienced cardiology practitioner. .
Contents:
Quadricuspid AV with three dimensional video clips (3D)
Unicuspid AV (3D)
Annuloaortic ectasia
Para valvular leak (metallic AV) because of endocarditis
Severe rheumatic aortic regurgitation (AI)
Metallic aortic valve obstruction
AV endocarditis
Parachute and subvalvular ring (3D).-Flail MV (3D)
MV endocarditis
Bioprosthetic MV obstruction (3D)
Double orifice MV (3D)
Ischemic MR
Metallic MV paravalvular leak (3D)
Metallic MV obstruction
MV stenosis (3D)
Bioprosthetic MV partial dehiscence (3D).-MV endocarditis (3D)
Flail anterior leaflet MV
Severe MR.-Left atrial appendage clot (3D)
Flail posterior MV leaflet.-Flail MV and rheumatic heart disease. -Ebstein anomaly.-Papillary fibroelastoma of TV (3D)
TV atresia
TV endocarditis
TV metallic obstruction
TV myxoma
Bioprosthetic TV obstruction (3D)
Valvular pulmonary stenosis.-Sub valvular pulmonary stenosis
Supra valvular pulmonary stenosis
Severe PI
Non-compaction
Twenty years after hydatid cyst operation
Amyloid
Apical HCM
HOCM
Huge LV apical clot
CVA source of embolism
Huge calcified mass, inside heart or outside? (3D)
LV Non compaction.-Coarctation of aorta (3D).-Patent ductus arteriosus endocarditis (3D).-Secundum atrial septal defect (ASD)(3D)
L-transposition of great arteries (L-TGA)
Senning Mustard operation
Sinus venosus ASD (3D)
Left anomalous pulmonary vein connection
Tetralogy of Fallot.-Single ventricle with D-TGA and pulmonary stenosis (PS)
Inlet and outlet ventricular septal defect (VSD)
Thrombus in transit via patent foramen ovale (PFO)
Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Dysplasia
Left pulmonary artery clot
Huge RV myxoma
Aortic dissection
Pseudo aneurysm of Dacron graft of aorta. - Digital[edited by] Harpal Sandhu, Henry Kaplan.Summary: Intraocular inflammation is particularly difficult to diagnose and treat, often resembling a complex puzzle of patient history, symptoms, imaging, and laboratory test results. Clinical Cases in Uveitis: Differential Diagnosis and Management is a unique, case-based resource designed to help you navigate the range of challenging manifestations and presentations that often mimic other diseases. More than 90 real-world uveitis cases are presented in a highly templated, easy-to-follow format, along with step-by-step guidance on the right patient questions, assessment, differential diagnosis, testing, management, and follow-up care. Provides a variety of patient presentations and scenarios and unique clinical situations that mirror day-to-day practice. Covers current diagnostic imaging modalities, including optical coherence tomography (OCT), optical coherence tomography angiography, fluorescein angiography (FA), and indocyanine green angiography (ICG). Features diagnostic and management algorithms that assist in differential diagnosis and decision making for even the most complex cases, including those in which the patient does not improve as expected, prompting a reassessment of diagnosis and management. Contains approximately 250 high-quality images, including color anterior segment photographs, color fundus photographs, OCT images, and angiograms. Discusses distinguishing infectious from non-infectious inflammation; when and how to start systemic immunosuppressive therapy; diagnostic criteria and management of "white dot syndromes" ; pediatric uveitis; masquerade syndromes, including inherited retinal degenerations, malignancies, and paraneoplastic syndromes; and much more. Includes the authors' specific thought processes and approach in particularly challenging cases. An excellent resource and study tool for ophthalmology residents and fellows, those studying for oral boards, general ophthalmologists, retina specialists, and more. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.Digital Access
- DigitalClinical challenges in the biopsychosocial interface : update on psychosomatics for the 21st centuryvolume editors, R. Balon, T.N. Wise.Contents:
Psychosomatic medicine in the 21st century : understanding mechanisms and barriers to utilization / Wise, T.N., Balon, R
Communication with patients suffering from serious physical illness / Grassi, L., Caruso, R., Costantini, A
Dimensional psychopharmacology in somatising patients / Biondi, M., Pasquini, M
Forensic issues in medical evaluation : competency and end-of-life issues / Soliman, S. Hall, R.C.W
Then and now : HIV consultation psychiatry update / Goforth, H.W., Bader, M., Fernandez, F
Fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue : the underlying biology and related theoretical issues / Romano, G.F., Tomassi, S., Russell A., Mondelli, V., Pariante, C.M
Fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome : management issues / Bourke, J
Telomeres, early-life stress and mental illness / Ridout, S.J., Ridout, K.K., Kao, H.-T., Carpenter, L.L., Philip, N.S., Tyrka, A.R., Price, L.H
Coping with losses, grief, and mourning in prostate cancer / Wittmann, D
Psychodermatology / Brown, G.E., Malakouti, M., Sorenson, E., Gupta, R, Koo, J.Y.M
Huntington's disease : looking beyond the movement disorder / Morreale, M.K.
Joint hypermobility, anxiety and psychosomatics : two and a half decades of progress toward a new phenotype / Bulbena, A.; Pailhez, G., Bulbena-Cabré A., Mallorquí -Bagú, N., Baeza-Velasco, C.Digital Access Karger 2015 - Digitaledited by William Clarke, Amitava Dasgupta.Summary: This guide surveys critical issues in therapeutic drug monitoring for non-toxicologists who want to gain greater insight into the unique requirements of special populations and learn how to avoid drug toxicity within a narrow therapeutic window.
Contents:
Overview of therapeutic drug monitoring
Immunoassays and issues with interference in therapeutic drug monitoring
Application of chromatography combined with mass spectrometry in therapeutic drug monitoring
Monitoring free drug concentration : clinical usefulness and analytical challenges
Therapeutic drug monitoring of newer antiepileptic drugs
Therapeutic drug monitoring of antiretrovirals
Therapeutic drug monitoring in infants and children
Therapeutic drug monitoring in pregnancy
Therapeutic drug monitoring in older people
Therapeutic drug monitoring in obese patients
Special issues in therapeutic drug monitoring in patients with uremia, liver disease, and in critically ill patients
Issues of pharmacogenomics in monitoring warfarin therapy
Alternative sampling strategies for therapeutic drug monitoring
Integrating therapeutic drug monitoring in the health care environment : therapeutic drug monitoring and pharmacists.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalWilliam J. Marshall, Márta Lapsley, Andrew Day, Kate Shipman.Summary: "Clinical Chemistry considers what happens to the body's chemistry when affected by disease. It provides introductory coverage of the scientific basis for biochemistry tests routinely used in medicine - including tests for the assessment of organ function, diagnosis and monitoring disease activity and therapy efficacy. Each topic area begins with a concise description of the underlying physiological and biochemical principles and then applies them to patient investigation and management. The regular use of case histories helps further emphasise clinical relevance and chapter key points, as well as provide a useful starting point for examination revision"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
An introduction to biochemistry and cell biology
Biochemical investigations in clinical medicine
Water, sodium and potassium
Hydrogen ion homoeostasis and blood gases
The kidneys
The liver
The gastrointestinal tract
Clinical nutrition
The hypothalamus and the pituitary gland
The adrenal glands
The thyroid gland
The gonads
Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism
Calcium, phosphate and magnesium
Bones and joints
Plasma proteins and enzymes
Lipids, lipoproteins and cardiovascular disease
Muscles, nerves and psychiatric disorders
Inherited metabolic diseases
Disorders of haemoproteins, porphyrins and iron
Metabolic aspects of malignant disease
Therapeutic drug monitoring and chemical aspects of toxicology
Clinical chemistry at the extremes of age.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalMustafa A. M. Salih, editor.Summary: This book, which will hold global appeal, adopts a problem-based approach to childhood disorders of the nervous system with the aim of supporting practicing child neurologists, pediatricians, and residents in training in their management of children with neurological disorders. Throughout, the practical assistance that it offers is based firmly on the best available current scientific evidence. The various pediatric neurologic diseases and organ systems are covered by pediatric neurologists and scientists from leading university hospitals and health centers in both the developed and the developing world. In addition to the full range of more frequent disorders, the book spans the neurological aspects of neglected tropical diseases and neurogenetic diagnostic and management algorithms utilizing the power of emerging DNA technology. A further feature is the inclusion of didactic videos relating to epileptic and movement disorders. As an open access publication with a strong clinical focus, the book will be a handy and valuable reference and resource for all practitioners who deal with childhood neurological disorders.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalYingze Zhang, editor.Summary: This book covers common fracture and dislocation classifications for nearly every part of the human body. For each part, it introduces readers to the historical evolution of fracture classifications, as well as the commonly used classifications, with likelihood from high to low. To describe these classifications, the book combines extensive descriptions, tree and schematic diagrams, elegant drawings and detailed radiological images. This structure will help readers recognize the differences between various classifications, and make proper decisions on the basis of their specific research purposes. As such, the book offers a valuable reference guide for orthopedists, radiologists and medical students alike.
Contents:
Classifications of shoulder girdle fractures
Classifications of humeral fractures
Classifications of radius and ulna fractures
Classifications of hand and wrist fractures
Classifications of dislocation of shoulder and upper limb
Classifications for spine fractures
Classifications of pelvic ring fracture and dislocation
Classifications of femoral fractures
Classifications of patellar fracture
Classifications of tibial and fibular fractures
Classifications of foot fractures
Classifications of hip joint and lower extremity dislocations
Classifications of soft-tissue injuries
Fracture and dislocation classification for children. - Digitaledited by Dr. Jo Brown, Dr. Lorraine M. Noble, Dr. Alexia Papageorgiou, Dr. Jane Kidd.Summary: Clinical Communication in Medicine brings together the theories, models and evidence that underpin effective healthcare communication in one accessible volume. Endorsed and developed by members of the UK Council of Clinical Communication in Undergraduate Medical Education, it traces the subject to its primary disciplinary origins, looking at how it is practised, taught and learned today, as well as considering future directions. Focusing on three key areas-the doctor-patient relationship, core components of clinical communication, and effective teaching and assessment-Clinical Communication in Medicine enhances the understanding of effective communication. It links theory to teaching, so principles and practice are clearly understood. Clinical Communication in Medicine is a new and definitive guide for professionals involved in the education of medical undergraduate students and postgraduate trainees, as well as experienced and junior clinicians, researchers, teachers, students, and policy makers.Digital Access Wiley 2016
- DigitalMark Findlay, Christopher Isles.Contents:
Part 1. Physiology and Assessment
1. Structure and Function of the Kidney
2. Assessment of GFR
3. Proteinuria
4. Haematuria
Part 2. Disorders of Renal Metabolic Function
5. Hyponatraemia
6. Hypokalaemia
7. Hypocalcaemia and hypercalcaemia
8. Hypophosphataemia and hypomagnesaemia
9. Acid-base balance
Part 3. Acute Kidney Injury
10. Causes of Acute Kidney Injury
11. Rhabdomyolysis
12. Cardiorenal Failure
13. Hepatorenal Syndrome
14. HUS/TTP in Adults
15. Myeloma and the Kidney
16. Investigation, management and outcome of Acute Kidney Injury
17. Fluid Management
18. Hyperkalaemia
19. Rapidly Progressive Glomerulonephritis
Part 4. Chronic Kidney Disease
20. Overview of Chronic Kidney Disease
21. Glomerular Disease
22. Diabetes
23. Renovascular Disease
24. Hypertension
25. Antihypertensive Drugs
26. Polycystic Kidney Diseases
27. Anaemia
28. Mineral Metabolism
29. Nutrition in Renal Disease
Part 5. Miscellaneous Renal
30. Gout and the Kidney
31. Urinary Tract Infection
32. Renal Stone Disease
33. Management of Pain
34. Pregnancy and Renal Disease
35. Blood Borne Viruses
36. Rarer Renal Diseases. Part 6. Renal Replacement Therapy
37. Haemodialysis
38. Peritoneal Dialysis
39. Renal Transplantation
40. Hypertension and Fluid Balance in Dialysis Patients
41. Tunnelled Dialysis Catheters
42. Catheter Related Blood Stream Infection
43. The Challenges of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Elderly.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJack Fairweather, Mark Findlay, Christopher Isles.Summary: The second edition of this educational book provides an updated resource on how best to discuss and manage acute and chronic presentations of renal diseases. All chapters have been reviewed and updated to reflect changes which directly affect clinical practice and new chapters have been added including Dialysis and Poisoning, Urinalysis/Microscopy and Renal Biopsy. Chapters now include information on key clinical trials for management strategies Allowing for concise reading on specific topics this book acts as both a quick reference text and study guide. The layout has been designed in a question and answer format in order to promote self-directed learning. Images and diagrams have been further standardized and improved for the new edition and remain a key feature of the book. Clinical Companion in Nephrology, second edition, is an invaluable resource for junior doctors, medical students and renal nurses who encounter renal patients in their daily practice.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Abbreviations
Part I: Physiology and Assessment
1: Structure and Function of the Kidney
2: Assessment of GFR
Further Reading
3: Proteinuria
Further Reading
4: Haematuria
Further Reading
Part II: Disorders of Renal Metabolic Function
5: Hyponatraemia
Further Reading
6: Hypokalaemia
7: Hypocalcaemia and Hypercalcaemia
8: Hypophosphataemia and Hypomagnesaemia
9: Disorders of Acid Base Balance
Part III: Acute Kidney Injury
10: Causes of Acute Kidney Injury
Further Reading
11: Rhabdomyolysis
Further Reading 12: Cardiorenal Failure
Further Reading
13: Hepatorenal Syndrome
Further Reading
14: Thrombotic Microangiopathies (TMA) in Adults
Further Reading
15: Myeloma and the Kidney
Further Reading
16: Investigation, Management and Outcome of Acute Kidney Injury
Further Reading
17: Fluid Management
Further Reading
18: Hyperkalaemia
Further Reading
19: Rapidly Progressive Glomerulonephritis
Further Reading
Part IV: Chronic Kidney Disease
20: Overview of Chronic Kidney Disease
Further Reading
21: Glomerular Disease
Further Reading 22: Renal Disease and Diabetes
Further Reading
23: Renovascular Disease
Further Reading
24: Hypertension
Further Reading
25: Antihypertensive Drugs
Further Reading
26: Polycystic Kidney Disease
Further Reading
27: Renal Anaemia
Further Reading
28: Mineral Metabolism
Further Reading
29: Nutrition in Renal Disease
Part V: Miscellaneous Renal
30: Gout and the Kidney
Further Reading
31: Urinary Tract Infection
Further Reading
32: Renal Stone Disease
Further Reading
33: Managing Pain in Chronic Kidney Disease
Further Reading 34: The Effect of Kidney Disease on Drugs
35: The Effect of Drugs on Kidney Disease
35.1 Acute Kidney Injury
35.2 Chronic Kidney Disease
35.3 Renal Transplantation
36: Pregnancy and Renal Disease
Further Reading
37: Blood Borne Viruses
Further Reading
38: Rarer Renal Diseases
Further Reading
Part VI: Renal Replacement Therapy
39: Haemodialysis
Further Reading
40: Peritoneal Dialysis
Further Reading
41: Renal Transplantation
42: Dialysis and Poisoning
Further Reading
43: Hypertension and Fluid Balance in Dialysis Patients 44: Tunnelled Dialysis Catheters
Further Reading
45: Catheter Related Blood Stream Infection
Further Reading
46: The Challenges of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Frail Older Adult
Further Reading
Part VII: Practical Nephrology
47: Urinalysis and Microscopy
48: Dialysis Line Insertion
49: Renal Biopsy
50: Spotting the Glomerulus: Basics in Biopsy Interpretation
Appendix A: Treatment of Hyponatraemia
Further Reading
Appendix B: Treatment of Hypokalaemia
Appendix C: Treatment of Hypocalcaemia
Appendix D: Treatment of Hypercalcaemia
Further Reading - DigitalHagler, Debra; Harding, Mariann; Kwong, Jeffrey; Reinisch, Courtney; Lewis, Sharon Mantik.Summary: "The Clinical Companion to Harding, Kwong, Hagler, and Reinisch's Lewis's Medical-Surgical Nursing: Assessment and Management of Clinical Problems , 12th edition, is an updated and condensed reference to essential information on almost 200 medical-surgical patient problems and clinical care topics. The 12th edition of this pocket-sized book provides nurses and nursing students with quick access to current, concise, and important information for patient care... The Clinical Companion can be used separately as a reference or in conjunction with Lewis's Medical-Surgical Nursing , 12th edition. We strongly believe the Clinical Companion will serve as an important resource to help nurses meet the challenges and opportunities in caring for patients and their caregivers." -- preface.
Contents:
Part one. Disorders
Part two. Treatments and procedures
Part three. Reference appendix.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2023] - DigitalGianni Angelini, Domenico Bonamonte, Caterina Foti, editors.Summary: This book is intended as a manual and offers an essential tool for practicing and occupational dermatologists, for postgraduates training in dermatology and allergo-immunology, and for allergologists and occupational physicians. Moreover, the authors include information from the world literature, addressing the needs of those who work in industrial fields and are concerned about the dermatological safety of products. The book provides a handy update on this complex, rapidly evolving research area, and in particular, an in-depth analysis of its clinical aspects. It will enable dermatologists to recognize the various clinical manifestations of the condition, make a prompt diagnosis and choose the most effective treatment. Contact dermatitis, a vast and fascinating field of study, has a high frequency of occurrence worldwide in both children and adults of both sexes, and during their daily routine, dermatologists invariably encounter many patients with this disease. To ensure the proper management of these patients it is necessary first of all to formulate a clinical diagnosis on accurate morphological grounds, since it is the most clinically polymorphic disease in dermatology and hence very demanding in terms of differential diagnosis. Then, to achieve properly targeted prevention for each patient, it is essential to isolate the causes among the numerous etiological chemical agents present in both working and leisure time activities and environments. The aim of this book is therefore two-fold: firstly to provide information on the various clinical features of contact dermatitis and review their differential diagnosis, and secondly to provide a comprehensive etiological overview. Particular attention has been paid to the methodologies and importance of patch tests and other diagnostic tools, as well as to the principles of prognosis, treatment and rehabilitation, together with considerations on some preventive aspects underlying contact dermatitis. A wealth of color clinical images, as well as tables and explanatory diagrams, round out the book.
Contents:
Introduction and Epidemiology
Eczematous Dermatoses
Mechanisms in Irritant Contact Dermatitis
Mechanisms in Allergic Contact Dermatitis
Histological, Immunohistochemical and Ultrastructural Aspects of Contact Dermatitis
Irritant Contact Dermatitis
Allergic Contact Dermatitis
Regional Contact Dermatitis
Photocontact Dermatitis
Noneczematous Contact Dermatitis --Airborne Skin Diseases
Occupational Contact Dermatitis : Thoughts on Establishing of Contact Allergy to Products Containing Well Known as Well as Initially Unidentified Sensitizers
Systemic Contact Dermatitis
Contact Dermatitis Due to Cosmetics
Drug Induced Contact Dermatitis
Plant Contact Dermatitis
Hyperpigmentation, Hypopigmentation and Discolorations Due to Contactants
Contact Dermatitis in Children
Contact Dermatitis in Atopic Individuals
Protein Contact Dermatitis
Contact Urticaria
Common Allergens
Patch Testing
Photopatch Testing
Other in Vivo Diagnostic Tests, Spot Tests, and Noninvasive Techniques
Prognosis and Therapy
Prevention and Rehabilitation
Occupational Dermatitis Artefacta. - DigitalJonathan S. Steinberg, Andrew E. Epstein, editors.Summary: This book addresses the tough clinical issues faced by electrophysiologists and cardiologists who treat patients with Cardiac Implantable Electrical Devices (CIEDs) in real-world practice. With contributions from widely recognized international leaders in the field, this 10-chapter resource covers a variety of controversies with CIEDs, from discerning what device is appropriate to use for heart failure to ethical issues in their use at the end of a patients life. To supplement these discussions, chapters review opposing positions on both sides of a controversy and present clinical material to illustrate the different perspectives. Clinical Controversies in Device Therapy for Cardiac Arrhythmias is an essential resource not only for physicians, residents, and fellows in cardiac electrophysiology and cardiology but also for associated professionals including nurses and technicians who work with CIEDs.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Use of the Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillator in Nonischemic Cardiomyopathy
Chapter 2. Wearable Cardioverter Defibrillator for Patients at Risk of Cardiac Arrest
Chapter 3. Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy for Patients without Left Bundle Branch Block
Chapter 4. Biventricular Pacing for Patients with Complete Heart Block
Chapter 5. CRT Devices in Heart Failure: Pacemaker or Defibrillator?
Chapter 6. His-bundle Pacing Versus CRT for Patients with Heart Block
Chapter 7. Replacement of Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillators when Ventricular Function Has Recovered
Chapter 8. Use of Implantable Monitors for Arrhythmia Detection
Chapter 9. Ethical Conundra in CIED Therapy: When Might Implantation Not be Done and Care at the End of Life. - DigitalRong Liu, editor.Summary: With the advent of artificial intelligence and big data era, a new concept of clinical decision making for improving surgical outcomes was proposed, which emphasizes the optimal prognosis and best outcome for patients, makes full use of information technology such as artificial intelligence to reduce the uncertainty in the treatment process and the unevenness of the treatment level, and selects the most appropriate intervention means and intervention timing through objective evaluation. It will be helpful for surgeons to choose treatment options which will be effective to patients.
Contents:
1 Introduction
2 Surgical Risk Management
3 Decision Making Process for Interveners
4 Optimization of Interventions
5 The choice of intervention timing
6 Strategies of clinical decision making for improving prognosis. - DigitalScott R. Steele, Justin A. Maykel, Steven D. Wexner, editors.Summary: This second edition is an all-inclusive textbook with a unique algorithm-based approach to the evaluation and management of colorectal surgery disease. It examines the thought processes, technical tricks, and decision-making strategies for specific clinical situations. The book aims to utilise the experience its contributors have gained caring for patients with a wide range of colorectal diseases. The technical challenges of managing complex patients and the technical details that make these situations challenging are covered, and evidence and experience-based solutions are offered for surgeons of all levels. This book focuses on providing pragmatic advice and reproducible techniques that can be readily implemented by surgeons of varying experience to successfully treat complex colorectal problems through an algorithmic approach.
Contents:
Section I. Evaluation and Perioperative
Chapter 1. Anorectal Examination
Chapter 2. Anorectal and Colonic Evaluation
Chapter 3. Physiologic Testing
Chapter 4. Mechanical Bowel Preparation for Elective Colon and Rectal Surgery
Chapter 5. Perioperative Assessment and Risk Stratification
Chapter 6. Enhanced Recovery Pathways in Colorectal Surgery
Chapter 7. Hematochezia and Melena
Chapter 8. Anal Disease in the Neutropenic Patient
Chapter 9. Evaluation and Perioperative. Anal Mass
Section II. Anal Conditions
Chapter 10. Anal Conditions. Anal Fissure/Recurrent Anal Fissure
Chapter 11. Anal Conditions. Anal Stenosis and Stricture
Chapter 12. Anorectal Abscess
Chapter 13. Anal Conditions. Fistula in ano
Chapter 14. Anal Conditions. Rectovaginal Fistula
Chapter 15. Anal Conditions. Anorectal Crohn's Disease - Fistula
Chapter 16. Anorectal Crohn's Disease. Anal Stenosis and Anal Fissure
Chapter 17. Management of Internal Hemorrhoids
Chapter 18. Anal Conditions. External Hemorrhoids
Chapter 19. Anal Conditions. Pilonidal Disease/Complex and Recurrent Pilonidal Disease
Chapter 20. Anal Conditions. Pruritus Ani
Chapter 21. Anal Conditions. Hidradenitis Suppurativa
Chapter 22. Anal Conditions. Anorectal Trauma
Chapter 23. Anal Conditions STDs
Chapter 24. Anal considerations. Fournier's gangrene
Chapter 25. Non-healing Perineal Wounds
Chapter 26. Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasms
Chapter 27. Anal Conditions. Anal Margin Tumors
Chapter 28. Invasive Anal Canal Neoplasia
Section III. Pelvic Floor
Chapter 29. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Rectal Prolapse/Recurrence
Chapter 30. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Rectal Intussusception
Chapter 31. Pelvic outlet obstruction
Chapter 32. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Biofeedback
Chapter 33. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Fecal Incontinence
Chapter 34. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Diarrhea
Chapter 35. Chronic Constipation
Section IV. Rectal
Chapter 36. Retrorectal tumors
Chapter 37. Rectal Cancer. Local Therapy
Chapter 38. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer - Proctectomy
Chapter 39. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer - Adjuvant and Neoadjuvant Therapy
Chapter 40. Rectal Conditions. Stage IV Rectal Cancer
Chapter 41. Rectal Cancer. Watch and Wait
Chapter 42. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer. Postoperative Surveillance
Chapter 43. Recurrent Rectal Cancer
Chapter 44. Locally Advanced Rectal Cancer
Section V. Colonic
Chapter 45. Colonic. Diverticulitis
Chapter 46. Colonic Conditions. Large Bowel Obstruction
Chapter 47. Colonic Conditions - Volvulus
Chapter 48. Colonic Stricture
Chapter 49. Acute Colonic Pseudo-Obstruction (ACPO) - Ogilvie's Syndrome
Chapter 50. Colonic Conditions. Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS)
Chapter 51. Colorectal Trauma
Chapter 52. Endometriosis
Chapter 53. Colonic Conditions. Ulcerative Colitis
Chapter 54. Colonic Conditions. Indeterminate Colitis
Chapter 55. Colonic Conditions. Toxic Colitis
Chapter 56. Crohn's Colitis
Chapter 57. Ischemic Colitis
Chapter 58. Colonic Conditions. Infectious Colitis
Chapter 59. Colonic Conditions. Benign colonic neoplasia
Chapter 60. Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
Chapter 61. Colonic Conditions. Lynch Syndrome
Chapter 62. Malignant Colon Polyps
Chapter 63. Colonic Conditions. Adenomatous Polyps
Chapter 64. Colon Cancer Surgical Therapy
Chapter 65. Colonic Conditions. Locally Advanced Colon Cancer
Chapter 66. Recurrent Colon Cancer
Chapter 67. Appendiceal Neoplasms
Section VI. Small bowel
Chapter 68. Small bowel conditions. Small bowel Crohn's disease
Chapter 69. Small bowel desmoid disease
Chapter 70. Mesenteric Ischemia
Chapter 71. Small Bowel Conditions. Small Bowel Obstruction
Chapter 72. Small Bowel Conditions. Radiation-Induced Small Bowel Disease (RISBD). Radiation Enteritis
Chapter 73. Enterocutaneous and Enteroatmospheric Fistula
Chapter 74. Small Bowel Polyps
Chapter 75. Small Bowel Lymphoma
Chapter 76. Small Bowel Conditions. Carcinoid
Section VII. Stomas
Chapter 77. Stomal Prolapse
Chapter 78. Stomas. Parastomal hernias
Chapter 79. Stoma retraction and stenosis
Chapter 80. Stomal varices
Chapter 81. Stomas. Peristomal Skin Complication
Section VIII. Complications
Chapter 82. Complications. Ureteral Injury
Chapter 83. Splenic Injury complicating Colorectal surgery
Chapter 84. Complications. Colonic perforations
Chapter 85. Complications. Early Anastomotic Complications--Leak, Abscess, and Bleeding
Chapter 86. Late Anastomotic Complications (Stricture and Sinus)
Chapter 87. Post-Polypectomy Bleeding
Chapter 88. Post-polypectomy Thermal Injury
Chapter 89. Presacral Bleeding
Chapter 90. Complications. Short gut syndrome
Chapter 91. Complications. Surgical Site Infections
Chapter 92. J Pouch Complications
Chapter 93. Complications. Pouchitis
Chapter 94. Complications. Reoperative Pelvic Surgery. - Digitaledited by Robert A. Greenes.Contents:
Sect. 1: Computer-based clinical decision support: overview, status, and challenges. Ch. 1. Definition, scope and challenges / Robert A. Greenes
Ch. 2. A brief history of clinical decision support / Robert A. Greenes
Ch. 3. Features of computer-based clinical decision support / Robert A. Greenes
Ch. 4. The role of quality measurement and reporting feedback as a driver for care improvement / Floyd Eisenberg
Sect. 2: Experience with CDS development and adoption : case studies, national initiatives, and lessons learned. Ch. 5. Regenstrief medical informatics / Paul Biondich, [et al.]
Ch. 6. Patients, doctors, and information technology : clinical decision support at Brigham and Women's Hospital and Partners HealthCare / Adam Wright and David W. Bates
Ch. 7. Computer-based approaches to improving healthcare quality and safety at LDS Hospital / R. Scott Evans
Ch. 8. International dimensions of clinical decision support / Hamish Fraser and Jeremy Wyatt
Ch. 9. Current state of CDS utilization / Robert A. Greenes
Sect. 3: Sources of knowledge for clinical decision support. Ch. 10. Human-intensive techniques / Vimla L. Patel and Edward H. Shortliffe
Ch. 11. Generation of knowledge for clinical decision support / Michael E. Matheny and Lucila Ohno-Machado
Ch. 12. Modernizing evidence synthesis for evidence-based medicine / Byron C. Wallace, [et al.]
Ch. 13. Big data and population-based decision support / Michael A. Krall, Adi V. Gundlapalli and Matthew H. Samore
Ch. 14. Clinical decision support for personalized medicine / Brandon M. Welch, [et al.]. Sect. 4: The technology of clinical decision support. Ch. 15. Decision rules and expressions / Robert A. Jenders
Ch. 16. Guidelines and workflow models / Mor Peleg and Arturo González-Ferrer
Ch. 17. Ontologies, vocabularies and data models / Stanley M. Huff, [et al.]
Ch. 18. Grouped knowledge elements / Margarita Sordo and Aziz A. Boxwala
Ch. 19. Infobuttons and point of care access to knowledge / Guilherme Del Fiol, Hong Yu and James J. Cimino
Ch. 20. Formal representations and semantice web technologies / Alan Rector and Davide Sottara
Ch. 21. The role of standards / Kensaku Kawamoto and Robert A. Greenes
Sect. 5: Adoption of clinical decision support. Ch. 22. Cognitive considerations for health information technology / Amy Franklin and Jiajie Zhang
Ch. 23. Organizational and cultural change / Joan S. Ash and Timothy H. Hartzog
Ch. 24. Managing the investment in clinical decision support / John Glaser and Tonya Hongsermeier
Ch. 25. A clinical decision support implementation guide : practical considerations / Donald Levick and Jerome Osheroff
Ch. 26. Legal and regulatory issues related to the use of clinical software in health care delivery / Steven H. Brown and Randolph A. Miller
Ch. 27. Consumers and clinical decision support / Nananda Col and Rosaly Correa-de-Araujo
Sect. 6: The journey to widespread use of clinical decision support. Ch. 28. A clinical knowledge management program / Roberto A. Rocha, [et al.]
Ch. 29. Integration of knowledge resources into applications to enable CDS / Kensaku Kawamoto, Emory Fry and Robert Greenes
Ch. 30. Looking ahead : the road to broad adoption / Robert A. Greenes.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Robert A. Greenes, Guilherme Del Fiol.Summary: "Clinical Decision Support and Beyond: Progress and Opportunities in Knowledge-Enhanced Health and Healthcare, now in its third edition, discusses the underpinnings of effective, reliable, and easy-to-use clinical decision support systems at the point of care as a productive way of managing the flood of data, knowledge, and misinformation when providing patient care. Incorporating CDS into electronic health record systems has been underway for decades; however its complexities, costs, and user resistance have lagged its potential. Thus it is of utmost importance to understand the process in detail, to take full advantage of its capabilities. The book expands and updates the content of the previous edition, and discusses topics such as integration of CDS into workflow, context-driven anticipation of needs for CDS, new forms of CDS derived from data analytics, precision medicine, population health, integration of personal monitoring, and patient-facing CDS. In addition, it discusses population health management, public health CDS and CDS to help reduce health disparities. It is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, students and members of medical and biomedical fields who are interested to learn more about the potential of clinical decision support to improve health and wellness and the quality of health care. Presents an overview and details of the current state of the art and usefulness of clinical decision support, and how to utilize these capabilities Explores the technological underpinnings for developing, managing, and sharing knowledge resources and deploying them as CDS or for other uses Discusses the current drivers and opportunities that are expanding the prospects for use of knowledge to enhance health and healthcare"-- From ProQuest Ebook Central
Contents:
Definition, purposes, and scope / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
Clinical decision support methods / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
The journey to broad adoption / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
The role of quality measurement and reporting feedback as a driver for care improvement / Floyd Eisenberg
International dimensions of clinical decision support systems / Farah Magrabi, Kathrin Cresswell, and Hamish S.F. Fraser
Human-intensive techniques / Vimla L. Patel, Jane Shellum, Timothy Miksch, and Edward H. Shortliffe
Data-driven approaches to generating knowledge : Machine learning, artificial intelligence, and predictive modeling / Michael E. Matheny, Lucila Ohno-Machado, Sharon E. Davis, and Shamim Nemati
Modernizing evidence synthesis for evidence-based medicine / Ian Jude Saldanha, Gaelen P. Adam, Christopher H. Schmid, Thomas A. Trikalinos, and Kristin J. Konnyu
Decision rules and expressions / Robert A. Jenders and Bryn Rhodes
Guidelines and workflow models / Mor Peleg and Peter Haug
Terminologies, ontologies and data models / Thomas A. Oniki, Roberto A. Rocha, Lee Min Lau, Davide Sottara, and Stanley M. Huff
Grouped knowledge elements / Claude Nanjo and Aziz A. Boxwala
Infobuttons and point of care access to knowledge / Guilherme Del Fiol, Hong Yu, and James J. Cimino
Information visualization and integration / Melanie C. Wright
The role of standards : What we can expect and when / Kensaku Kawamoto, Guilherme Del Fiol, Bryn Rhodes, and Robert A. Greenes
Population analytics and decision support / John Halamka and Paul Cerrato
Expanded sources for precision medicine / Darren K. Johnson and Marc S. Williams
Knowledge resources / Guilherme Del Fiol and David A. Cook
Cognitive considerations for health information technology in clinical team environments / Amy Franklin and Jiajie Zhang
Governance and implementation / Richard Schreiber and John D. McGreevey III
Managing the investment in clinical decision support / Tonya Hongsermeier and John Glaser
Evaluation of clinical decision support / Nicole M. Benson, Hojjat Salmasian, and David W. Bates
Legal and regulatory issues related to the use of clinical software in healthcare delivery / Steven Brown and Apurva Desai
The promise of patient-directed decision support / Jessica S. Ancker and Meghan Reading Turchioe
Clinical decision support and health disparities / Jorge A. Rodriguez and Lipika Samal
Population health management / Guilherme Del Fiol
CDS for public health / Leslie A. Lenert
Clinical knowledge management program / Roberto A. Rocha, Saverio M. Maviglia, and Beatriz H. Rocha
Integration of knowledge resources into applications to enable CDS : Architectural considerations / Preston Lee, Robert A. Greenes, Kensaku Kawamoto, and Emory A. Fry
Getting to knowledge-enhanced health and healthcare / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del FiolDigital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - DigitalRichard B. Weller, Hamish J.A. Hunter, Margaret W. Mann.Contents:
Skin disease in perspective
The function and structure of the skin
Diagnosis of skin disorders
Disorders of keratinization
Psoriasis
Other papulosquamous disorders
Eczema and dermatitis
Reactive erythemas and vasculitis
Bullous diseases
Connective tissue disorders
Disorders of blood vessels and lymphatics
Sebaceous and sweat gland disorders
Regional dermatology
Racial skin differences
The skin at different ages
Infections
Infestations
Skin reactions to light
Disorders of pigmentation
Skin tumours
The skin in systemic disease
Cosmetic dermatology
The skin and the psyche
Other genetic disorders.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - Digital[edited by] Carol Soutor, Maria K. Hordinsky.Summary: "This authoritative, evidence-based guide provides the information and insight you need to accurately assess and treat the most common skin disorders. Updated with new chapters and new content, this second edition reflects the latest findings and clinical protocols"-- Publisher's description.
Contents:
I: Fundamentals of diagnosis and treatment. Structure and function of the skin
Morphology and terminology of skin lesions
History and physical examination of the skin, hair, and nails
Diagnostic procedures and dermoscopy
Principles of diagnosis
Principles of management
Dermatologic procedures
II: Common skin disorders. Dermatitis
Psoriasis and other papulosquamous diseases
Acne, rosacea, and related disorders
Bacterial infections
Fungal infections
Viral infections of the skin
Infestations and bites
Skin signs of systemic disease
Urticaria
Cutaneous adverse drug reactions
Urgent cutaneous disorders
Bullous diseases
Benign tumors and vascular birthmarks
Actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, and squamous cell carcinoma
Nevi and melanoma
Pigmentary disorders
III: Problem based chapters. The differential diagnosis of purpura
Pruritus in patients with no underlying skin disease
Fever and rash
Hospital acquired rashes
Leg ulcers
Cutaneous signs of psychiatric disorders
Hair disorders
Nail diseases
Skin diseases of the genitals and perineum
Diseases of the oral cavity
Cosmetic dermatology
Skin diseases of the scalp
Skin diseases of the face
Skin diseases of the arms
Skin diseases of the hands
Skin diseases of the legs
Skin diseases of the feet
Skin diseases of the trunk
Skin diseases involving multiple body regions.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022 - DigitalAdnan Nasir, editor.Summary: Clinical Dermatology Trials 101 provides dermatologists with a handbook that allows them to become familiar with all aspects of clinical trials. Everything from obtaining the necessary tools and equipment, complying with local, federal, and international guidelines and regulations, and hiring and training staff for the safe and up-to-date conduct of dermatology clinical trials is covered. Written by leading experts in the field, Clinical Dermatology Trials 101 is the only clinical trial how-to available for dermatologists. With skin disease affecting nearly seventy percent of the population over a lifetime, and the rate of development of new drugs and devices for dermatologic use increasing at an exponential rate, there is a tremendous need for training and developing dermatology clinical research facilities to expedite the translation of basic and applied research, from bench to bedside. This is useful for practicing dermatologists, academic dermatologists, dermatology residents, clinical research fellows, dermatology fellows, research scientists, industry dermatologists, and medical students.
- DigitalFanjun Cheng, Yu Zhang, editors.Summary: "This book is a practical manual for anti-COVID-19. It is not only with the reference to the result of modern medical science, patients situation, but also take the deployment of medical resources into consideration. Content of this manual includes: Medical administration under emergent circumstances, protection and control of hospital infection, clinical practice guidance for diagnosis and therapy, the application of radiation for the examination, laboratory diagnosis, inhabitation of inflammatory cytokines crisis, plasma of patient in the recovery stage, and traditional Chinese medical science et cetera. Authors are from Union hospital, Tongji medical college in Wuhan city, who has first-hand experiences. This book is a collection and fusion of such experiences in fighting against epidemic infectious disease. It is a timely book for doctors who are fighting against COVID-19"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Emergency system of designated hospital for COVID-19
Hospital infection prevention and control against COVID-19
COVID-19 diagnosis
Clinical treatment of COVID-19
Treatment of critical COVID-19 patients
Special diagnosis and treatment for patients with COVID-19
Special clinical care
Guidelines and guidance - DigitalSubhadra Nori, Michelle Stern, Se Won Lee.Digital Access
- Digitaleditors: Ron Hazani, Mohamed Amir Mrad, David Tauber, Jason Ulm, Alan Yan, Michael J. Yaremchuk.Contents:
Craniofacial: The Ear
The Orbit
The Nose
Orthognathic Conditions
Oral and Facial Clefts
Craniosynostosis
Pediatric Syndromes
Hemifacial Microsomia
Craniomaxillofacial Trauma. Breast and Trunk: Breast
Implant related findings
Chest Wall
Pressure Sores. Hand and Lower Extremities: Congenital
Trauma
Vascular
Tumors
Nerve
Arthritis
Infection
Dupuytrens Disease. Integument: Burns
Benign and malignant lesions
Vascular Malformations. - Digitaledited by Adrian Vella.Summary: "Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes answers the clinical questions commonly encountered when diagnosing, treating, and managing patients with diabetes and its associated complications. Designed to support informed, evidence-based care, this authoritative clinical guide includes contributions from leading endocrinologists and diabetes researchers that discuss a diverse range of recent developments. Concise and focused chapters cover prediabetes, diabetes diagnosis, initial evaluation and management, disease complications, and cardiovascular disease and risk factors. Now in its second edition, Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes contains extensively reviewed and revised information throughout. New and updated chapters examine prediction, diagnosis, and management of early Type 1 diabetes, ophthalmic complications, screening asymptomatic patients for cardiovascular disease, new agents for treatment of dyslipidemia, closed loop systems in Type 1 diabetes, upper gastrointestinal manifestations, managing hyperglycemia in critically ill patients, and more. Edited by Dr. Vella at the Mayo Clinic, this highly practical resource: Encourages evidence-based clinical decision-making, rather than algorithm-based approaches Provides clear guidance on common problematic areas, especially in cases where conflicts in treatment for the disease and the complications occur Emphasizes the importance of translating the results of clinical trials to individual care and management of diabetes Contains effective learning and revision tools, including Learning Points, chapter introductions and summaries, tables and figures, color diagrams and charts, and full references Part of the popular Clinical Dilemmas series, Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes is a must-have guide for anyone involved in the treatment of patients with diabetes, particularly endocrinologists, diabetes specialists and consultants, cardiologists, residents, fellows, specialist nurses, and general practitioners with an interest in diabetes"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
<P>Contributors</p> <p>Preface</p> <p><b>Part I Prediabetes and the Diagnosis of Diabetes</b></p> <p>1 Is prediabetes a risk factor or is it a disease?
<i>Jacob Kohlenberg and Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>2 Prediction, early diagnosis and appropriate management of early type 1 diabetes including disease-modifying therapy</p> <p>3 Reclassifying or Declassifying Diabetes? Can Clinical Characteristics Guide Classification & Treatment?
<i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>4 How should secondary causes of diabetes be excluded?
<i>Tomás P. Griffin, Aonghus O'Loughlin and Sean F. Dinneen</i></p> <p>5 How to screen appropriately for Monogenic Diabetes
<i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p><b>PART II Initial Evaluation and Management of Diabetes</b></p> <p>6 Managing Gestational Diabetes During and After Pregnancy
<i>Aoife M Egan, Fidelma P Dunne</i></p> <p>7 What is the role of self-monitoring in diabetes? Is there a role for postprandial glucose monitoring? How does continuous glucose monitoring integrate into clinical practice?
<i>Rami Almokayyad and Robert Cuddihy</i></p> <p>8 Is HbA1c the most important therapeutic target in the outpatient management of diabetes?
<i>Kristin Gonzales and Steven A. Smith</i></p> <p>9 Closed loop systems in type 1 diabetes</p> <p>10 Optimizing diet in patients with diabetes
<i>Meera Shah</i></p> <p>11 Insulin sensitizers versus secretagogues as first-line therapy for diabetes: Rationale for clinical choice
<i>Robert J. Richards, L. Yvonne Melendez-Ramirez, and William T. Cefalu</i></p> <p>12 Are insulin sensitizers useful additions to insulin therapy?
<i>John W. Richard III and Philip Raskin</i></p> <p>13 Incretin-Based Therapy for the Management of Type 2 Diabetes
<i>Kristin Gonzales & Adrian Vella</i></p> <p><b>Part III Diagnosis and Management of Cardiovascular Risk Factors and Cardiovascular Disease</b></p> <p>14 Screening asymptomatic patients with prediabetes and diabetes for cardiovascular disease</p> <p>15 Choosing medications for type 2 diabetes
what weighting should be given to cardiovascular risk reduction?
<i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>16 Choosing Medications for Weight Loss in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
<i>Shubhada Jagasia, Alexander J. Williams, Chase D. Hendrickson</i></p> <p>17 Are statins the optimal therapy for cardiovascular risk in patients with diabetes? What newer agents are there for the treatment for dyslipidemia in diabetes? Are triglycerides an important risk factor for diabetes?
<i>Recie Davern, Timothy O'Brien</i></p> <p>18 New Agents for Treatment of Dyslipidemia
<i>Vinaya Simha</i></p> <p>19 Surgery for weight management
<i>Silvana Obici and Judith Korner</i></p> <p>20 Revascularization Strategies in Patients with Diabetes Mellitus and Ischemic Heart Disease
<i>Madeline K. Mahowald, Chiam Leker Locker, Mandeep Singh, Robert L. Frye</i></p> <p><b>Part IV Management of Disease Complications </b></p> <p>21 Management of hyperglycemia in critical illness</p> <p>22 Diagnosis and management of ophthalmic complications of diabetes</p> <p>23 Upper Gastrointestinal Manifestations of Diabetes
<i>Michael Camilleri</i></p> <p>Index</p> - Digital[edited by] Roger Williams, Simon Taylor-Robinson.Contents:
Hype or harm from fatty liver disease? / Stephen H Caldwell and Curt Argo
Worldwide problem / Geoffrey Farrell and Philip Newsome
Is insulin resistance the key motive for NAFLD? / Desmond Johnston
Progression to cirrhosis is more likely in children with NAFLD? / Anil Dhawan
NAFLD as cause of cryptogenic cirrhosis? / Jay Lefkowitch
Is NAFLD different in absence of metabolic syndrome? / Yusuf Yilmaz
Occurrence of noncirrhotic HCC in NAFLD / Stephen Harrison and Dawn Torres
Fibrosis progression molecular pathways all important? / Anna-Mae Diehl and Dr Wing-Kin Syn
Can fatty liver of NAFLD be distinguished from that of alcoholic liver disease? / David Kleiner and Elizabeth Brunt
Are inflammasomes and intestinal microbiota relevant in disease progression to NASH? / M. Bilal Siddiqui, M. Shadab Siddiqui and Arun Sanyal
Can genetic influence in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease be ignored? / Quentin Anstee
Is there a mechanistic link between hepatic steatosis and cardiac rather than liver events? / Soo Lim
Is there a best method for diagnosis of NAFLD? / Vlad Ratziu
Choice of non-invasive blood tests and FibroScan / Massimo Pinzani and Manolis Tsocatzis
Are the guidelines AASLD, IASL, EASL and BSG of help? / Jean-Francois Dufour
How to choose from different imaging modalities and screening techniques / Hero Hussain
Are the pros outweighed by the cons of obtaining a liver biopsy? / Simon Taylor-Robinson and Jeremy Cobbold
Screening for NAFLD in high risk population / Nader Lessan
Balancing calorie restriction, exercise and weight reduction / Nicholas Finer
Should physicians be prescribing, or patients self-medicating with Orlistat, vitamin E, vitamin D, insulin antagonist, Trental and coffee? / Brent Neuschwander-Tetri and Haripriya Maddur
Does improvement in hepatic steatosis have a significant favourable effect on the metabolic syndrome, including diabetes? / Jukka Westerbacka
What are the dangers as well as the true benefits of bariatric surgery? / Andrew Jenkinson
Liver transplantation : what can it offer? / Roger Williams
Molecular antagonists, leptin or other hormones in supplementing environmental factors? / Jeremy Tomlinson
Use of antifibrotic agents in clinical practice / Jonathan Fallowfield
Better understanding of early development and material influence? / Jude Oben
Defining the role of metabolic physician / Nicholas Finer.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digital[edited by] Myron A. Pozniak, Paul L. Allan.Summary: Clinical Doppler Ultrasound offers an accessible, comprehensive introduction and overview of the major applications of Doppler ultrasound and their role in patient management. The new edition of this medical reference book discusses everything you need to know to take full advantage of this powerful modality, from anatomy, scanning, and technique, to normal and abnormal findings and their interpretation. It presents just the right amount of Doppler ultrasonography information in a compact, readable format! Make the most informed Doppler imaging decisions possible by gaining a thorough understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of using Doppler ultrasound, as well as the basic principles behind its techniques and technologies.Acquire optimal images and avoid errors with the help of detailed protocols and high-quality, full-color illustrations throughout.
Contents:
Physics: Principles, Practice and Artefacts
Haemodynamics and Blood Flow
The Carotid and Vertebral Arteries; Transcranial Colour Doppler
The Peripheral Arteries
The Peripheral Veins
The Aorta and Inferior Vena Cava
Haemodialysis Access
The Liver
The Kidneys
Solid Organ Transplantation
Doppler Imaging of the Prostate
Doppler Ultrasound of the Penis
Doppler Imaging of the Scrotum
Doppler Ultrasound of the Female Pelvis
Clinical Applications of Doppler Ultrasound in Obstetrics
Interventional and Intraoperative Doppler
Microbubble Ultrasound Contrast Agents
Appendix: System Controls and Their Uses.Digital Access ScienceDirect [2013], ©2014 - DigitalBruno Pinamonti, Gianfranco Sinagra, editors.Summary: This book describes the role of basic and advanced imaging techniques in the diagnosis of different types of cardiomyopathy, including dilated cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, restrictive cardiomyopathy, arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy and infiltrative/storage cardiomyopathies. While the main focus is on echocardiography, the applications of cardiac magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography are also described. Throughout, a clinically oriented approach is employed: detailed attention is paid to differential diagnosis and numerous high-quality images depict the main features of the various types of cardiomyopathy. Consideration is also given to the genetics of cardiomyopathies, with analysis of genotype-phenotype relationships. Finally, the potential value of imaging in prognostic assessment and in guiding treatment is described.
Contents:
PART I CARDIOMYOPATHIES 1 Cardiomyopathies: Clinical relevance, epidemiology, definition and classification
2 Genetics: Genotype/phenotype correlations in cardiomyopathies
3 Role of basic and advanced imaging in cardiomyopathies
PART II DILATED CARDIOMIOPATHY 4 Dilated Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
5 Basic echocardiography in dilated cardiomyopathy
6 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in dilated cardiomyopathy
7 Other imaging techniques in dilated cardiomyopathy
8 Dilated cardiomyopathy: Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment
PART III HYPERTROPHIC CARDIOMYOPATHY
9 Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
10 Basic echocardiography in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
11 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in cypertrophic cardiomyopathy
12 Other imaging techniques in the assessment of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
13 Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
PART IV ARRHYTHMOGENIC RIGHT VENTRICULAR CARDIOMYOPATHY 14 Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
15 Basic echocardiography in Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
16 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
17 Other imaging techniques in the assessment of arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
18 Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy: Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment
PART V RESTRICTIVE, INFILTRATIVE/STORAGE AND OTHER CARDIOMYOPATHIES 19 Restrictive Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management
20 Infiltrative/Storage Cardiomyopathies: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management
21 Other Cardiomyopathies: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management. - DigitalAntoni Bayés de Luna, Miquel Fiol-Sala, Antoni Bayés-Genís, Adrián Baranchuk ; with contributions from Roberto Elosua, Manuel Martínez-Sellés.Summary: "In this book, the reader will find what we call the "Bayes' spirit". We have updated some chapters and references, but we have followed the way Antoni teaches. This is the "magic" of this book. Chapter after chapter, you will immerse into the Universe of a unique man and scientist. You will understand his approach to "active" and "passive" arrhythmias, you will enjoy his definitions, repetitions, and perspective of multiple aspects of human cardiac electricity"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2022
- DigitalOriano Mecarelli, editor.Summary: This book describes the developments and improvements in electroencephalography (EEG). In recent years, digital technology has replaced analog equipments, and it is now possible to easily record and store EEG tracings and to quickly recall previously acquired material for subsequent analysis. In addition, not only static figures, but also electronic supplementary materials can be included in books, enabling EEGs to be viewed in real-time. In clinical practice, EEG still represents the most important functional examination in the study CNS development and its anatomical and physiological integrity throughout life. In the pathological context, EEG provides indispensable diagnostic information for classification of epileptic syndromes, and it is also valuable in all the other CNS diseases (infectious, cerebrovascular, neurodegenerative, etc). Furthermore, monitoring EEG can be widely used in emergency settings, such as emergency departments or intensive care units. In comatose patients, EEG provides information regarding prognosis and evaluation of the sedative effect of anesthetic drugs. Written by a group of leading national and international experts, it offers a substantial, yet practical, EEG compendium, which serves as a reference resource for physicians and neurodiagnostic technologists as well as physicians-in-training, researchers, practicing electroencephalographers and students.
Contents:
Preface
Part I. Technical Aspects and Normal EEG Patterns
History of EEG
Neurophysiological Basis of EEG
Electrodes and Montages
Acquisition of EEG signals
Computed Analysis of EEG signals
Organization of EEG Laboratory
Artifacts
Normal wake EEG
Normal sleep EEG
Neonatal Normal EEG
Pathological and unusual EEG Pattern
Activation Procedures
Polygraphic techniques
Polygraphic investigations and back-averaging techniques
Ambulatory EEG
Video Electroencephalography
Invasive EEG
High Density-EEG, MEG and Electromagnetic Source Imaging
Simultaneous registration of EEG and fMRI
Part II. Pathological EEG Patterns
Neonatal pathological Patterns
Early-onset Epileptic Encephalopathies
Epileptic Encephalopathies of Infancy and Childhood
Focal "Idiopathic" Epilepsies of infancy
Focal Epilepsies non age-related by various etiology
Generalized Genetic Epilepsies
Reflex Epilepsies
Photosensitivity and Epilepsy
Febrile seizures and Febrile SE
Pediatric Status Epilepticus
Status Epilepticus in Adults
Cromosomopathy and Cortical Malformations
Paroxysmal Nonepileptic seizures
Sleep Diseases
Craniocerebral Trauma
Cerebral Tumors
Cerebrovascular Disease
Cerebral inflammatory-infective Disease
Aging and Degenerative disorders
Systemic and Dismetabolic Disorders
Headache
Psychiatric Disorders
Effects on EEG of Drugs and Toxic Substances
Coma and Brain Death
Emergency EEG and Neuromonitoring in Surgery Room and ICU.-Appendix
Glossary and EEG Reports.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalRobert Carachi, Sameh Helmi Edward Doss, editors.Summary: This comprehensive atlas is unique in combining information on the embryological development of the human with detailed presentation of the congenital malformations encountered in clinical practice. As a consequence it will not only assist practitioners and trainees in recognizing and evaluating malformations, but also enable them to understand how a malformation has developed and to explain the mystery of congenital malformations to relatives and patients. The book is organized according to anatomic region, with additional chapters on hernias, tumors, lymphogenesis and lymphatic malformations. According to WHO statistics, each year congenital anomalies result in approximately 3.2 million birth defect-related disabilities worldwide. All too often, however, training in embryology is now a neglected area, and medical graduates frequently lack confidence in their knowledge of the field. Clinical Embryology: An Atlas of Congenital Malformations will help to rectify this deficit and to ensure that malformations are comprehended and managed appropriately. It will be of value for postgraduate trainees in pediatric surgery, pediatrics, and neonatology, undergraduate medical students, and general practitioners/family physicians.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digitaledited by Scott C. Sherman, Joseph M. Weber, Michael A. Schindlbeck, Rahul G. Patwari.Summary: This text distills the entire content of the emergency medicine curriculum into less than one hundred succinct, clinically relevant chapters. This unique book is intended to guide you through what you must know and be able to do during an actual shift and give you a better understanding of the issues and problems you will face while working in the Emergency Department. Featuring a consistent, find-it-now design, Clinical Emergency Medicine delivers concise, must-know information on ninety-eight chief complaints and disorders, ranging from asthma and chest pain to fever and poisoning. Each chapter begins with Key Points, followed by an Introduction, Clinical Presentation, Diagnostic Studies, Medical Decision Making, Treatment and Disposition, and Suggested Reading. Whenever possible, the authors provide practical advice on drug dosing, the medical decision-making thought process, treatment plans, and dispositions that will be of value in a clinical environment. Numerous diagnostic algorithms simplify the problem and point you towards a solution.
Contents:
I. Common Procedures
1.Incision and Drainage
2.Arterial Blood Gas
3.Central Venous Access
4.Procedural Sedation
5.Lumbar Puncture
6.Laceration Repair
7.Needle and Tube Thoracostomy
8.Introduction to Emergency Ultrasonography
II. Resuscitation
9.Emergency Medical Services
10.Cardiopulmonary Arrest
11.Airway Management
12.Shock
III. Cardiovascular Emergencies
13.Chest Pain
14.Acute Coronary Syndromes
15.Congestive Heart Failure
16.Dysrhythmias
17.Aortic Dissection
18.Hypertensive Emergencies
19.Syncope
IV.Pulmonary Emergencies
20.Dyspnea
21.Asthma
22.Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
23.Pneumonia
24.Pneumothorax
25.Pulmonary Embolism
V. Abdominal Emergencies
26.Acute Abdominal Pain
27.Appendicitis
28.Acute Cholecystitis
29.Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
30.Gastrointestinal Bleeding
31.Intestinal Obstruction
32.Mesenteric Ischemia
VI. Infectious Disease Emergencies
33.Fever
34.Sepsis
35.Meningitis and Encephalitis
36.Soft Tissue Infections
37.Human Immunodeficiency Virus
38.Blood and Body Fluid Exposure
VII. Genitourinary Emergencies
39.Nephrolithiasis
40.Urinary Tract Infections
41.Testicular Torsion
42.Penile Disorders
VIII. Obstetrics/Gynecologic Emergencies
43.Vaginal Bleeding
44.Vaginal Discharge
45.Preeclampsia and Eclampsia
46.Emergency Delivery
IX.Pediatric Emergencies
47.The Pediatric Patient
48.Pediatric Fever
49.Respiratory Distress
50.Abdominal Pain
51.Dehydration
52.Otitis Media
53.Pharyngitis
X. Toxicology
54.The Poisoned Patient
55.Toxic Alcohols
56.Acetaminophen Toxicity
57.Salicylate Toxicity
58.Carbon Monoxide Poisoning
59.Digoxin
60.Cyclic Antidepressants
XI. Environmental Emergencies
61.Hypothermia
62.Cold-Induced Tissue Injuries
63.Heat-Related Illness
64.Drowning Incidents
65.Envenomation
XII. Metabolic/Endocrine Emergencies
66.Diabetic Emergencies
67.Potassium Disorders
68.Thyroid Emergencies
69.Adrenal Emergencies
XIII. Hematologic/Oncologic Emergencies
70.Oncologic Emergencies
71.Sickle Cell Emergencies
72.Transfusion Reactions
73.Anticoagulant Therapy and Its Complications
XIV.HEENT Emergencies
74.Slit Lamp Examination
75.Red Eye
76.Acute Visual Loss
77.Epistaxis
78.Dental Emergencies
XV.Neurologic Emergencies
79.Altered Mental Status
80.Headache
81.Dizziness
82.Cerebrovascular Accident
83.Seizures and Status Epilepticus
XVI. Trauma
84.Trauma Principles
85.Head Injuries
86.Cervical Spine Injuries
87.Thoracic Trauma
88.Abdominal Trauma
89.Burns
XVII. Orthopedic Emergencies
90.Upper Extremity Injuries
91.Lower Extremity Injuries
92.Low Back Pain
93.Compartment Syndromes
94.Septic Arthritis
95.Splinting
XVIII. Dermatologic Emergencies
96.Life-Threatening Dermatoses
97.Allergic Reactions
XIX.Psychiatric Emergencies
98.Approach to the Psychiatric Patient.Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2015 - Digitaledited by Patrick S. Parfrey, Brendan J. Barrett.Contents:
On framing the research question and choosing the appropriate research design / Patrick S. Parfrey and Pietro Ravani
Research ethics for clinical researchers / John D. Harnett and Richard Neuman
Definitions of bias in clinical research / Geoffrey Warden
Longitudinal studies 1 : determination of risk / Sean W. Murphy
Longitudinal studies 2 : modeling data using multivariate analysis / Pietro Ravani, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
Longitudinal studies 3 : data modeling using standard regression models and extensions / Pietro Ravani, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
Longitudinal studies 4 : matching strategies to evaluate risk / Matthew T. James
Longitudinal studies 5 : development of risk prediction models for patients with chronic disease / Navdeep Tangri and Claudio Rigatto
Randomized controlled trials 1 : design / Bryan M. Curtis, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
Randomized controlled trials 2 : analysis / Robert N. Foley
Randomized controlled trials 3 : measurement and analysis of patient-reported outcomes / Michelle M. Richardson, Megan E. Grobert, and Klemens B. Meyer
Randomized controlled trials 4 : biomarkers and surrogate outcomes / Claudio Rigatto and Brendan J. Barrett
Randomized controlled trials 5 : determining the sample size and power for clinical trials and cohort studies / Tom Greene
Randomized controlled trials 6 : on contamination and estimating the actual treatment effect / Patrick S. Parfrey
Randomized controlled trials 7 : analysis and interpretation of quality-of-life scores / Robert N. Foley and Patrick S. Parfrey
Randomized controlled trials : planning, monitoring, and execution / Elizabeth Hatfield, Elizabeth Dicks, and Patrick S. Parfrey
Evaluation of diagnostic tests / John M. Fardy and Brendan J. Barrett
Qualitative research in clinical epidemiology / Deborah M. Gregory and Christine Y. Way
Health economics in clinical research / Braden J. Manns
Clinical genetic research 1 : bias / Susan Stuckless and Patrick S. Parfrey
Clinical genetic research 2 : genetic epidemiology of complex phenotypes / Darren D. O'Rielly and Proton Rahman
Clinical genetic research 3 : genetics ELSI (ethical, legal, and social issues) research / Daryl Pullman and Holly Etchegary
Evidence-based decision-making 1 : critical appraisal / Laurie K. Twells
Evidence-based decision-making 2: systematic reviews and meta-analysis / Aminu Bello, Natasha Wiebe, Amit Garg, and Marcello Tonelli
Evidence-based decision-making 3 : health technology assessment / Daria O'Reilly [and 6 others]
Evidence-based decision-making 4: development and limitations of clinical practice guidelines / Bruce Culleton
Evidence-based decision-making 5 : translational research / Deborah M. Gregory and Laurie K. Twells
Evidence-based decision-making 6 : utilization of administrative databases for health services research / Tanvir Turin Chowdhury and Brenda Hemmelgarn
Evidence-based decision-making 7: knowledge translation / Braden J. Manns
Evidence-based decision-making 8 : health policy, a primer for researchers / Victor Maddalena.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRobert H. Fletcher, Suzanne W. Fletcher, Grant S. Fletcher.Summary: Now in its Fifth Edition, a comprehensive, concise, and clinically oriented introduction to the subject of epidemiology. Written by expert educators, this text introduces students to the principles of evidence-based medicine that will help them develop and apply methods of clinical observation in order to form accurate conclusions. The Fifth Edition includes more complete coverage of systematic reviews and knowledge management, as well as other key topics such as abnormality, diagnosis, frequency and risk, prognosis, treatment, prevention, chance, studying cases and cause.
Contents:
Frequency
Abnormality
Risk : basic principles
Risk : exposure to disease
Risk : disease to exposure
Prognosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Chance
Cause
Summarizing the evidence
Knowledge management.Digital Access - DigitalGrant S. Fletcher.Summary: "This book is for clinicians-physicians, nurses, physicians' assistants, psychologists, veterinarians, and others who care for patients-who want to understand for themselves the strength of the information base for their clinical decisions"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
-- Frequency
Abnormality
Diagnosis
Risk: Basic Principles
Risk: Exposure to Disease
Risk: From Disease to Exposure
Prognosis
Treatment
Prevention
Chance
Cause
Summarizing the Evidence
Knowledge ManagementDigital Access - DigitalYingze Zhang ; with contributions by Yanling Su, Wei Chen, Juan Wang, Jiandong Hao.Contents:
General information
Fractures of the humerus
Fractures of the ulna and radius
Fractures of the femur
Fractures of the tibia & fibula
Fractures of spine
Fractures of the pelvic ring and acetabulum
Fractures of the hand
Fractures of the foot
Fractures of other locations.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016 - DigitalYingze ZhangSummary: Unique resource provides foundation for worldwide prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of orthopaedic fractures Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma, Third Edition by renowned orthopaedic surgeon and researcher Yingze Zhang and an impressive cadre of contributors expands on the widely acclaimed prior editions. Leveraging an epidemiological database with the distinction of being the largest domestic and foreign sample volume of orthopaedic trauma, this remarkable book expands on the epidemiology of fractures in China, with national incidence rates new to this edition. It offers a wealth
Contents:
Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma
Title Page
Copyright
Dedication
Contents
Foreword by Liming Li
Foreword by Guixing Qiu
Foreword by Robert D. D'Ambrosia
Foreword by Roy W. Sanders
Preface
Welcome to the Third Edition
Acknowledgments
Contributors
How to Use This Book
1. Introduction to Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma
Fractures Overview
Fracture Classification
Bones
Segments
Types
Group and Subgroup
Epidemiological Investigation and Analysis of Traumatic Fractures Incidence in China
Methods The Content and Method of this Investigation
Quality Control and Evaluation
Data Statistics and Analysis
Epidemiological Study of Fractures
Incidence of Sex-Specific Fractures
Fracture Location
Fractures in Children
Suggested Readings
2. Fractures of the Humerus
Overview of Humeral Fractures
Anatomic Features
AO Classification and Coding System for Humeral Fractures
Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Fractures in the China National Fracture Study
Humeral Fractures by Sex in CNFS
Humeral Fractures by Injury Side in CNFS Humeral Fractures by Age Group and Sex in CNFS
Humeral Fractures by Location in CNFS
Humeral Fractures by Causal Mechanisms in CNFS
Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Fractures
Humeral Fractures by Sex
Humeral Fractures by Injured Side
Humeral Fractures by Age Group and Sex
Humeral Fractures by Location
Proximal Humeral Fractures (Segment 11)
Anatomic Features
AO Classification of Proximal Humeral Fractures
Clinical Epidemiological Features of Proximal Humeral Fractures (Segment 11)
Injury Mechanism
Diagnosis
Treatment Humeral Shaft Fractures (Segment 12)
Anatomic Features
AO Classification for Humeral Shaft Fractures
Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Shaft Fractures (Segment 12)
Injury Mechanism
Diagnosis
Treatment
Distal Humeral Fractures (Segment 13)
Anatomical Features
AO Classification of Distal Humeral Fractures
Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Distal Humeral Fractures (Segment 13)
Injury Mechanism
Diagnosis
Treatment
Other Classifications of Humeral Fractures
The Neer Classification of Proximal Humeral Fractures Classification of Humeral Fractures by Fracture Location
Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Medial Humeral Condylar Fractures
Suggested Readings
3. Fractures of the Ulna and Radius
Overview of Ulnar and Radial Fractures
Anatomic Features
AO Classification and Coding System for Fractures of Ulna and Radius
Epidemiologic Features of Radial/Ulnar Fractures in the China National Fracture Study
Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Radial/Ulnar Fractures
Proximal Radial/Ulnar Fractures (Segment 21)
Anatomic Features
AO Classification of Proximal Radial/Ulnar Fractures - DigitalLuke B. Hesson, Antonia L. Pritchard, editors.Summary: In genetic pathology, epigenetic testing is rare and under utilised. In this book, we introduce epigenetics to a non-expert scientific audience and describe current and future clinical utility of epigenetic testing. By focussing on epigenetics in human disease this book will guide professionals (scientists and clinicians) to understand how epigenetics is relevant in a clinical context, and to implement epigenetic testing in diagnostic laboratories. The book begins with a historical perspective of genetics and epigenetics and describes the work of pioneers who have helped shape these fields. The various mechanisms by which epigenetics can regulate the function of the genome is described. These include DNA methylation, histone modifications, histone variants, nucleosome positioning, cis-regulatory elements, non-coding RNAs and the three-dimensional organisation of chromatin in the nucleus. These are discussed in the context of embryological development, cancer and imprinting disorders, and include examples of epigenetic changes that can be used in diagnosis, prediction of therapeutic response, prognostication or disease monitoring. Finally, for those wishing to implement epigenetic testing in a diagnostic setting, the book includes a case study that illustrates the clinical utility of epigenetic testing.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Epigenetics: A Lay Description; Epigenetics: A Scientific Description; Contents; About the Editors;
1: Genetics and Epigenetics: A Historical Overview; 1.1 The Early Origins of Genetics; 1.2 Discovery of DNA; 1.3 Early Characterisation of DNA; 1.4 Discovering That Genes Are Made of DNA; 1.5 The Birth and Evolution of Epigenetics; 1.6 The Double Helix Structure of DNA; 1.7 The Discovery of DNA Methylation; 1.8 The X-Chromosome and Its Unique Place in Genetics and Epigenetics; 1.9 Heritability of DNA Methylation; 1.10 Genomic Imprinting; 1.11 Why Do Genes Become Imprinted? 1.12 How Do Genes Become Imprinted?1.13 Histones, Nucleosomes and Chromatin Structure; 1.14 Cancer Epigenetics; 1.15 A Molecular Definition of the Term `Gene;́ 1.16 CpG Islands; 1.17 How Does DNA Methylation Cause Transcriptional Silencing?; 1.18 Epigenomics; 1.19 Key Milestones in Genetics and Epigenetics; 1.20 Key Discoveries; References;
2: The DNA Methylation Machinery; 2.1 DNA Methylation/Methylcytosine; 2.2 Readers of Methylcytosine: DNA Methylation and Gene Expression; 2.2.1 Methyl-CpG-Binding Domain Proteins (MBD); 2.3 Writers of Methylcytosine: DNA Methyltransferases (DNMTs) 2.3.1 The Function of DNMTs: Maintenance Methylation2.3.2 The Function of DNMTs: Establishment of DNA Methylation; 2.3.3 CpG Islands; 2.4 Erasers of Methylcytosine; 2.4.1 Regulation of DNA Demethylation by TET Enzymes; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
3: 5-Methylcytosine and Its Oxidized Derivatives; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 DNA Methyltransferases; 3.3 The Function of 5-Methylcytosine; 3.4 Mutations in DNMT1; 3.5 Mutations in DNMT3A; 3.6 Mutations in DNMT3B; 3.7 5-Methylcytosine-Binding Proteins; 3.8 5-Methylcytosine Oxidases, the TET Proteins 3.9 Biological Role of 5-Hydroxymethylcytosine in Development and Disease3.10 Mutations in TET2; 3.11 Proteins That Bind to Oxidized 5-Methylcytosine Derivatives; References;
4: The Role of Nucleosomes in Epigenetic Gene Regulation; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Role of the Nucleosome; 4.2.1 Nucleosome Remodelling; 4.2.2 Variant Nucleosomes; 4.3 Histone Post-Translational Modifications; 4.3.1 Histone Acetylation; 4.3.2 Histone Methylation; 4.4 DNA Methylation; 4.5 Transcription Regulation; 4.5.1 Promoters; 4.5.1.1 Histone Modifications at Promoters; 4.5.1.2 Histone Variants at Promoters 4.5.1.3 Nucleosome Positioning at Promoters4.5.1.4 DNA Methylation at Promoters; 4.5.1.5 Promoter Nucleosomes and Cancer; 4.5.2 Enhancers; 4.5.2.1 Histone Modifications at Enhancers; 4.5.2.2 Nucleosome Positioning at Enhancers; 4.5.2.3 DNA Methylation at Enhancers; 4.5.3 Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.1 Histone Modifications at Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.2 Nucleosome Positioning at Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.3 DNA Methylation at Gene Bodies; 4.5.4 Bivalent Chromatin; 4.5.4.1 Bivalent Promoters; 4.5.4.2 Bivalent Enhancers; 4.5.5 Nucleosome Asymmetry; 4.6 Future Directions; 4.7 Concluding Remarks; References - DigitalAlbert R. Jonsen, PhD, Professor Emeritus of Ethics in Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, Senior Ethics Scholar in Residence, California Pacific Medical Center, San Francisco, California, Mark Siegler, MD, Lindy Bergman Distinguished Service Professor of Medicine and Surgery, Director, MacLean Center for Clinical Medical Ethics, Executive Director, Bucksbaum Institute for Clinical Excellence, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, William J. Winslade, PhD, JD, James Wade Rockwell Professor of Philosophy in Medicine, Institute for the Medical Humanities, Professor of Psychiatry and Preventive Medicine and Community Health, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas.Summary: This book teaches healthcare providers how to effectively identify, evaluate, and resolve ethical issues in clinical medicine. By applying the methods suggested in this book to the circumstances of their actual clinical cases, physicians can give structure to the often confusing facts of the case and propose reasonable options for resolving problems. -- Publisher description.
Contents:
Medical indications
Preferences of patients
Quality of life
Contextual features.Digital Access - DigitalAlbert R. Jonsen, Mark Siegler, William J. Winslade, Ruchika Mishra.Summary: "This book is about the ethical issues that clinicians encounter as they care for patients and is written to assist those who serve on hospital ethics committees as they deliberate about appropriate action in difficult ethical cases"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Medical indications
Preferences of patients
Quality of life
Contextual features.Digital Access - DigitalJoseph T. Bertino.Summary: This book provides a robust analysis of the history of clinical ethics, the philosophical theories that support its practice, and the practical institutional criteria needed to become a practicing clinical ethicist. Featuring cases and a step-by-step approach, this book combines knowledge points associated with moral philosophy and medicine with general skill objectives for ethics consultants. The book aids in developing analytic moral reasoning skills for clinical ethicists, fostering the comprehensive education and professional development of clinical ethics consultants. In addition, it offers key components of how an ethics consultation curriculum manifest in an educational venue for clinical ethicists are illustrated. Adaptable and relevant for educating multiple disciplines in health care, this resource enables ethicists to understand the philosophical foundations and practical application of clinical ethics.
Contents:
1. A Philosophical Justification for Normative Ethics in Clinical Ethics and Medicine
2. Methods & Standards of Clinical Ethics Consultation
3. Moral Reasoning, Ethics Facilitation & Virtue
4. Organizational Ethics and Residency Requirements for Clinical Ethics Consultation
5. Concluding Remarks. - DigitalNicholas Talley, Simon O'Connor.Summary: "This book addresses the core principles and clinical skills that underpin diagnosis for safe, effective medical practice and breaks down each body system into a logical framework focusing on the history, clinical examination and correlation between physical signs and disease for each system." -- Publisher.
Contents:
Volume 1 A systematic guide to physical diagnosis
Volume 2 A guide to specialty examinations.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2017Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalMartin W. Dünser, Daniel Dankl, Sirak Petros, Mervyn Mer, editors.Summary: This well-illustrated book provides detailed guidance on all aspects of physical examination in patients requiring emergency or intensive care. After an introductory section covering basic principles and the recognition of pre-terminal signs, the approach to examination of individual organ systems is clearly explained. Examination schemes are then presented for particular conditions or settings, including respiratory distress, shock, neurological disease, trauma, suspected infection, and cardiac arrest. The skill of physical examination has become the forgotten art of medicine in both undergraduate and postgraduate studies. Furthermore, most books on the topic have so far focused on examination practices applicable to non-critically ill patients. In emergency and intensive care medicine, however, a different approach and sometimes also different examination techniques are required due to the life-threatening disease process. In summarizing knowledge and providing guidance on physical examination in this specific subgroup of patients, this book will meet the needs of all physicians and allied health care professionals involved in the care of critically ill patients.
- PrintJoel I. Hamburger.Contents:
v. 1. Thyroid disease. - DigitalMargaret M. Stark, editor.
- DigitalRobert J. Esther, editor.Summary: Musculoskeletal (MSK) disorders have a high prevalence and are one of the main reasons for patients to consult with a provider. For a range of issues from injury to back pain to rheumatic disease, musculoskeletal pathology is the second most common reason for a patient to see a primary care provider. However, despite their prevalence and significant socioeconomic impact, musculoskeletal disorders are relatively undertaught in medical schools in the United States. While all medical, nursing and physician assistant students receive exposure to some MSK content, in many medical schools this material does not receive curricular exposure commensurate with its prevalence. This practical textbook fills in that gap. All aspects of musculoskeletal disease and its management are presented concisely for quick reference and review, with each chapter opening with clear goals and objectives. The text begins with a discussion of the anatomy and physiology of bone, cartilage and muscle, including imaging techniques and interpretation. Musculoskeletal infections, tumors and vascular conditions are then covered, along with common rheumatic conditions such as rheumatoid and osteoarthritis, metabolic bone disease, and age-specific and traumatic conditions. Finally, the upper and lower extremity and spine are thoroughly discussed in terms of anatomy/pathoanatomy, common clinical conditions, physical exam, and common radiographic and clinical correlations. The main audience for Clinical Foundations of Musculoskeletal Medicine is medical students seeking to improve their understanding of common musculoskeletal conditions. Given the relevance of musculoskeletal conditions to a range of providers, this book can also be used for the musculoskeletal education of allied professionals such as physician assistants (PA) and nurse practitioner students. It could likewise serve as a resource for practicing medical professionals to develop and enhance their knowledge in this content area.
Contents:
Part I. Principles of Musculoskeletal Health and Disease
Incidence and Prevalence of Musculoskeletal Disease
Musculoskeletal Tissues and Anatomy
Introduction to Musculoskeletal.-Imaging
Basic Bone Metabolism
Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Bone Remodeling Disorders
Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Osteomalacia
Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Osteoporosis
Part II. Rheumatic Diseases
Rheumatoid Arthritis
Osteoarthritis
Seronegative Spondyloarthropathies
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Crystalline Arthropathy
Part III. Musculoskeletal Infection, Vascular and Neoplastic Diseases
Microbes in Bone and Joint Infections
Principles of Musculoskeletal Infections
Vascular Disorders of Bone
Bone Tumors
Soft Tissue Tumors
Part IV. Musculoskeletal Trauma and Rehabilitation
Systemic Response to Trauma
Principles of Musculoskeletal Fracture Care
Rehabilitation of Musculoskeletal Injuries
Management of Musculoskeletal Pain
Part V. Clinical Conditions of the Musculoskeletal System
Common Pediatric Conditions and Evaluation of the Limping Child
Common Clinical Conditions of the Spine
Low Back Pain
Common Clinical Conditions of the Shoulder
Common Clinical Conditions of the Elbow
Common Clinical Conditions of the Hand and Wrist
Common Clinical Conditions of the Hip
Common Clinical Conditions of the Knee
Common Clinical Conditions of the Foot and Ankle. - DigitalChristoph Stippich, editor ; with contributions by M. Blatow ... [and others] ; foreword by K. Sartor.Summary: The second, revised edition of this successful textbook provides an up-to-date description of the use of preoperative functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in patients with brain tumors and epilepsies. State of the art fMRI procedures are presented, with detailed consideration of practical aspects, imaging and data processing, normal and pathological findings, and diagnostic possibilities and limitations. Relevant information on brain physiology, functional neuroanatomy, imaging technique, and methodology is provided by recognized experts in these fields. Compared with the first edition, chapters have been updated to reflect the latest developments and in particular the current use of diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) and resting-state fMRI. Entirely new chapters are included on resting-state presurgical fMRI and the role of DTI and tractography in brain tumor surgery. Further chapters address multimodality functional neuroimaging, brain plasticity, and pitfalls, tips, and tricks. The book is designed to be of value to beginners, trained clinicians, and experts alike.
Contents:
Introduction to Presurgical fMRI and DTI
Visualisation of Brain Activity and White Matter Structure using fMRI and DTI
Functional Neuroanatomy
Task-based presurgical fMRI in Patients with Brain Tumors
Resting-state presurgical fMRI
Presurgical fMRI in Epilepsy
DTI and tractography for brain tumor surgery
Functional Neuronavigation
Validity of Presurgical Functional Localisation
Multimodality in Functional Neuroimaging
Brain Plasticity in fMRI & DTI.-Clinical BOLD fMRI & DTI : Artifacts, Tips and Tricks. . - DigitalChristoph Stippich, editor.Summary: The third, revised edition of this successful book describes up-to-date preoperative fMRI and complementary advanced imaging methods (DTI, MEG, PET, etc.) to diagnose and treat patients with brain tumors and epilepsy. It presents the state of the art fMRI and complementary imaging procedures and discusses practical aspects, imaging and data processing steps, normal and pathological findings, and diagnostic possibilities and limitations. Experts in the field explain relevant information on brain physiology, functional neuroanatomy, and imaging techniques. All chapters of the second edition have been fully updated to reflect the latest developments. Multimodality functional neuroimaging was rewritten by new authors. Further chapters address brain plasticity, and pitfalls, tips, and tricks. .
Contents:
Presurgical Functional MRI and Diffusion Tensor Imaging
Revealing Brain Activity and White Matter Structure Using Functional and Diffusion-Weighted Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Functional Neuroanatomy
Task-Based Presurgical Functional MRI in Patients with Brain Tumors
Presurgical Resting-State fMRI
Simultaneous EEG-fMRI in Epilepsy
Diffusion Imaging with MR Tractography for Brain Tumor Surgery
Functional Neuronavigation
Presurgical Functional Localization
Multimodality in Functional Neuroimaging
Brain Plasticity in fMRI and DTI
Clinical BOLD fMRI and DTI: Artifacts, Tips, and Tricks. - Digital[edited by] Vinay Chandrasekhara, B. Joseph Elmunzer, Mouen A. Khashab, V. Raman Muthusamy.Contents:
Section I: Equipment and general principles of endoscopy. The history of gastrointestinal endoscopy
Setting up an endoscopy facility
How endoscopes work
Cleaning and disinfecting gastrointestinal endoscopy equipment
Tissue sampling, specimen handling, and chromoendoscopy
Electrosurgery in therapeutic endoscopy
Sedation and monitoring in endoscopy
Patient preparation and pharmacotherapeutic considerations
Bowel preparation for colonoscopy
Reporting, documentation, and risk management
Small-caliber endoscopy
Postsurgical endoscopic anatomy
Endoscopic simulators
Section II: Luminal gastrointestinal disorders. Part 1: Gastrointestinal bleeding
Nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding
Portal hypertensive bleeding
Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
Mid-gut gastrointestinal bleeding
Occult and unexplained chronic gastrointestinal bleeding
Part 2: Esophageal Disorders. Esophageal motility disorders
Endoscopic diagnosis and management of Zenker's diverticula
Benign esophageal strictures
Ingested foreign objects and food bolus impactions
Eosinophilic esophagitis
Gastroesophageal reflux disease
Barrett's esophagus
Screening for esophageal squamous cell carcinoma
Endoscopic treatment of early esophageal neoplasia
Palliation of malignant dysphagia and esophageal fistulas
Part 3: Gastric disorders. Gastroparesis
Gastric polyps and thickened gastric folds
Subepithelial tumors of the esophagus and stomach
Diagnosis and treatment of superficial gastric neoplasms
Palliation of gastric outlet obstruction
Part 4: Duodenal disorders. Duodenal and papillary adenomas
Part 5: Colonic disorders. Acute colonic pseudo-obstruction
Colorectal cancer screening and surveillance
Polypectomy, mucosal resection, and submucosal dissection
Endoscopic diagnosis and staging of inflammatory bowel disease
Dysplasia surveillance in inflammatory bowel disease
Colonic strictures
Part 6: Miscellaneous. Infections of the luminal digestive tract
Techniques in enteral access
Endoscopic techniques for weight loss
Management of post-bariatric complications
Intramural and transmural endoscopy
Endoscopic full thickness resection of subepithelial lesions of the GI tract
Extraintestinal endosonography
Section 3: Pancreatobiliary disorders. Part 1: general considerations and techniques. Preparation for pancreaticobiliary endoscopy
Choloangiography and pancreatography
Cannulation and sphinctertomy
Endoscopic ultrasound and FNA for pancreatic and biliary disorders
Endoscopic ultrasound-guided access and drainage of the pancreaticobiliary ductal systems
Part 2: Benign Biliary Disorders. Gallstone disease: choledocholithiasis, cholecystitis, and gallstone pancreatitis
Postoperative biliary strictures and leaks
Infections of the biliary tract
Sphincter of Oddi disorders
Part 3: Benign pancreatic disorders. Recurrent acute pancreatitis
Pancreatic fluid collections and leaks
Chronic pancreatitis
Part 4: Neoplastic pancreaticobiliary disorders. The indeterminate biliary stricture
Pancreatic cystic lesions
Evaluation and staging of pancreaticobiliary malignancy
Palliation of malignant pancreaticobiliary obstruction.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalHoon Jai Chun, Suk-kyun Yang, Myung-gyu Choi, editors.Summary: Gastrointestinal endoscopy is the principal tool for the investigation and treatment of most diseases of the gastrointestinal tract. The Clinical Gastrointestinal Endoscopy offers a comprehensive overview of the role of gastrointestinal endoscopy in diagnosis. The atlas contains an abundance of high-quality images of a wide range of diseases of the upper and lower gastrointestinal tract, accompanied by precise clinical descriptions. Normal findings and variants are also documented. Furthermore, many images obtained by means of advanced image-enhanced endoscopy, capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, and endoscopic ultrasound are included. This book will be an ideal reference for both specialists and trainees in gastroenterology. It will provide the reader with an invaluable store of knowledge and with the clear guidance required in order to perform gastrointestinal endoscopy to best effect.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalJuan Carlos Gomez-Verjan, Nadia Alejandra Rivero-Segura, editors.Summary: The world population is rapidly aging--it is estimated that by 1950, around 17% of the population will be elderly. In this context, aging involves several physiological, psychological and highly complex social processes that vary from one person to another. For a long time, medical care for older adults has focused on treating chronic, age-related diseases and their associated consequences. Recently, biomedical research brings a novel point of view to develop more effective interventions by targeting the aging process itself rather than separate conditions. There is a growing number of reports indicating that aging is driven by several interconnected mechanisms and biological components referred to as the molecular pillars of aging. Interfering with these mechanisms could help to treat, prevent, and understand the development of age-related diseases and associated syndromes. This book provides a clinical perspective and general update on biomedical and genetic research in aging, moving from an update in the molecular pillars of aging to a perspective of the most recent pharmacological, clinical, and diagnostic applications using genomic approaches and techniques. While this book focuses on the specifics of genetics and genomics, it also adopts a clinical perspective of geroscience, which seeks to understand the genetic, molecular and cellular mechanisms that make aging an important risk factor and, sometimes, a determining factor in the diseases and common chronic conditions of older people. Additionally, Clinical Genetics and Genomics of Aging is a significant contribution to support aging research, as it shows that collaboration across disciplines is relevant to progress in the field. As more and more people benefit from increased longevity, clinician and researchers will be empowered by this knowledge to contribute to the progress of aging research.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Acknowledgments
Contents
Contributors
1: An Update on the Molecular Pillars of Aging
Introduction
DNA: A Central Molecule of the Aging Process
Mutations Accumulate in Nuclear and Mitochondrial DNA During Aging
Telomere Attrition: More Than a Consequence of Cellular Replication
The Epigenome and Its Architectural Importance
Transcriptome Deregulation in Aging
Proteome Findings in Aging Research
Altered Proteostasis
Conserved Metabolic Pathways Offer Clues to the Factors of Aging and Longevity
mTOR
Sirtuins
IGF
AMPK 5: Genomic Tools Used in Molecular Clinical Aging Research
Introduction
Exome and Whole-Genome Sequencing
Transcriptome Sequencing
Single-Cell Whole-Genome Sequencing
Sequencing the Mitochondrial Genome and the Discovery of Age-Related Alterations
DNA Methylation Sequencing
Analysis of Protein-DNA Interaction Genome Wide, Chip-Seq
References
6: Molecular Biomarkers of Aging Studies in Humans
Introduction
Molecular Biomarkers for Inflammation in Aging
Molecular Biomarkers for Oxidative Stress
Molecular Biomarkers for Hormones in Aging
Growth Hormone Ischemic Stroke
Microbiome and Age-Related Neurodegenerative Diseases
Conclusions
References
3: Molecular Aspects of Hippocampal Aging
Introduction
Neuronal Loss
Gene Expression and Regulation
Electrophysiological Alterations Upon Aging
Calcium Dynamics and Homeostasis
Adenosine A2A Receptors (A2AR)
Caffeine Effects in Aging and Alzheimer's Disease
The Neuroimmune System Upon Aging
Conclusion
References
4: Mitochondrial Function in Aging
Introduction
Mitochondrial Physiology
Mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) Role in Aging
Mitochondrial Dynamics Mitochondrial Fission
Mitochondrial Fusion
Mitochondrial Turnover
Mitochondrial Biogenesis
Mitochondrial Dynamics in Age-Related Neurodegenerative Diseases
Mitochondrial Dynamics in Parkinson's Disease (PD)
Mitochondrial Dynamics in Alzheimer's Disease (AD)
Mitochondrial Dynamics in Heart and Skeletal Muscle
Mitochondrial Metabolism in Aging
Mitochondrial Metabolism in Aged Skeletal Muscle
Mitochondrial Metabolism in the Aged Heart
Mitochondrial Metabolism in the Aged Brain
Concluding Remarks
ReferencesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAndreas C. Lazaris, editor.Summary: This book presents clinicopathological insights into common genitourinary diseases, especially those of neoplastic nature, and introduces experiential learning based on case presentations (case-based learning). One of the tasks that trainees face is converting the extensive amount of data into medical experience. Using successive microscopic images, the book gradually and analytically presents diagnostic procedures for the genitourinary system (kidney, urinary bladder, prostate gland and testis). Characteristic cases are presented for each organ, each ending with a clinical commentary and key messages. This form of presentation helps readers acquire the valuable skill of effective diagnostic thinking, focusing their attention on the essential microscopic findings and disregarding insubstantial findings. Although clinical applications are frequently based on pathological findings which therefore need to be clearly described and recorded, the importance of this in everyday medical practice is often ignored by medical students and downplayed by clinicians. Demonstrating how knowledge can be practically applied, the book is a valuable resource mainly for residents in pathology, urology and oncology but also for medical students with a special interest in histopathology.
Contents:
General Introduction (Pathology and Clinical Medicine)
Chapter 1: Tumors of the kidney
Chapter 2: Urinary Bladder
Chapter 3: Prostate Gland
Chapter 4: Testis.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Shashikant Kulkarni M.S. (Medicine)., PhD. FACMG, John Pfeifer M.D., PhD.Contents:
Overview of technical aspects and chemistries of next-generation sequencing / Ian S. Hagemann
Clinical genome sequencing / Tina M. Hambuch, John Mayfield, Shankar Ajay, Michelle Hogue, Carri-Lyn Mead and Erica Ramos
Targeted hybrid capture methods / Elizabeth C. Chastain
Amplification-based methods / Marina N. Nikiforova, William A. Laframboise and Yuri E. Nikiforov
Emerging DNA sequencing technologies / Shashikant Kulkarni and John Pfeifer
RNA-sequencing and methylome analysis / Shamika Ketkar and Shashikant Kulkarni
Base calling, read mapping, and coverage analysis / Paul Cliften
Single nucleotide variant detection using next generation sequencing / David H. Spencer, Bin Zhang and John Pfeifer
Insertions and deletions (indels) / Jennifer K. Sehn
Translocation detection using next-generation sequencing / Haley Abel, John Pfeifer and Eric Duncavage
Copy number variant detection using next-generation sequencing / Alex Nord, Stephen J. Salipante and Colin Pritchard
Reference databases for disease associations / Wendy S. Rubinstein, Deanna M. Church and Donna R. Maglott
Reporting of clinical genomics test results / Kristina A. Roberts, Rong Mao, Brendan D. O'Fallon and Elaine Lyon
Reporting software / Rakesh Nagarajan
Constitutional diseases: amplification-based next-generation sequencing / Vanessa L. Horner and Madhuri R. Hegde
Targeted hybrid capture for inherited disease panels / Sami S. Amr and Birgit Funke
Constitutional disorders: whole exome and whole genome sequencing / Benjamin D. Solomon
Somatic diseases (cancer): amplification-based next-generation sequencing / Fengqi Chang, Geoffrey L. Liu, Cindy J. Liu and Marilyn M. Li
Targeted hybrid capture for somatic mutation detection in the clinic / Catherine E. Cottrell, Andrew J. Bredemeyer and Hussam Al-Kateb
Somatic diseases (cancer): whole exome and whole genome sequencing / Jennifer K. Sehn
Assay validation / Amy S. Gargis, Lisa Kalman and Ira M. Lubin
Regulatory considerations related to clinical next generation sequencing / Shashikant Kulkarni and John Pfeifer
Genomic reference materials for clinical applications / Justin Zook and Marc Salit
Ethical challenges to next-generation sequencing / Stephanie Solomon
Legal issues / Roger D. Klein
Billing and reimbursement / Kris Rickhoff, Andrew Drury and John Pfeifer.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - Digitaleditors, Michael F. Murray, Mark W. Babyatsky, Monica A. Giovanni ; associate editors, Fowzan S. Alkuraya, Douglas R. Stewart.Summary: The first book on the clinical application of genetics in primary care medicine, Clinical Genomics focuses on the everyday application of genetic assessment and its diagnostic, therapeutic, and preventive implications in clinical practice. Unlike traditional textbooks on medical genetics and dysmorphology, this is a clinical reference that covers many of the common diseases seen in everyday medical practice. Features: endorsed by the American College of Physicians; addresses the genetic basis of common chronic diseases, not just the classic diseases of dysmorphology.Digital Access 2014
- DigitalJohn R. Samples, Paul N. Schacknow, editors.Summary: Glaucoma Clinical Care: The Essentials is a pragmatic, slimmer companion volume to the more academically focused text 'The Glaucoma Book' by the same editors. This new book is a thoroughly updated manual for the day-to-day diagnosis and management of glaucoma patients by comprehensive ophthalmologists and optometric physicians. Its 33 chapters are authored by world renowned experts in clinical care and basic research, providing evidenced-based research, office examination skills, clinical pearls, and up-to-date reviews of the scientific literature on glaucoma, as wel l as extensive graphics and tables to accompany the text. Glaucoma Clinical Care: The Essentials is the one book to have and consult when confronted with a problematic glaucoma patient sitting in your exam chair as it is a thorough presentation of glaucoma medications, laser, and incisional glaucoma surgeries, complete with commentaries on advantages and disadvantages of the different therapies.
Contents:
1. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Intraocular Pressure
2. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Fluctuations in Intraocular Pressure
3. Glaucoma Risk Factors: The Cornea
4. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Family History {u2013} The Genetics of Glaucoma
5. Indications for Therapy
6. Clinical Examination of the Optic Nerve
7. Some Lessons from the Disc Appearance in the Open Angle Glaucomas
8. Digital Imaging of the Optic Nerve
9. Detecting Functional Changes in the Patient's Vision
Visual Field Analysis
10. Gonioscopy
11. Office Examination of the Glaucoma Patient
12. Primary Open Angle Glaucoma
13. Normal-Tension Glaucoma
14. Primary and Secondary Angle-Closure Glaucomas
15. Malignant Glaucoma (Posterior Aqueous Diversion Syndrome)
16. Pigment Dispersion Syndrome and Pigmentary Glaucoma
17. Exfoliation Syndrome and Glaucoma
18. Neovascular Glaucoma
19. Inflammatory disease and Glaucoma
20. Iridocorneal Endothelial Syndrome and Glaucoma
21. Traumatic Glaucomas
22. Congenital and Juvenile Glaucomas
23. Medications Used to Treat Glaucoma
24. Systemic Diseases and Glaucoma
25. Laser Therapies: Iridotomy, Iridoplasty, and Trabeculoplasty
26. Incisional Therapies: Trabeculectomy Surgery
27. Incisional Therapies: Canaloplasty and New Implant Devices
28. Newer FDA Approved Incisional Therapies
29. Complications of Glaucoma Surgery
30. Cataract and Glaucoma Surgery
31. Glaucoma after Retinal Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital[edited by] Veena K. Singh, MCh, DNB (Plastic Surgery)Summary: "The Clinical Guide for Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery: A Practical Handbook offers to resident doctors and consultants a unique compilation of comprehensive and authenticated information in a format that would help them prepare for practical examinations as well as in treating cases successfully. To mirror the practical exam format, the content of its 23 chapters, comprising 5 long and 18 short cases, is structured as questions and answers. In addition, for easy grasp and retention by the readers, the content follows a specific chronological sequence in delineating each case: history, general and local examination, investigations, how to proceed, stepwise planning, and surgical procedures." -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2024
- DigitalMani Alikhani, editor.Summary: This book is a complete reference for all clinicians who are interested in incorporating into their daily practice the techniques available to reduce the duration of orthodontic treatment and to overcome other treatment limitations. It focuses especially on micro-osteoperforations (MOPs) as the most conservative, efficient, and versatile approach to increase the rate of tooth movement. The opening chapters describe the biological principles of current accelerated techniques at the molecular and cellular levels and introduce guidelines on how to select the best acceleration approach based on each patient's needs. Clinicians are then guided step by step through the application of MOPs, case selection, and treatment planning. It is explained how MOPs can be incorporated into daily mechanotherapy for the treatment of different malocclusions and how to take advantage of the catabolic and anabolic effects of the procedure to expand the boundary of orthodontic and orthopaedic corrections. The book is written in a simple and clear language with many illustrations and clinical examples to facilitate understanding of concepts and procedures. In addition, it is a rich source for academicians and researchers interested in a comprehensive and updated review on theories of tooth movement and accelerated orthodontic techniques.
Contents:
Biological Principles of Accelerated Tooth Movement
Different Methods of Accelerating Tooth Movement
Introduction to Micro-Osteoperforations (MOPs)
Step-by-Step Guide for Performing MOPs
Incorporating Catabolic Effects of MOPs at Different Stages of Treatment
Anabolic Effects of MOPs (Cortical Drifting)
Utilizing Anabolic Effects of MOPs in Daily Mechanotherapy
Long Term Effects and Advantages.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalVincent E. Friedewald.Summary: This guide is an essential tool to aid the clinician in the efficient management of adult patients with disorders of the heart and blood vessels. The content is designed for use by all health professionals caring for persons with cardiovascular conditions, ranging from the most common, such as systemic arterial hypertension and atrial fibrillation, to the most rare conditions, such as Brugada Syndrome and atrial giant cell myocarditis. The pages are rich in information that will aid both cardiovascular specialists as well as primary care/family medicine physicians and nurse practitioners, whose practices are composed of up to 50% of patients with at least one form of cardiovascular disease. In this book, the author has collated current diagnostic criteria for all primary adult cardiovascular disorders. The book assists as a point of care reference by combining established principles of disease management protocols with effective differential diagnosis algorithms. Unlike traditional books, Clinical Guide to Cardiovascular Disease is specifically designed for rapid access to disease information, segregated into keyword data elements organized under 20 separate headings relevant to clinical care. In addition, external links to key articles, Guidelines, patient information, and supplemental and updated information are provided for every condition.
- DigitalJon Kobashigawa, editor.Summary: This handbook is an easy reference for those involved in the management of heart transplant. While this compilation of best practices cannot address the complexity of the individual patients we care for on a daily basis, it will serve to help us ask the right questions, access the best evidence and ultimately make the best decisions for the patients involved. Clinical Guide to Heart Transplantation provides a current review of the field of heart transplantation and how it has evolved into an established therapy for the treatment of end-stage heart failure. With the advent of improved surgical techniques, the development of immunosuppressive drugs and the utilization of more sophisticated monitoring strategies and treatments for graft rejection, heart transplantation now offer patients an avenue to both improved survival and quality of life. With over 4000 heart transplants performed per year globally and with 1-year survival approaching 90%, this practical title assists those involved in the this most complex of procedures to establish best practice. It is therefore essential reading for all practitioners in this field, charged with making critical decisions in the management of patients, donor organs, and the transplant process itself in order to achieve the greatest benefit in the utilization of this often scarce resource.
Contents:
Introduction
Options for Patients with End-Stage Heart Failure
Evaluation of Heart Transplant Candidacy
Listing Criteria and Process
Optimal Management of Patients on the Heart Transplant Waiting List
Histocompatibility Testing and Cross Matching
The Sensitized Patient Awaiting Heart Transplantation
Donor Organ Preservation and Surgical Considerations in Heart Transplantation
Immediate Post-Operative Period
Immunosuppression Strategies in Heart Transplantation
Rejection Surveillance and Treatment in the First Year
Out-Patient Management of the Heart Transplant Patient
Long-Term Complications in Heart Transplantation
The Total Artificial Heart
Chimerism and Tolerance
Genomics In Heart Transplantation
The Future of Heart Transplantation.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalS. Ali Mostoufi, Tony K. George, Alfred J. Tria Jr., editors.Summary: This unique clinical guide will explore specific evidence-based literature supporting physical therapist guided exercises and interventional treatments for commonly prevalent orthopedic spine and extremity presentations. Using this book, the sports medicine and interventional pain physician will be better able to coordinate therapy exercises after interventional treatments with their physical therapy colleagues. This will include a treatment course that will monitor progress in restoring and accelerating patients' function. A myriad of musculoskeletal conditions affecting the spine, joints and extremities will be presented, including tendinopathies, bursopathies, arthritis, fractures and dislocations - everything a clinician can expect to see in a thriving practice. Each chapter, co-authored by a physician and a physical therapist, will follow a consistent format for ease of accessibility and reference -- introduction to the topic; diagnosis; medical, interventional, and surgical management -- and will be accompanied by relevant radiographis, figures and illustrations. Additional topics include osteoarthritis, rheumatic disorders, entrapment syndromes, the use of orthobiologics, and more. Comprehensive enough to function as a learning tool, but practical and user-friendly enough for quick reference, Clinical Guide to Musculoskeletal Medicine will be an essential resource for sports medicine physicians, interventional and physical therapists.
- DigitalDimitris Malamos, Crispian Scully.Summary: " Provides clinical cases seen in both community and hospital type settings Suitable for general dental practitioners, dental undergraduate students and postgraduate trainees in oral and maxillofacial surgery, oral medicine, oral pathology and periodontology Easy-to-read style written by an oral medicine specialist and a dentist with a wealth of experience in general practice Companion website features further clinical case reports and useful web links"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2021
- DigitalJodi A. Mindell, Judith A. Owens.Contents:
Section 1: Introduction to pediatric sleep--1. Sleep 101--2. Sleep in infancy, childhood, and adolescence--3. Evaluation of pediatric sleep disorders--4.Polysomnography--5. Healthy sleep habits for children and adolescents--Section II: Pediatric sleep disorders--6.Symptom-based algorithms--7. Betime problems in young children--8. Nightwakings in young children: sleep associations--9. Nighttime fears--10. Nightmares--11.Disorders of arousal: confusional arousals, sleepwalking, and sleep terrors--12. Sleep related rhythmic movements: head banging, body rocking, and head rolling--13. Sleep related rhythmic movements: bruxism--14.Sleep enuresis--15.Sleep related breathing disorders and obstructive sleep apnea--16. Restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movement disorder--17. Excessive daytime sleepinss: narcolepsy and other hypersomnias--18. Circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorders--19. Insomnia
Section III: Sleep and Medications--20. Sleep and medications-- Section IV: Sleep in special populations--21. Sleep and neurodevelopmental disorders--22. Sleep and medical disorders--23. Sleep and psychiatric disordersDigital Access - PrintLaura Weiss Roberts, M.D., M.A., Chairman and Katharine Dexter McCormick and Stanley McCormick Memorial Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California.Summary: "Emphasizing clinical realities over abstract theories, A Critical Guide to Psychiatric Ethics thoroughly illustrates and applies the ethics principles and practices that instruct psychiatric practice. This valuable text provides keen and trustworthy navigation for ethical dilemmas encountered in the roles and settings in which clinicians engage." -- Back cover
Contents:
Ethics principles and professionalism
Clinical decision-making and ethics skills
The tradition of the psychotherapeutic relationship
Informed consent and decisional capacity
Ethical use of influence and the role of physician in high-risk situations
Confidentiality and truth telling
Children and transitional age youth
People in small communities
Veterans
People from culturally distinct populations
People living with HIV/AIDS
People at the end of life
Difficult patients
People living with addictions
Integrity and the professional roles of psychiatrists
Patient care ethics committees and consultation services
Clinician well-being and impairment
Psychiatric research
Innovation in psychiatry
Clinical training
Population health and evolving systems of care. - Digitaledited by Paul E. Holtzheimer, Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth, Lebanon, NH, William M. McDonald, MD, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA.Contents:
The theoretical basis for transcranial magnetic stimulation / Mark S. George and Joseph J. Taylor
The development of transcranial magnetic stimulation technology / Charles M. Epstein
Clinical efficacy of TMS in depression / Michelle L. Moyer, Mario A. Cristancho, and John P. O'Reardon
Safety of TMS / Simone Rossi and Jean-Pascal Lefaucheur
Patient selection and management / Peter B. Rosenquist, W. Vaughn McCall
The practical administration of TMS in a clinical setting / Daniel F. Maixner
Measuring outcomes / Shawn M. McClintock and Guy Potter
Neurophysiological measure of TMS / Natasha Radhu, Daniel M. Blumberger, Anosha Zanjani, and Zafiris J. Daskalakis
Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the treatment of psychiatric disorders / Paul Fitzgerald
Development of other brain stimulation interventions / Colleen Loo, Scott Aaronson, and Paul Holtzheimer
Limitations of TMS and future directions for clinical research / Sarah H. Lisanby.Digital Access Oxford [2014] - Digitaledited by Hunter Wessells, MD, FACS, Shigeo Horie, MD, PhD, Reynaldo G. Gómez, MD, FACS.Summary: "Urological Emergencies is an up-to-date, clinical guide offering the best practices in diagnosis, treatment and management of patients with urgent urological conditions. Designed to offer practical guidance at all times, it will provide doctors with an extremely useful tool to consult in the clinical setting. To achieve this, each chapter will feature the following pedagogic features: * Summary overviews * Key practice/learning points * Potential pitfalls/"do's and don'ts" boxes * Diagnostic decision trees * Management algorithms * Summary conclusions * Case studies * MCQs to support active learning Edited by an outstanding international editor team who will recruit a diverse cross-section of the world's leading experts as authors, the book will be aimed at specialist and trainee urologists managing patients in the diverse healthcare settings across the globe. The coverage will be comprehensive for a host of acute urological conditions ranging from traumatic, infectious, and obstructive to haemorrhagic, vascular, and congenital urological emergencies. It will also be a useful resource for emergency medicine practitioners. Emphasis throughout will be on providing the best Clinical management of patients possible; therefore the main focus is on the clinical aspects most relevant to practicing urologists"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Blunt Renal Injuries / Lindsay Hampson and Nnenaya Mmonu
Penetrating Renal Trauma
A Civilian and Military Perspective / Jonathan Wingate
Renal Infections / Brusabhanu Nayak, Nitin Srivastava, and Rajeev Kumar
Acute Kidney Stone Management / Justin S. Ahn and Jonathan D. Harper
Traumatic Adrenal Hemorrhage / Hong Truong and Bradley D. Figler
External Ureteral Trauma / Humberto G. Villarreal and Steven J. Hudak
Iatrogenic Ureteral injury / Haruaki Kato, Kazuyoshi Iijima, Tomohiko Oguchi, Seiji Yano
Bladder Injuries / Yosuke Nakajima
Traumatic Urethral Injuries / Laura G. Velarde and Reynaldo G. Gómez
Acute management of urethral stricture / Akio Horiguchi
Prostatitis and Prostatic Abscess / Hunter Wessells
Fournier's Gangrene / Kosuke Kitamura and Shigeo Horie
Traumatic Penile Injuries / Ariel Fredrick and Alex J. Vann
Priapism / Akash A. Kapadia, Kevin Ostrowski and Thomas J. Walsh
Traumatic Scrotal and Testicular Injuries / Marios Hadjipavlou and Davendra Sharm
Testicular Torsion / Alexander J. Skokan and Dana A. Weiss
Epididymitis and Orchitis / Norman Zambrano
Urologic Neonatal Emergencies / Nicolas Fernandez and Nayib Fakih. - Digitaledited by Geraldine M. Collins-Bride, MS, RN, ANP-BC, FAAN, Health Sciences Clinical Professor, Adult Nurse Practitioner, University of California, San Francisco, Department of Community Health Systems [and three others] ; associate editor, Lewis D. Fannon, MS, RN, ANP-BC, Health Sciences, Assistant Clinical Professor, Adult Nurse Practitioner, University of California, San Francisco, School of Nursing, Department of Community Health Systems.Summary: "Clinical Guidelines for Advanced Practice Nursing: An Interdisciplinary Approach, Third Edition is an accessible and practical reference designed to help nurses and students with daily clinical decision making. Written in collaboration with certified nurse midwives, clinical nurse specialists, nurse practitioners, nutritionists, pharmacists, and physicians, it fosters a team approach to health care. Divided into four areas--Pediatrics, Gynecology, Obstetrics, and, Adult General Medicine--and following a lifespan approach, it utilizes the S-O-A-P (Subjective-Objective-Assessment-Plan) format. Additionally, the authors explore complex chronic disease management, health promotion across the lifespan, and professional and legal issues such as reimbursement, billing, and the legal scope of practice."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
1. Legal scope of advanced nursing practice
Section I: PEDIATRIC HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
2. First well baby visit
3. Care of the postneonatal intensive care graduate
4. 0 to 3 years of age interval visit
5. 3 to 6 years of age interval visit
6. 6 to 11 years of age interval visit
7. The adolescent and young adult (12-21 years of age) interval visit
8. Preventive immunizations for children and adults
9. Developmental assessment: screening for developmental delay and autism
Section II: COMMON COMPLEX PEDIATRIC PRESENTATIONS
10. Childhood asthma
11. Atopic dermatitis in children
12. Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
13. Childhood depression
14. Failure to thrive during infancy
15. Child maltreatment
16. Childhood overweight and obesity
17. Urinary incontinence in children
Section III: COMMON WOMEN'S HEALTH PRESENTATIONS
18. Abnormal uterine bleeding
19. Amenorrhea and polycystic ovary syndrome
20. Screening for intraepithelial neoplasia and cancer of the lower genital tract
21. Female and male sterilization
22. Hormonal contraception
23. Menopause transition
24. Nonhormonal contraception
25. Urinary incontinence in women
Section IV: OBSTETRIC HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
26. The initial prenatal visit
27. Prenatal genetic screening and diagnosis
28. The return prenatal visit
29. The postpartum visit
30. Guidelines for medical consultation, interprofessional collaboration, and transfer of care during pregnancy and childbirth
Section V: COMMON OBSTETRIC PRESENTATIONS
31. Birth choices for women with a previous cesarean delivery
32. Common discomforts of pregnancy
33. Gestational diabetes mellitus: early detection and management in pregnancy
34. Hypertension in pregnancy: preeclampsia-eclampsia
35. preterm labor management
36. Urinary tract infection prevention and management in pregnancy
Section VI: ADULT GERONTOLOGY HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
37. Adult health maintenance and promotion
38. Health care maintenance for adults with developmental disabilities
39. Health care maintenance for transgender individuals
40. Postexposure prophylaxis for HIV infection
41. Preexposure prophylaxis for HIV
Section VII: COMMON COMPLEX ADULT GERONTOLOGY PRESENTATIONS
42. Abscess management
43. Anemia
44. Anticoagulation therapy (oral)
45. Anxiety
46. Asthma in adolescents and adults
47. Benign prostatic hypertrophy
48. Cancer Survivorship in Adult primary care
49. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
50. Chronic nonmalignant pain management
51. Chronic viral hepatitis
52. Dementia
53. Depression
54. Diabetes mellitus
55. Epilepsy
56. Gastroesophageal reflux disease
57. Geriatric syndromes
58. Heart failure
59. Herpes simplex infections
60. Hypertension
61. Intimate partner violence (domestic violence)
62. Irritable bowel syndrome
63. Lipid disorders
64. Low back pain
65. Obesity
66. Primary care of HIV-infected adults
67. Smoking cessation
68. Thyroid disorders
69. Upper back and neck pain syndromes
70. Upper extremity tendinopathy: bicipital tendinopathy, lateral epicondylitis, and de Quervain's tenosynovitis
71. Wound care.Digital Access R2Library 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaleditors, Lucky Jain, MD, MBA, George W. Brumley Jr. Professor and Chair, Department of Pediatrics Emory, University School of Medicine, Chief Academic Officer, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta, Executive Director, Emory and Children's Pediatric Institute, Atlanta, Georgia, Gautham K. Suresh, MD, DM, MS, FAAP, Professor of Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine, Section Head and Service Chief of Neonatology, Texas Children's Hospital, Houston, Texas.Summary: "The first neonatal handbook to focus on clinical protocols and best management practices Clinical Care Paths in Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine provides a compilation of the most current and authoritative clinical care recommendations for fast, effective care of neonatal patients. Spanning all major areas of neonatal care, the book bypasses wordy discussion in favor of concise bulleted points and ready-to-apply evidence-based management guidelines. Each chapter follows a uniform presentation that includes bulleted key features and management guideline summaries. One of the goals of Clinical Care Paths in Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine is to reduce practice variation and enable providers to deliver the best value for the healthcare dollars being spent. Chapters focus on clinical management practices and evidence-based supporting data rather than lengthy descriptions of disease and practice. References are limited to "top ten" articles and resources"-- Provided by publisher. "The only neonatal handbook focused on clinical protocols and management for fast, effective care"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2019
- Digital[edited by] Philip J. DiSaia, William T. Creasman, Robert S. Mannell, Scott McMeekin, David G. Mutch.Contents:
Preinvasive disease of the cervix / L. Stewart Massad
Preinvasive disease of the vagina and vulva and related disorders / Cara A. Mathews and Joan L. Walker
Invasive cervical cancer / Krishnansu S. Tewari and Bradley J. Monk
Endometrial hyperplasia, estrogen therapy, and the prevention of endometrial cancer / Lisa M. Landrum, Rosemary E. Zuna, and Joan L. Walker
Adenocarcinoma of the uterine corpus / William T. Creasman and David Scott Miller
Sarcoma of the uterus / D. Scott McMeekin and William T. Creasman
Gestational trophoblastic disease / Emma L. Barber and John T. Soper
Invasive cancer of the vulva / Thomas Herzog
Invasive cancer of the vagina / Marilyn Huang, Brian M. Slomovitz, and Robert L. Coleman
The adnexal mass / Camille C. Gunderson, Robert S. Mannel, and Philip J. Di Saia
Epithelial ovarian cancer / Eric L. Eisenhauer, Ritu Salani, and Larry J. Copeland
Germ cell, stromal, and other ovarian tumors / Emily R. Penick, Chad Hamilton, G. Larry Maxwell, and Charlotte S. Marcus
Fallopian tube cancer / Erica R. Hope, G. Larry Maxwell, and Chad A. Hamilton
Breast diseases / Patricia A. Cronin and Mary L. Gemignani
Cancer in pregnancy / Krishnansu S. Tewari
Complications of disease and therapy / Kemi M. Doll, Daniel L. Clarke-Pearson
Basic principles of chemotherapy / Christina S. Chu and Stephen C. Rubin
Targeted therapy and molecular genetics / Shannon N. Westin, Anil K. Sood, and Robert L. Coleman
Genes and cancer : genetic counseling and clinical management / David G. Mutch, Sheri Babb, and Philip J. Di Saia
Palliative care and quality of life / Dana M Chase, Siu-Fun Wong, Lari Wenzel, and Bradley J. Monk
Role of minimally invasive surgery in gynecologic malignancies / Floor J. Backes, David E. Cohn, Robert S. Mannel, and Jeffrey M. Fowler
Epidemiology of commonly used statistical terms and analysis of clinical studies / Wendy R. Brewster
Basic principles in gynecologic radiotherapy / Catheryn M. Yashar
Appendices. Staging: staging of cancer at gynecologic sites
Modified from common terminology criteria for adverse events (common terminology criteria for adverse events)
Blood component therapy
Suggested recommendations for routine cancer screening
Nutritional therapy.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalFabio Capello, Antonio Vittorino Gaddi, editors.Summary: This book examines in detail the clinical implications of those diseases that either are primarily triggered by air pollution or represent direct consequences of air pollutants. The aim is to provide medical practitioners with practical solutions to issues in diagnosis and treatment while simultaneously furnishing other interested parties with crucial information on the field. The book introduces the concept that air pollution-related diseases constitute a new class of pathologies. A wide range of conditions mainly attributable to air pollution are discussed, covering different body systems and pollution impacts in subsets of the population. In addition to presenting state of the art overviews of clinical aspects, the book carefully examines the implications of current knowledge for social and public health strategies aimed at disease prevention and prophylaxis. The Clinical Handbook of Air Pollution-Related Diseases will greatly assist doctors and healthcare workers when dealing with the consequences of air pollution in their everyday practice and will provide researchers, industry, and policymakers with valuable facts and insights.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalEric Bui, Meredith E. Charney, Amanda W. Baker, editors.Contents:
Intro
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: A Causal Systems Approach to Anxiety Disorders
A Causal Systems Approach to Anxiety Disorders
A Causal Systems Approach to Mental Illness
The Development of Anxiety Disorders from a Causal Systems Perspective
Disorder and Comorbidity from a Causal Systems Perspective
Beyond Symptoms
Individual Differences in the Propensity to Experience Anxiety Disorders
Using a Causal Systems Approach to Diagnose and Treat Anxiety Disorders
Advancements in Causal Systems Research
Conclusion
References Chapter 2: Neurocircuitry of Anxiety Disorders
Introduction
Brain Structures Implicated Across Anxiety Disorders
Amygdala
Bed Nucleus of the Stria Terminalis (BNST)
Anterior Cingulate Cortex (ACC)
Dorsal Anterior Cingulate Cortex (dACC)
Rostral Anterior Cingulate Cortex (rACC)
Subgenual Anterior Cingulate Cortex (sgACC)
Insular Cortex
Hippocampus
Inferior Prefrontal Cortex (PFC)
Ventromedial Prefrontal Cortex (vmPFC)
Integrative Models
Neural Mechanisms Implicated in Specific Anxiety Disorders
Specific Phobia
Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD) Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD)
Panic Disorder (PD)
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Anxiety Disorders: A Feminist Ecological Approach
Anxiety Disorders: A Feminist Ecological Approach
Macrosystem
The Rise of Competitive Individualism
Media
Exosystem
The Decline of Religion and Community
Economic and Sociopolitical Factors
The Medical Model and Managed Care
Microsystem and Individual Identities
Privilege and Power: The Minority Stress Model
Gender
Race/Ethnicity
Sexual Orientation
Class
Age Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Two Peas in a Pod? Understanding Cross-Cultural Similarities and Differences in Anxiety Disorders
Chapter Overview
Cross-Cultural and Cross-Ethnic Differences in Prevalence of Anxiety Disorders
Cross-Cultural Differences in Explanatory Models and Display Rules
Transdiagnostic Constructs Shaping Anxiety Disorders Across Cultures
"Thinking a Lot"
Anxiety Sensitivity
Somatization
Case Examples: Conceptualizing Anxiety Across Cultures
Cultural Considerations for Panic Disorder (PD): Khyâl Attacks and Ataque De Nervios Cultural Considerations for Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD): Taijin kyofusho
Cultural Considerations for Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) Across Cultures
Summary
References
Chapter 5: Anxiety Comorbidities: Mood Disorders, Substance Use Disorders, and Chronic Medical Illness
Anxiety and Mood Disorders
Epidemiology and Impact
Key Clinical Features
Family and Genetics
Environmental Risk
Biomarkers
Cognitive and Personality Correlates
Treatment Considerations
Future Directions
Anxiety and Substance Use Disorders
Epidemiology and ImpactDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalBenedict M. Glover, Pedro Brugada, editors.Contents:
Cardiac Anatomy and Electrophysiology
Cardiac EP Study, Maneuvers and Ablation
Electroanatomic Mapping AV Nodal Re-Entry Tachycardia (AVNRT)
Accessory Pathway Conduction
Atrial Tachycardia
Atrial Flutter
Atrial Fibrillation
Ventricular Tachycardia
Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalBenedict M. Glover, Pedro Brugada, editors.Summary: This extensively revised second edition provides a practically applicable guide for the management of cardiac arrhythmia. This subject has continued to expand rapidly, and it is therefore critical to understand the basic principles of arrhythmia mechanisms in order to assist with diagnosis and the selection of an appropriate treatment strategy. Comprehensively revised chapters cover a variety of aspects of cardiac electrophysiology in an easy-to-digest case-based format. For each case of arrhythmia, relevant illustrations, fluoroscopy images, ECGs and endocavity electrograms are used to describe the etiology, classification, clinical presentation, mechanisms, electrophysiology set up and relevant trouble-shooting procedures. New topics covered include the application of new antiarrhythmic drugs in tandem with ablation, techniques for the ablation of atrial fibrillation and electrophysiological assessments available for identifying instances of atrial tachycardia. Clinical Handbook of Cardiac Electrophysiology presents a comprehensive overview of cardiac electrophysiology, making it a valuable reference for practicing and trainee cardiac electrophysiologists, cardiologists, family practitioners, allied professionals and nurses.
Contents:
Cardiac Anatomy and Electrophysiology
Cardiac EP Study, Maneuvers and Ablation
Electroanatomic Mapping
AV Nodal Re-Entry Tachycardia (AVNRT)
Accessory Pathway Conduction
Atrial Tachycardia
Atrial Flutter
Atrial Fibrillation
Ventricular Tachycardia
Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs. - Digitaledited by Leslie K. Anderson, Stuart B. Murray, and Walter H. Kaye.Summary: "Treating patients with eating disorders (ED) is a notoriously challenging undertaking. Patients tend to be medically compromised and have a deep ambivalence towards their symptoms, and treatment dropout and relapse rates are high. Further complicating matters, a sizable number of patients present with additional characteristics that set them apart from the patients for whom empirically supported treatments were developed. Up to 50% of current ED diagnoses are classified as atypical and do not fit into existing diagnostic categories, and many more present with complex comorbidities. Clinical Handbook of Complex and Atypical Eating Disorders brings together into one comprehensive resource what is known about an array of complicating factors for patients with ED, serving as an accessible introduction to each of the comorbidities and symptom presentations highlighted in the volume. The first section of the book focuses on the treatment of ED in the presence of various comorbidities, and the second section explores the treatment of ED with atypical symptom presentations. The third section focuses on how to adapt ED treatments for diverse populations typically neglected in controlled treatment trials: LGBT, pediatric, male, ethnically diverse, and older adult populations. Each chapter includes a review of clinical presentation, prevalence, treatment approaches, resources, conclusions, and future directions. Cutting edge and practical, Clinical Handbook of Complex and Atypical Eating Disorders will appeal to researchers and health professionals involved in treating ED"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note:
Foreword by Ivan Eisler About the Editors Contributors Introduction 1. Evidence-Based Treatments and the Atypical/Complex Conundrum Jenna Schlein, Gina Dimitropoulos, Katharine Loeb, & Daniel Le Grange Part I: Psychiatric Comorbidities 2. Clinical Guidelines for the Treatment of Anxiety in Eating DisordersStephanie Knatz Peck, Stuart B. Murray, & Walter H. Kaye3. Treating ED-PTSD patients: A synthesis of the literature and new treatment directions Julie G. Trim, Tara Galovski, Amy Wagner, & Timothy D. Brewerton 4. The Complex Relationship between Eating Disorders and Substance Use Disorders: Clinical Implications Amy Baker Dennis & Tamara Pryor 5. Suicidality, Self-Injurious Behavior, and Eating Disorders Leslie K. Anderson, April Smith & Scott Crow 6. Eating Disorders and Borderline Personality Disorder: Strategies for Managing Life Threatening and Therapy Interfering Behaviors Lucene Wisniewski & Leslie K. Anderson 7. Body Dysmorphic Disorder and Eating Disorders Danyale McCurdy-McKinnon & Jamie D. Feusner 8. Food Selectivity in Autism Spectrum Disorder William G. Sharp & Valentina Postorino Part II: Atypical Symptom Presentations 9. Avoidant-Restrictive Food Intake Disorder: Assessment and Treatment Jessie Menzel Anorexia Nervosa with a history of Obesity or Overweight Jocelyn Lebow & Leslie Sim 11. Purging disorder Pamela K. Keel, K. Jean Forney, & Grace Kennedy 12. Evidence-based Treatment Approaches for Night Eating Disorders Kelly C. Allison & Laura A. Berner 13. Diabetes and Eating Disorders Liana Abascal, & Ann Goebel-Fabbri 14. Muscle Dysmorphia: Clinical Presentation and Treatment Strategies Scott Griffiths & Stuart B. Murray 15. Rumination Disorder in Adults: Cognitive Behavioral Formulation and Treatment Helen B. Murray & Jennifer J. Thomas 16. Atypical Eating Disorders and Specific Phobia of Vomiting (SPOV): Clinical Presentation and Treatment Approaches Alexandra Keyes & David Veale Part III: Atypical Populations 17. Pediatric Eating Disorders Emily K. Gray & Kamryn T. Eddy 18. Eating Disorders in Males Tiffany A. Brown, Scott Griffiths & Stuart B. Murray 19. Eating Disorders and Disordered Eating in the LGBTQ Population Jon Arcelus, Fernando Fernandez-Aranda, & Walter Pierre Bouman 20. Considerations in the Treatment of Eating Disorders among Ethnic Minorities Ana L. Ramirez, Eva Trujillo-ChiVacuan, Marisol Perez 21. Midlife onset Eating Disorders Cristin Runfola, Jessica H. Baker, & Cynthia M. Bulik 22. Eating Disorders in Athletes: Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment Carolyn R. Plateau & Jon Arcelus.Digital Access Oxford [2018] - DigitalHrayr P. Attarian, editor.Contents:
Part 1 Chronic Insomnia Disorder
Chapter 1 Defining Insomnia
Chapter 2 Epidemiology of Insomnia
Chapter 3 Clinical Features, Diagnosis, and Differential Diagnosis
Chapter 4 Pathophysiology of Insomnia
Chapter 5 Prognosis and Complications
Chapter 6 Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia
Chapter 7 Pharmacological Treatment of Insomnia
Part 2 Insomnia in Special Populations
Chapter 8 Insomnias of Childhood: Assessment and Treatment
Chapter 9 Pregnancy-Related Sleep Disturbances and Sleep Disorders
Chapter 10 Insomnia and Menopause
Chapter 11 Insomnia in Patients with Comorbid Medical Problems
Chapter 12 Sleep Disturbance in Cancer Survivors
Chapter 13 Insomnia in Comorbid Neurological Problems
Chapter 14 Insomnia in Psychiatric Disorders.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalRobert Stephen Brown.Summary: "Clinical Handbook of Nephrology contains vital, everyday information on renal physiology and a wide range of topics, including diagnosis and treatment of acute and chronic kidney diseases, hypertension, electrolyte and acid-base disorders, dialysis, and kidney transplantation. This fully up-to-date reference (formerly Nephrology Pocket, a textbook originally published by Börm Bruckmeier) is ideal for physicians, nurses, dialysis center staff, medical students, and trainees, offering a practical roadmap for managing the renal disorders most likely to be encountered in clinical practice"-- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction to nephrology
Symptoms, signs, and differential diagnosis
Renal physiology
Water and electrolyte disorders
Acid-base disorders
Urinalysis and diagnostic tests
Acute kidney injury
Glomerular diseases
Various kidney diseases: Interstitial, cystic, obstructive, and infectious diseases
Kidney disorders in other diseases
Chronic kidney disease
Kidney replacement therapy: Dialysis
Kidney transplantation
Hypertension
Nephrolithiasis and nephrocalcinosis
Laboratory values for nephrology.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalDavid Walk, editor.Summary: This concise and practical book provides an overview of neuromuscular disorders in clinical practice. Diagnostic approaches are covered along with patient management strategies in an easy-to-understand and introductory framework. Filling a significant gap in the literature, this resource delivers essential information for neurology trainees and practitioners, as well as anyone interested in learning the fundamentals of this important medical subspecialty.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Diseases of Muscle
Chapter 3. Disorders of Neuromuscular Transmission
Chapter 4. Motor Neuron Disorders
Chapter 5. Diseases of Nerve
Chapter 6. The Diagnostic Approach to the Hypotonic and Weak Infant
Chapter 7. Rehabilitation Therapists' Role in Management of Neuromuscular Disease
Chapter 8. Electrodiagnostic Testing
Chapter 9. Ventilatory Management in Neuromuscular Disease
Chapter 10. Genetic Testing in Neuromuscular Disease.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalThomas G. Gutheil, Paul S. Appelbaum.Contents:
Confidentiality and privilege
Legal issues in emergency psychiatry and involuntary commitment
Legal issues in inpatient psychiatry
Malpractice and other forms of liability
Competence and substitute decision-making
Forensic evaluations
Clinicians and lawyers
The clinician in court.Digital Access - Digitaledited by David H. Barlow.Summary: "Now in a revised and expanded sixth edition, this is the leading text on evidence-based treatments for frequently encountered mental health problems. David H. Barlow has assembled preeminent experts to present their respective approaches in step-by-step detail, including extended case examples. Each chapter provides state-of-the-art information on the disorder at hand, explains the conceptual and empirical bases of intervention, and addresses the most pressing question asked by students and practitioners--"How do I do it?" Concise chapter introductions from Barlow highlight the unique features of each treatment and enhance the book's utility for teaching and training. New to This Edition *Existing chapters thoroughly revised to incorporate the latest empirical findings and clinical practices. *Chapter on "process-based therapy," a new third-wave approach for social anxiety. *Chapter on transdiagnostic treatment of self-injurious thoughts and behaviors. *Chapter on chronic pain"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia / Michelle G. Craske, Kate Wolitzky-Taylor, and David H. Barlow
2. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder / Candice M. Monson, Philippe Shnaider, and Kathleen M. Chard
3. Social Anxiety : A Process-Based Treatment Approach / Idan M. Aderka and Stefan G. Hofmann
4. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder / Martin E. Franklin and Edna B. Foa
5. Generalized Anxiety Disorder : An Acceptance-Based Behavioral Therapy / Lizabeth Roemer, Elizabeth H. Eustis, and Susan M. Orsillo
6. Emotional Disorders : A Unified Protocol for Transdiagnostic Treatment / Laura A. Payne, Kristen K. Ellard, Todd J. Farchione, and David H. Barlow
7. Cognitive Therapy for Depression / Jeffrey E. Young, Erina F. Ward-Diesielski, Jayne L. Rygh, Arthur D. Weinberger, and Aaron T. Beck
8. Interpersonal Psychotherapy for Depression / Kathryn L. Bleiberg and John C. Markowitz
9. Behavioral Activation for Depression / Sona Dimidjian, Christopher R. Martell, Ruth Herman-Dunn, and Samuel Hubley
10. Borderline Personality Disorder / Andrada D. Neacsiu, Noga Zerubavel, K. Maria Nylocks, and Marsha M. Linehan
11. Addressing Self-Injurious Thoughts and Behaviors within the Context of Transdiagnostic Treatment for Emotional Disorders / Kate H. Bentley, Joseph S. Maimone, and Matthew K. Nock
12. Bipolar Disorder / David J. Miklowitz
13. Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders / Nicholas Tarrier and Katherine Berry
14. Alcohol Use Disorders / Barbara S. McCrady and Elizabeth E. Epstein
15. Substance Use Disorders / Stephen T. Higgins, Sarah H. Heil, and Kelly R. Peck
16. Treatment of Sleep Disturbance / Katherine A. Kaplan and Allison G. Harvey
17. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Chronic Pain / John D. Otis
18. Eating Disorders : A Transdiagnostic Protocol / Zafra Cooper and Rebecca Murphy
19. Couple Distress / Andrew Christensen, Jennifer G. Wheeler, Brian D. Doss, and Neil S. Jacobson.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalRic M. Procyshyn, principal editor ; Kalyna Z. Bezchlibnyk-Butler, co-editor ; J. Joel Jeffries, co-editor.Digital Access Ovid 2017
- Digitaleditors Ric M. Procyshyn, Kalyna Z. Bezchilnyke-Butler, and J. Joel Jeffries.Contents:
Antidepressants
Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT)
Bright light therapy (BLT)
Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS)
Antipsychotics
Antipsychotic-induced extrapyramidal side effects and their management
Anxiolytic (antianxiety) agents
Hypnotics/sedatives
Mood stabilizers
Drugs for ADHD
Drugs for treatment of dementia
Sex-drive depressants
Drugs of abuse
Treatment of substance use disorders
Unapproved treatments of psychiatric disorders
Natural health products
Pharmacogenomic information for common psychotropic drugs
Glossary
Drug use in pregnancy and effects on breast milk
Patient information sheets
Appendix: neuroscience-based nomenclature (NbN)
Index of drugs.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - DigitalRic M. Procyshyn, BSc (Pharm), MSc, PharmD, PhD, principal editor, Kalyna Z. Bezchlibnyk-Butler, BScPhm, FCSHP, co-editor, J. Joel Jeffries, MB, FRCP, DFCPA, co-editor ; chapter co-editors: Alasdair Barr, PhD, [and 16 others].Summary: The Clinical Handbook of Psychotropic Drugs has become a standard reference and working tool for psychiatrists, psychologists, physicians, pharmacists, nurses, and other mental health professionals. Independent, unbiased, up-to-date. Succinct, bulleted information on all classes of medication: on- and off-label indications, (US FDA, Health Canada), recommended dosages, US and Canadian trade names, side effects, interactions, pharmacodynamics, precautions in the young, the elderly, and pregnancy, nursing implications, and much more - all you need to know for each class of drug. Potential interactions and side effects summarized in comparison charts. New in this edition Neuroscience-based nomenclature - added to product availability tables. Antidepressants chapter includes new section on GABAA receptor positive modulator (brexanolone IV injection; trade name Zulresso); also covers Qelbree (viloxazine extended-release capsules), the first new ADHD medication approved by the FDA in over a decade; as well as updates to SSRI use in pregnancy and antidepressant augmentation strategies Antipsychotics updates include revised dosing, especially adjustments in hepatic and renal impairment Mood stabilisers chapter sections on lithium and anticonvulsants extensively revised New formulations and trade names include: Adhansia XR (methylphenidate extended-release capsules), Caplyta (lumateperone), Dayvigo (lemborexant), Perseris (risperidone extended-release subcutaneous injection), Probuphine (buprenorphine subdermal implant), Propecia (finasteride tablets), Trelstar (triptorelin slow-release injection), Qelbree (viloxazine extended-release capsules)
- DigitalDennis M. Marchiori.Summary: Clinical Imaging by Dennis Marchiori is a comprehensive text with a clear, concise writing style that allows students and practitioners to quickly develop a better understanding of diagnostic imaging. Covering soft tissue imaging and skeletal imaging, including brain and spinal cord, chest, and abdomen, Clinical Imaging seamlessly integrates plain film with MRI and CT. And with more than 3,500 illustrations all contained in one volume, this trusted text offers the most effective, realistic and comprehensive approach available today. Combines the innovative pattern approach with more traditional detailed descriptions to emulate real-world patient interaction without sacrificing more in-depth content on disease states.Innovative Pattern Approach uses the patterns that link similar abnormalities to help you learn to identify, and just as importantly, differentiate abnormalities.Extensive cross-referencing from pattern to disease descriptions enables the reader to quickly find more detailed information.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- Digitaledited by Zoran Rumboldt.Summary: Delayed recognition of an injury or improper stabilization of the spine can lead to irreversible spinal cord injury and permanent neurological damage. This highly illustrated resource chronicles the rapid developments in imaging technology and expertise over the past decades that have transformed the medical management of vertebral injury, including thoracolumbar trauma classification. With over 250 CT and MRI images, this essential text is designed to aid both trainees and practicing physicians in making rapid and accurate diagnoses to patients with spinal trauma and provide appropriate care. This clear, concise, case-based resource will serve as a guide and learning source for trainees as well as an easily navigable reference for medical practitioners that can be essential to establishing the presence of an acute spinal injury.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- DigitalJohn E. Niederhuber.Summary: Offering focused, practical, and up-to-date content on immunotherapies used to treat a wide variety of cancer types, Clinical Immuno-Oncology covers the basic cellular and molecular mechanisms involved in cancer initiation and progression. The text reviews the development of tumor specific antigens and the challenges of developing cancer immunotherapies. Every effort is made to relate the fundamental aspects of host immunity to the efficacy of current immunotherapies and how they work in conjunction with the immune system to combat cancer. This foundational resource explains the basics of cancer immunotherapy, discusses best practices, and provides recommendations from experienced clinicians in the field. Dr. John E. Niederhuber and a team of expert contributing authors provide clinically focused information essential for integrating these new therapies into practice--making this an ideal resource for fellows, practitioners, and other cancer team members in medical oncology, radiation oncology, cancer surgery, immunology, and cancer research.
Contents:
Development and structure of the lymphoid system
The chemistry, structure, and function of immunoglobulins
The role of the complement system in cancer etiology and management
Cancer and the science of innate immunity
Tumor antigenicity and cancer as non-self
Tumor immune surveillance
The essential elements of adaptive immunity and their relevance to cancer immunology
Cancer--avoiding immune detection
Vaccines and active immunization against cancer
The major clinical components of cancer immunotherapy (modulating cell-mediated immune mechanisms)
The microbiome and cancer immunotherapy
The clinical application of immuno-therapeutics
The effect of COVID-19 on cancer immunotherapy and cancer care.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - DigitalRobert R. Rich [and five others].Contents:
Section 1: Principles of immune response. The human immune response
Organization of the immune system
Innate immunity
Antigen receptor genes, gene products, and co-receptors
The major histocompatibility complex
Antigens and antigen presentation
B-cell development and differentiation
T-cell development
Cytokines and cytokine receptors
Chemokines and chemokine receptors
Lymphocyte adhesion and trafficking
T-cell activation and tolerance
Regulated cell death
The microbiota in immunity and inflammation
Section 2: Host defense mechanisms and inflammation. Immunoglobulin function
Helper T-cell subsets and control of the inflammatory response
Cytotoxic T lymphocytes and natural killer cells
Regulatory immune cells
Host defenses in the skin
Host defenses at mucosal surfaces
Complement in host deficiencies and diseases
Phagocyte deficiencies
Mast cells, basophils, and mastocytosis
Eosinophils and eosinophilia
Section 3: Host defenses to infectious agents. Host defenses to viruses
Host defenses to intracellular bacteria
Host defenses to extracellular bacteria
Host defenses to spirochetes
Host defenses to fungi
Host defenses to protozoa
Host defenses to helminths
Section 4: Immunologic deficiencies. Approach to the evaluation of the immunodeficient patient
Human genomics in immunology
Primary antibody deficiencies
Primary T-cell immunodeficiencies
Immunodeficiencies at the interface of innate and adaptive immunity
Infections in the immunocompromised host
Immune deficiencies at the extremes of age
HIV infection and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
Autoantibody mediated phenocopies of primary immunodeficiency diseases
Section 5: Allergic diseases. Immunological mechanisms of airway diseases and pathways to therapy
Urticaria, angioedema, and anaphylaxis
Allergic reactions to stinging and biting insects
Atopic and contact dermatitis
Food allergy
Eosinophil-associated gastrointestinal disorders
Allergic disorders of the eye
Drug hypersensitivity
Occupational respiratory allergies
Section 6: Systemic immune diseases. Mechanisms of autoimmunity
Systemic lupus erythematosus
Rheumatoid arthritis
Juvenile idiopathic arthritis
Sjögren's syndrome
Scleroderma-systemic sclerosis
Inflammatory muscle diseases
Spondyloarthritis
Small and medium vessel primary vasculitis
Large-vessel vasculitides
Systemic autoinflammatory syndromes
Antiphospholipid syndrome
Section 7: Organ-specific inflammatory disease. Immunohematologic disorders
Bullous diseases of the skin and mucous membranes
Immunology of psoriasis
Myasthenia gravis
Multiple sclerosis
Autoimmune peripheral neuropathies
Immunologic renal diseases
Inflammation and atherothrombosis
Autoimmune thyroid diseases
Diabetes and related autoimmune diseases
Immunologic lung diseases
Sarcoidosis
Immunologic ocular disease
Immunologic diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
Inflammatory hepatobiliary diseases
Section 8: Immunology of neoplasia. Tumor immunotherapy
Lymphoid leukemias
Lymphomas
Monoclonal gammopathies
Section 9: Transplantation. Concepts and challenges in organ transplantation: rejection, immunosuppression, and tolerance
Immune reconstitution therapy for immunodeficiency
Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation for malignant diseases
Section 10: Prevention and therapy of immunologic diseases. Immunoglobulin therapy: replacement and immunomodulation
Gene therapy
Glucocorticoids
Immunomodulating pharmaceuticals
Protein kinase antagonists as therapeutic agents for immunological and inflammatory disorders
Biological modifiers of inflammation
Vaccines
Immunotherapy of allergic disease
Section 11: Diagnostic immunology. Flow cytometry
Assessment of functional immune responses
Assessment of neutrophil function
Assessment of human allergic diseases
Molecular methods
Appendices. Selected CD molecules and their characteristics
Laboratory reference values
Vaccine schedules.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - Digital[edited by] Robert R. Rich, Thomas A. Fleisher, Harry W. Schroeder Jr., Cornelia M. Weyand, David B.Corry, Jennifer M. Puck.Summary: Offering unique, comprehensive coverage of both basic science and clinical scenarios, Clinical Immunology: Principles and Practice, 6th Edition, brings you up to date with every aspect of this fast-changing field. It examines the molecular, cellular, and immunologic bases of immunologic diseases and their broader systemic implications; it also includes complete coverage of common and uncommon immunologic disorders. Updated with all the latest immunologic research and clinical implications, including breakthrough immunotherapies and molecular-based treatment protocols, this fully revised edition provides authoritative guidance from some of the most respected global leaders in immunology in one complete, well-illustrated volume. Includes extensive revisions that reflect rapidly expanding research and clinical advances, including breakthrough drug and immunotherapies such as immune checkpoint inhibitors, immunotherapies for cancer, precision medicine, and transfusion medicine. Contains new chapters on COVID-19, immune responses, and the role of the immune system; immunoregulatory deficiencies; immune checkpoints; CAR T cells, including new cellular-based immunotherapy; gene therapy, including CRISPR and gene selection; and a clinically focused chapter on asthma. Provides new genetics content focused on data applications. Addresses notable advances in key areas such as the importance of the microbiota to normal immune system development and to the pathogenesis of immunologic and inflammatory diseases; relationships between the innate and adaptive immune systems; progress in rapid and cost-effective genomics; cell signaling pathways and the structure of cell-surface molecules; and many more. Covers hot topics such as the role of genetics and genomics in immune response and immunologic disease, atherosclerosis, recurrent fever syndromes, aging and deficiencies of innate immunity, the role of microbiota in normal immune system development and in the pathogenesis of immunologic and inflammatory diseases, and novel therapeutics. Features a user-friendly format with color-coded boxes highlighting critical information on Key Concepts, Clinical Pearls, Clinical Relevance, and Therapeutic Principles. Summarizes promising research and development anticipated over the next 5-10 years with "On the Horizon" boxes and discussions of translational research. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.Digital Access
- DigitalGerard Reach ; [translation by Claudia Ratti].Summary: Clinical practice guidelines were initially developed within the context of evidence-based medicine with the goal of putting medical research findings into practice. However, physicians do not always follow them, even when they seem to apply to the particular patient they have to treat. This phenomenon, known as clinical inertia, represents a significant obstacle to the efficiency of care and a major public health problem, the extent of which is demonstrated in this book. An analysis of its causes shows that it stems from a discrepancy between the objective, essentially statistical nature of evidence-based medicine on the one hand and the physicianℓ́ℓs own complex, subjective view (referred to here as ℓ́ℓmedical reasonℓ́ℓ) on the other. This book proposes a critique of medical reason that may help to reconcile the principles of evidence-based medicine and individual practice. The author is a diabetologist and Professor of Endocrinology, Diabetology and Metabolic Diseases at Paris 13 University. He has authored several books, including one to be published by Springer (Philosophy and Medicine series) under the title: The Mental Mechanisms of Patient Adherence to Long Term Therapies, Mind and Care.
Contents:
Introduction
Definitions
The Evidence: The Gap Between Clinical Guidelines and Reality
Determinants and Explanatory Models of Clinical Inertia
The Doctor and Evidence-Based Medicine
To Do or Not to Do: A Critique of Medical Reason
Fighting Against True Clinical Inertia
Conclusion: Time for Medical Reason
References.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJoseph Domachowske, Manika Suryadevara.Summary: This book is meticulously designed for the busy student, trainee, or seasoned physician looking to enhance or refresh skills in infectious diseases. It is intended to provide a solid resource for students and physicians in need of a concise yet comprehensive background of the material. Each chapter begins with a summary of the topic, a brief case description, definitions, critical teaching points, and tables, figures, photos, and other visual materials to reinforce learning. The chapters take a systems based approach to infections before concluding with the essentials of diagnostic microbiology to leave users with a practical toolkit for real-world clinics. Authored by two expert educators and dual infectious diseases and pediatrics specialists, Clinical Infectious Diseases Study Guide is the only updated study guide designed for medical students, fellows, residents, and trainees who need a strong foundation in infectious diseases. This includes infectious disease specialists in both adult and pediatric care, various internal medicine subspecialists, and hospitalists.
Contents:
Bacterial infections of the skin
Febrile exanthems of childhood
Acute and chronic lymphadenitis
Keratitis
Endophthalmitis
Otitis, sinusitis, mastoiditis
Pharyngitis, pharyngeal space infection
Pertussis and pertussis syndrome
Laryngitis, tracheitis, epiglottitis, bronchiolitis
Community acquired pneumonia
Influenza
Tuberculosis
Atypical pneumonia
Fungal pneumonia
Infective endocarditis
Infectious myocarditis
Acute rheumatic fever
Kawasaki disease
Infectious hepatitis
Liver abscess
Infectious gastroenteritis
Urinary tract infection
Human papillomavirus
Prostatitis, epididymitis, and orchitis
Vaginitis, cervicitis, and pelvic inflammatory disease
Congenital and perinatal infections
Aseptic meningitis
Bacterial meningitis
Parameningeal infections
Meningoencephalitis
Polyomavirus infections
Prion disease
Tetanus
Diphtheria
Botulism
Toxic shock syndrome
Clostridium difficile colitis
Toxin mediated food poisoning
Bacteremia and bacterial sepsis
Central line associated bloodstream infections
Osteoarticular infections
Candidiasis
Lyme disease
Spotted fevers
Typhus and related infections
Malaria
Yellow fever
Dengue
Chagas disease
African sleeping sickness
Leishmaniasis
Leptospirosis
Leprosy
Tapeworms
Trematodes
Roundworms
HIV
Overview of antibiotics. - Digitaleditor, Scott Mankowitz.Summary: The book offers an introduction to all the informatics concepts that are represented on the Clinical Informatics Board Examination The core and direction of this book is to mirror the model of clinical informatics which is used by the American Board of Preventive Medicine to create their exam. Unlike any other text on the market, the book includes simulated exam questions, to help the reader asses his knowledge and focus his study. Clinical Informatics Board Review and Self Assessment is a thorough practical assistant to refine the reader's knowledge regarding this youngest and possibly broadest fields of medicine.
Contents:
Fundamentals of Clinical Informatics
The health system
Clinical Decision Making
Health Information System
Leading and Managing Change.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalJohn T. Finnell, Brian E. Dixon, editors.Summary: This study guide is written to support the formal training required to become certified in clinical informatics. The content is structured to define and introduce key concepts with examples drawn from real-world experiences in order to impress upon the reader the core content from the field of clinical informatics. The book is divided into sections that group related chapters based on the major foci of the core content: health care delivery; clinical decision-making; information systems; leadership and managing teams; and professionalism. The chapters do not need to be read or taught in order, although the suggested order is consistent with how the editors have structured their curricula over the years. Clinical Informatics Study Guide: Text and Review serves as a reference for those seeking to independently study for a certifying examination or periodically reference while in practice. It further provides a roadmap for faculty who wish to go deeper in courses designed for physician fellows or graduate students in a variety of clinically oriented informatics disciplines, such as nursing, pharmacy, radiology, and public health.
Contents:
An Introduction to Clinical (Health) Informatics
The U.S. Health System
Clinical Informatics Policy and Regulations
Clinical Decision-Making
Evidence Based Patient Care
Clinical Decision Support
Clinical Workflow Analysis, Process Redesign, and Quality Improvement
Predictive Analytics
Fundamentals of Information Technology Systems
Health Information Systems and Applications
Clinical Data Exchange, System Integration, and Standards
Information System Lifecycles in Health Care
Human Factors Engineering: Supporting the User Experience
Leadership Models, Processes, and Practices
Effective Interdisciplinary Teams
Effective Communication
Project Management
Strategic and Financial Planning for Clinical Information Systems
Change Management
Patient Engagement and Consumer Informatics
Personalized Medicine and Translational Informatics
Population Health and Public Health Informatics
Appendices: Case Studies. - DigitalJohn T. Finnell, Brian E. Dixon, editors.Summary: This completely updated study guide textbook is written to support the formal training required to become certified in clinical informatics. The content has been extensively overhauled to introduce and define key concepts using examples drawn from real-world experiences in order to impress upon the reader the core content from the field of clinical informatics. The book groups chapters based on the major foci of the core content: health care delivery and policy; clinical decision-making; information science and systems; data management and analytics; leadership and managing teams; and professionalism. The chapters do not need to be read or taught in order, although the suggested order is consistent with how the editors have structured their curricula over the years. Clinical Informatics Study Guide: Text and Review serves as a reference for those seeking to study for a certifying examination independently or periodically reference while in practice. This includes physicians studying for board examination in clinical informatics as well as the American Medical Informatics Association (AMIA) health informatics certification. This new edition further refines its place as a roadmap for faculty who wish to go deeper in courses designed for physician fellows or graduate students in a variety of clinically oriented informatics disciplines, such as nursing, dentistry, pharmacy, radiology, health administration and public health.
Contents:
The discipline of clinical informatics: maturation of a new profession / Don E. Detmer, Benson S. Munger, Elaine B. Steen, and Edward H. Shortliffe
Fundamentals of computer science / Eric Puster
Clinical informatics policy and regulations / Matthew A. Eisenberg
The U.S. health system / Craig D. Norquist
Evidence-based health care / Arlene E. Chung, Christopher S. Evans, P. Jon White, and Edwin Lomotan
Clinical decision-making / Stephen M. Downs
Clinical decision support: it's more than just alerts / Mahima Vijayaraghavan, Lisa Masson, and Joseph Kannry
Clinical workflow analysis, process redesign, and quality improvement / Mustafa Ozkaynak, Kim Unertl, Sharon Johnson, Juliana Brixey, and Saira N. Haque
Human factors engineering and human-computer interaction: supporting user performance and experience / Richard J. Holden, Ephrem Abebe, Jordan R. Hill, Janetta Brown, April Savoy, Stephen Voida, Josette F. Jones, and Anand Kulanthaivel
Information technology systems / Shawn N. Murphy and Jeffrey G. Klann
Clinical information systems and applications / Caitlin M. Cusack, Veena Lingam, Christoph U. Lehmann, and Rachel Wong
System development life cycle / Vishnu Mohan
Healthcare data and exchange standards / William Hersh
Health information exchange and interoperability / Brian E. Dixon, A. Jay Holmgren, Julia Adler-Milstein, and Shaun J. Grannis
Data information and governance / Carl McKinley
Analytics / Suranga N. Kasthurirathne and Shaun J. Grannis
Cybersecurity in healthcare / Bryan C. McConomy and Dennis E. Leber
Telehealth / Saira N. Haque and Emily M. Hayden
Leadership models, processes, and practices / Robert C. (Bob) Marshall
Effective interdisciplinary teams / Titus Schleyer, Sarah Zappone, Candace Wells-Myers, and Todd Saxton
Strategic and financial planning / Natalie M. Pageler and Jonathan P. Palma
Effective implementation of a clinical information system / Kim M. Unertl, Christoph U. Lehmann, and Nancy M. Lorenzi
Project management / Lisa M. Masson, Carole A. Klove, and Noelle Provenzano
Consumer health informatics: engaging and empowering patients and families / Deepti Pandita
Public health informatics / Saira N. Haque, Brian E. Dixon, Shaun J. Grannis, and Jamie Pina
Precision health / Feliciano B. Yu Jr. - Digitaleditor Peter P. Karpawich.Contents:
Adult congenital heart disease
Cardiac resynchronization therapy for the univentricular heart
Ventricular tachycardia in patients with teratology of Fallot
The role of the implantable cardioverter-defibrillator for primary prevention in the adult with congenital heart disease
Implantable cardiac device therapy in congenital heart disease
Heart transplantation in adult congenital heart disease: who?
Heart transplantation in adult congenital heart disease: when and why not?
Ask the experts: arrhythmia and hemodynamics
Multiple choice questions: answers.Digital Access TandFonline 2015 - Digitaleditor Luc A. Pierard.Contents:
Geriatric valvular disease
Overview of sterotactic body radiation therapy for spinal metastasis
Molecular mechanisms of calcific aortic valve disease
Assessing operative risk in elderly patients with heart valve disease
Transcatheter aortic valve replacement in the high-risk elderly
Aortic stenosis
Management and follow-up of valvular disease in the geriatric population
Ask the experts: Risk stratification in asymptomatic elderly patients with severe aortic stenosis
Multiple choice questions: answers.Digital Access TandFonline 2015 - DigitalThomas Kuriakose.Summary: This book elucidates the principles of sound clinical examination in ophthalmology. Based on the authors extensive teaching experience, it makes the case for arriving at a diagnosis through detailed clinical examinations, including history taking, knowledge of clinical epidemiology, and using only the most relevant clinical tests. Starting with basic chapters on relevant statistics and clinical epidemiology, the book covers history-taking, visual function assessment, slit lamp examination, and examinations of each important field (e.g. the lids, orbit, cornea, iris and pupil, glaucoma patients, sclera, lens, posterior segment, pediatric patient and neuro-ophthalmology) in separate chapters. Full of practical tips on examining patients at the clinic, the book also describes the rationale behind each clinical test and its interpretation. It is also hoped that teachers who come across this book will evaluate students on the basis of these relevant clinical examinations rather than quizzing them on esoteric clinical tests that are not routinely used and are of little clinical value. This book is intended to help all ophthalmologists, beginners and veterans alike, improve their clinical examination thinking and skills.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
About the Author
1: Introduction
1.1 Clinical Ophthalmology an Exciting Detective Work
1.2 Definitions
1.3 Diagnosis Making Process
1.3.1 Dealing with Uncertainty
1.3.2 Emperor's New Clothes
1.4 When Clinical Tests Do Not Make Sense
1.5 Natural History of Disease and Clinical Presentation
1.5.1 Knowing Natural History
1.6 Medical Etiquette
1.7 Recording and Interpreting Your Findings
1.8 Normal
Further Reading 2: Overview of Statistics and Epidemiology for Clinical Diagnosis: Connecting the Dots
2.1 Population and Sample
2.1.1 Selecting the Sample
2.2 Data
2.2.1 Data Types
2.2.2 Data Distribution
2.3 Central Tendency or Average
2.3.1 Precision
2.3.2 Confidence Intervals
2.4 Hypothesis Testing
2.5 Comparing Means
2.6 Correlation and Survival Analysis
2.7 Epidemiological Concepts for Clinical Medicine
2.7.1 Probability
2.7.2 Incidence and Prevalence
2.8 Diagnostic Test and Diagnosis
2.8.1 Validity and Reliability
2.9 Regression to Mean 2.10 Some Strategies for Making Diagnosis
2.10.1 Diagnostic Possibility
Further Reading
3: History Taking: The Most Important Clinical Test
3.1 Demographic Details
3.2 Presenting Complaint
3.3 History of Presenting Complaint
3.3.1 Details of the Symptom
3.3.2 Associated Symptoms
3.3.3 Extent of Disability
3.3.4 Rechecking History
3.4 Past History
3.5 Personal History
3.6 Medical History/Review of Systems
3.7 Treatment and Allergies
3.8 Family History
3.9 Social History
3.10 Documentation and Confidentiality 3.11 History as a Test and Other Issues
3.12 Analysing the Interview Result
3.13 Beyond History Taking
4: Visual Function and Its Assessment
4.1 Visual Processing
4.2 Attributes of Vision
4.3 Visual Acuity Testing
4.3.1 Normal Vision
4.4 Vision Checking Charts and Measurement of Vision
4.4.1 Near Vision Testing
4.4.2 Vision Testing in Special Situations
4.5 Pinhole Vision and Other Macular Function Assessments
4.5.1 Pinhole Vision
4.5.2 Macular Stress Test
4.5.3 Macular Function Test
4.5.4 Maddox Rod Test
4.6 Visual Fields Testing 4.7 Colour Vision Testing
4.8 Tests for Malingering
5: Evaluating Refractive Error and Prescribing Glasses
5.1 History and Preliminary Examination
5.1.1 History
5.1.2 Spectacle Power Evaluation
5.1.3 Examination
5.2 Retinoscopy or Objective Refraction
5.2.1 The Practice of Retinoscopy
5.3 Subjective Refraction
Further Reading
6: The Slit Lamp Examination
6.1 The Instrument
6.2 Setting up the Slit Lamp
6.2.1 Microscope Setting
6.2.2 Checking Parfocality
6.2.3 Unlocking the Slit Lamp
6.3 Examination of the Eye 6.3.1 Examination Using Focal/Diffuse IlluminationDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalStephen T. Kee, Ravi Murthy, and David C. Madoff.Contents:
Principles of embolization
Principles of percutaneous ablative therapies
Principles of isolated regional perfusion of the extremity or liver
Principles of radiotherapy
Tumor response for image-guided interventions: ASSESSMENT AND VALIDATION
Trends in basic science research in interventional radiology: NANOTECHNOLOGY, STEM CELL, RNAi, AND RADIOGENOMICS
Surgical management of hepatocellular carcinoma
Interventional management of hepatocellular carcinoma
Systemic therapy in advanced hepatocellular carcinoma
Cholangiocarcinoma: Diagnosis, management, and prognosis
Percutaneous management of cholangiocarcinoma
The multidisciplinary management of liver metastases in colorectal cancer
Surgical management of hepatic metastases
Interventional radiology in the management of colorectal cancer liver metastases
Gastroenteropancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
Interventional oncology management of noncolorectal and nonneuroendocrine hepatic metastatic disease
Percutaneous management of renal tumors
Interventional strategies in the treatment of gynecologic cancers
Image-based interventional therapies for benign uterine neoplasms
Prostate cancer intervention
Imaging of head and neck cancer
Transcatheter chemotherapy for malignancies in the brain, head, and neck
Head: Intracranial - gliomas, and meningiomas and extracranial - orbits, internal auditory canals, and skull base
Primary lung carcinoma
Metastatic disease
Percutaneous musculoskeletal biopsy
Musculoskeletal interventions for benign bone lesions
Ablation of musculoskeletal metastatic lesions including cementoplasty
Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty in malignant vertebral fracture
Intraarterial procedures for the musculoskeletal system.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalGeorge T. Patterson, Warren K. Graham.Contents:
Introduction to evidence-based practices and principles in the crimal justice system
Using evidence to inform clinical practice
An overview of implementation fidelity
Clinical outcomes for criminal justice populations
The evidence-based rating and classification process
Risk assessment and treatment levels
Evidence-based practices for juveniles in the juvenile justice system
Evidence-based practices for adults in the criminal justice system
Evidence-based practice with special criminal justice populations
Implementing evidence-based practices and principles with criminal justice populations
Criminal justice initiatives using evidence-based practices and principles
Appendix- Resources for evidence-based criminal justice practice.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: Clinical investigation plays an essential role in the differential diagnosis, biomarker development, and therapy and cure of diseases. The book presents a bench-to-bed approach, with broad empirical coverage by experienced practitioners. The articles include topics like cytokine receptors in lung cancer, conduciveness of oxidative stress to carcinogenesis, safety and effectiveness of surgical correction of deformed chest, diagnostic and treatment regimens in inflammation-ridden obstructive lung conditions, alterations in growth hormone secretion leading to disorders of growth and metabolism, microbiota transplantation in pediatric patients, and the promising markers of renal epithelial injury. Yet another issue concerns the restructuring of chronic pain management by establishing the community-based specialized pain clinics. The book aims to disseminate and deliberate on the latest interdisciplinary medical knowledge to enhance clinical outcomes. Being a blend of clinical investigation and practice the book is addressed to physicians, scientists, and allied health care professionals.
Contents:
Prognostic Value of Osteoprotegerin and sRANKL in Bronchoalveolar Lavage Fluid of Patients with Advanced Non-small Cell Lung Cancer / W. Naumnik, I. Płońska, M. Ossolińska, J. Nikliński, and B. Naumnik
Melatonin and Metformin Diminish Oxidative Stress in Heart Tissue in a Rat Model of High Fat Diet and Mammary Carcinogenesis / Natalia Kurhaluk, Bianka Bojkova, Marek Radkowski, Olga V. Zaitseva, Svitlana Kyriienko, Urszula Demkow, and Pawel J. Winklewski
Evaluation of the Implementation of Hospital Antibiotic Policy in Oncosurgery Ward: A Six-Year Experience / Aneta Nitsch-Osuch, Damian Okruciński, Magdalena Dawgiałło, Izabela Gołębiak, and Ernest Kuchar
Surgical Correction of Pectus Excavatum by the Nuss Procedure: A 15-Year Experience Study / Piotr Cierpikowski, Adam Rzechonek, Piotr Błasiak, Hanna Lisowska, Grzegorz Pniewski, and Patric Le Pivert
Influence of Inhaled Corticosteroids on Bronchial Inflammation and Pulmonary Function in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease with Moderate Obstruction / Iza Toczyska, Ewa Zwolińska, and Andrzej Chcialowski
Association Between Vitamin D and Carboxy-Terminal Cross-Linked Telopeptide of Type I Collagen in Children During Growth Hormone Replacement Therapy / Ewelina Witkowska-Sędek, Anna Stelmaszczyk-Emmel, Anna Kucharska, Urszula Demkow, and Beata Pyrżak
Weight Disorders in Short Children / Paweł Tomaszewski, Anna Majcher, Katarzyna Milde, and Romuald Stupnicki
Neutrophil Gelatinase-Associated Lipocalin: A Biomarker for Early Diagnosis of Urinary Tract Infections in Infants / Grażyna Krzemień, Małgorzata Pańczyk-Tomaszewska, Dominika Adamczuk, Iwona Kotuła, Urszula Demkow, and Agnieszka Szmigielska
A Two-Week Fecal Microbiota Transplantation Course in Pediatric Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Katarzyna Karolewska-Bochenek, Pawel Grzesiowski, Aleksandra Banaszkiewicz, Agnieszka Gawronska, Maria Kotowska, Marcin Dziekiewicz, Piotr Albrecht, Andrzej Radzikowski, and Izabella Lazowska-Przeorek
Specialized Pain Clinics in Primary Care: Common Diagnoses, Referral Patterns and Clinical Outcomes- Novel Pain Management Model / Yacov Fogelman, Eli Carmeli, Amir Minerbi, Baruch Harash, and Simon Vulfsons. - DigitalKasutoshi Obara, editor.Summary: This book thoroughly covers various diseases induced by portal hypertension, and introduces novel information for the treatment of patients. Individual chapters address the pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment options available for the complications induced by portal hypertension. The book fosters practical understanding and provides more evidence-based treatment options in order to improve physicians? ability to select optimal treatment methods for their patients. Further, it offers readers the latest information concerning developments of the disease such as esophaogastric varices, ectopic varices, portal thrombosis, refractory ascites and hepatic encephalopathy. Clinical Science of Portal Hypertensions is an indispensible resource for both beginning and experienced gastroenterological physicians, endoscopists, liver physicians, radiologists, gastroenterological surgeons, liver surgeons, etc. who treat patients with portal hypertension on a clinical or research basis.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalGeorge P. Lee.Contents:
Allergy & immunology
Biostatistics
Cardiology
Dermatology
EKG
Endocrinology
Ethics
Gastroenterology
Gynecology
Hematology
Neurology
Obstetrics
Ophthalmology
Orthopedics
Otolaryngology
Psychiatry
Pulmonary
Renal and genitourinary
Rheumatology
Vascular.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2014 - PrintShirlyn B. McKenzie, PhD, MLS(ASCP) CM, SH(ASCP), CM, Department of Clinical Laboratory Sciences, University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio, J. Lynne Williams, PhD, MT(ASCP), Biomedical Diagnostic and Therapeutic Sciences Program, School of Health Sciences, Oakland University, Consulting editor: Kristin Landis-Piwowar, PhD, MLSA(ASCP) CM, Biomedical Diagnostic and Therapeutic Sciences Program, School of Health Sciences, Oakland University.Contents:
Introduction to hematology
The hematopoietic system
The anemias
Nonmalignant disorders of leukocytes
Neoplastic hematologic disorders
Body fluids
Hemostasis
Hematology procedures
Quality assessment. - DigitalLynne S. Garcia.Contents:
Section I. Basic concepts and the current healthcare environment
section II. Managerial leadership
section III. Personnel management
section IV. Requirements for effective laboratory management
section V. Financial management
section VI. Generation of revenue
section VII. Profitability, contribution, and reimbursement
section VIII. Outside marketing and expansion
section IX. Clinical trials and evidence-based laboratory medicine
section X. Defining and measuring standards for success
section XI. The future of clinical laboratories.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalMichael Laposata, Peter McCaffrey.Summary: "Clinical Laboratory Methods covers the 100 tests most often done in clinical labs. The description of each method covers the basic concept of the assay; clinically important information; the expense of the test (based cost of the reagents, supplies, and labor); the complexity of the test; and whether each method is manual, semi-automated, or highly automated, and each method includes a flowchart. The author avoids getting bogged down in unimportant details, focusing on only what you need to know to master these important processes"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Methods in clinical immunology
Methods in clinical microbiology
Methods in clinical hematology
Methods in clinical coagulation
Methods in transfusion medicine and blood banking
Methods in clinical chemistry and general methods
Point-of-care testing methods
Methods involving chromosomal analysis and molecular genetics
Further reading
Clinical laboratory reference values.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022 - Digital[edited by] Marvin P. Fried, Melin Tan.Summary: "Clinical Laryngology addresses the practical issues faced by residents and seasoned practitioners in managing patients with diseases of the larynx. It is a concise manual covering common, everyday procedures that residents must master and provides all the up-to-date information needed by otolaryngologists caring for patients with laryngeal pathology. Key Features: Contains chapters on dysphagia, aspiration, tracheotomy, and cough Includes more than 100 high-quality illustrations and clinical photographs that clarify the information in the text Written and edited by renowned experts in the field of laryngology This clinical resource is the go-to book that residents, fellows, and practicing otolaryngologists will consult when they are in need of practical guidance on managing cases of laryngeal pathology in the course of their practice"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2015
- Digitaledited by David Stanley.Summary: "Clinical Leadership in Nursing and Healthcare: Values into Action offers a range of tools and topics that support and foster clinically focused nurses and other healthcare professionals to develop their leadership potential"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- Digital[edited by] Christie M. Ballantyne.Contents:
Human plasma lipoprotein metabolism
Regulation and clearance of apolipoprotein B-containing lipoproteins
Absorption and excretion of intestinal cholesterol and other sterols
High-density lipoprotein metabolism
Lipoproteins : mechanisms for atherogenesis and progression of atherothrombotic disease
Impact of rare and common genetic variants on lipoprotein metabolism
Lipoprotein oxidation : mechanisms and biotheranostic applications
Cholesterol : concentration, ratio, and particle number
High-density lipoprotein cholesterol and triglycerides in coronary heart disease risk assessment
Lipoprotein(a)
Clinical evaluation for genetic and secondary causes of dyslipidemia
Use of high-sensitivity c-reactive protein for risk assessment
Role of lipoprotein-associated phospholipase A2 in vascular disease
Emerging assays
Imaging atherosclerosis for risk stratification by cardiac computed tomography or carotid ultrasound
Overview of general approach to management of elevated low-density lipoprotein cholesterol and mixed dyslipidemia, high triglycerides, and low high-density lipoprotein cholesterol
Treatment guidelines overview
Dietary patterns for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease
Exercise and lipids
Weight loss
Statins
Bile acid sequestrants
Cholesterol absorption inhibitors
Niacin (nicotinic acid)
Fibrates
Omega-3 fatty acids
Combination therapy for dyslipidemia
Nutraceuticals and functional foods for cholesterol reduction
Evolving targets of therapy : cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibition
Evolving targets of therapy : proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin 9 inhibition
Evolving targets of therapy : inflammation as a method to predict and prevent cardiovascular events
Invasive imaging modalities and atherosclerosis : intravascular ultrasound
Noninvasive imaging modalities and atherosclerosis : the role of ultrasound
Noninvasive imaging modalities and atherosclerosis : the role of magnetic resonance imaging and positron emission tomography imaging
Special patient populations : diabetes and metabolic syndrome
Special patient populations : women and elderly
Special patient populations : children and adolescents
Special patient populations : familial hypercholesterolemia and other severe hypercholesterolemias
Special patient populations : acute coronary syndromes
Special patient populations : transplant recipients
Special patient populations : chronic kidney disease
Special patient populations : lipid abnormalities in high-risk ethnic groups
Special patient populations : human immunodeficiency virus patients
Therapeutic targeting of high-density lipoprotein metabolism.Digital Access ScienceDirect [2015] - DigitalChristie M. Ballantyne.Summary: Part of the renowned Braunwald family of references, Clinical Lipidology: A Companion to Braunwald’s Heart Disease provides today’s clinicians with clear, authoritative guidance on the therapeutic management of patients with high cholesterol levels and other atherogenic lipid disorders. An invaluable resource for cardiologists, lipidologists, endocrinologists, and internal medicine physicians, this one-stop reference covers everything from basic science and the pathogenesis of atherothrombotic disease to risk assessment and the latest therapy options. Now fully updated from cover to cover, the 3rd Edition offers unparalleled coverage of lipidology in an accessible and user-friendly manner.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- DigitalMark R. Litzow, Elizabeth A. Raetz, editors.Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL). The first section of the book presents the translational science behind ALL, reviewing molecular pathways and targets in B- and T-cell ALL, as well as techniques and application of minimal residual disease testing. The second section spotlights ALL management strategies for patients across the spectrum, from infants to the elderly. The final section outlines current and new advances in ALL treatment, including new monoclonal antibodies and allogenic and autologous HSCT. Written by experts in the field, Clinical Management of Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: From Bench to Bedside is a valuable resource that will guide patient management, stimulate investigative efforts, and increase understanding of the biologic underpinnings of the disease.
Contents:
TRANSLATIONAL SCIENCE
Molecular pathways and targets in B cell progenitor acute lymphoblastic leukemia
Genetic Mechanisms in T-Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Minimal Residual Disease in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia : Techniques and Application
THERAPEUTICS
Treatment of Pediatric B and T cell ALL
Treatment of Adult B and T cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: An Overview of Current Treatments and Novel Advances
Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia in Infants: A distinctive, high risk subtype of childhood ALL
Treatment of Elderly Patients with Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Treatment of Childhood Philadelphia-Chromosome Positive Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Treatment of adult Philadelphia chromosome positive ALL
Treatment of Ph-like ALL
Prophylaxis and treatment of central nervous system (CNS) ALL
Late effects of therapy of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
NEW AND EXISTING MODALITIES OF THERAPY
Monoclonal Antibody Based Treatment and Other New Agents for B-Lineage ALL
New Agents for the Treatment of T-Cell ALL
The development and management of treatment with chimeric-antigen receptor T cell (CAR-T)
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Adults with Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL)
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Pediatric Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia. - DigitalAntoni Torres, Catia Cillóniz.Contents:
1. Introduction to pneumonia
2. Epidemiology, etiology, and risk factors of bacterial pneumonia
3. Pathology and clinical features of pneumonia
4. Diagnosis and classification of pneumonia
5. Methods for preventing pneumonia
6. Management of pneumonia.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMitchell Scheiman O.D., Ph.D, Professor, Dean of Research, Director of Graduate Programs, Pennsylvania College of Optometry at Salus University, Elkins Park, Pennsylvania, Bruce Wick O.D., Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, University of Houston, College of Optometry, Houston, Texas ; illustrator Barbara Steinman.Contents:
Section I: Diagnosis and general treatment approach
Diagnosis testing
Case analysis
General treatment modalities, guidelines, and prognosis
Primary care of binocular vision, accommodative, and eye movement disorders
Section II: Vision therapy procedures and instrumentation
Introduction and general concepts
Fusional vergence, voluntary convergence, and antisuppression
Section III: Management
Low AC/A conditions: convergence insufficiency and divergence insufficiency
High accommodative convergence to accommodation conditions: convergence excess and divergence excess
Normal AC/A conditions: fusional vergence dysfunction, basic esophoria and basic exophoria
Accommodative dysfunction
Eye movement disorders
Cyclovertical heterophoria
Fixation disparity
Section IV: Advanced diagnostic and management issues
Interactions between accommodation and vergence
Refractive anblyopia
Nystagmus
Aniseikonia
Binocular and accommodative problems associated with computer use
Binocular and accommodative problems associated with acquired brain injury
Binocular and accommodative problems associated with learning problems
Development and management of refractive error: binocular vision-based treatment
Binocular vision problems association with refractive surgery
Section V: Vision therapy and optometric practice
Patient and practice management issues in vision therapy.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - DigitalSimone Ferrero, Marcello Ceccaroni, editors.Summary: This book exclusively focuses on the practical aspects of diagnosing and managing bowel endometriosis, and highlights the importance of pursuing a multidisciplinary approach. Collecting chapters written by international experts in the field, the book is divided into two parts: the first presents all imaging techniques that are currently available and useful in diagnosing bowel endometriosis, while the second covers all available surgical techniques for treating this disorder, including the modern and lesser-invasive Nerve-Sparing radical approaches. Featuring a wealth of figures, sketches and videos, the book offers an essential guide for specialists, resident and subspecialty trainees in the fields of gynecology, colorectal surgery, radiology and gastroenterology.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
List of Videos
Part I: Bowel Endometriosis
1: Pathogenesis of Bowel Endometriosis
1.1 Definition and Epidemiology
1.2 Anatomical Distribution and Classification
1.3 Theories Surrounding Pathogenesis
1.3.1 Retrograde Menstruation
1.3.2 Coelomic Metaplasia
1.3.3 Stem Cells
1.3.4 Genetic Factors
1.4 Histopathologic Findings
1.4.1 The Profibrotic Nature of Endometriosis
1.4.2 Histological Appearance of DIE
References
2: Epidemiology of Bowel Endometriosis
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Epidemiology of Endometriosis 2.3 Epidemiology of Bowel Endometriosis
2.3.1 Rectosigmoid Endometriosis
2.3.2 Endometriosis of the Appendix
2.3.3 Other Intestinal Lesions
2.3.4 Multifocal and Multicentric Endometriosis
2.3.5 Endometriosis of the Lymph Nodes
2.4 Conclusion
References
3: Pathologic Characteristics of Bowel Endometriosis
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Macroscopic Findings
3.3 Microscopic Findings
3.3.1 Usual Findings
3.3.2 Infiltration of the Mucosal Layer
3.3.3 Perineural Infiltration
3.3.4 Cajal Cell Depletion
3.3.5 Sympathetic Nerve Fibers Damage 3.4 Lymph Nodes Involvement
3.5 Small Bowel Involvement
3.6 Cecal Appendix Involvement
3.7 The Role of Immunohistochemistry
3.8 Complications of Bowel Endometriosis
3.8.1 Perforation
3.8.2 Stenosis
3.8.3 Malignant Transformation
References
4: Symptoms of Bowel Endometriosis
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Rectosigmoid Endometriosis
4.3 Ileocecal Endometriosis
4.4 Endometriosis of the Appendix
4.5 Conclusion
References
Part II: Diagnosis
5: Non-enhanced Transvaginal Ultrasonography
5.1 The Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE Using Ultrasound 5.2 Learning Curve for TVS in the Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE
5.3 The Role of "Soft Markers" in the Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE
5.4 Comparison with Other Imaging Techniques
5.5 Conclusion
References
6: Enhanced Ultrasonographic Techniques
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Rectal Water-Contrast Transvaginal Ultrasonography
6.3 Tenderness-Guided Transvaginal Ultrasonography
6.4 Sonovaginography
6.5 Conclusion
References
7: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Clinical Challenges
7.3 MRI
7.3.1 Standard MRI
7.3.1.1 MRI Protocol 7.3.1.2 MRI Features
7.3.2 MR Enterography
7.3.2.1 MRI Protocol
7.3.2.2 MRI Signs
7.4 Other Examinations
7.4.1 Transvaginal Sonography (TVS)
7.4.2 Fusion Imaging
7.4.3 Rectal Endoscopic Sonography
7.4.4 Computed Tomography (CT) Enema
References
8: Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema
8.1 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema
8.2 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema Technique
8.3 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema in the Diagnosis of Bowel Endometriosis - DigitalHartmuth Kiefer, Sylvia Usbeck, Leslie F. Scheuber, Volker Atzrodt.Contents:
1 Introduction
2 Compatibility of Implants
3 OR Planning and Choice of Implant
4 Ceramic Femoral Ball Head
5 Ceramic Insert
6 Removal of Osteophytes
7 Functional Check with Trial Insert and Trial Femoral Ball Head
8 Positioning and Impaction of the Ceramic Insert
9 Summary
References.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJoseph G. Schenker, Andrea R. Genazzani, John J. Sciarra, Liselotte Mettler, Martin H. Birkhaeuser, editors.Summary: This new volume in the Reproductive Medicine for Clinicians series focuses on the practical clinical impact of problems linked to infertility, discussing topics such as luteal support in ART cycles, ovulation induction using pulsatile administration of GnRH, how to deal with the metabolic changes in PCOS, treatment to restore fertility in endometriosis and how to improve implantation, which are common aspects of daily clinical practice.It also addresses significant novel areas like the biological clock in human reproduction, reproduction at advanced parental age and medical and social egg freezing, offering valuable insights for patients and their doctors. Further, the book covers various areas of growing importance, such as how to access the uterine cavity; the future of imaging in reproduction; non-invasive prenatal testing; ART and male infertility; as well as breast cancer and fertility preservation. Last but not least, it examines the medical, ethical and legal aspects of a number of challenges for current and future reproductive medicine, including uterine transplantation and human genetic modification. Bringing together updates on some of the most important problems in reproductive medicine and also covering ethical and legal bases, this book offers an overview of potential treatments for infertility. As such, it is a valuable resource for gynecologists, obstetricians, endocrinologists and all specialists dealing with reproductive health.
Contents:
Part 1. Ethical Issues in Human Reproduction
Chapter 1. Human Reproduction Religious Perspectives
Chapter 2. Ethics in Clinical and Imaging Practice in Reproductive Medicine
Chapter 3. Reproduction at Advanced Parental Age
Chapter 4. Cross Border Reproductive Care: Current State of the Art
Chapter 5. Uterine Transplantation
Part 2. Clinical Challenges: Patients and Therapies
Chapter 6. Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology Physiology and Pathology
Chapter 7. Biological Clock in Human Reproduction
Chapter 8. "Ovulation induction by pulsatile administration of GnRH: State of the art"
Chapter 9. Pathogenesis of PCOS: from metabolic and neuroendocrine implications to the choice of the therapeutic strategy
Chapter 10. Mysteries of the Uterine Cavity
Chapter 11. Endometriosis: therapeutic approach
Chapter 12. ART and Male Infertility
Chapter 13. Laparoscopy and Gynecological Cancers
Part 3. Fertility Preservation and Cryopreservation
Chapter 14. Breast cancer and Fertility preservation
Chapter 15. Fertility Preservation using cryopreserved stored ovarian tissue. Where are we today?
Chapter 16. Elective Oocyte Cryopreservation
Chapter 17. Medical and Elective (Social) Egg Freezing: Key Insights from Womens Perspectives
Part 4. Prenatal Testing
Chapter 18. Non-invasive prenatal testing (NIPT) Past, Present and Future
Chapter 19. Kurjak Antenatal Neurodevelopmental Test (Kanet Test) A Useful Tool for Fetal Neurodevelopmental Assessment
Part 5. Recurrent Implantation Failure and Pregnancy Loss
Chapter 20. Recurrent implantation failure
Chapter 21. Recurrent Pregnancy Loss. . - DigitalGiorgio Cavallini, Giovanni Beretta, editors.Summary: This book provides andrologists and other practitioners with reliable, up-to-date information on all aspects of male infertility and is designed to assist in the clinical management of patients. Clear guidance is offered on classification of infertility, sperm analysis interpretation and diagnosis. The full range of types and causes of male infertility are then discussed in depth. Particular attention is devoted to poorly understood conditions such as unexplained couple infertility and idiopathic male infertility, but the roles of diverse disorders, health and lifestyle factors and environmental pollution are also fully explored. Research considered stimulating for the reader is highlighted, reflecting the fascinating and controversial nature of the field. International treatment guidelines are presented and the role of diet and dietary supplements is discussed in view of their increasing importance. Clinicians will find that the book's straightforward approach ensures that it can be easily and rapidly consulted.
Contents:
Prevalence Definition and Classification of Infertility
Sperm analysis interpretation
Diagnosis of Infertility
General therapeutic approach to male infertility
Azoospermia
Varicocele and Infertility
Chromosomic causes of infertility
Male idiopathic (oligo)±(astheno)±(terato)-spermia
Obesity and male infertility
Unexplained couple infertility (male role)
Inflammatory Infertility
Testicular Pathology
Endocrine infertility
Iatrogenic infertility
Dietary Complements and phytotherapy
Environmental pollution and infertility
The role of the andrologist in assisted reproduction
Sexual problems and infertility. - DigitalGlenn T. Sameshima, editor.Summary: This book is exceptional in being dedicated solely to root resorption caused by orthodontic tooth movement. While the core content is based on scientific evidence, the book is intended as a practical aid for the clinician who performs orthodontics. After explanation of the different types of root resorption, a series of clinically oriented chapters focus particularly on external apical root resorption. Readers will find clear guidance on etiology, risk factors, diagnosis, imaging, patient management and education, and treatment options. The long-term prognosis of teeth with resorbed roots is thoroughly discussed, and advice is provided on the measures that should be adopted if severe root resorption is encountered during or at the end of treatment. Valuable information is also presented on the practice management side of the problem, covering informed consent, record keeping, and documentation of risk. The closing chapter examines likely future directions in root resorption management. The principal author has lectured and published on the subject for more than 25 years and is internationally recognized as a leading authority. This is the FIRST book solely dedicated to orthodontic root resorption!
Contents:
Introduction to Root Resorption
Types of Root Resorption
Etiology of Root Resorption
Diagnosis of Root Resorption
Risk Factors for Root Resorption
Imaging of Root Resorption
Patient Management and Education of Root Resorption
Treatment Options for Root Resorption
Long-Term Prognosis of Root Resorption
Resorption of Impacted Teeth
Root Resorption: Future Directions. - DigitalPaolo Sbraccia, Enzo Nisoli, Roberto Vettor, editors.Contents:
Part I: General remarks
Overview of the Management of the Obese Patient
Part II: Lifestyle modifications
Diet
Physical Activity
Therapeutic education
Part III: Treatment
Pharmacological Management
Bariatric surgery
Metabolic-Nutritional-Psychological Rehabilitation in Obesity
Part IV: Obesity in Particular Conditions and Treatment Algorithm
Eating Disorders and Obesity
Obesity in Pregnancy
Childhood Obesity
Geriatric Obesity
Multidimensional Evaluation of the Obese patient and Level of Care
Treatment Algorithm of Patients with Overweight and Obesity. . - DigitalKanna Jayaprakasan, Lucy Kean, editors.Summary: This book provides a practical overview of the clinical management of assisted reproduction treatment (ART), ranging from pre-pregnancy care through pregnancy, to birth and beyond. ART is increasingly used worldwide as it offers the greatest chances of success among currently available fertility treatment options, regardless of the cause of infertility. Over the last two decades, there have been considerable advances in the field of ART, and its use has become much more accessible. Clinical Management of Pregnancies following ART discusses the importance of understanding potential risks and problems, the psychological impact on prospective parents, and the available choices for parents. It is a useful guide for all health professionals involved in the care of women undergoing ART. .Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: The book endeavors to provide a stimulating and thought provoking scientific content to share and exchange new clinical studies and advancements in dealing with pulmonary diseases. The topics vary from clinical to translational research in respiratory diseases such as lung cancer, obstructive sleep apnea, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bacterial and fungal infections, lung lesions during febrile maladies, and others. An attempt has been made to show the intertwined relationship between the pulmonary system and other body systems such as kidney, cardiac, or hormonal functions. The ensuing interlocked morbidities, often exacerbating one another, require the coordination of various medical specialties to optimize the diagnostic and therapeutic processes. The knowledge sharing through publications of research and clinical experiences is indispensable to accelerate the innovation spectrum and to continue working on the therapeutic and preventive strategies in chronic pulmonary diseases. The book is addressed to pulmonologists, chest physicians, researchers, and healthcare professionals engaged in patient care.
Contents:
Sociodemographic and Clinical Determinants of Quality of Life of Patients with Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Chronic Kidney Disease
Mortality Due to Nosocomial Infection with Klebsiella pneumoniae ESBL+
Echocardiographic Assessment in Patients with Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis
Lung Lesions During Fever of Unknown Origin
Importance of GOLD Guidelines for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Cardiac Arrhythmias in Patients with Exacerbation of COPD
Enzymatic Activity of Candida spp. from Oral Cavity and Urine in Children with Nephrotic Syndrome
Thyroid Autoimmunity in Girls with Turner Syndrome
Preventive Chair Massage with Algometry to Maintain Psychosomatic Balance in White-Collar Workers - DigitalElspeth Cameron Ritchie, Maria D. Llorente, editors.Summary: This volume highlights the socioeconomic concerns related to medical care for homeless patients and places them at the interface of common psychiatric and medical problems clinicians encounter. Written by experts in psychiatry and other medical specialties, this volume is a concise, yet comprehensive overview of the homeless crisis, its costs, and ultimately, best practices for improved outcomes. The text begins by examining the scope and epidemiology of the problem and discusses its costs. It then examines the best practices for both physical and psychiatric care before concluding with a section on working with special populations that have unique concerns across the country including LGBTQ, women, children, veterans, and aging adults. As the first medical book on homelessness, it is designed to cover a broad range of concerns in a concise, practical fashion for all clinicians working with homeless patients. Clinical Management of the Homeless Patient is written by and for psychiatrists, general internists, geriatricians, pediatricians, addiction medicine physicians, VA physicians, and all others who may encounter this crisis in their work.
Contents:
Epidemiology
Determinants of And Contributors To Homelessness
Legal/ethical issues
Excess Police/Justice Involvement
Excess Ed Resource Use
Human And Sex Trafficking And Homelessness
The Housing First Model
Pathways to Housing
The VA
Other
Efforts To Reduce Justice Reinvolvement: Jail Diversion, Justice Outreach, Justice Re-Entry
Employment, Job Training, Education
Deinstitutionalization, Homelessness Among Seriously Mentally Ill, Prevalence Of Psychiatric Illness Among Homeless
Substance Use Disorders
Trauma
Nonadherence to treatment
Suicide Prevention
Cognitive impairment/TBI
Management of the chronic mentally ill and chronically suicidal patient who is in and out of the ER and inpatient all the time
Diabetes, hypertension, HIV and other STDs, cellulitis, abscesses, arthritis
Infestations: bed bugs, lice, ant and mosquito bites and associated cellulitis
Managing these issues
A focus on toenails
Veterans
Women
Children
LGBTQ
Older Homeless (50-65, 65 to 85 Years). - DigitalKevin C. Chung, editor.Contents:
Part I: Background Concepts
Advances in the Medical Treatment of RA: What Surgeons Need to Know
Etiology of Rheumatoid Arthritis: A Historical and Evidence-Based Perspective
Preoperative and Postoperative Medical Management for Rheumatoid Hand Surgery
Setting Priorities: The Timing and the Indication for Rheumatoid Surgical Procedures
Upper Extremity Compression Neuropathies in Rheumatoid Patients
Current Treatment Outcomes among Patients with Rheumatoid Hand and Wrist Deformities
Application of Patient-Rated Questionnaires in Rheumatoid Hand Outcomes Research
Part II: Rheumatoid Wrist
Biomechanics of the Rheumatoid Wrist Deformity
Concepts and Indications of Rheumatoid Wrist Surgery
Management of the Distal Radioulnar Joint in Rheumatoid Arthritis
Soft Tissue Reconstructive Procedures in the Rheumatoid Wrist, Including Tendon Transfer Procedures
Advances in Total Wrist Arthroplasty
Total Wrist Fusion and Limited Wrist Fusion Procedures in Rheumatoid Arthritis
Application of Arthroscopy in Treatment of the Rheumatoid Wrist.
Case Based Discussion of the Management of the Rheumatoid Wrist
Part III: Rheumatoid Hand
The Rheumatoid Finger: Treatment Concepts and Indications for Surgery
Biomechanics of Rheumatoid Finger Deformities
Treatment of MCP Joints in the Rheumatoid Hand
Treatment of Boutonniere and Swan-Neck Deformities in Rheumatoid Fingers
Concepts in Ulnar Drift Deformity
The Rheumatoid Thumb
Case Based Examples of Management of the Rheumatoid Hand
Part IV: Rheumatoid Elbow
Soft Tissue Management of the Elbow Deformities
Arthroplasty Procedures for the Rheumatoid Elbow
Case Based Examples of Management of Rheumatoid Elbow .Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaleditors, Joseph P. Mathew, Madhav Swaminathan, Chakib M. Ayoub, Alina Nicoara.Contents:
Fundamentals of echocardiography
Assessment of cardiac structure and function
Clinical echocardiography
Special topics
Appendices.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2019 - Digitaledited by Dawn Camp-Sorrell, Diane G. Cope, Rebecca A. Hawkins.Summary: "Patients with cancer can experience an array of complex medical issues during and following treatment, whether from the cancer itself, cancer therapy, or existing comorbidities. Advanced practice nurses providing care to this population need to be able to assess and treat acute and chronic conditions to promote favorable outcomes in symptom management and quality of life. This fourth edition builds upon the prior editions to address the nuances associated with assessing and intervening on symptoms to provide informed patient care. It has undergone extensive revision and incorporates new chapters to reflect current practice. Written by experts in oncology nursing and pharmacology, this comprehensive text serves as a quick reference guide for the diagnosis and treatment of emergent and ongoing problems occurring in patients with cancer. Symptoms are grouped by body system, and content is extensively cross-referenced to allow easy identification of symptoms to determine a medical diagnosis. This manual provides a detailed yet resource to guide busy practitioners within their practice"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2022
- Digitaledited by Henry R. Kranzler, M.D., Domenic A. Ciraulo, M.D., Leah R. Zindel, R. Ph., M.A.L.S.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive, meticulously detailed review of the pharmacology of addictive drugs and the medications used to treat abuse of and dependence on these addictive drugs. Though rich in detailed background, it is written with a therapeutic focus, as a clinical guide for the use of pharmacotherapy in patients with substance use disorders. Experts cover all major classes of substances that are clinically important in relation to addiction.
Contents:
Alcohol / Henry R. Kranzler, Clifford Knapp, and Domenic Ciraulo
Tobacco / Cheryl A. Oncken, and Tony P. George
Opioids / John A. Renner Jr., Clifford M. Knapp, Domenic A. Ciraulo, and Steven Epstein
Cannabis / John J. Mariani and Frances R. Levin
Stimulants / Kyle M. Kampman
Sedatives, hypnotics, and anxiolytics / Domenic A. Ciraulo
Hallucinogens and related drugs / Torsten Passie and John H. Halpern
Inhalants / Carlos Hernandez-Avila
Club drugs and synthetic cannabinoid agonists / Richard N. Rosenthal and Ramon Solhkhah
Treatment of substance use disorders / Nancy M. Petry, David M. Ledgerwood, and James R. McKay.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014 - Digitaledited by Molly McVoy, Ekaterina Stepanova, Robert L. Findling.Summary: "When it comes to the use of psychotropic agents in pediatric patients, it is not merely a question of extrapolating data from adults to children and adolescents; special consideration must be given to the effects of the drug on developing bodies and brains. That is what makes this fourth edition of the Clinical Manual of Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology so essential. Updated to include a succinct yet thorough review of the most recent evidence-based information and data-driven best treatment practices in child and adolescent psychiatry, this new volume is organized by DSM-5-TR diagnosis and offers an exhaustive analysis of the use of drugs in nine disorder categories that include depressive disorders, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, autism spectrum disorder, eating disorders, and early schizophrenia and psychotic illnesses. Each chapter includes comprehensive medication tables that allow easy reference of dosing, side effects, and tips for management as well as key points that summarize the most essential information for treating clinicians. Whether they are clinical psychiatrists, medical students on psychiatry rotation, advanced practice providers, or pediatricians, readers will benefit from the depth of information in this indispensable desktop reference"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Developmental Aspects of Pediatric Psychopharmacology
Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
Disruptive Behavior Disorders and Aggression
Anxiety Disorders
Major Depressive Disorder
Bipolar Disorders
Autism Spectrum Disorder
Tic Disorders
Early-Onset Schizophrenia and Psychotic Illnesses
Eating Disorders.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline [2024] - Digitaledited by Molly McVoy, M.D., Assistant Professor and Training Director, Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center, Research Physician, Discovery and Wellness Center for Children, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine, Cleveland, Ohio, Robert L. Findling, M.D., M.B.A., Director, Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Vice Chair, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland.Summary: The third edition reflects advances in this rapidly growing field and includes the latest research on the psychopharmacological treatment of children. Each chapter has been revised and updated in detail, emphasizing what has been learned since the last edition.
Contents:
Developmental aspects of pediatric psychopharmacology
Attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder
Disruptive behavior disorders and aggression
Anxiety disorders
Major depressive disorder
Bipolar disorder
Autism spectrum disorder
Tic disorders
Early-onset schizophrenia and psychotic illnesses
Eating disorders.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2017 - Digital[edited by] Edward S. Bennett, Vinita Allee Henry.Contents:
Section I: Introduction. Preliminary evaluation ; Optical considerations in contact lens practice
Section II: Gas-permeable lenses. Corneal topography ; Material selection ; Gas-permeable lens design, fitting, and evaluation ; Gas-permeable lens care and patient education ; Verification ; Gas-permeable lens problem-solving ; Modification of gas-permeable corneal and scleral lenses
Section III. Soft lenses. Soft material selection (hydrogel and silicone hydrogel) ; Soft contact lens fitting and evaulation ; Soft lens care and patient education ; Soft lens problem-solving
Section IV: Challenging cases. Correction of astigmatism ; Multifocal contact lenses ; Overnight contact lens wear ; Pediatric contact lens fitting ; Keratoconus ; Postsurgical contacts lens fitting ; Scleral lenses ; Myopia control ; Orthokeratology ; Prosthetic contact lenses ; Management of contact lens-associated or lens-induced pathology ; Contact lens practice management ; Specialty contact lends coding and billing.Digital Access - DigitalWilliam W. Huang, Christine S. Ahn.Summary: This manual provides an educationally focused and practically applicable resource for trainee dermatologists undertaking various dermatology board examinations. Concise, easy-to-follow chapters featuring relevant videos with editorial commentary aid the reader in developing an in depth understanding of a range of skin conditions and their management. Key concepts relevant to cutaneous neoplasms, fungal infections, dermatopharmacology, chemical peels, disorders of pigmentation and dermatopathology are all covered. Emphasis is placed on breaking topics down into modules, similar to that now taken by many dermatology board assessments for trainee dermatologists, aiding the reader easily access the content they need. Clinical Manual of Dermatology concisely describes many key concepts required to gain a thorough understanding of a range of topics in dermatology crucial to successfully completing dermatology board examinations. It is therefore, a valuable resource for all trainee dermatologists.
Contents:
Basic Science
Immunology
General Dermatology
Cutaneous neoplasms
Infectious Diseases
Pediatric Dermatology
Dermatopharmacology
Dermatopathology
Dermatologic Surgery
Cosmetic Dermatology. - Digitaledited by Jeffrey C. Gershel, Ellen F. Crain ; associate editor, Sandra J. Cunningham ; assistant editor, James A. Meltzer.Summary: "Extensively updated, with chapter revisions and an array of new material, the Sixth Edition of this Clinical Manual offers an indispensable resource on Emergency Pediatrics. Incorporating the latest guidelines concerning a wide range of conditions, the text is an up to date and practical resource for use at the point of care. Providing critical information in all sites where sick and injured children receive treatment - from emergency departments to private offices and primary care settings - this Sixth Edition enables first-rate care. Fully updated with current knowledge and guidance within the field. New topics include Ovarian Emergencies, Bedside Ultrasound, Zika Virus and Commercial Sexual Exploitation among others. Clear guidance enables effective patient evaluation and follow-up. Streamlined chapters, with increased use of tables to enable readers to locate critical information rapidly. Successful and trusted for more than 30 years, this updated handbook is a key resource for pediatricians, emergency medicine physicians, family practitioners, and trainees"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- Printedited by Michelle B. Riba, Divy Ravindranath, Gerald S. Winder.Contents:
Approach to psychiatric emergencies / Katherine Maloy, Emily Deringer, Kishor Malavade
The suicidal patient / Jose R. Maldonado, Renee Garcia
Violence risk assessment / Vasilis Pozios, Charletta Dillard, Ernest Poortinga
Depression, euphoria, and anger in the emergency department / Philippe-Edouard Boursiquot, Jennifer S. Brasch
The psychotic patient / Patricia Schwartz, Mary Weathers, Joshua Berezin
The anxious patient / Steven Storage, Divy Ravindranath, James Abelson
Agitation / G. Scott Winder, Rachel Glick
The cognitively impaired patient / James Bourgeois, Tracy McCarthy
Substance-related psychiatric emergencies / Adam Miller, G. Scott Winder, Kirk Brower
Child and adolescent emergency psychiatry / B. Harrison Levine, Julia E. Najara
Seclusion and restraint in emergency settings / Heather Schultz, Divy Ravindranath
Legal and ethical issues in emergency psychiatry / Debra A. Pinals, Nancy Byatt
Supervision of trainees in the psychiatry emergency service / Monique James, Eric Hung. - DigitalA. Sahib El-Radhi.Summary: The book covers all the different types of fever and its possible complications discussed the management of fever with guidelines on antipyretics and their side effects and differential diagnosis of fever, with problem-setting and solving as a case presentation. The second edition of this well-received book has been fully updated to include exciting new information of the pathogenesis of fever, including functions of interleukin and all the latest guidelines from NICE and Cochrane Library, as well as all the most up-to-date information and guidelines on febrile seizures.
Contents:
Fever: definitions, pattern
Hyperthermia, classification, definitions
Pathogenesis
Temperature Measurement
Fever in Common Infectious Diseases
Fever in non-Infectious Diseases
Febrile Seizures
Hypothermia
Is Fever Beneficial?
Management of Fever
Fever and Complementary Medicine
Differential Diagnosis of Febrile Diseases
History of fever
Glossary of the Term Fever. - Digitaledited by Mugdha E. Thakur, Dan G. Blazer, David C. Steffens.Summary: Clinical Manual of Geriatric Psychiatry provides the most current information on psychiatric diagnoses seen in older patients in a concise format. Each chapter is broken into easily understandable, increasingly focused sections, and contains an extensive array of tables, references, and suggested readings.
Contents:
The psychiatric interview of older adults / Dan G. Blazer
Psychopharmacology / Benoit H. Mulsant, Bruce G. Pollock
Delirium / Li-Wen Huang, Sharon K. Inouye
Dementia and milder cognitive syndromes / Constantine G. Lyketsos
Mood disorders / Dan G. Blazer, David C. Steffens, John Beyer
Schizophrenia and paranoid disorders / Jeste, Vahia, Lanouette
Anxiety disorders / Eric J. Lenze, Julie Loebach Wetherell
Sleep and circadian rhythm disorders / Andrew D. Krysal, Jack D. Edinger, William K. Wohlgemuth
Alcohol and drug problems / David W. Oslin, Shahrzad Mavandadi
Individual and group psychotherapy / Thomas Lynch, Moria Smoski
Clinical psychiatry in the nursing home / Joel E. Streim, Ira R. Katz.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014 - DigitalSandra A. Jacobson, M.D.Summary: Clinical Manual of Geriatric Psychopharmacology, Second Edition, covers all newly available drugs, new safety warnings, information about adverse effects, and efficacy for expanded or more limited indications. Information is presented as concise bulleted text, and key concepts are highlighted. Consideration has been given to DSM-5® compatibility.
Contents:
Cover; Contents; 1 Principles and Practice of Geriatric Psychopharmacology; Prescribing Principles; Psychopharmacology of the Aging Patient; 2 Antipsychotics; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries; 3 Antidepressants; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Efficacy; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders Medical Disorders Associated With DepressionSpecific Drug Summaries; 4 Mood Stabilizers; Pharmacology; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries; 5 Anxiolytic and Sedative-Hypnotic Medications; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Indications for Benzodiazepines in Elderly Patients; Efficacy of Anxiolytics and Sedative-Hypnotics; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries 6 Treatment of Substance-Related DisordersBasic Pharmacology of Ethanol; Alcohol-Related Disorders; Nicotine-Related Disorders; Abuse and Misuse of Prescribed Drugs; Specific Drug Summaries; 7 Treatment of Movement Disorders; Diagnostic Radiopharmaceuticals; Primary Movement Disorders; Drug-Induced Syndromes; Specific Drug Summaries; 8 Medications to Treat Neurocognitive Disorders; Diagnostic Radiopharmaceuticals; Medications Used to Treat Neurocognitive Disorders; Unlabeled Treatments for Neurocognitive Disorders; Treatments Under Investigation for Neurocognitive Disorders Treatment of Specific Neurocognitive DisordersTreatment of Cognitive Difficulties Related to Schizophrenia; Treatment of Selected Neurocognitive Disorder-Related Behavioral Disturbances; Specific Drug Summaries; 9 Medications to Treat Pain; Pain Classification and Basic Mechanisms of Analgesia; Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use of Analgesics and Adjuvants; Acute Analgesic Overdose; Opioid Tolerance; Adverse Effects of Analgesics by Class; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Pain Syndromes Affecting Elderly Patients Specific Drug SummariesReferences; Index; A; B; C; D; E; F; G; H; I; K; L; M; N; O; P; Q; R; S; T; U; V; W; X; ZDigital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014 - Digitalby Nathan Fairman, Jeremy M. Hirst, Scott A. Irwin.Summary: The Clinical Manual of Palliative Care Psychiatry seeks to bridge the gulf between principles and practice for two groups of clinicians: frontline palliative care providers with little mental health training and mental health specialists who may lack familiarity with palliative care practice.
Contents:
Palliative care
Psychiatry in palliative care
Depression
Anxiety
Delirium
Dementia in palliative care psychiatry
Insomnia
Substance use disorders in palliative care
Psychotherapy in palliative care
Pain management and psychopharmacology
Palliative care psychiatry with children and adolescents.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016 - DigitalRichard J. Shaw, M.B., B.S., Professor of Psychiatry and Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Medical Director, Pediatric Psychiatry Consult Service at Lucile Packard Children's Hospital, Stanford, California, David R. DeMaso, M.D., Psychiatrist-in-Chief and Leon Eisenberg Chair in Psychiatry, Boston Children's Hospital; George P. Gardner-Olga E. Monks Professor of Child Psychiatry & Professor of Pediatrics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.Summary: "Completely updated to reflect advances in research and treatment options, Clinical Manual of Pediatric Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry provides practitioners with concise and pragmatic ways of organizing the key issues that arise in psychiatric consultation with physically ill children and their families. Covering all of the common clinical psychiatric consultation questions that arise in the pediatric hospital this book is designed for both novice trainees approaching their first pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry rotations and advanced and experienced practitioners seeking information on psychopharmacological management of physically ill children. Chapters 1-4 provide an overview of pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry, including assessment principles and legal and forensic issues. Chapters 5-14 are devoted to specific psychiatric symptoms and disorders in physically ill children and adolescents. Chapters 15-18 address issues related to treatment and intervention. New to the second edition are discussions of catatonia, serotonin syndrome, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, autoimmune encephalitis, and pediatric acute-onset neuropsychiatric syndrome (PANS), as well as an overview of fabricated or induced illness symptoms"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020
- Digitaledited by James L. Levenson, Stephen J. Ferrando.Summary: "With 19 new psychiatric drugs, 19 new forms of previously available drugs, and new medical agents, this third edition of the Clinical Manual of Psychopharmacology in the Medically Ill has been updated to account for both medical and psychiatric drugs that have become available since the 2017 publication of the second edition, as well as recent relevant randomized controlled trials, systematic reviews, and meta-analyses. Every chapter has been reviewed and revised by experts to guarantee the most up-to-date information on key differential diagnostic considerations, drug-drug interactions, disease-specific side effects of psychiatric drugs, and more for 15 categories of medical disorders, including cardiovascular disorders, oncology, obstetrics and gynecology, and substance use disorders. Deftly examining the intersection of psychiatric and medical illness, this new volume will prove an indispensable resource for mental health practitioners, as well as primary care physicians and internists, seeking to more safely and effectively work with patients with these comorbidities"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Pharmacokinetics, Pharmacodynamics, and Principles of Drug-Drug Interactions
Severe Drug Reactions
Alternative Routes of Drug Administration
Gastrointestinal Disorders
Renal and Urological Disorders
Cardiovascular Disorders
Respiratory Disorders
Oncology
Central Nervous System Disorders
Endocrine and Metabolic Disorders
Obstetrics and Gynecology
Infectious Diseases
Dermatological Disorders
Rheumatological Disorders
Surgery and Critical Care
Organ Transplantation
Pain Management
Substance Use Disorders.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2024] - Digitaledited by Yifrah Kaminer, Ken C. Winters.Summary: "This long-awaited follow-up to the classic text Clinical Manual of Adolescent Substance Abuse Treatment presents the latest research on substance use and substance use disorders (SUDs) in adolescents 12-18 and emerging adults 18-25 years of age. This new manual offers a substantive update of the previous manual's 16 chapters, offering 7 additional chapters devoted to important new topics, such as pediatric primary care assessment and intervention, electronic tools, specific substances (e.g., cannabis, opioids, alcohol), and much more. Psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, and substance abuse specialists, as well as applied researchers and public health professionals, will find this new manual a research-rich and clinically compelling resource for understanding disease course, prevention, diagnosis, substance-specific interventions, co-occurring disorders, and issues related to special populations"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Diagnosis, Epidemiology, and Course of Youth Substance Use and Use Disorders / Gerald Montano, D.O., Tammy Chung, Ph.D.
Prevention of Substance Use and Substance Use Disorders / Lawrence M. Scheier, Ph.D., Richard Catalano, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D.
Screening and Assessing Youth With Substance Use Disorder / Ken C. Winters, Ph.D., Randy Stinchfield, Ph.D., Andria M. Botzet, M.A.
Primary Care and Pediatric Settings : SCREENING, BRIEF INTERVENTION, AND REFERRAL TO TREATMENT (SBIRT) / Areej Hassan, M.D., M.P.H., Sion K. Harris, Ph.D., John Rogers Knight, M.D.
Bioassays and Detection of Substances of Abuse in Youth / Albert J. Arias, M.D., Wendy Welch, M.D., C.P.E., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A.
Placement Criteria and Integrated Treatment Services for Youth With Substance Use Disorders / Marc Fishman, M.D.
Youth Alcohol Use / Robert Miranda, Jr., Ph.D., Ryan W. Carpenter, Ph.D.
Pharmacological Treatment of Youth Tobacco Use / Grace Kong, Ph.D.
Youth Cannabis Use / Christian Thurstone, M.D., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A.
Youth Opioid Use / Christopher J. Hammond, M.D., Ph.D., Brian Hendrickson, M.D., Marc Fishman, M.D.
Youth Club, Prescription, and Over-the-Counter Drug Use / Charles Albert Whitmore, M.D., M.P.H., Christian Hopfer, M.D.
Continuity of Care for Abstinence and Harm Reduction / Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Mark D. Godley, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D., Kara Bagot, M.D.
Brief Motivational Interventions, Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy, and Contingency Management / Anthony Spirito, Ph.D., A.B.P.P., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Kimberly H. McManama O'Brien, Ph.D., L.I.C.S.W.
Family and Community-Based Therapies / Molly Bobek, L.C.S.W., Susan H. Godley, Rh.D., Aaron Hogue, Ph.D.
Twelve-Step and Mutual-Help Programs / John F. Kelly, Ph.D., Alexandra W. Abry, B.A., Nilofar Fallah-Sohy, B.S.
Electronic Tools and Resources for Assessing and Treating Youth Substance Use Disorders / Rachel Gonzales-Castaneda, Ph.D., M.P.H., Kyle C. McCarthy, M.S., Briana Thrasher, B.A.
Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Internalizing Disorders : DEPRESSION, ANXIETY DISORDERS, AND PTSD / Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Kristyn Zajac, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D.
Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Suicidal Behavior / David B. Goldston, Ph.D., Angela M. Tunno, Ph.D., John F. Curry, Ph.D., Karen C. Wells, Ph.D., Michelle Roley-Roberts, Ph.D.
Assessment and Treatment of Comorbid Psychotic Disorders : BIPOLAR DISORDER, SCHIZOPHRENIA, AND DRUG-INDUCED PSYCHOTIC DISORDERS / Kara S. Bagot, M.D., Robert Milin, M.D., F.R.C.P.C., Desiree Shapiro, M.D., Daphna Finn, M.D., Shavon Moore, M.D.
Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Externalizing Disorders : ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER AND DISRUPTIVE BEHAVIOR DISORDERS / Martha J. Ignaszewski, M.D., K.A.H. Mirza, M.B., F.R.C.P.C., Oscar G. Bukstein, M.D., M.P.H.
Behavioral Addictions : GAMBLING DISORDER AND INTERNET GAMING DISORDER / Luis C. Farhat, M.D., Jeffrey Derevensky, Ph.D., Marc N. Potenza, M.D., Ph.D.
Management of Youth With Substance Use Disorders in the Juvenile Justice System / Kristyn Zajac, Ph.D., Tess K. Drazdowski, Ph.D., Ashli J. Sheidow, Ph.D.
Maternal Substance Use in Pregnancy / Amy M. Johnson, M.D., F.A.C.O.G., Courtney Townsel, M.D., M.Sc., F.A.C.O.GDigital Access PsychiatryOnline 2020 - DigitalLaura Weiss Roberts, Mark Siegler, editors.Summary: This instant gold standard title is a major contribution to the field of clinical medical ethics and will be used widely for reference and teaching purposes for years to come. Throughout his career, Mark Siegler, MD, has written on topics ranging from the teaching of clinical medical ethics to end-of-life decision-making and the ethics of advances in technology. With more than 200 journal publications and 60 book chapters published in this area over the course of his illustrious career, Dr. Siegler has become the pre-eminent scholar and teacher in the field. Indeed his work has had a profound impact on a range of therapeutic areas, especially internal medicine, pediatrics, surgery, oncology, and medical education. Having grown steadily in importance the last 30 years, clinical ethics examines the practical, everyday ethical issues that arise in encounters among patients, doctors, nurses, allied health workers, and health care institutions. The goal of clinical ethics is to improve patient care and patient outcomes, and almost every large hospital now has an ethics committee or ethics consultation service to help resolve clinical ethical problems; and almost every medical organization now has an ethics committee and code of ethics. Most significantly, clinical ethics discussions have become a part of the routine clinical discourse that occurs in outpatient and inpatient clinical settings across the country. This seminal collection of 46 landmark works written by Dr. Siegler with colleagues throughout his career was edited by Dr. Laura Weiss Roberts and by Dr. Siegler. Dr. Roberts is a prominent psychiatric ethicist and physician-scientist as well as a mentee and longtime collaborator of Dr. Siegler. The text is organized around five themes of foundational scholarship: restoring and transforming the ethical basis of modern clinical medicine, the doctor-patient relationship, education and professionalism, end-of-life care, and clinical innovation. With introductory perspectives by a group of renowned scholars in medicine, Clinical Medical Ethics: Landmark Works of Mark Siegler, MD explains the field authoritatively and comprehensively and will be of invaluable assistance to all clinicians and scholars concerned with clinical ethics.
- Digital[edited by] James Van Rhee, Christine Bruce, Stephanie Neary.Summary: "Clinical medicine, internal medicine, primary care. These are all course titles used by Physician Assistant (PA) programs throughout the United States to describe didactic or clinical year courses covering the essentials of evaluation, diagnosis, and management of clinical problems across clinical settings"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Dermatologic System / James Van Rhee
Ocular System / Taylor L. Fischer, Ryan C. Chaney, Blakely A. Garrity, Lindsay Lyon, Diana M. Sukup
Ears, Nose, and Throat Disorders / David Brissette, Rebecca Orsulak
Pulmonary System / Jesse Coale, Analisa Ambrosi, Deanna Denault, Shannon Diallo
Cardiovascular System / Christine Bruce, Jill Cowen
Hematologic System / James Van Rhee
Oncology / James Van Rhee
Gastrointestinal System / Elizabeth Thompson, Nana Bernasko, Jessica Dahmus, Brandon Headlee
Nutrition / Anne Wildermuth
Renal System / James Van Rhee
Genitourinary System / James Van Rhee, Chris Roman, Elizabeth Schmidt, Linda Lang, Mary Ruggeri
Reproductive System / Stephanie Neary
Musculoskeletal System / Christine Bruce; Paul Kuhlman; Tad Schrader; Carey Wheelhouse; Morgan Wilson
Rheumatology / Christine Bruce; Carrie Beebout; Sylvie Fadrhonc; Benjamin Smith
Neurologic System / Melinda Gottschalk
Endocrine System / Stephanie Neary; Gina Hogg
Infectious Diseases / James Van Rhee; Sampath Wijesinghe
Psychiatry / Rachel Byrne
Care of the Sexual and Gender Minority Patient / Dianne Bruessow, Jonathan Baker, Lauren Eisenbeis
Preventive Medicine / John Bastin, Brigitta Cintron, Courtney Wilke
Abuse / Tom Balga
Surgery / Kenneth D. Sherry
Genetic Disorders / Nguyen H. Park.Digital Access R2Library [2023]Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: This book presents an update on new trends and developments in broadly defined medical disciplines. The reader will learn about a whole range of multidisciplinary topics, regarded as being important for advancing the understanding of disease pathogenicity, diagnostic methods, and patient management. These topics include a holistic approach to physiotherapy, with proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation at the core of it. Furthermore potential ways to protect kidneys during ischemic coronary interventions, and psychosocial aspects in cancer survivors are discussed. Other topics deal with growth hormone deficiency in short children and responses of molecular markers of bone metabolism to growth hormone replacement therapy. In addition the modern use of transcranial laser-induced photobiomodulation showing surprising benefits in autism disorder is presented. The expert contributions take on the challenges presented to medical professionals by ever growing medical knowledge and various individual and contextual issues that require a multidisciplinary approach in patient management. The authors present bench-to-bed clinical research to make useful additions to the knowledge on contemporary diagnostic procedures, therapy, and quality of life of patients. The book aims to provide stimulus for new research ideas and to give new perspectives on practical clinical issues.
Contents:
Bioprogressive Paradigm in Physiotherapeutic and Antiaging Strategies: a Review
Influence of Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation on Lung Function in Patients after Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery
Remote Ischemic Preconditioning in Renal Protection During Elective Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
Prognostic Impact of Extracapsular Lymph Node Invasion on Survival in Non-Small-cell Lung Cancer: a Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Influence of Transurethral Resection of Bladder Cancer on Sexual Function, Anxiety, and Depression
Cognitive Predictors of Cortical Thickness in Healthy Aging
Osteoprotegerin, a Receptor Activator of Nuclear Factor kappa B Ligand, and Growth Hormone/Insulin-like Growth Factor-1 Axis in Children with Growth Hormone Deficiency
Inhibition of Cross-Reactive Carbohydrate Determinants in Allergy Diagnostics
Effects of Reduced Glutathione on Hydrolytic Enzyme Activity in the Mouse Hepatocytes
Adaptation to Occupational Exposure to Moderate Endotoxin Concentrations: a Study in Sewage Treatment Plants in Germany
Effects of Low Level-Laser Therapy in Autism Spectrum Disorder
Epidemiology of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis in Poland, 2011-2015. . - Digitalby Sarah J. Pitt.Summary: "Clinical Microbiology for Diagnostic Laboratory Scientists is designed to encourage the reader to take a modern, evaluative and integrative approach to diagnostic microbiology and to develop a way of thinking that can be applied to any diagnostic scenario. Through consideration of a selected range of infections caused by pathogenic bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa and helminths, the book encourages readers to explore connections between the available information about clinical symptoms, pathogenesis of infections and the approaches used in laboratory diagnosis, in order to develop new insights. There is an introductory chapter, which outlines the scope of clinical diagnostic microbiology and the key areas for the laboratory scientist to be aware of. In the subsequent six chapters, a type of infection is reviewed in depth, using particular pathogenic microorganisms to illustrate salient points. At the end of each chapter there are three exercises related to management of a diagnostic service and assessing the suitability of test methods to specific contexts. There are no right or wrong answers to these, but the reader can discuss them with their laboratory colleagues or university tutor. Clinical Microbiology for Diagnostic Laboratory Scientists will stimulate the reader in critical appraisal of published evidence and encourage problem-solving in the clinical laboratory context, through the use of examples to illustrate clinical and diagnostic issues. The book makes extensive use of published research in the form of journal articles, publically available epidemiological data, professional guidelines and specialist websites. It therefore considers topics which are relevant to professional scientists working in the area of diagnostic microbiology"-- Provided by publisher. "This book is designed to encourage the reader to take a modern, evaluative and integrative approach to diagnostic microbiology and to develop a way of thinking that can be applied to any diagnostic scenario. Through consideration of a selected range of infections caused by pathogenic bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa and helminths, the book encourages readers to explore connections between the available information about clinical symptoms, pathogenesis of infections and the approaches used in laboratory diagnosis, in order to develop new insights"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2018
- Digitaleditor in chief, Amy L. Leber, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Nationwide Children's Hospital, Columbus, Ohio.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Patrick F. Chinnery, Michael J. Keogh.Summary: "Mitochondrial disorders are a highly diverse group of conditions that can affect almost every major system in the human body, often mimicking common disorders. This clinical variety often results in prolonged and often dangerous, diagnostic delays. This textbook provides a practical framework, to enable rapid identification, investigation, and treatment of mitochondrial disorders across the spectrum of clinical practice. Clinically relevant and comprehensive, this textbook employs a system- and case-based approach for practitioners of all levels. It focuses on major phenotypic features, syndromes and management relevant for clinical practice, within a broad overview of the field. This interactive book supports readers with knowledge distilled from over 20 internationally recognized, mitochondrial experts"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: Part I. Introduction to Mitochondrial Medicine: 1. Mitochondria in health and disease Carlo Viscomi and Massimo Zeviani; 2. Clinical approach in children Shamima Rahman; 3. Clinical approach in adults Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 4. Laboratory investigation of mitochondrial diseases Robert W. Taylor and David R. Thorburn; 5. Clinical genetics of mitochondrial diseases Marni J. Falk and Colleen Clarke Muraresku; 6. Clinical management of mitochondrial diseases Rita Horvath; Part II. Systems Involved in Mitochondrial Diseases: 7. Neurology
the central nervous system Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 8. Neurology
the peripheral nervous system
muscle and nerve Robert D.S. Pitceathly, Michael G. Hanna and Mary M. Reilly; 9. Ophthalmology Patrick Yu-Wai-Man, Chiara La Morgia and Valerio Carelli; 10. Audiology Peter Kullar; 11. Cardiovascular medicine Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 12. Respiratory medicine and anaesthesiology Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 12. Respiratory medicine and anaesthesiology Philip G. Morgan and Margaret M. Sedensky; 13. Endocrinology and diabetes Mark Walker, Alison J. Heggie, Andrew M. Schaefer and Grainne S. Gorman; 14. Gastroenterology and hepatology Irenaeus F.M. de Coo and Jessie M. Hulst; 15. Nephrology Thomas M.F. Connor and Patrick H. Maxwell; 16. Psychiatry Laurence A. Bindoff.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalShiyang Pan, Jinhai Tang, editors.Summary: This book covers the discovery of molecular biomarkers, the development of laboratory testing techniques and their clinical applications, focusing on basic research to clinical practice. It introduces new and crucial knowledge and ethics of clinical molecular diagnosis. This book emphasizes the applications of clinical molecular diagnostic test on health management, especially from different diseased organs. It lets readers to understand and realize precision healthcare.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Coordinators
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Editors and Contributors
About the Editors
Editorial Board
Contributors
Part I: Principles of Clinical Molecular Diagnostics
1: Molecules of Disease and Their Detection Methods
1.1 Overview
1.2 Molecular Mechanism of Diseases
1.3 Nucleic Acid Detection Methods
1.3.1 Nucleic Acid Amplification Technology
1.3.2 Sequencing Technology
1.3.3 Nucleic Acid Hybridization Technology
1.3.4 Chip Technology
1.3.5 Biosensing Technology
1.4 Protein Detection Methods 1.4.1 Spectrum Technology
1.4.2 Protein Chip Technology
1.4.3 Labeled Immunoassay
1.4.4 Mass Spectrometric Technique
1.5 Future Trends
References
2: Assay Performance Evaluation
2.1 Precision
2.1.1 Terminology and Definitions
2.1.2 Overview of the Precision Evaluation Process (Fig. 2.1)
2.1.3 Features of the EP5-A2 Program
2.1.4 EP5-A2 Experimental Protocol and Requirements
2.1.4.1 Experimental Preparation
Experimental Sample
2.1.4.2 Experimental Method
2.1.4.3 Quality Control
2.1.5 Data Collection, Processing, and Statistical Analysis 2.1.5.1 Experimental Data Record
2.1.5.2 Outlier Test
2.1.5.3 Repeatability Estimate
2.2 Accuracy
2.2.1 Definitions
2.2.2 Features of the EP9-A2 Program
2.2.3 EP9-A2 Experimental Protocol and Requirements
2.2.3.1 Experimental Preparation
Sample Preparation
Comparison Method Selection
2.2.3.2 Experimental Method
2.2.3.3 Quality Control
2.2.4 Simple Accuracy Evaluation Plan
2.2.4.1 Comparison of Patient Sample Results to Those of Another Procedure
2.2.4.2 Method of Setting Reference Materials
Sources of Reference Materials Procedure for Demonstration of Accuracy with Reference Materials
2.3 Sensitivity
2.3.1 Definitions
2.3.2 Discussion of Several Common Terms
2.3.3 Lower Limit of Linear Range (LLR), Biological Limit of Detection (BLD), and Functional Sensitivity (FS)
2.3.3.1 Lower Limit of Linear Range (LLR)
2.3.3.2 Biological Limit of Detection (BLD)
2.3.3.3 Functional Sensitivity (FS)
2.3.3.4 Experimental Precautions
Blank Sample
Detection Limit Sample
Time Required for the Experiment
2.3.4 Limits of Blank, Limits of Detection, and Limits of Quantitation 2.3.4.1 Overview
2.3.4.2 General Method for Determining the Limits of Blank (LoB)
2.4 Analytical Measurement Range
2.4.1 Definitions
2.4.2 EP6-A Protocol and Requirements
2.4.2.1 Experimental Requirements
Device Familiarization Period
Duration of the Experiment
Specimen of the Experiment
Number of Samples
Matrix Effects
Selection of Materials Used to Supplement Samples
Analyte Range
Sample Preparation and Value Assignment
2.4.2.2 Analytical Sequence
2.4.2.3 Preliminary Data Check
Outlier Inspection
Determination of the Linear Range - Digitaledited by Jerome Sarris, Jon Wardle.Summary: "Clinical Naturopathy: An evidence-based guide to practice articulates evidence-based clinical practice. It details the principles, treatment protocols and interventions at the forefront of naturopathic practice in the 21st century. Clinical Naturopathy equips you to critically evaluate your patients, analyse treatment protocols, and provide evidence-based prescriptions"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Naturopathic case taking
Naturopathic diagnostic techniques
Wellness, lifestyle and preventive medicine
Irritable bowel syndrome
Gastro-oesophageal reflux disease
Food allergy/intolerance
Liver dysfunction and disease
Respiratory infections and immune insufficiency
Asthma
Congestive respiratory disorders
Atherosclerosis and dyslipidaemia
Hypertension and stroke
Chronic venous insufficiency
Anxiety
Depression
Insomnia
Headache and migraine
Stress and fatigue
Diabetes type 2 and insulin resistance
Thyroid abnormalities
Dysmenorrhoea and menstrual complaints
Endometriosis
Polycystic ovarian syndrome
Menopause
Osteoarthritis
Fibromyalgia
Acne vulgaris
Inflammatory skin disorders: atopic eczema and psoriasis
Benign prostatic hypertrophy
Recurrent urinary tract infection
Autoimmune disease
Cancer
Paediatrics
Fertility, preconception care and pregnancy
Ageing and cognition
Bipolar disorder
Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder
Chronic fatigue syndrome
Human immunodeficiency virus
Pain management
Polypharmacy and drug-nutraceutical interactions
Appendices. Drug-herb interaction chart
Drug-nutrient interaction chart
Chemotherapy drugs and concurrent nutraceutical use
Food sources of nutrients
Laboratory reference values
Taxonomic cross-reference of major herbs.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalCarlos Guido Musso, José Ricardo Jauregui, Juan Florencio Macías-Núñez, Adrian Covic, editors.Summary: The increase in average life expectancy observed over recent decades has brought new challenges to nephrology practice. Several renal diseases are more frequent in elderly patients today, and even in healthy older individuals renal physiology has its own peculiarities. This leads to the need for a specific approach on renal aging and renal function in the elderly. However, despite the relevance of this topic, there are few books exclusively dedicated to geriatric nephrology. This book fills this gap by presenting a comprehensive overview of the differences between normal renal aging and chronic renal disease in the aged, and describes the particular aspects of nephropathy in the elderly, addressing it in a practical and clinically applicable fashion. Clinical Nephrogeriatrics bridges the gap between nephrology and geriatrics, discussing the most important issues concerning the relationship between these two medical specialties. This evidence-based resource, written by prominent specialists with extensive clinical experience, offers nephrologists, geriatricians, family physicians, and other medical professionals valuable practical guidelines and insights to enhance their clinical practice and provide optimal care.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digital/PrintWaxman, Stephen G.Digital Access
- DigitalDouglas Gould, Gustavo Patino.Contents:
Section I. Muscle weakness
Section II. Pain
Section III. Peripheral nervous system
Section IV. Autonomic nervous system
Section V. Spinal cord and roots
Section VI. Brainstem
Section VII. Cranial nerves
Section VIII. Cerebellum, basal nuclei, and hypothalamus
Section IX. Cerebral hemisphers
Appendix
Glossary.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2019 - DigitalHans J. ten Donkelaar ; with contributions by Jonas Broman [and 22 others].Summary: Connections define the functions of neurons: information flows along connections, as well as growth factors and viruses, and even neuronal death can progress through connections. Accordingly, knowing how the various parts of the brain are interconnected to form functional systems is a prerequisite for properly understanding data from all fields in the neurosciences. Clinical Neuroanatomy: Brain Circuitry and Its Disorders bridges the gap between neuroanatomy and clinical neurology. It focuses on human and primate data in the context of brain circuitry disorders, which are so common in neurological practice. In addition, numerous clinical cases are presented to demonstrate how normal brain circuitry can be interrupted, and what the effects are. Following an introduction to the organization and vascularization of the human brain and the techniques used to study brain circuitry, the main neurofunctional systems are discussed, including the somatosensory, auditory, visual, motor, autonomic and limbic systems, the cerebral cortex and complex cerebral functions. In this 2nd edition, apart from a general updating, many new illustrations have been added and more emphasis is placed on modern techniques such as diffusion magnetic resonance imaging (dMRI) and network analysis. Moreover, a developmental ontology based on the prosomeric model is applied, resulting in a more modern subdivision of the brain. The new edition of Clinical Neuroanatomy is primarily intended for neurologists, neuroradiologists and neuropathologists, as well as residents in these fields, but will also appeal to (neuro)anatomists and all those whose work involves human brain mapping. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introductory chapters: Overview of the human brain and spinal cord
Vascularization of the brain and spinal cord
Notes on techniques.
Special chapters (Neurofunctional systems): The somatosensory system
The reticular formation and the neuromodularity systems
The cranial nerves
The auditory system
The visual system
Motor systems
The cerebellum
Basal ganglia
The automatic nervous system
The hypothalamus, the preoptic area, and hypothalamohypophysial systems
The limbic system
The cerebral cortex and complex cerebral functions.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitalvolume editors, Eric Fliers, Márta Korbonits, and Johannes A. Romijn.Contents:
Ch. 1. Genetic aspects of hypothalamic and pituitary gland development
Ch. 2. Neuroendocrinology of pregnancy and parturition
Ch. 3. Disorders of water metabolism: diabetes insipidus and the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion
Ch. 4. The role of oxytocin and vasopressin in emotional and social behaviors
Ch. 5. Corticotropin-releasing hormone and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in psychiatric disease
Ch. 6. Genetic aspects of human obesity
Ch. 7. Sleep characteristics and insulin sensitivity in humans
Ch. 8. Hypothalamic-pituitary hormones during critical illness: a dynamic neuroendocrine response
Ch. 9. Central regulation of the hypothalamo-pituitary-thyroid (HPT) axis: focus on clinical aspects
Ch. 10. Evaluation of pituitary function
Ch. 11. Imaging of pituitary pathology
Ch. 12. Nonfunctioning pituitary tumors
Ch. 13. Hyperprolactinemia and prolactinoma
Ch. 14. Acromegaly
Ch. 15. Cushing's disease
Ch. 16. Craniopharyngioma
Ch. 17. Rathke's cleft cyst
Ch. 18. Alternative causes of hypopituitarism: traumatic brain injury, cranial irradiation and infections
Ch. 19. Surgical approach to pituitary tumors
Ch. 20. Medical approach to pituitary tumors
Ch. 21. Radiation therapy in the management of pituitary adenomas
Ch. 22. Nelson syndrome: definition and management
Ch. 23. Familial pituitary tumors
Ch. 24. Long-term effects of treatment of pituitary adenomas
Ch. 25. Neuroendocrine mechanisms in athletes
Ch. 26. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central hypocortisolism
Ch. 27. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central endocrine insufficiencies: hypothyroidism
Ch. 28. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central endocrine insufficiencies: growth hormone deficiency
Ch. 29. Autoimmune hypophysitis: new developments
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalMichael Wilkinson, S. Ali Imran.Summary: This innovative, introductory text is authored by key subject leaders in clinical neuroendocrinology with decades of research and teaching experience. Addressing the need for a concise description of human neuroendocrine systems, this important review of various significant basic science advances is relevant for all levels of experience. An indispensable resource for a variety of learners, this book will also enable biomedical science graduate students to extend their knowledge using its valuable clinical context. Beautifully illustrated, this text integrates basic scientific principles with clinical cases and includes several illustrated imaging studies, and in-depth discussions of basic principles and their interpretations. Extensive reference lists of clinical papers, teaching resources and a selection of review questions are included with each chapter, emphasizing the real-life importance of basic neuroendocrine principles in human health and disease. Clinical reviews are included to provide convenient links to more specialized texts, ensuring a successful springboard for learners worldwide.
Contents:
Basic principles in clinical neuroendocrinology I : receptor mechanisms
Basic principles in clinical neuroendocrinology II : assays, rhythms and pulses
Neuroendocrinology of female reproduction
Neuroendocrine regulation of appetite and body weight
Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal cortex axis
Hypothalamic regulation of thyroid function
Hypothalamic regulation of prolactin secretion
Regulation of growth hormone secretion
Posterior pituitary
An introduction to Sellar Masses.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalSyed A. Rizvi, Jonathan F. Cahill, Patricia K. Coyle, editors.
- DigitalVinit Suri.Summary: Bedside Neurological examination is an important tool in diagnosing neurological disorders. Despite significant advances in the investigations available for diagnosing neurological disorders bedside neurological examination remains the cornerstone in diagnosing neurological disorders and should not only be conducted prior to the investigations but should be actually be utilized to plan the appropriate investigations. The book provides a focused account of various aspects of the neurological examination leading to clinical localisation and hence obtaining the neurological diagnosis. It includes topics like' how to obtain a appropriate neurological history' , 'higher mental system examination', examination of speech and various cranial nerves and examination of other systems including motor system, sensory system, reflexes , cerebellar and autonomic nervous system.The book also includes certain interesting topics like 'neurological examination of the unconscious patient' and 'tricks and tips of neurological localisation'. The book is easy to read and memorise due to multiple self explanatory illustrations and important aspects being highlighted in bulleted format. The book will be of extreme help for MD and DNB students of Internal Medicine as well as DM and DNB students of Neurology and DNB and MCH Neurosurgery students , hence covering a fairly large readership base. It will also be read by practicing Internal medicine physicians, neurologists and neurosurgeons who may want to revise the basics and tricks of neurological examination and localization.
Contents:
Introduction
The Neurological History
Higher Mental Function
Cranial Nerve Examination
Examination of Speech
Motor system examination
Reflexes
Sensory system examination
Cerebellar examination and examination of posture, stance and gait
Involuntary movements
Examination of Skull, Spine ,Nerves and Neuro-cutaneous markers
Autonomic nervous system
Examination of the Unconscious patient
Summary of localization. - Printeditor, A.B. Baker ; associate editor, L.H. Baker.
- Digital/PrintAminoff, Michael J.; Greenberg, David A.; Simon, Roger P.Digital Access
- Digital/PrintAaron L. Berkowitz.Summary: Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy delivers a clear, logical discussion of the complex relationship between neuroanatomical structure and function and neurologic disease. Written in an engagin, concise style, this unique text offers a succint overview of fundamental neuroanatomy and the clincal localization principles necessary to diagnose and treat patients with neurologic diseases. Unlike other neurology textbooks that either focus on neuroanatomy or clincal neurology, Clincal Neurology and Neuroanatomy integrates the two in a manner which simulates the way neurologists learn, teach, and think. - Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Diagnostic reasoning in neurology and the neurologic history and examination
Introduction to neuroimaging and cerebrospinal fluid analysis
Overview of the anatomy of the nervous system
The motor and somatosensory pathways and approach to weakness and sensory loss
The spinal cord and approach to myelopathy
The visual pathway and approach to visual loss
The cerebral hemispheres and vascular syndromes
The cerebellum and approach to ataxia
The brainstem and cranial nerves
Pupillary control and approach to anisocoria
Extraocular movements and approach to diplopia
The auditory and vestibular pathways approach to hearing loss and dizziness/vertigo
Facial sensation and movement and approach to facial sensory and motor deficits
Cranial nerves 1, 9, 10, 11, and 12
The peripheral nervous system and introduction to electromyography/nerve conduction studies
Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the upper extremity
Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the lower extremity
Seizures and epilepsy
Vascular diseases of the brain and spinal cord
Infectious diseases of the nervous system
Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
Delirium, dementia, and rapidly progressive dementia
Movement disorders
Neoplastic and paraneoplastic disorders of the nervous system and neurologic complications of chemotherapy and radiation therapy
Disorders of intracranial pressure
Headache
Peripheral neuropathy
Motor neuron disease
Motor neuron disease
Disorders of the neuromuscular junction
Dieseas of muscle
Leukodystrophies and mitochondrial disorders
Index.Digital Access AccessNeurology 2017 - DigitalAaron L. Berkowitz.Summary: "[This book] offers a concise overview of fundamental neuroanatomy and the clinical localization principles necessary to diagnose and treat patients with neurologic diseases and disorders. Unlike other neurology textbooks that either focus on neuroanatomy or clinical neurology, Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy integrates the two in manner which simulates the way neurologists learn, teach, and think. Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy is divided into two main sections. In Part 1, clinically relevant neuroanatomy is presented in clinical context in order to provide a framework for neurologic localization and differential diagnosis. The diseases mentioned in localization-based discussions of differential diagnosis in Part 1 are then discussed in clinical detail with respect to their diagnosis and management in Part 2. Part 1 can therefore be consulted for a neuroanatomical localization-based approach to symptom evaluation, and Part 2 for the clinical features, diagnosis, and management of neurologic diseases." -- from website publisher
Contents:
Part I: Neuroanatomy and neuroanatomic localization --- Ch. 1: Diagnostic reasoning in neurology and the neurologic history and examination
Ch. 2: Introduction to neuroimaging and cerebrospinal fluid analysis
Ch. 3: Overview of the anatomy of the nervous system
Ch. 4: The motor and somatosensory pathways and approach to weakness and sensory loss
Ch. 5: The spinal cord and approach to myelopathy
Ch. 6: The visual pathway and approach to visual loss
Ch. 7: The cerebral hemispheres and vascular syndromes
Ch. 8: The cerebellum and approach to ataxia
Ch. 9: The brainstem and cranial nerves
Ch. 10: Pupillary control and approach to anisocoria cranial nerves 2 and 3
Ch. 11: Extraocular movements and approach to diplopia: cranial nerves 3, 4, and 6
Ch. 12: The Auditory and vestibular pathways and approach to hearing loss and dizziness/vertigo: cranial nerve 8
Ch. 13: Facial sensation and movement and approach to facial sensory and motor deficits: cranial nerves 5 and 7
Ch. 14: Cranial nerves 1, 9, 10, 11, and 12
Ch. 15: The peripheral nervous system and introduction to electromyography/nerve conduction studies
Ch. 16: Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the upper extremity
Ch. 17: Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the lower extremity --- Part II: Diseases of the nervous system --- Ch. 18: Seizures and epilepsy
Ch. 19: Vascular Diseases of the Brain and Spinal Cord
Ch. 20: Infectious Diseases of the Nervous System
Ch. 21: Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
Ch. 22: Delirium, dementia, and rapidly progressive dementia
Ch. 23: Movement disorders
Ch. 24: Neoplastic and paraneoplastic disorders of the nervous system and neurologic complications of chemotherapy and radiation therapy
Ch. 25: Disorders of intracranial pressure
Ch. 26: Headache
Ch. 27: Peripheral neuropathy
Ch. 28: Motor neuron disease
Ch. 29: Disorders of the neuromuscular junction
Ch. 30: Diseases of muscle
Ch. 31: Leukodystrophies and mitochondrial disorders.Digital Access AccessNeurology 2022 - Digital/Printedited by Devon I. Rubin, MD, Professor of Neurology, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Consultant, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, Jacksonville, Florida, Jasper R. Daube, MD, Professor Emeritus of Neurology, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- Print[edited by] Devon I. Rubin.Summary: "Clinical neurophysiology is the neurology subspecialty that focuses on the electrical activity within the nervous system. In all realms and types of testing performed in the practice of clinical neurophysiology, electrical signals that are spontaneously or intrinsically generated or induced by external stimulation are recorded and analyzed to determine the integrity and function of the central and peripheral systems. The underlying basis of all signals ultimately reflects the function of the neurons at a cellular level. Thus, while the clinical neurophysiologist focuses on the interpretation of these signals during testing in the laboratory, hospital, or operating room, a solid understanding of the function of each of the contributing cellular structures from which the signals are generated is necessary. This chapter reviews the basic principles underlying the activity of excitable cells as they apply to the basic neurophysiology of neurons and myocytes"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digitaledited by Kerry H. Levin, Patrick Chauvel.Summary: Clinical Neurophysiology: Basis and Technical Aspects, the latest release in the Handbook of Clinical Neurology series, is organized into sections on basic physiological concepts, on the function and limitations of modern instrumentation, and on other fundamental or methodologic aspects related to the recording of various bioelectric signals from the nervous system for clinical or investigative purposes. There is discussion of the EEG, nerve conduction studies, needle electromyography, intra-operative clinical neurophysiology, sleep physiology and studies, the autonomic nervous system, various sensory evoked potentials, and cognitive neurophysiology.Provides an up-to-date review on the practice of neurophysiological techniques in the assessment of neurological disease. Explores the electrophysiological techniques used to better understand neurological function and dysfunction, first in the area of consciousness and epilepsy, then in the areas of the peripheral nervous system and sleep. Focuses on new techniques, including electrocorticography, functional mapping, stereo EEG, motor evoked potentials, magnetoencephalography, laser evoked potentials, and transcranial magnetic stimulation.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
- PrintPuneet K. Gupta, MD, MSE, Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurotherapeutics, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, Pradeep Modur, MD, MS, Associate Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurotherapeutics, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, Srikanth Muppidi, Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurological Sciences, Stanford School of Medicine, Stanford, California.Contents:
Anatomy and physiology
Electronics and instrumentation
Nerve conduction studies and electromyography (EMG)
Electroencephalography (EEG)
Evoked potentials and intraoperative monitoring (IOM)
Polysomnography and other sleep studies (PSG)
Advanced topics : high frequency oscillations (HFOs), DC shifts, transcranial electrical stimulation (TES), motor evoked potential (MEP), transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), magnetoencephalopgraphy (MEG), autonomic testing, blink reflex, single fiber EMG (SFEMG), quantitative EEG (QEEG)
Ethics and safety. - DigitalAndrea O. Rossetti, Steven Laureys, editors.Summary: Over the past two decades, electrophysiology has undergone unprecedented changes thanks to technical improvements, which simplify measurement and analysis and allow more compact data storage. This book covers in detail the spectrum of electrophysiology applications in patients with disorders of consciousness. Its content spans from clinical aspects of the management of subjects in the intensive care unit, including EEG, evoked potentials and related implications in terms of prognosis and patient management to research applications in subjects with ongoing consciousness impairment. While the first section provides up-to-date information for the interested clinician, the second part highlights the latest developments in this exciting field. The book comprehensively combines clinical and research information related to neurophysiology in disorder-of- consciousness patients, making it an easily accessible reference for neuro-ICU specialists, epileptologists and clinical neurophysiologists as well as researchers utilizing EEG and event-related potentials. ℗ℓ
Contents:
1. The acute clinical setting
2. Electroencephalography (EEG) and evoked potentials (EP): technical background
3. Which EEG patterns deserve treatment in the ICU?
4. EEG in refractory status epilepticus
5. Prognostic use of EEG in acute consciousness impairment
6. Prognostic use of somatosensory EP in acute consciousness impairment (including drug effects)
7. Prognostic use of cognitive EP in acute consciousness impairment
8. The chronic clinical setting
9. Correlations of JHD EEG with consciousness recovery
10. Correlations of HD EP with consciousness recovery
11. Disorders of consciousness and sleep
EEG-TMS
13. Outlook: imaging correlations. - DigitalFrederik Barkhof, Hans Rolf Jäger, Majda M. Thurnher, Àlex Rovira, editors.Summary: This superbly illustrated textbook, endorsed by the European Society of Neuroradiology, explains in detail the clinical importance of neuroradiology in complementing history taking and physical examination during the workup of patients suspected of having neurological, neurosurgical, or psychiatric disorders. The role of imaging of the brain and spinal cord is described across the full range of relevant conditions, including, cerebrovascular diseases, trauma, CSF disorders, developmental malformations, inflammatory diseases, epilepsy, tumors and tumor-like conditions, neurodegenerative diseases, metabolic conditions and neuromuscular disorders. The structured approach to imaging and image analysis will ensure that the book is an invaluable resource for neuroradiologists in training and clinicians alike. Starting from the clinical indication, suggestions for imaging protocols are provided and checklists of common findings and aspects key to interpretation are presented.
- DigitalPaul Johns, BSc, BM, MSc, FRCPath.Summary: Provides a clear and readable introduction to the central concepts of clinical neuroscience. This book deals with fundamental areas of neuroscience required for a sound understanding of brain disease.
Contents:
Overview of the nervous system
Development of the brain
Functional neuroanatomy
Sensory and motor pathways
Neurons and glial cells
Electrical signalling in neurons
Synaptic transmission
Cellular mechanisms of neurological disease
Head injury
Stroke
Epilepsy
Dementia
Parkinson's disease
Multiple sclerosis.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalOrsolya Friedrich, Andreas Wolkenstein, Christoph Bublitz, Ralf J. Jox, Eric Racine, editors.Summary: Neurotechnologies such as brain-computer interfaces (BCIs), which allow technical devices to be used with the power of thought or concentration alone, are no longer a futuristic dream or, depending on the viewpoint, a nightmare. Moreover, the combination of neurotechnologies and AI raises a host of pressing problems. Now that these technologies are about to leave the laboratory and enter the real world, these problems and implications can and should be scrutinized. This volume brings together scholars from a wide range of academic disciplines such as philosophy, law, the social sciences and neurosciences, and is unique in terms of both its focus and its methods. The latter vary considerably, and range from philosophical analysis and phenomenologically inspired descriptions to legal analysis and socio-empirical research. This diversified approach allows the book to explore the entire spectrum of philosophical, normative, legal and empirical dimensions of intelligent neurotechnologies. Philosophical and legal analyses of normative problems are complemented by a thorough empirical assessment of how BCIs and other forms of neurotechnology are being implemented, and what their measurable implications are. To take a closer look at specific neurotechnologies, a number of applications are addressed. Case studies, previously unidentified issues, and normative insights on these cases complement the rich portrait this volume provides. Clinicians, philosophers, lawyers, social scientists and engineers will greatly benefit from the collection of articles compiled in this book, which will likely become a standard reference work on the philosophy of intelligent neurotechnologies.
Contents:
I Neurotechnologies and AI: State of the Art: Non-invasive Brain-Computer Communication: from basic science to application
Towards a framework for the responsible development and use of intelligent neurotechnology
II Philosophical aspects: Assessing human responsibility for actions mediated by neurotechnology: Complications, confusions and questions
Will the real cyborg please stand up?
Consenti et faciam quod vis? Anthropological and ethical implications of consenting to Black Box-algorithms
Speech BCIs
Agency, Responsibility, Selves, and the Mechanical Mind
TBA (project member)
III Legal aspects: Diffusion on both ends - legal protection and criminalisation in neurotechnological uncertainty
Brain-computer interfaces and the law
IV Social aspects: Eric Racine (University of Montreal) & Matthew Sample (University of Montreal): Pragmatism in a Digital Society: Unpacking the (In)Significance of Emerging Digital Technologies for Academics and Their Publics
The Utopian Mundane: A Design Perspective on Future Technologies
V Applications: TBA (invited for neurotech and nursing)
Ethical implications of medical BCIs
Subjectivation by Neurotechnologies: Some Irritating Implications
Ethics of neuroprothetics
Security Implications of Neurotechnology & Artificial Intelligence
Connecting Brain and Machine: When your mind can directly interact with technology
Wired emotions: affective brain-computer interfaces and beyond
TBA (invited for brain hacking)
Ethics and Brain-Computer Interfaces: A Mixed-Methods-Study with Healthy Users
In your (inter-)face! Between participation and competitive interest Findings from an empirical interview study with brain-computer interface users
Philosophical and ethical implications of Brain-to-Brain Interfaces. - Digitaledited by David S. Cantor, James R. Evans.Summary: Neurotherapy, sometimes called EEG biofeedback and/or neurobiofeedback involves techniques designed to manipulate brain waves through non-invasive means and are used as treatment for a variety of psychological and medical disorders. The disorders covered include ADHD, mood regulation, addiction, pain, sleep disorders, and traumatic brain injury. This book introduces specific techniques, related equipment and necessary training for the clinical practitioner. Sections focus on treatment for specific disorders and which individual techniques can be used to treat the same disorder and examples.
Contents:
1. Definitions, standard of care and ethical considerations / D. Corydon Hammond
2. An introductory perspective on the emerging application of qEEG in neurofeedback / Richard Soutar
3. Neurofeedback and psychopharmacology / Lukasz M. Konopka and Elizabeth M. Zimmerman
4. Hidden factors thwarting success / Gerald Gluck
5. Defining developing evidence-based medicine databases proving treatment efficacy / J. Lucas Koberda
6. Treating attention deficits and impulse control / Dagmar Timmers
7. Treating mood disorders / Emily Stevens
8. Diagnosing and treating closed head injury / Carlos A. Novo-Olivas
9. Treating thought disorders / Tanju Surmeli
10. Treating chronic pain disorders / Erbil Dursun and Nigar Dursun
11. Treating addiction disorders / Estate M. Sokhadze, David L. Trudeau and Rex L. Cannon
12. Neurofeedback for seizure disorders / M.B. Sterman and Lynda M. Thompson
13. Diagnosing and treating developmental disorders with qEEG and neurotherapy / Teresa Bailey
14. Nutrition for ADHD and autism / Jacques Duff
15. Vision therapy as a complementary procedure during neurotherapy / John K. Nash
16. Future considerations / Thomas F. Collura.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalHojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jürgen Biersack, Leonard M. Freeman, Lionel S. Zuckier, editors.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalAndrea Varrone, Silvia Morbelli, Valentina Garibotto, editors.Summary: This book gathers a collection of cases with challenging diagnoses, in which nuclear medicine examinations have been particularly helpful in terms of the final diagnosis or follow-up. The cases presented chiefly involve patients with neurodegenerative disorders, epilepsy and brain tumors. The book is intended for nuclear medicine specialists as well as clinicians, offering essential guidance on the interpretation of neurology cases in the clinical setting, particularly with regard to correctly interpreting diagnostic imaging procedures. The authors were selected from the members of the Neuroimaging Committee of the EANM and have extensive experience as clinicians and teachers within the Nuclear Medicine Community.
Contents:
SECTION I - Nuclear Medicine cases of dementia and movement disorders
Case 1: Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) [18F]FDG and amyloid PET
Case 2: Alzheimer's disease - [18F]FDG, tau and amyloid PET
Case 3: Alzheimerþs disease's Behavioural variant
Case 4: Parkinsonþs disease with onset as MCI
Case 5: Parkinsonþs disease with vascular abnormalities
Case 6: Parkinsonþs disease with left-side spasticity
Case 7: Holmes tremor
Case 8: Multiple system atrophy with DAT SPECT and [18F]FDG PET
Case 9: Progressive supranuclear palsy: Richardson syndrome and Parkinsonian variants
Case 10: Progressive supranuclear palsy
Case 11: Corticobasal syndrome - [18F]FDG and amyloid PET
Case 12: Huntingtonþs disease with atypical onset
Case 13: Huntingtonþs disease with psychiatric onset
Case 14: Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease with pathological confirmation
SECTION II - Nuclear Medicine cases of epilepsy and encephalitis. Case 15: Temporal lobe epilepsy
Case 16: Ictal imaging in partial status epilept cus
Case 17: Focal pharmacoresistant epilepsy
Case 18: Post-surgical epilepsy
Case 19: Thalamic hamartoma
Case 20: Autoimmune encephalitis with unusual antibodies
Case 21: Psychiatric presentation of anti-N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor (NMDAR) limbic encephalitis
Case 22: Hashimoto encephalitis. SECTION III - Nuclear Medicine cases of brain tumors
Case 23: Pseudoresponse in a case of Glioblastoma multiforme
Case 24: Progressive Glioma
Case 25: Isocitrate dehydrogenase (IDH) wild-type glioma
Case 26: Post-operative meningioma
Case 27: Meningioma with difficult delineation on MRI
Case 28: Optic nerve sheath meningioma (ONSM)
Case 29: Primary brain lymphoma
Case 29: Neurolymphomatosis
Case 30: Atypical teratoid rhabdoid tumor (ATRT)
Case 31: Brain metastatis : progression/recurrence vs. radionecrosis
Case 32: Tumefactive plaques
SECTION IV - PET/MRI and challenging cases
Case 33: Typical AD with discordant biomarkers
Case 34: Fronto-temporal dementia, behavioural variant, mimicker
Case 35: Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
Case 36: Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
Case 37: Epilepsy
Case 38: Limbic encephalitis. - DigitalLuigi Mansi [and three others], editors.Contents:
The global effort towards harmonization of pediatrics imaging
Peculiar aspects and problems of Diagnostic Nuclear Medicine in Pediatrics
PET/MRI in children
Current issues in molecular radiotherapy in children
Radiation risk from medical exposure in children
Emergency/urgency
CNS (non-oncologic)
Lung
Endocrinology
Cardiology
Musculoskeletal
Gastrointestinal
Nephro-Urinary system
Oncology
Children Care in 2020: issues and perspectives. - Digitalby Dafang Wu.Summary: This book serves as a casebook for clinical nuclear medicine neuroimaging. Clinical interpretation of nuclear medicine neuroimaging studies is often challenging, mainly due to the complexity of neuroanatomy and a lack of supportive reference books. This is an unmet need in many teaching hospitals. Utilizing a hands-on, case-based approach, this textbook guides readers through clinical nuclear medicine neuroimaging of major neurological diseases and conditions, including dementia, epilepsy, and brain death. Included here are basic guidelines and techniques for nuclear medicine neuroimaging practices, set alongside case examples that include standardized imaging display and detailed interpretation. Each chapter begins with examples of normal brain imaging as a reference point for the remainder of the chapter, which then presents detailed case examples of these diseases through various imaging techniques. Each of the cases highlights clinical and imaging key findings and precise impressions. This is an ideal guide for residents, fellows, and even practicing nuclear medicine physicians as a reference and teaching tool for neuroimaging in clinical nuclear medicine. It will be of significant value to residents, trainees, and young physicians in preparation for their in-service tests and board examinations.
Contents:
Positive Emission Tomography (PET) in Dementia
Single Photo Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) in Dementia
FDG PET Imaging of Epilepsy
SPECT Imaging of Epilepsy
PET imaging of brain tumors
DaTscanNormal DaTscan
SPECT Imaging of brain death
SPECT imaging of Lyme Encephalopathy
Nuclear Cisternogram
Miscellaneous
Self-Assessment Quiz. - Digital[edited by] James L. Harris, Linda A. Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas.Summary: "The first three editions provided content necessary for educating students for success in CNL programs and achievement of goals as they transitioned into practice. The fourth edition will expand on the previous editions and show a vision for CNLs to manage care and lead improvement teams beyond the microsystem. It will highlight the unique attributes CNLs bring to community-based population health with the integration of concepts related to social determinants of health, population health, and global impact. It will also expand on collection, analysis, and dissemination of information and how big data will continuous influence CNL effectiveness and role sustainability in a digital society. As self-care and wellness have become central themes in today's society, this edition captures different ways CNLs will have measurable impacts on the wellbeing of patients, families, and the teams they lead. As the American Association of Colleges of Nursing leads efforts to transition the baccalaureate, masters, and doctoral essentials to a competency-based structure, the fourth edition will include how this will impact CNL education"-- Provided by publisher. "In today's rapidly changing healthcare landscape, a concise and comprehensive guide focused on preparing advanced clinical nurses to assume a leadership role is critical to improving the quality of patient care. Clinical Nurse Leaders Beyond the Microsystem: A Practical Guide, Fourth Edition is a core resource for CNLs which imparts the competencies necessary to lead improvement teams, analyze data, and ensure delivery of quality, safety, and value-based care in any healthcare setting.The Fourth Edition continues to highlight the contributions that the CNLs bring to community-based population health by integrating concepts related to social determinants of health, population health, and global impact. Another keen focus of this text is on the collection, analysis, and dissemination of data and the role of the CNL in the new digital world. Lastly, the authors explore the practice of self-care and the importance of the CNL role in promoting this concept within their practice and across their teams.New to the Fourth Edition: Big data's influence on the effectiveness and sustainability of the CNL roleMeasuring the impact CNLs have on patient and family wellness and the teams they lead Analysis of the competency-based structure in nursing education on the CNL track"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2022
- DigitalJanet S. Fulton, Vincent W. Holly, editors.Summary: Developed under the direction of the International Council of Nurses (ICN), this book is part of a series exploring advanced practice globally. It is the first known volume to provide an international view of the advanced practice role of clinical nurse specialist (CNS). It features an in-depth examination of advanced speciality practice in nursing, and the advanced practice role of the clinical CNS. Content includes models of practice, core practice competencies, curricular recommendations, practice outcomes, and regulatory requirements related to scope of practice. The CNS role and practice as implemented in North America, Europe, Asia and Oceania are examined in the context of the country's healthcare system, educational traditions and regulatory requirements. Exemplars describe role implementation in various specialty practices and discuss how the role is implemented to advance nursing and improve clinical and fiscal outcomes. Measurement and evaluation of CNS practice in the context of countries and health care systems are examined. For practicing CNSs, this book provides an in-depth examination of the role from the global perspective; for administrators it provides a foundational understanding of the CNS role and practice and performance expectations. Educators will use the book as a resource for curriculum development, whereas students will offers an expanded global view of the role. Advanced practice roles, including the CNS, are continuing to evolve. This book makes important contributions to a global understanding of the CNS role.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Global View of the Clinical Nurse Specialist Role
Chapter 2: Clinical Nurse Specialist Models for Practice
Chapter 3: Core Practice Competencies
Chapter 4: Educational Considerations
Chapter 5: CNS Role and Practice in USA
Chapter 6: CNS Role and Practice in Canada
Chapter 7: CNS Role and Practice in UK
Chapter 8: CNS Role and Practice in Ireland
Chapter 9: CNS Role and Practice in Finland
Chapter 10: CNS Role in France
Chapter 11: CNS Role in Germany
Chapter 12: CNS Role in Japan
Chapter 13: CNS Role in China
Chapter 14: CNS Role in Taiwan
Chapter 15: CNS Role in Turkey
Chapter 16: CNS Role in Saudi Arabia
Chapter 17: CNS Role in Nigeria
Chapter 18: CNS Role in Australia
Chapter 19: CNS Role in New Zealand
Chapter 20: Challenges and Opportunities for CNS Practice Globally. - DigitalSusan Sienkiewicz, Sandra Megerdichian.Summary: "Clinical Nursing Calculations is an essential text for teaching dosage calculation to undergraduate nursing students. The text employs the CASE approach, which is a step-by-step method for performing dosage calculations. The author team draws from extensive experience across the continuum of care to bring readers a truly informative and dynamic resource. Clinical Nursing Calculations has been expertly organized into four sections for easy navigation: Mathematics Overview, Principles of Medication Administration, Basic Dosage and Intravenous Calculations, and Advanced Calculations. In addition to clinical calculation coverage, the text also features expanded content on nutrition, insulin pencalculations, and the legal implications of medication administration. The Joint Commission and the Institute for Safe Medication Practice guidelines regarding safe medication administration are also featured. To facilitate learning, students will find examples in both electronic medication administration record (eMAR) and electronic health record format. This text can be used as a primary text for a dosage calculations course or as a supplemental text within a nursing program or pharmacology course"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Basic math
Systems of measurement
Medication administration equipment
Medication orders
Interpretation of medication labels and package inserts
Elements of safe medication administration
Dosage calculations
Enteral medication dosage calculations
Parenteral medication dosage calculations
Infusion therapy and calculations
Solution calculations
Dosage calculations for special patient populations
Hydration and nutrition calculations
High-alert medications
Critical care calculations
Appendices. Calculating with complex fractions
Apothecary system
The Joint Commission's do not use list
ISMP's list of error-prone abbreviations, symbols, and dose designations
ISMP's list of confused drug names
Adult nomogram
Weight-based heparin protocol adjusted according to anti-factor Xa assay.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digital[edited by] Anne Griffin Perry, Patricia A. Potter, Wendy R. Ostendorf.Summary: Clinical Nursing Skills & Techniques offers clear and comprehensive coverage of over 200 basic, intermediate and advanced skills. Features nearly 1,000 full-color photographs and drawings, a nursing process framework, step-by-step instructions with rationales, and a focus on critical thinking and evidence-based practice. This edition also includes new coverage of patient-centered care and safety guidelines, an enhanced emphasis on QSEN core competencies, and an expanded clinical focus with specialized Clinical Debriefs, Teach-Back, and sample documentation throughout.
Contents:
Supporting the patient through the health care system
Vital signs and physical assessment
Special procedures
Infection control
Activity and mobility
Safety and comfort
Hygiene
Medications
Oxygenation
Fluid balance
Nutrition
Elimination
Care of the surgical patient
Dressings and wound care
Home care
Appendixes.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2025] - Print[edited by] John L. Rombeau, Michael D. Caldwell ; illustrations by David W. Low.
- Digitaleditors, E. Albert Reece, Gustavo F. Leguizamón, George A. Macones, Arnon Wiznitzer ; assistant publication editor, Julie A. Rosen ; foreword by Charles Lockwood.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
- Digitaledited by Elizabeth A. Layden, Andrew Thomson, Philip Owen, Mayank Madhra, Brian A. Macgowan.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalKeith R. Pine, Brian H. Sloan, Robert J. Jacobs.Summary: This is the first textbook to offer a comprehensive account of ocular prosthetics and the evidence used to underpin and support this field of healthcare. It does so by bringing together information from ophthalmology, prosthetic eye and contact lens literature, and from experts actively engaged in these fields. The book describes the psychological, anatomical and physiological aspects of eye loss as well as surgical procedures for removing the eye, patient evaluation, constructing prosthetic eyes (including prosthetic and surgical techniques for dealing with socket complications), the socket's response to prosthetic eyes, prosthetic eye maintenance and the history of prosthetic eyes. Though primarily intended for prosthetists, ophthalmologists, ophthalmic nurses, optometrists and students in the fields of ocular medicine, maxillofacial medicine and anaplastology, the book also offers a useful resource for other health workers and family members who care for prosthetic eye patients, and for those patients seeking a deeper understanding of the issues affecting them than they can find elsewhere.
Contents:
History of Prosthetic Eyes
The Anophthalmic Patient
Anatomy and Physiology
Anophthalmia and Ocular Disfigurement
Patient Evaluation
Making and Fitting a Custom Moulded Prosthetic Eye
Prosthetic Shells and Lenses
Socket Complications
Response of the Anophthalmic Socket to Prosthetic Eye Wear
Mucoid Discharge Associated with Prosthetic Eye Wear
Living with a Prosthetic Eye.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Antonella Surbone, Michael Rowe.Contents:
Introduction to oncology and medical errors / Antonella Surbone and Michael Rowe
Recognizing and facing medical errors : the perspective of a physician who is also patient / Itzhak Brook
Psychological and existential consequences of medical error for oncology professionals / Mary J. Chalino, Evelyn Y.T. Wong, Bradley l. Collins, and Richard T. Penson
To sue or not to sue : restoring trust in patient-doctor-family relationships / Michael Rowe and Antonella Surbone
Prevention of errors and patient safety : oncology nurses' perspectives / Martha Polovich
Prevention of errors and patient safety from the oncologists perspective / Meghan E.S. Shea, Nie Bohlen, and Inga T. Lennes
Disclosing harmful medical errors / Walter Baile and Daniel Epner
Do cross-cultural differences influence the occurrence and disclosure of medical errors in oncology / Lidia Schapira, Joseph R. Betancourt, and Alexander R. Green
Prevention of errors and patient safety : institutional perspectives / Eric Manheimer
Professional and ethical responsibilities in adverse events and medical errors : discussions when things go wrong / P.M. Forde and Albert W. Wu
Medical error and patient advocacy / Juanne N. Clarke
Conclusion : the "given" and "therefores" of clinical oncology and medical errors / Antonella Surbone and Michael Rowe.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - DigitalRoger P. Harrie, Cynthia J. Kendall.Summary: The second editon of this popular ultrasound book expands the reader's understanding of the clinical applications of ocular ultrasound through a case study approach. With the addition of high-quality video segments of examination techniques not currently available in any other format, this edition appeals to a broader range of practitioners in the field by presenting the subject starting at the basic level and progressing to the advanced. The book is appealing to practitioners involved in ocular ultrasound, including ophthalmic technicians, ophthalmologists, optometrists, radiologists and emergency room physicians who, on occasion, are involved in the practice of ophthalmic ultrasound.
- DigitalArun D. Singh, Bertil E. Damato, editors.Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology's clinically focused and user-friendly format allows for rapid retrieval of information in daily practice and is written for residents, fellows, and any physician involved in the care of patients with ocular or orbital malignancies. Additionally, this six volume edition adds several hundred new images to improve comprehension of procedures and techniques. This volume provides essential information on cancer epidemiology, etiology, pathology, angiogenesis, immunology, genetics, and staging systems and explains the principles underlying different therapeutic approaches.
- DigitalJesse L. Berry, Jonathan W. Kim, Bertill E. Damato, Arun D. Singh, editors.Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.
Contents:
1. Retinoblastoma : evaluation and diagnosis / Brian Marr and Arun D. Singh
2. Differential diagnosis of leukocoria / Jonathan W. Kim and Arun D. Singh
3. Retinoblastoma : staging and grouping / Jesse L. Berry and A. Linn Murphree
4. Retinoblastoma : incidence and etiologic factors / Manuela Orjuela-Grimm, Nakul Singh, Silvia Bhatt-Carreño, and Arun D. Singh
5. Retinoblastoma : an international perspective / Guillermo L. Chantada and Carlos A. Leal
6. Retinoblastoma tumorigenesis / Rachel C. Brennan and Michael A. Dyer
7. Animal models in retinoblastoma research / Thomas A. Mendel and Anthony B. Daniels
8. Retinocytoma or retinoma / Randy C. Bowen, Christina Stathopoulos, Francis L. Munier, and Arun D. Singh
9. Retinoblastoma : genetic counseling and testing / Meghan J. DeBenedictis and Arun D. Singh
10. Retinoblastoma : treatment options / Jonathan W. Kim, A. Linn Murphree, and Arun D. Singh
11. Retinoblastoma : focal therapy : laser treatment and cryotherapy / Jesse L. Berry and A. Linn Murphree
12. Retinoblastoma : focal therapies : brachytherapy / Jose J. Echegaray, Arun D. Singh, and Bertil E. Damato
13. Retinoblastoma : intravenous chemotherapy / Rachana Shah, Rajkumar Venkatramani, and Rima Fuad Jubran 14. Intra-ophthalmic artery chemotherapy for retinoblastoma / Benjamin C. King, Brian C. Tse, Matthew W. Wilson, and Rachel C. Brennan
15. Retinoblastoma : intravitreal chemotherapy / Christina Stathopoulos and Francis L. Munier
16. Retinoblastoma : external beam radiation / Kenneth K. Wong, Jesse L. Berry, and Jonathan W. Kim
17. Retinoblastoma : enucleation / Jonathan W. Kim and A. Linn Murphree
18. Retinoblastoma : evolving therapies / Junyang Zhao and Honggai Yan
19. Histopathologic features and prognostic factors / Patricia Chévez-Barrios, Ralph C. Eagle, and Eduardo F. Marback
20. Orbital retinoblastoma : diagnosis and management / Bhavna Chawla and Maya Hada
21. Retinoblastoma : metastatic disease / Ira J. Dunkel and Guillermo L. Chantada
22. Non-ocular tumors and other long-term complications / Benjamin C. King, Brian C. Tse, Rachel C. Brennan, and Matthew W. Wilson
23. Trilateral retinoblastoma / Jonathan W. Kim and Ira J. Dunkel
24. Screening children at risk for retinoblastoma / Dan S. Gombos and Alison H. Skalet
25. Children's oncology group (COG) trials for retinoblastoma / Dan S. Gombos, Anna T. Meadows, Murali Chintagumpala, Ira J. Dunkel, Debra Friedman, Julie Ann Stoner, Rima Fuad Jubran, and Judith Grob Villablanca
26. Social aspects, advocacy and organizations / Helen Dimaras. - Digitaleditors, Bertil E. Damato and Arun D. Singh.Contents:
Ch. 1: Uveal Tumors: Examination Techniques
2: Classification of Uveal Tumors
3: Benign Melanocytic Tumors of the Uveal
4: Uveal Melanoma: Epidemiologic Aspects
5: Uveal Melanoma: Clinical Features
6: Uveal Melanoma: Differential Diagnosis
7: Uveal Melanoma: Histopathologic Features
8: Uveal Melanoma: Molecular Pathology
9: Animal Models in Uveal Melanoma
10: Iris Melanoma
11: Management of Patients with Posterior Uveal Melanoma
12: Uveal Melanoma: Brachytherapy
13: Uveal Melanoma: Proton Beam Radiation Therapy
14: Uveal Melanoma: Stereotactic Radiation Therapy
15: Uveal Melanoma: Phototherapy
16: Uveal Melanoma: Resection Techniques
17: Uveal Melanoma: The Collaborative Ocular Melanoma Study
18: Uveal Melanoma: Prognostic Factors
19: Uveal Melanoma: Prognostication Methods
20: Uveal Melanoma: Mortality
21: Uveal Melanoma: Adjuvant Therapy
22: Uveal Melanoma: Metastases
23: Uveal Vascular Tumors
24: Uveal Neural Tumors
25: Intraocular Manifestations of Hematopoietic Disorders
26: Uveal Myogenic, Fibro-histiocytic and Histiocytic Tumors
27: Uveal Lymphoproliferative Tumors
28: Uveal Metastatic Tumors
29: Uveal Osseous Tumors
30: Bilateral Diffuse Uveal Melanocytic Proliferation. - DigitalArun D. Singh, Bertil Damato, editors.Contents:
1. Principles of Clinical Epidemiology / Annette C. Moll, Michiel R. de Boer, Lex M. Bouter, and Nakul Singh
2. Etiology of Cancer / Brian T. Hill
3. Cancer Pathology / Katarina Bartuma, Charlotta All-Ericsson, and Stefan Seregard
4. Cancer Angiogenesis / Werner Wackernagel, Bela Anand-Apte, and Arun D. Singh
5. Immunology of Ocular Tumors / Martine J. Jager and Inge H.G. Bronkhorst
6. Cancer Genetics / J.William Harbour and Daniel L. Chao
7. Cancer Staging / Paul T. Finger
8. Principles of Cryotherapy / Dan S. Gombos
9. Principles of Laser Therapy / Stefan Sacu and Ursula Schmidt-Erfurth
10. Principles of Radiation Therapy / Abigail L. Stockham, Ehsan H. Balagamwala, Roger Macklis, Allan Wilkinson, and Arun D. Singh
11. Ocular Complications of Radiotherapy / Mitchell Kamrava, James Lamb, and Tara A. McCannel
12. Principles and Complications of Chemotherapy / Michael G. Levien, Nicola G. Ghazi, and Arun D. Singh
13. Targeted Therapy and Their Ocular Complications / Denis Jusufbegovic, Pierre L. Triozzi, and Arun D. Singh
14. Counseling Patients with Cancer / Laura Hope-Stone and Bertil Damato
15. Cataract Associated with Intraocular Tumors / Carlos A. Medina, Mary E. Aronow, and Arun D. Singh
16. Tumor-Associated Glaucoma / Reena S. Vaswani, Kathryn Bollinger, Annapurna Singh, and Arun D. Singh
17. Graft-Versus-Host Disease / Edgar M. Espana, Sejal Shah, and Arun D. Singh
18. Uveal Tumors: Diagnostic Techniques: Angiography / Kaan Gunduz, Jessica A. Adefusika, Thomas P. Link, and Jose S. Pulido
19. Diagnostic Techniques: Optical Coherence Tomography / Rubens Belfort, Andre Romano, Eduardo Rodrigues, and Arun D. Singh
20. Diagnostic Techniques: Autofluorescence / Edoardo Midena, Elisabetta Pilotto, and Raffaele Parrozzani
21. Diagnostic Techniques: Ophthalmic Ultrasonography / Brandy Hayden Lorek, Mary E. Aronow, and Arun D. Singh.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Jacob Peʼer, Arun D. Singh.Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. In this volume, the examination techniques, classification, and differential diagnosis of eyelid tumors and conjunctival and corneal tumors are carefully explained, and treatment options are considered in detail.
Contents:
Part I. Eyelid Tumors
1. Examination Techniques / Bryan R. Costin and Julian D. Perry
2. Eyelid Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis / Jacob Pe'er
3. Benign Squamous and Melanocytic Tumors / Lynn Schoenfield and Arun D. Singh
4. Basal Cell Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
5. Squamous Cell Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
6. Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
7. Eyelid Tumors: Cutaneous Melanoma / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
8. Adnexal Tumors / Martina C. Herwig and Karin U. Loeffler
9. Stromal Tumors / Geeta K. Vemuganti and Santosh G. Honavar
10. Surgical Techniques / Jennifer I. Hui and David T. Tse
11. Sentinel Lymph Node Assessment and Biopsy for Eyelid and Conjunctival Malignancies / Vivian T. Yin and Bita Esmaeli
12. Systemic Associations / Lucy T. Xu, Arun D. Singh, and Elias I. Traboulsi
Part II. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
13. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Examination Techniques / Jacob Pe'er
14. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis / Jacob Pe'er
15. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Benign Epidermal and Melanocytic Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
16. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia / Jacob Pe'er and Joseph Frucht-Pery
17. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Primary Acquired Melanosis / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
18. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Melanoma / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
19. Stromal Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
20. Caruncular Tumors / Jill R. Wells and Hans E. Grossniklaus
21. Surgical Techniques / Anat Galor, Bennie H. Jeng, and Arun D. Singh
22. Systemic Associations / Lucy T. Xu, Arun D. Singh, and Elias I. Traboulsi. - DigitalJulian D. Perry, Arun D. Singh, editors.Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. This volume describes the classification, differential diagnosis, and imaging of orbital tumors and discusses the most suitable treatment options for different tumor types.
Contents:
1. Examination Techniques / Sandy X. Zhang-Nunes, Jill A. Foster, and Julian D. Perry
2. Classification of Orbital Tumors / Bryan R. Costin, Julian D. Perry, and Jill A. Foster
3. Differential Diagnosis in Children / Sandy X. Zhang-Nunes, Jill A. Foster, Julian D. Perry, and Paul L. Proffer
4. Differential Diagnosis in Adults / Bryan R. Costin, Julian D. Perry, and Jill A. Foster
5. Imaging Techniques / Patrick De Potter
6. Nonspecific Orbital Inflammation / Roberta E. Gausas, M.R. Damani, and Kimberly P. Cockerham
7. Orbital Vascular Tumors / Bryan R. Costin and Julian D. Perry
8. Benign Orbital Tumors / Bhupendra C.K. Patel
9. Optic Nerve Tumors / Jonathan J. Dutton 10. Lacrimal Gland Tumors / David H. Verity, Omar M. Durrani, and Geoffrey E. Rose
11. Lacrimal Sac Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
12. Orbital and Adnexal Lymphoma / Mary E. Aronow, Brian T. Hill, and Arun D. Singh
13. Malignant Orbital Tumors / Bhupendra C.K. Patel
14. Orbital Rhabdomyosarcoma / Natta Sakolsatayadorn and Julian D. Perry
15. Enucleation for Ocular Tumors / Natta Sakolsatayadorn and Julian D. Perry
16. Orbital Exenteration / Suresh Sagili and Raman Malhotra
17. Principles of Orbital Surgery / David H. Verity and Geoffrey E. Rose
18. Orbital Implants / David R. Jordan and Stephen R. Klapper 19. Ocular Prosthesis / Darrel W. Hardin. - Digitaleditors, Catherine J. Hwang, Bhupendra C. K. Patel and Arun D. Singh.Contents:
Examination Techniques
Classification of Orbital Tumors
Differential Diagnosis in Children
Orbital Tumors: Differential Diagnosis in Adults
Imaging Techniques
Specific Orbital Inflammatory Diseases
Idiopathic Orbital Inflammation
Orbital Vascular Anomalies
Benign Orbital Tumors
Orbital Meningioma
Tumors of the optic nerve
Optic Nerve Sheath Fenestration and Optic Nerve Biopsy
Lacrimal Gland Tumors
Lacrimal Sac Tumors
Orbital and Adnexal Lymphoma
Malignant Orbital Tumors
Orbital Rhabdomyosarcoma
Enucleation for Ocular Tumors
Orbital Exenteration
Principles of Orbital Surgery
Orbital Implants
Orbital Prostheses
Ocular Prostheses. - DigitalArun D. Singh, Bertil Damato, editors.Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. In this volume guidance is provided on diagnosis and therapy for retinal tumors including vitreoretinal lymphoma and paraneoplastic disorders.
Contents:
Classification of Retinal and Retinal Pigment Epithelium Tumors
Coats' Disease
Retinal Vascular Tumors
Retinal Astrocytic Tumors
Retinal Pigment Epithelial Tumors
Tumors of the Ciliary Epithelium
Primary Central Nervous System and Retinal Lymphoma
Retinal Metastatic Tumors
Neuro-oculocutaneous Syndromes (Phakomatoses)
Ocular Paraneoplastic Diseases. - DigitalArun D. Singh, A. Linn Murphree, Bertill E. Damato, editors.Contents:
Evaluation and Diagnosis
Leukocoria: Differential Diagnosis
Staging and Grouping
Epidemiologic Aspects
International Perspective
Tumorigenesis
Retinocytoma or Retinoma
Genetic Counseling and Testing
Treatment Options
Focal Therapy
Intravenous Chemotherapy
Intra-Arterial Chemotherapy
Intravitreal Chemotherapy
Teletherapy
Enucleaton
Histopathologic Features and Risk Factors
Orbital Retinoblastoma
Metastatic Disease
Non Ocular Tumors
Trilateral Retinoblastoma
Children's Oncology Group (COG) Trials for Retinoblastoma. - DigitalBertil Damato, Arun D. Singh, editors.Contents:
"This volume, devoted solely to uveal tumors, explains the various diagnostic and biopsy techniques that may be used and describes the therapeutic options of potential value for different types of tumor."--Publisher's website.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaleditors, Jacob Pe'er, Arun D. Singh and Bertil E. Damato.Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.
Contents:
Eyelid tumors: Examination Techniques
Eyelid Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis
Benign Squamous and Melanocytic Tumors
Basal Cell Carcinoma.-Squamous Cell Carcinoma.-Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma
Eyelid Tumors: Cutaneous Melanoma
Adnexal Tumors.-Stromal Tumors
Surgical Techniques
Systemic Associations
Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Examination Techniques
Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis
Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Benign Epidermal and Melanocytic Tumors
Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia
Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Primary Acquired Melanosis
Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Melanoma
Conjunctival Stromal Tumors
Caruncle Tumors
Pharmacotherapy for conjunctival malignancies
Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Eyelid and Conjunctival Malignancies
Surgical Techniques
Radiation Therapy: Conjunctival and Eyelid tumors
Conjunctival and corneal tumors: Systemic Associations. - DigitalArun D. Singh, Bertil E. Damato, editors.Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.
Contents:
1. Classification of Retinal and Retinal Pigment Epithelium Tumors
2. Coats' Disease
3. Retinal Vascular Tumors
4. Retinal Astrocytic Tumors
5. Retinal Pigment Epithelial Tumors
6. Tumors of the Ciliary Epithelium
7. Primary Central Nervous System and Retinal Lymphoma
8. Retinal Metastatic Tumors
9. Neuro-oculocutaneous Syndromes (Phakomatoses)
10. Ocular Paraneoplastic Diseases. . - DigitalVon Arx, Thomas; Lozanoff, Scott.Summary: This superbly illustrated book presents the most current and comprehensive review of oral anatomy for clinicians and researchers alike. In 26 chapters, the reader is taken on a unique anatomical journey, starting with the oral fissure, continuing via the maxilla and mandible to the tongue and floor of the mouth, and concluding with the temporomandibular joint and masticatory muscles. Each chapter offers a detailed description of the relevant anatomical structures and their spatial relationships, provides quantitative morphological assessments, and explains the relevance of the region for clinical dentistry. All dental health care professionals require a sound knowledge of anatomy for the purposes of diagnostics, treatment planning, and therapeutic intervention. A full understanding of the relationship between anatomy and clinical practice is the ultimate objective, and this book will enable the reader to achieve such understanding as the basis for provision of the best possible treatment for each individual patient as well as recognition and comprehension of unexpected clinical findings.
Contents:
Introduction
Lips and Cheeks
Anterior Maxilla
Posterior Maxilla
Retromaxillary and Retromandibular Areas
Posterior Mandible
Anterior Mandible
Tongue
Temporomandibular Joint.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJean M. Bruch, Nathaniel Treister.Contents:
Normal Anatomy
Variants of Normal and Common Benign Conditions
Diagnostic Tests and Studies
White Lesions
Immune-mediated and Allergic Conditions
Pigmented Lesions
Oral Infections
Salivary Gland Disease
Oral Cancer
Orofacial Pain Conditions
Oral Manifestations of Systemic Disease
Oral Sequelae of Cancer and Cancer Therapy
Prescribing Guidelines for Commonly Used Medications. - Digital[edited by] Charles E. Giangarra, Robert C. Manske.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Myles L. Pensak, Daniel I. Choo.Contents:
Basic Science
Anatomy and embryology of the ear / John M. Ryzenman and Arvind Kumar
Principles of clinical audiology and assessment of auditory physiology / Robert W. Keith, Jennifer A. Ratigan, and Daniel I. Choo
Vestibular physiology / Maroun T. Semaan, Cameron C. Wick, and Cliff A. Megerian
The eustachian tube / Ilkka Kivekäs and Dennis S. Poe
Molecular biology of the inner ear / Elodie M. Richard, Rizwan Yousaf, Zubair M. Ahmed, and Saima Riazuddin
Pharmacology of otologic drugs / Leonard P. Rybak. Evaluation
Temporal bone imaging / Rebecca S. Cornelius and Humberto Morales
Diagnostic audiology / Lisa L. Hunter and David K. Brown
Assessment of auditory processing disorders / Lisa W. Hilbert
Laboratory tests of vestibular and balance functioning / Dennis I. Bojrab, Danny J. Soares, and Matthew L. Kircher
Clinical evaluation of the cranial nerves / Aaron C. Moberly and D. Bradley Welling
Otologic photography and videography / Ken Yanagisawa and Eiji Yanagisawa
Clinical evaluation of hearing loss / Lesley A. Rabach and John F. Kveton
Evaluation of the dizzy patient / Joel A. Goebel and Eric L. Slattery. Management
Disorders of the auricle / Nael M. Shoman
Diseases of the external auditory canal / John P. Leonetti and Sam J. Marzo
Aural atresia and unilateral hearing loss / Bradley W. Kesser and Daniel I. Choo
Otitis media / Daniel Jensen and Keiko Hirose
Chronic otitis media / Peter C. Weber
Complications of otitis media / Kevin D. Brown, Samuel H. Selesnick, and Shan Tang
Otosclerosis / Michael J. McKenna and Alicia M. Quesnel
Temporal bone trauma / Brendan P. O'Connell, Paul R. Lambert, and May Y. Huang
Hereditary hearing impairment / Matthew J. Provenzano and John H. Greinwald Jr.
Nonhereditary hearing loss / Edwin M. Monsell and Eric L. Slattery
Benign neoplasms of the temporal bone / Peter L. Santa Maria, Lawrence R. Lustig, and Robert K. Jackler
Cystic lesions of the petrous apex / Laura Brainard, Todd A. Hillman, and Douglas A. Chen
Malignant tumors of the temporal bone / Christine H. Heubi and Myles L. Pensak
Vestibular disorders / Mitchell K. Schwaber
Facial nerve disorders / Bruce J. Gantz and Pamela C. Roehm
Immunologic disorders of the inner ear / Jason A. Brant and Michael J. Ruckenstein. Rehabilitation
Adult audiological rehabilitation / Stephanie Lockhart and John Greer Clark
Implantable hearing devices / Jeffrey J. Kuhn and Angel J. Perez
Cochlear implants and auditory brainstem implants / Ravi N. Samy
Rehabilitation of peripheral vestibular disorders / Kelly S. Beaudoin, Kathleen D. Coale, and Judith A. White
Rehabilitation and reanimation of the paralyzed face / David B. Horn
Otalgia / John S. McDonald
Evaluation and management of pulsatile tinnitus / Aristides Sismanis
Theory and treatment of tinnitus and decreased sound tolerance / Marcia L. Dewey and David R. Friedland
Medical-legal aspects of otology / Benjamin H. Pensak and Myles L. Pensak.Digital Access - Digitaledited by J. Enrique Domínguez-Muñoz MD, PhD.Summary: "Since the book Clinical Pancreatology for practising Gastroenterologists and Surgeons was first published sixteen years ago, the knowledge and clinical management of pancreatic diseases have developed markedly. Thanks to the development of the translational research and the from bench to bedside concept, much progress from the lab has been applied to clinical practice. In addition, several highly relevant clinical trials published over the last years have resulted in the update and optimisation of clinical guidelines. A new and validated classification of severity and complications of acute pancreatitis is firmly rooted in clinical practice and has been the basis for the development of minimally invasive approaches to pancreatic necrosis. The etiopathogenic knowledge of chronic pancreatitis and other pancreatopaties, like that associated with diabetes mellitus, has developed significantly. Especially important has been the development of the field of cystic pancreatic tumours, which has been reflected in the publication of several guidelines and consensus reports over the last few years. Most research efforts have focused on pancreatic cancer, which have led and will further lead to a significant increase in the therapeutic armamentarium against this devastating disease. Finally, many newly published studies have changed the concept, causes, clinical relevance, diagnosis and treatment of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency. This new edition of Clinical Pancreatology for practising Gastroenterologists and Surgeons has enjoyed the collaboration of the world's leading experts in each of the areas of clinical Pancreatology with the aim of facilitating Gastroenterologists, Surgeons, Oncologists, Internists, Nutritionists, Diabetologists, Paediatricians, Radiologists, Pathologists and other specialists the decision making when facing patients with pancreatic diseases in their daily clinical practice. All in all, this book supplies an indispensable update of the relevant aspects of clinical Pancreatology"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Acute Pancreatitis. Acute Pancreatitis / Jodie A Barkin, Jamie S Barkin
How to Deal with the Etiological Diagnosis of Acute Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice? / Soumya Jagannath, Pramod Kumar Garg
Definition of Complications and Severity of Acute Pancreatitis for Clinical Practice / David X Jin, Peter A Banks, Julia McNabb-Baltar
Early Prediction of Severity in Acute Pancreatitis / Peter J Lee, Georgios I Papachristou
Role of CT Scan in Acute Pancreatitis / Elham Afghani, Mahya Faghih, Vikesh K Singh
Role of MRI in Acute Pancreatitis / Fatih Akisik
Treatment of Acute Pancreatitis in The Emergency Room / Thiruvengadam Muniraj, Santhi Swaroop Vege
Acute Pancreatitis / Enrique Madaria, Felix Zubia-Olaskoaga
Guidelines for the Treatment of Pain in Acute Pancreatitis / Laszlo Czako
Nutrition in the Acute Phase of Pancreatitis / Angela Pham, Chris E Forsmark
Oral Refeeding in Acute Pancreatitis / Jose Lario-Noia, Daniel Iglesia-Garcia
Pharmacological Therapy for Acute Pancreatitis / Rajarshi Mukherjee, Muhammad Awais, Wenhao Cai, Wei Huang, Peter Szatmary, Robert Sutton
Indication and Optimal Timing of ERCP in Acute Pancreatitis / Theodor Voiosu, Ivo Bolkoski, Guido Costamagna
How to Deal with Infected Pancreatic Necrosis? / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
Minimally Invasive Surgical Necrosectomy in Clinical Practice / Patricia Sanchez-Velazquez, Fernando Burdo, Ignasi Poves
Endoscopic Necrosectomy in Clinical Practice / Jodie A Barkin, Andres Gelrud
Management of Acute Pancreatic Pseudocyst / Muhammad F Dawwas, Kofi W Oppong
The Disconnected Main Pancreatic Duct Syndrome / Mario Pelez-Luna, Andrea Soriano-Rios, Luis Uscanga-Dominguez
Vasculature Complications in Pancreatitis / Daniel G McCall, Timothy B Gardner
Acute Relapsing Pancreatitis / Jorge D Machicado, Dhiraj Yadav
Diagnosis and Therapeutic Approach to Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency after Acute Pancreatitis / Hester C Timmerhuis, Christa J Sperna Weiland, Hjalmar C Santvoort
Asymptomatic Chronic Elevation of Serum Pancreatic Enzymes / Giuseppe Vanella, Paolo Giorgio Arcidiacono, Gabriele Capurso
Chronic Pancreatitis. Definition and Etiology of Chronic Pancreatitis / David C Whitcomb
Epidemiology of Chronic Pancreatitis / Philippe L©♭vy, Vinciane Rebours
Alcoholic Chronic Pancreatitis and the Impact of Alcohol and Smoking Cessation in Chronic Pancreatitis / Jeremy S Wilson, Romano C Pirola, Minoti V Apte
What is Relevant on Genetics in Chronic Pancreatitis for Clinical Practice? / Jonas Rosendahl
Pancreas Divisum and Other Potential Obstructive Causes of Chronic Pancreatitis / Matthew J DiMagno, Erik-Jan Wamsteker
What to do in Clinical Practice Before Defining a Chronic Pancreatitis as Idiopathic? / Felix Lmmerhirt, Frank Ulrich Weiss, Markus M Lerch
Computed Tomography for the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Roberto Garc©Ưa-Figueiras, Sandra Baleato-Gonzalez, Gonzalo Tardguila Fuente
Role of MRI and MRCP in the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Jordan K Swensson, Temel Tirkes
Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Associated Methods (Elastography, Contrast Enhancement) in the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Julio Iglesias-Garcia
Endoscopic Pancreatic Function Test for the Functional Diagnosis of Chronic Pancreatitis / Luis F Lara, Darwin L Conwell
Role of Pancreatic Function Tests for the Diagnosis of Chronic Pancreatitis / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
Follow-up of Patients with Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Antonio Mendoza-Ladd, Luis F Lara, Darwin L Conwell
Quality of Life in Chronic Pancreatitis / Colin D Johnson
Medical Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Asbjorn Mohr Drewes, Louise Kuhlman, Trine Andresen, S©ıren Schou Olesen
Endoscopic Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Pauline M C Stassen, Pieter J F Jonge, Jan-Werner Poley, Djuna L Cahen, Marco J Bruno
Diagnosis and Management of Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Chronic Pancreatitis / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
Surgical Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Benjamin PT Loveday, John A Windsor
Management of Chronic Pancreatic Pseudocyst / Shyam Varadarajulu
Vascular Complications in Chronic Pancreatitis / Anil K Agarwal, Raja Kalayarasan, Amit Javed
Surgical Therapy of Local Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis / Ricardo Arvizu Castillo, Elena Munoz-Forner, Luis Sabater
Endoscopic Treatment of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis other than Pseudocyst / Jahangeer Basha, Rupjyoti Talukdar, D Nageshwar Reddy
Autoimmune Pancreatitis. Autoimmune Pancreatitis / Miroslav Vujasinovic, J -Matthias L©œhr
Diagnosis of Autoimmune Pancreatitis / Nicol©ø Pretis, Antonio Amodio, Luca Frulloni
Treatment and Follow-up of Autoimmune Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Sushil Kumar Garg, Suresh T Chari
Cystic Fibrosis (CFTR)-associated Pancreatic Disease. CFTR-associated Pancreatic Disease / Aimee Joy Wiseman, Chee Y Ooi
Nutritional Therapy, Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency, and Pancreatic Enzyme Replacement Therapy in Cystic Fibrosis / Jefferson N Brownell, Laura Padula, Elizabeth Reid, Virginia A Stallings, Asim Maqbool
Pancreatic Cancer. Epidemiological Impact of Pancreatic Cancer / Patrick Maisonneuve
Molecular and Genetic Basis of Pancreatic Carcinogenesis / Ihsan Ekin Demir, Carmen Mota Reyes, Elke Demir, Helmut Friess
New-onset Diabetes as a Harbinger of Pancreatic Cancer: is Early Diagnosis Possible? / Dana K Andersen, Suresh T Chari, Eithne Costello, Tatjana Crnogorac-Jurcevic, Phil A Hart, Anirban Maitra, Stephen J Pandol
Pancreatic Cancer Screening / Christopher Paiji, Anne Marie Lennon, Elham Afghani
Clinical Usefulness of Biological Markers in Pancreatic Cancer / David Anz, Ignazio Piseddu, Marlies Kopke, Ujjwal M Mahajan, Julia Mayerle
Staging Classification and Stratification of Pancreatic Cancer for Clinical Practice / Akhil Chawla, Andrew J Aguirre
Imaging Diagnosis and Staging of Pancreatic Cancer / Megan H Lee, Elliot K Fishman
The Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Associated Methods (Elastography, Contrast Enhancement) in the Diagnosis and Assessment of Resectability of Pancreatic Cancer / Marc Giovannini
EUS-Guided FNA/FNB for Pancreatic Solid Lesions / Mihai Rimbaß₉, Gianenrico Rizzatti, Alberto Larghi
Surgical Treatment of Resectable Pancreatic Cancer / Jan G D'Haese, Bernhard W Renz, Jens Werner
Complications After Pancreatic Surgery / Tommaso Giuliani, Giovanni Marchegiani, Giuseppe Malleo, Claudio Bassi
Neoadjuvant Treatment of Pancreatic Cancer / Marta Sandini, Thilo Hackert, Ulla Klaiber, Markus W B©ơchler, John P Neoptolemos
Adjuvant Therapy in Pancreatic Cancer / Jean-Luc Van Laethem
Management of Pain in Pancreatic Cancer / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
EUS-guided Celiac Plexus Neurolysis for Pain in Pancreatic Cancer / Jonathan M Wyse, Anand V Sahai
The Role of Endoscopy in the Management of Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Jaimin P Amin, Ajaypal Singh, Irving Waxman
Chemotherapy for Nonresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Raquel Fuentes, Juan Jos©♭ Serrano, Mercedes Rodriguez, Alfredo Carrato
Diagnosis and Management of Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Pancreatic Cancer / Sarah Powell-Brett, Keith J Roberts
Nutrition and Pancreatic Cancer / Mary Phillips, Oonagh Griffin
Present and Future of Local Therapies for Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Sabrina Gloria Giulia Testoni, Gemma Rossi, Livia Archibugi, Paolo Giorgio Arcidiacono
New Pharmacological Approaches for Pancreatic Cancer Therapy / Vineet K Gupta, Sulagna Banerjee, Ashok K Saluja
Cystic Tumors of the Pancreas. Histological Classification of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms / Giuseppe Zamboni, Anna Pesci
Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Endoscopic Ultrasound-associated Techniques in the Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis of Pancreatic Cystic Tumors / Maria-Victoria Alvarez-Sanchez, Bertrand Napoleon
The Role of Multidetector CT, MRI and MRCP in the Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms / Megan H Lee, Elliot K Fishman
Intraductal Papillary Mucinous Neoplasm / Zhi Ven Fong, Carlos Fernandez-del Castillo
Cystic Tumors Other than IPMN / John W Kunstman, James J Farrell
Pancreatic Cystic Tumors: any Role for Local Therapies? / Julio Iglesias-Garcia
Neuroendocrine and Other Tumors of the Pancreas. Diagnosis and Treatment of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors / Francesca Muffatti, Stefano Partelli, Valentina Andreasi, Massimo Falconi
Other less Frequent Pancreatic Tumors / Rossana Percario, Paolo Panaccio, Fabio F Mola, Pierluigi Di Sebastiano, Tommaso Grottola
Functional Alterations of the Pancreas in Other Clinical Situations. Diagnosis and Therapy of Exocrine Pancreatic Insufficiency after Gastric and Pancreatic Surgery / Raffaele Pezzilli
Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus / Philip D Hardt
Diabetes Mellitus Related to Diseases of the Exocrine Pancreas (Pancreatogenic Diabetes) / David A Bradley, Phil A Hart.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - Printedited by Hans Popper and Daniel S. Kushner.Contents:
v. 1. Cardiovascular-renal problems. - DigitalSuresh S. David, editor.Digital Access
- DigitalStacy V. Smith, Andrew G. Lee, Paul W. Brazis.Digital Access
- DigitalThomas Platz, editor.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This open access book focuses on practical clinical problems that are frequently encountered in stroke rehabilitation. Consequences of diseases, e.g. impairments and activity limitations, are addressed in rehabilitation with the overall goal to reduce disability and promote participation. Based on the available best external evidence, clinical pathways are described for stroke rehabilitation bridging the gap between clinical evidence and clinical decision-making. The clinical pathways answer the questions which rehabilitation treatment options are beneficial to overcome specific impairment constellations and activity limitations and are well acceptable to stroke survivors, as well as when and in which settings to provide rehabilitation over the course of recovery post stroke. Each chapter starts with a description of the clinical problem encountered. This is followed by a systematic, but concise review of the evidence (RCTs, systematic reviews and meta-analyses) that is relevant for clinical decision-making, and comments on assessment, therapy (training, technology, medication), and the use of technical aids as appropriate. Based on these summaries, clinical algorithms / pathways are provided and the main clinical-decision situations are portrayed. The book is invaluable for all neurorehabilitation team members, clinicians, nurses, and therapists in neurology, physical medicine and rehabilitation, and related fields. It is a World Federation for NeuroRehabilitation (WFNR) educational initiative, bridging the gap between the rapidly expanding clinical research in stroke rehabilitation and clinical practice across societies and continents. It can be used for both clinical decision-making for individuals and as well as clinical background knowledge for stroke rehabilitation service development initiatives. .
Contents:
Neurobiology of stroke recovery
Clinical pathways in stroke rehabilitation
Goal setting with ICF* and multidisciplinary team approach in stroke rehabilitation
Disorders of consciousness
Airway and ventilation management
Recovery of swallowing
Arm rehabilitation
Mobility after stroke
Re-learning to walk
Post-stroke spasticity
Rehabilitation of Communication Disorders
Treating neurovisual deficits and spatial neglect
Cognition, emotion and fatigue post stroke
Driving after stroke
Health care settings for rehabilitation after stroke. - DigitalMuzammil H. Musani, Eric J. Feldmann, Michael Poon.Summary: This book provides a carefully selected compilation of challenging cases representative of the situations and pathologies likely to be encountered when performing cardiovascular imaging using CT. The conditions covered include coronary artery disease, anomalous coronary arteries, congenital heart disease, coronary artery bypass grafts, infectious diseases, structural heart disease, tumors, and aortic pathology. The book also provides brief insight into use of Cardiac CT geared towards the pre-procedural use in patients undergoing atrial fibrillation ablation, thoracic endovascular aortic repair, or transcatheter aortic valve replacement. In addition, scanning techniques for some of the more difficult cases that a cardiac imager may encounter in practice are reviewed. All images are high-resolution reproductions, and subsequent cardiac catheterization images are included for cases in which obstructive coronary artery disease was revealed. Clinical Pearls in Diagnostic Cardiac Computed Tomographic Angiography is specifically designed to meet the needs of residents, fellows, and physicians who have an interest in cardiovascular CT.
Contents:
Introduction to cardiac computed tomography
Artifacts
Cardiac CT in adult congenital heart disease
Coronary artery disease evaluation using cardiac CTA
Utilization of CCTA for structural diseases
Procedural complications
Cardiac tumors
Vascular angiography
Incidental findings in cardiac CTA.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Erin S. Williams, MD, FAAP, Olutoyin A. Olutoye, MD, MSC, Catherine P. Seipel, MD, FAAP, Titilopemi A.O. Aina, MD, MPH, FAAP.Digital Access Oxford 2018
- Digital[edited by] Herodotos Ellinas, Kai Matthes, Walid Alrayashi, Aykut Bilge.Summary: "The objective of this book is to provide a high-yield textbook of pediatric anesthesiology combined with high quality videos that can be repeatedly used to educate practitioners on the safest and most efficient methods. The text focuses on the unique aspects and considerations necessary for managing pediatric patients"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2021
- Digitaledited by Onofrio Antonio Catalano.Summary: "Clinical PET/MR presents the state-of-the-art of PET/MR, guiding the reader from how to scan patients, how to read and report the studies, and how keep an eye on what is clinically relevant for a patient's care. Each chapter starts with the clinical scenario and then moves to pertinent imaging, addressing the need of a clinical PET/MR book written by world experts in both clinical and imaging fields. It discusses the clinical application of PET/MR in diverse subspecialties such as head and neck, neurology, cardiovascular, pediatrics, chest, bone, hematology, breast, hepatobiliary pancreatic, genitourinary, gynecology, and gastrointestinal tract. This book is a valuable resource for radiologists, oncologists and members of the biomedical field who need to learn more about clinical applications of PET/MR."--Provided by publisherDigital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalTony K.L. Kiang, Kyle John Wilby, Mary H.H. Ensom.Summary: This comprehensive review provides a systematic, unbiased analysis, critique and summary of the available literature and generates novel clinical decision-making algorithms which can aid clinicians and scientists in practice management and research development. Potential mechanisms for the identified drug interactions are deduced from available preclinical and in vitro data which are interpreted in the context of the in vivo findings. Current limitations and gaps in the literature are summarized, and potential future research directions / experimentations are also suggested. In addition to the main objective to review the available clinical pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic drug interactions associated with WHO-recommended antimalarial drugs on the market today (i.e. chloroquine, amodiaquine, sulfadoxine, pyrimethamine, mefloquine, artemisinin, artemether, artesunate, dihydroartemisinin, artemotil, lumefantrine, primaquine, atovaquone, proguanil, piperaquine and quinine), this book also provides succinct chapter summaries on the epidemiology of malaria infection, diagnosis and therapeutics, in vivo pharmacology and chemistry, preclinical pharmacology, in vitro pharmacodynamics, in vitro reaction phenotyping, and in vitro drug-drug interaction data associated with the identified antimalarial drugs.
Contents:
Introduction
Pharmacology of Recommended Antimalarial Agents
Drug Interaction Potential of Antimalarial Drugs Based on Known Metabolic Properties of Antimalarials
Pharmacokinetic Drug Interactions Affecting Antimalarials
Effects of Antimalarials on the Pharmacokinetics of Co-Administered Drugs
Effects of Antimalarials on the Pharmacokinetics of Co-Administered Antimalarials
Pharmacodynamic Interactions: Clinical Evidence for Combination Therapy, In Vitro Interactions, and In Vivo Interactions
Limitations, Future Directions, and Conclusions. - Digital[edited by] Morris J. Brown, Pankaj Sharma, Fraz A. Mir, Peter N. Bennett.Contents:
1. Clinical pharmacology
2. Topics in drug therapy
3. Discovery and development of drugs
4. Evaluation of drugs in humans
5. Health technology assessment
6. Regulation of medicines
7. Classification and naming of drugs
8. General pharmacology
9. Unwanted effects and adverse drug reactions
10. Poisoning, overdose, antidotes
11. Drug dependence
12. Chemotherapy of infections
13. Antibacterial drugs
14. Chemotherapy of bacterial infections
15. Viral, fungal, protozoal and helminthic infections
16. Drugs for inflammation and joint disease
17. Drugs and the skin
18. Pain and analgesics
19. Anaesthesia and neuromuscular block
20. Psychotropic drugs
21. Neurological disorders- epilepsy, Parkinson's disease and multiple sclerosis
22. Cholinergic and antimuscarinic (anticholinergic) mechanisms and drugs
23. Adrenergic mechanisms and drugs
24. Arterial hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction and heart failure
25. Cardiac arrhythmia
26. Hyperlipidaemias
27. Kidney and genitourinary tract
28. Respiratory system
29. Drugs and haemostasis
30. Red blood cell disorders
31. Neoplastic disease and immunosuppression
32. Oesophagus, stomach and duodenum
33. Intestines
34. Liver and biliary tract
35. Adrenal corticosteroids, antagonists, corticotropin
36. Diabetes mellitus, insulin, oral antidiabestes agents, obesity
37. Thyroid hormones, antithyroid drugs
38. Hypothalamic, pituitary and sex hormones
39. Vitamins, calcium, bone.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalClinical pharmacology during pregnancy : edited by Donald Mattison, Lee-Ann Halbert.. Second editionHalbert, Lee-Ann; Mattison, Donald R.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- DigitalKen B. Johnson.Contents:
Section I: Core concepts in clinical pharmacology
Section II: Anesthetic drugs
Section III: Perioperative drugs for the anesthesiologist
Section IV: Special populations
Section V. Perioperative dosing considerations
Section VI. Dosing considerations for selected cases.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2015 - Digital[edited by] Michael Levitzky, Kathleen McDonough, Dr. Alan David Kaye, MD, PhD, Stanley Hall.Summary: "The most concise and high yield presentation available for physiology topics for the anesthesia provider"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2021
- Digitaledited by Constance Dahlin, Patrick J. Coyne, Betty R. Ferrell.Contents:
Pain / Judith A. Paice
Dyspnea / Kathleen Broglio
Bowel symptoms : constipation, diarrhea, and obstruction / Kimberly Chow and Lauren Koranteng
Challenging symptoms : dry mouth, hiccups, fevers, pruritus, and sleep disorders / Barton T. Bobb and Devon Fletcher
Nausea and vomiting / Maureen Lynch
Anxiety / Maria Gatto, Patricia Thomas, and Ann Berger
Delirium / Peggy S. Burhenn
Depression and suicide / John D. Chovan
Palliative emergencies / Marcia J. Buckley and Ann Syrett
Discontinuation of life sustaining therapies / Kathy Plakovic
Withdrawal of cardiology technology / Patricia Maani Fogelman and Janine A. Gerringer
Withdrawal of respiratory technology / Beth Wagner
Palliative sedation / Peg Nelson
Pediatric palliative care across the continuum / Vanessa Battista and Gina Santucci
Palliative care of the geriatric patient / Phyllis B. Whitehead.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digital/PrintSummary: The Clinical practice handbook for safe abortion care is intended to facilitate the practical application of the clinical recommendations from the second edition of Safe abortion: technical and policy guidance for health systems (World Health Organization [WHO] 2012). While legal, regulatory, policy and service-delivery contexts may vary from country to country, the recommendations and best practices described in both of these documents aim to enable evidence-based decision-making with respect to safe abortion care.Digital Access WHO 2014
- DigitalArunaloke Chakrabarti, editor.Summary: This book discusses the unique epidemiology of fungal infections in Asia, illustrating that the situation in these countries is different from that in Western countries in terms of the causative species, natural history and management strategies. Asia, the world's largest continent and home to more than half the global population, has conditions that favor the growth of many fungi, including a number of unique species. Further, socio-economic conditions such as overcrowding, compromised health care facilities and lack of awareness add to the morbidity and mortality due to fungal diseases in this part of the world. Since the majority of Asian countries do not have good diagnostic mycology laboratories, antifungal management is often based on experience. The limited data from Asian countries suggest a very high incidence of fungal infections. This book addresses epidemiology of fungal infections in general and specific populations of Asia, fungal allergy, and diagnosis and management in resource-limited environments. The book is must read for busy clinicians, microbiologists and critical care providers.
Contents:
Intro; Distinctive Features of the Book; Contents; Editors and Contributors;
1: Introduction; References; Part I: Epidemiology in Asia;
2: Epidemiology of Superficial Fungal Infections in Asia; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Epidemiology of Dermatophytosis in Asia; 2.3 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in India; 2.4 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in China; 2.5 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in Iran; 2.6 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in Other Asian Countries; 2.7 Onychomycosis Due to Non-dermatophytic Molds; 2.8 Superficial Diseases Caused by Malassezia Species 2.8.1 Malassezia and Seborrheic Dermatitis/Dandruff2.8.2 Pityriasis Versicolor (PV); 2.8.3 Pityrosporum Folliculitis; 2.9 Tinea Nigra; 2.10 Piedra; 2.11 Fungal Keratitis; References;
3: Epidemiology of Endemic Mycoses in Asia; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Epidemiology of Histoplasmosis, Talaromycosis, and Blastomycosis in Asia; 3.3 Epidemiology of Sporotrichosis; References;
4: Epidemiology of Opportunist Fungal Infections in Asia; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Incidence/Prevalence; 4.1.2 Risk Factors/Underlying Illness; 4.1.2.1 Spectrum of Agents; 4.2 Conclusions; References Part II: Special Populatio
n5: Mycoses in Intensive Care Units; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Invasive Candidiasis (IC); 5.2.1 Invasive Mold Infection (IMI); 5.2.2 Pneumocystis jirovecii Pneumonia (PCP) [7]; 5.3 Conclusion; References;
6: Mycoses in AIDS; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 Pneumocystis jirovecii Pneumonia; 6.1.2 Cryptococcosis; 6.1.3 Talaromycosis (Formerly Penicilliosis); 6.1.4 Histoplasmosis; 6.1.5 Mucosal Candidiasis; 6.1.6 Aspergillosis; References;
7: Mycoses in Neonates and Children; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Neonates; 7.2.1 Epidemiology 7.2.2 Clinical Presentation and Diagnosis7.2.3 Treatment [11]; 7.2.4 Prevention; 7.3 Children in the Critical Care Unit; 7.3.1 Epidemiology; 7.3.2 Risk Factors, Clinical Features and Diagnosis of IC; 7.3.3 Therapy; 7.3.4 Prevention; 7.4 Children on Cancer Chemotherapy/HSCT; 7.4.1 Epidemiology; 7.4.2 Diagnosis [22, 25]; 7.4.3 Treatment [22]; 7.4.4 Prevention/Prophylaxis [22, 26, 27]; 7.5 Children with Primary and Acquired Immunodeficiency; 7.6 Conclusions; References;
8: Mycoses in Transplant; 8.1 Fungal Infections in Solid Organ Transplant; 8.2 Epidemiology 8.3 Reported Studies on IFI In Renal Transplant Recipients8.4 Reported Studies on IFI in Liver Transplant Recipients; 8.5 Presentation of IFI in Solid Organ Transplant; 8.6 Evaluation of Patient with Possible IFI; 8.7 Diagnosis of IFI; 8.8 Treatment of IFI; 8.9 Prophylaxis Against IFI; 8.10 Fungal Infections in Stem Cell Transplant (SCT); 8.11 Presentation of IFI in HSCT; 8.12 Diagnosis of IFI; 8.13 Treatment of IFI; 8.14 Prophylaxis Against IFI; References;
9: Mycoses in Hematological Malignancies; 9.1 Introduction; 9.1.1 Magnitude of Problem; 9.2 IFD in AML; 9.3 IFD in ALL - DigitalJoanne V. Hickey, PhD, RN, ACNP-BC, FAAN, FCCM.Summary: This text prepares its users to deliver expert care in this most challenging nursing specialty. It addresses neuroanatomy, assessment, diagnostic evaluation and management of the complete range of neurological disorders for which nurses provide patient care, including trauma, stoke, tumors, seizures, headache, aneurysms, infections, degenerative disorders and features new chapters on neurological critical care and peripheral neuropathies. The new edition has been thoroughly revised to reflect standards of care based on evidence-based practice. It now includes separate pathophysiology sections in each chapter, new resource guides, such as internet sites and professional and patient information sources, key points summaries, evidence-based boxes, and nursing research features.
Contents:
The state of the science of neuroscience nursing practice / Joanne V. Hickey
Care settings and transitions in care / Susan B. fowler and Joanne V. Hickey
Ethical perspectives and end-of-life care / Shannon E. Pearce and Joanne V. Hickey
Organ donation and donor management / Maureen T. Smith and Joanne V. Hickey
Overview of neuroanatomy and neurophysiology / Joanne V. Hickey and Joseph T. Kanusky
Diagnostics for patients with neurological disorders / Joanne V. Hickey
Comprehensive neurological examination / Joanne V. Hickey
Neurological assessment / Joanne V. Hickey
Nutritional support for neuroscience patients / Joanne V. Hickey and Elizabeth O. Jacobs
Neuroendocrine disorders in neuroscience patients / Laura J. Griffin and Joanne V. Hickey
Rehabilitation of patients with neurological disorders / Joanne V. Hickey and Emily C. Bonvillain
Pharmacologic management of neuroscience patients / Timothy F. Lassiter and Amy I. Henkel
Intracranial hypertension : theory and management of increased intracranial pressure / Karen S. March and Joanne V. Hickey
Management of patients undergoing neurosurgical procedures / Lori K. Madden, Peter K. Tham, and Kiarash Shahlaie
Management of patients with a depressed level of consciousness / Joanne V. Hickey and Bahia Elkamand
Craniocerebral injuries / Karen S. March and Joanne V. Hickey
Spine and spinal cord injuries / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
Back pain and spinal disorders / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
Traumatic peripheral nerve injuries / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
Brain tumors / Jennifer E. Cahill and Terri S. Armstrong
Spinal cord tumors / Gisela Sanchez-Williams and Terri S. Armstrong
Transient ischemic attacks and acute ischemic stroke / Sarah L. Livesay and Joanne V. Hickey
Intracerebral hemorrhagic stroke / Joanne V. Hickey and Sarah L. Livesay
Cerebral aneurysms / Deidre A. Buckley and Joanne V. Hickey
Arteriovenous malformations and other cerebrovascular anomalies / Deidre A. Buckley and Joanne V. Hickey
Chronic pain / Maureen F. Cooney
Headaches / Joanne V. Hickey and Amy F. Larson
Seizures and epilepsy / Kathy M. England and Madona D. Plueger
Infections of the central nervous system / Michelle VanDemark and Joanne V. Hickey
Mild cognitive impairment, dementias, and Alzheimer's disease / Vaunette P. Fay and Christine St. Michel
Parkinson's disease / Joanne V. Hickey
Multiple sclerosis / Megan R. Weigel and Joanne V. Hickey
Myasthenia gravis / Wilma J. Koopman and Joanne V. Hickey
Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / Joanne V. Hickey
Peripheral neuropathies / Joanne V. Hickey
Cranial nerve diseases / Mary M. Guanci.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Joanne V. Hickey ; associate editor, Andrea L. Strayer.Summary: "Neuroscience nurses practice in a very complex and challenging environment, caring for equally complex patients with multiple needs. Therefore, the contemporary neuroscience nurse engages in high-level assessment, information processing, and decision making. This requires professional competency in not only the specialty of neuroscience nursing practice, but also in general nursing and interprofessional collaborative practice. Much of the care delivered is through teams, with the nurse being an integral team member. The complexities of team communications, coordination, continuity, and safety require new models of practice to achieve optimal outcomes"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section 1. Neuroscience nursing: contemporary practice
The state of the science of neuroscience nursing practice
Ethical perspectives and end-of-life care
Beyond the hospital: preparing and caring for neuroscience patients after acute care
Section 2. Assessment and evaluation of neuroscience patients
Overview of neuroanatomy and neurophysiology
Diagnostics for patients with neurological disorders
Comprehensive neurological examination
Neurological assessment
Section 3. Neuroscience nursing: common management challenges
Intracranial hypertension: theory and management of increased intracranial pressure
Hydrocephalus
Management of patients with an altered level of consciousness
Neuroendocrine disorders in neuroscience patients
Neurosurgical procedures: patient care management
Rehabilitation of patients with neurological disorders
Section 4. Nursing management of patients with injury to the neurological system
Craniocerebral injuries
Spine and spinal cord injuries
Back pain and spinal disorders
Section 5. Nursing management of cranial nerve disorders and peripheral nerve injuries
Cranial nerve diseases
Peripheral nerve injuries
Section 6. Nursing management of patients with neoplasms of the neurological system
Brain tumors
Spinal cord tumors
Section 7. Nursing management of patients with cerebrovascular disease
Transient ischemic attacks and acute ischemic stroke
Intracerebral hemorrhagic stroke
Intracranial aneurysms
Arteriovenous malformations and other cerebrovascular anomalies
Section 8. Nursing management of patients with pain, seizures, and CNS infections
Chronic pain
Headaches
Seizures and epilepsy
Infections of the central nervous system
Section 9. Nursing management of patients with movement disorders, neurodegenerative and neuromuscular diseases
Parkinson's disease
Alzheimer's disease and related dementias
Multiple sclerosis
Guillain-Barré syndrome
Myasthenia gravis
Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - Digital[edited by] David B. Elliott.Contents:
Evidence-based eye examinations
Communication skills
Assessment of visual function
Refraction and prescribing
Contact lens assessment
Assessment of Binocular Vision and Accommodation
Ocular health assessment
Variations in appearance of the normal eye
Physical examination procedures.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digitaledited by Antonia Vlahou, Manousos Makridakis.Contents:
Biological sample collection for clinical proteomics : existing SOPs / Vasiliki Lygirou, Manousos Makridakis, and Antonia Vlahou
Targeting the proteome of cellular fractions : focus on secreted proteins / Agnieszka Latosinska [and others]
Preparation of urinary exosomes : methodological issues for clinical proteomics / Marina Pitto, Samuele Corbetta, and Francesca Raimondo
Sample treatment methods involving combinatorial peptide ligand libraries for improved proteomes analyses / Pier Giorgio Righetti and Egisto Boschetti
Glycoprotein enrichment method Using a selective magnetic nano-probe platform (MNP) functionalized with lectins / Marta Cova [and others]
Latest advancements in proteomic two-dimensional gel electrophoresis analysis applied to biological samples / Laura Santucci [and others]
2DE maps in the discovery of human autoimmune kidney diseases : the case of membranous glomerulonephritis / Maurizio Bruschi, Laura Santucci, Gian Marco Ghiggeri, and Giovanni Candiano
MALDI-imaging mass spectrometry on tissues / Veronica Mainini [and others]
Laser capture microdissection of fluorescently labeled amyloid plaques from alzheimer's disease brain tissue for mass spectrometric analysis / Diana A.T. Nijholt, Christoph Stingl, and Theo M. Luider
Urine sample preparation and fractionation for global proteome profiling by LC-MS / Magali Court, Jérôme Garin, and Christophe D. Masselon
Methods in capillary electrophoresis coupled to mass spectrometry for the identification of clinical proteomic/peptidomic biomarkers in biofluids / Angelique Stalmach [and others]
Quantification of proteins in urine samples using targeted mass spectrometry methods / Nina Khristenko and Bruno Domon
Statistical issues in the design and planning of proteomic profiling experiments / David A. Cairns
Integrating proteomics profiling data sets : a network perspective / Akshay Bhat, Mohammed Dakna, and Harald Mischak
European medicines agency experience with biomarker qualification / Efthymios Manolis [and others].Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by S Paige Hertweck, Maggie L. Dwiggins.Summary: Published in association with NASPAG, this updated second edition gives quick access to the essential information. The authors combine their clinical experience with a complete review of the literature, placing it in an easy to consult format with photographs, figures, and algorithms.*Offers a concise guide to the clinical essentials in diagnosis and management for Pediatric & Adolescent Gynecology *Provides an invaluable quick reference for family physicians, nurses, residents, and trainees *Presents the clinical expertise of NASPAG expertsDigital Access TandFonline 2022
- DigitalGeorge T. Grossberg, Laurence J. Kinsella, editors.Contents:
1. Psychopharmacology for Neurologists
2. General Principles of Psychopharmacology
3. Special Considerations for the Elderly
4. Antidepressants
5. Anxiolytics
6. Sedatives and Hypnotics
7. Treating the Behavioral Symptoms of Dementia
8. Antipsychotics
9. Cognitive Enhancers
10. Mood Stabilizers, Anticonvulsants, and Anti-agitants
11. Drug-Dietary Interactions: Over-the-Counter Medications, Herbs and Dietary Supplements.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Dr Mira Lal.Summary: The interplay between mind and body is a rapidly developing area of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, growing in prominence as many areas of medicine recognise the importance of understanding the physical, mental, and social aspects of numerous health conditions. Clinical Psychosomatic Obstetrics and Gynaecology: A Patient-Centred Biopsychosocial Practice is a fundamental work that enhances the understanding of the management of womens disease conditions resulting from psychosomatic or mind-body interactions that are routinely encountered by clinicians.Digital Access Oxford 2017
- Digitaleditor, Mieczyslaw Pokorski.Summary: This book describes various aspects of current scientific interest in clinical developments and management of pulmonary pathologies. Non-communicable and communicable disorders are tackled. Chronic disorders of an inflammatory background, such as COPD and asthma, often overlapping, diagnostically and therapeutically misguided and always difficult to manage, are in focus due to an increasing prevalence across the age range. The authors dwell on the disease management, exacerbations, care and therapy, taking into account all too often overlooked psychosomatic determinants. Novel markers of pulmonary sarcoidosis, also an inflammatory disease, albeit of unknown etiology, are described. The outstanding lung images of cystic fibrosis are presented in another chapter. Finally, there are reports on the extent of the influenza scourge in Poland during the past 2016/2017 epidemic season. The book is addressed to clinicians, family physicians, medical scholars, and all professionals engaged in the preservation of respiratory health.
Contents:
Preface
Coexistence of Chronic Bronchitis in Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease. -Influence of Gaseous Pollutants on COPD Exacerbations in Patients with Cardiovascular Comorbidities
Chemotherapy-Induced Takotsubo Syndrome
Blood Group and Incidence of Asthma and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Satisfaction with Life and Adaptive Reactions in People Treated for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Estimates of Medication Expenditure for Ischemic Heart Disease Accompanying Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Proangiogenic and Profibrotic Markers in Pulmonary Sarcoidosis
Congruence between Pulmonary Function and Computed Tomography Imaging Assessment of Cystic Fibrosis Severity
Detection of Influenza in the Epidemic Season 2016/2017 Based on I-MOVE+ Project
Influenza and Influenza-Like Viruses: Frequent Infections in Children under 14 Years of Age during the 2016/2017 Epidemic Season
Index. - Digitaleditor, William Small, Jr. ; associate editors, Nancy J. Tarbell, Min Yao ; section editors, Jason A. Efstathiou, Minesh P. Mehta, William Small, Jr., Christopher G. Willett, Min Yao.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- DigitalTakeshi Kaneko, editor.Summary: "This book describes the underlying genetic basis of common pulmonary diseases and discusses their pathogenesis and pathophysiology. These insights provide the basis for understanding different subtypes and phonotypes, and will promote better treatment strategies and individualized medicine. The book provides new and valuable information for the development of the areas of study, as well as practical guidelines for clinicians engaged in treating pulmonary diseases.This volume of the Respiratory Disease Series - Diagnostic Tools and Disease Managements will broaden the understanding of beginning and experienced researchers and clinicians who treat pulmonary diseases. Moreover, residents and clinicians engaged in medical oncology will find it a valuable guide to support them in their day-to-day work."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I Introduction
1. Clinical development of genomic medicine in pulmonary diseases: Are genetic factors enough to determine the phenotype and inheritance of pulmonary diseases-- 2. Statistical approaches and strategies for complex diseases - Overview - : What is the rationale for the genome-wide approach to understand complex diseases - its application and limitations
Part II Genetic Disorders in Pulmonary Disease
3 (4)Bronchial asthma: Is asthma inherited-- 4 (5)COPD - Hereditary (A1-AT) and Non-hereditary: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of COPD-- 5 (3)Smoking behavior and cessation (nicotine addiction): Are genetic factors involved in smoking behavior-- 6. Cystic fibrosis, Primary ciliary dyskinesia and Diffuse panbronchiolitis - Hereditary and Non-Hereditary: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of these diseases--^7. Pulmonary Fibrosis -Hereditary and Nonhereditary: What are the role of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of pulmonary fibrosis-- 8. Other diffuse lung diseases - Diffuse cystic lung diseases (LAM, TSC, BHD), Sarcoidosis, Pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, and Pulmonary alveolar microlithiasis: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of these diseases-- 9. Pulmonary vascular diseases - Pulmonary hypertension and HHT: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of pulmonary vascular diseases-- 10. Mycobacterial infection - TB and NTM: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of mycobacterial infection-- 11. Pulmonary malignancies (1): Lung cancer: What are the roles of genetic factors in lung cancer pathogenesis-- 12. Pulmonary malignancies (2): Mesothelioma: What are the Roles of Genetic Factors in the Pathogenesis of Mesothelioma--^13. Genetic Factors in Sleep Disorders: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of sleep disorders-- 14. Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and toxicities: What should we know about genetic factors that affect the pharmacotherapy of pulmonary diseases-- Part III Oncogenic Driver Mutation (Somatic Mutations) in Lung Cancer
15. EGFR: How important is EGFR mutation status in the management of lung cancer-- 16. ALK, and others: How important are ALK, and other mutations in the management of lung cancer-- Part IV Current Topics
17.Application of high-throughput technologies in personal genomics: How is the progress in personal genome service-- 18. Nucleic acid amplification-based diagnostics for pulmonary diseases : What is the current state and perspectives of nucleic acid amplification technologies used in diagnostics associated with pulmonary diseases.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalTommaso Falcone, William W. Hurd, editors.Contents:
Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Control of the Menstrual Cycle
Female and Male Gametogenesis
Normal Puberty and Pubertal Disorders
Fertilization and Implantation
Reproductive Imaging
Amenorrhea
Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
Menopause
OSTEOPOROSIS FOR THE FEMALE PATIENT
Male Infertility
Infertility
Fertility Preservation
Ovarian Reserve Testing
RECURRENT EARLY PREGNANCY LOSS
Ovulation Induction
Assisted Reproductive Technology: Clinical Aspects
Assisted Reproductive Technology: Laboratory Aspects
Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis and Genetic Screening
Hysteroscopic Management of Intrauterine Disorders: Polypectomy, Myomectomy, Endometrial Ablation, Adhesiolysis, and Removal of Uterine Septum
Uterine Leiomyomas
Tubal Disease and Ectopic Pregnancy
Endometriosis
Contraception and Sterilization
Surgical Techniques for Management of Anomalies of the Müllerian Ducts.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalTommaso Falcone, William W. Hurd, editors.Summary: Now in a completely revised and expanded fourth edition, including two new chapters, this user-friendly textbook offers a succinct overview of both the medical and surgical management of reproductive disorders, as well as coverage of associated imaging modalities. Included here are updated chapters on major reproductive endocrinology and infertility issues, such as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), pubertal disorders, amenorrhea, menopause, management of endometriosis and fibroids (including interventional radiology), laboratory and clinical aspects of assisted reproductive technologies (ART), imaging modalities such as ultrasonography and sonohysterography, hysteroscopic and laparoscopic techniques, an expansion of female infertility and fertility, preimplantation diagnosis and screening, osteoporosis, and contraception and sterilization. Chapters new to this edition discuss third-party reproduction and uterine transplantation. In addition, chapters opens with a list of bulleted key points and end with multiple choice review questions, and most include vibrant clinical case material to illustrate important concepts. Residents, fellows, and new clinicians in obstetrics and gynecology interested in reproductive endocrinology and infertility will find this fourth edition of Clinical Reproductive Medicine and Surgery: A Practical Guide a valuable and focused reference.
Contents:
Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Control of the Menstrual Cycle
Female and Male Gametogenesis
Normal Puberty and Pubertal Disorders
Fertilization and Implantation
Reproductive Imaging
Amenorrhea
Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
Menopause
Osteoporosis for the Female Patient
Male Infertility
Female Infertility
Fertility Preservation
Ovarian Reserve Testing
Recurrent Early Pregnancy Loss
Induction of Ovulation
Assisted Reproductive Technology: Clinical Aspects
Assisted Reproductive Technology: Laboratory Aspects
Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis and Genetic Screening
Hysteroscopic Management of Intrauterine Disorders
Gynecologic Laparoscopy
Uterine Leiomyomas
Tubal Disease and Ectopic Pregnancy
Endometriosis
Contraception and Sterilization
Surgical Techniques for Management of Anomalies of the Mullerian Ducts
Third-party Reproduction
Uterine Transplantation. - Digital/PrintJohn G. Brock-Utne.Summary: This book provides insights into how to be a productive clinical researcher via real-life case examples of successful clinical research -- and also clinical research gone awry. Through these examples of success and failure, the book develops a blueprint for building a career in clinical research. Future medical practice depends on the quality of the clinical trials to which drugs, devices, and treatment procedures are subjected today. However, clinical trials are not easy to do, and many physicians and health care providers who attempt clinical research struggle in this endeavor, primarily because of lack of instruction. Clinical Research aims to fill the gap between training and research through case studies of a long-time clinical researcher's rich and varied experiences.
Contents:
Dedication
Preface
Acknowledgements
Table of Contents
Basic Premise
Case 1. A 2good3 question
Case 2. A 2bad3 question
Case 3. Why were 116 patients excluded?
Case 4. Sometimes a good question evolves from a bad one
Case 5. What went wrong?
Case 6. Check your facts
Case 7. All is not lost
Case 8. An important lesson
Case 9. A lucky escape
Case 10. A letter or a full paper
Case 11. This could be serious. Be prepared
Case 12. Not correct procedure
Case 13. A lesson well learned
Case 14. Taking out a patent. Should you or should you not?
Case 15. Taking out a patent. Watch out
Case 16. A laboratory lesson
Case 17. Before you start any research
Case 18. An offer of employment. What to look for
Case 19. What should you do?
Case 20. Who to trust
Case 21. Elementary
Case 22. Never give up
Case 23. How long should a study go on?
Case 24. What to do
Case 25. To what journal should you send your work?
Case 26. A drug sponsored trial
Case 27. The difference between research and quality assurance/improvement
Case 28. Stopping a clinical study
Case 29. Controversy
Case 30. The P Value
Case 31. How many authors?
Case 32. If you injure your patient
Case 33. Multicenter trials
Case 34. Unprofessional behavior
Case 35. Tips on how to get the Institutional Review Board (IRB) submission completed and passed
Case 36. How to perform and report the result of a survey
Case 37. Validity of the cricoid pressure (Sellick's maneuver
Case 38. Another unprofessional behavior
Case 39. A data set
Case 40. Taking over an ongoing clinical trial
Case 41. Should you do a pilot study in this proposed trial?
Case 42. An inconclusive result (negative result). What to do
Case 43. Retrospective studies. What to watch out for
Case 44. Plagiarism
Case 45. Pediatric research
Case 46. Your paper is rejected. What to do
Case 47. You disagree with a conclusion of a published article
Case 48. Is this a good study?
Case 49. Meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials
Case 50. Is the title of a paper or grant important?
Case 51. Sampling and subjects
Case 52. What not to do if you are a mentor
Case 53. Be aware
Case 54. A statistical impasse
Case 55. A bad outcome
Case 56. A case report
Case 57. Are case reports becoming extinct
Case 58. A clinical pharmacology study
Case 59. Watch out
Case 60. A new equipment
Case 61. Those that ignore the past
Case 62. What are the safety data for this formulation?
Case 63. This is a test to see what you have learned
Review of the clinical research process. From the beginning to the end
The future of clinical research
Summary of Pearls. - DigitalJohn G. Brock-Utne.Summary: This book provides insights into how to be a productive clinical researcher via real-life case examples of successful clinical research -- and also clinical research gone awry. Through these examples of success and failure, the book develops a blueprint for building a career in clinical research. Future medical practice depends on the quality of the clinical trials to which drugs, devices, and treatment procedures are subjected today. However, clinical trials are not easy to do, and many physicians and health care providers who attempt clinical research struggle in this endeavor, primarily because of lack of instruction. Clinical Research aims to fill the gap between training and research through case studies of a long-time clinical researcher's rich and varied experiences.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: This book is a blend of medical research and clinical practice. Advancements in practice are inextricably bound to have research underpinnings. The articles highlight a range of practical topics. The respiratory tract is upfront as the first line of defense of the organism. Virological and bacteriological aspects of the infections that continue to be a scourge worldwide, influenza and tuberculosis, are dealt with. Sleep disordered breathing is another hot topic. Allergy and atopy, and the role of nutraceuticals in providing anticancer benefits due to the inhibitory effects on tumor growth and angiogenesis are referred to. Other chapters describe the use of mesenchymal stem cells for regeneration of the worn away cartilage tissue in the knee. The assessment and management of cognitive decline, sarcopenia and frailty of old age also figure prominently in the texts. The book is an attempt to demonstrate the viability of a bench-to-bedside design in point-of-care patient applications. Hopefully, it will be a source of information on interdisciplinary medical research advancements, addressing the needs of medical professionals, from scientists to clinicians and allied health professionals.
Contents:
Regional Diversification of Influenza Activity in Poland during the 2015/16 Epidemic Season, K. Szymański, D. Kowalczyk, K. Cieślak, L.B Brydak
Impact of Internal and External Factors on EBC-pH and FeNO Changes in Humans Following Challenge with Ethyl Acrylate, F. Hoffmeyer, K. Sucker, H. Berresheim, C. Monsé, B. Jettkant, A. Beine, M. Raulf, J. Bünger, T. Brüning
Influence of Socioeconomic Factors on Self-Reported Prevalence of Allergic Diseases among Female University Students, K. Kliś, M. Żurawiecka, A. Suder, I. Teul, B. Borowska-Strugińska, E. Suliga, I. Wronka
Microbiologic Methods in the Diagnostics of Upper Respiratory Tract Pathogens, J. Kompanikova, A. Zumdick, M. Neuschlova, V. Sadlonova, and E. Novakova
Seroprevalence of Bartonella Species in Patients with Ocular Inflammation, J. Brydak-Godowska, D. Kopacz, P.K. Borkowski, B. Fiecek, A. Hevelke, D. Rabczenko, S. Tylewska-Wierzbanowska, D. Kęcik, and Tomasz Chmielewski
Body Composition, Anthropometric Indices and Hydration Status of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Patients: Can Cachexia Coexist with Obesity?, B. Kuźnar-Kamińska, M. Grabicki, T. Trafas, M. Szulińska, S. Cofta, T. Piorunek, B. Brajer-Luftmann, A. Nowicka, B. Bromińska, H. Batura-Gabryel
Frailty and Primary Sarcopenia: a Review, E. Carmeli
Exercise Strategies to Counteract Brain Aging Effects, D. Szalewska, M. Radkowski, U. Demkow, P.J. Winklewski
Evaluation of Immune Indices and Serum Vitamin D Content in Children with Atopic Dermatitis, A. Lipińska-Opałka, A. Wawrzyniak, S. Lewicki, R Zdanowski, B. Kalicki
Synergistic Activity for Natural and Synthetic Inhibitors of Angiogenesis Induced by Murine Sarcoma L-1 and Human Kidney Cancer Cells, B.J. Bałan, A.K.Siwicki, K. Pastewka, U. Demkow, P. Skopiński, E. Skopińska-Różewska, S. Lewicki, R. Zdanowski
Solitary Rectal Ulcer Syndrome in Children: A Case Series Study, K. Kowalska-Duplaga, I. Lazowska-Przeorek, K. Karolewska-Bochenek, M. Woynarowski, G. Czaja-Bulsa, A. Stawarski, S. Pieczarkowski, E. Hapyn, J. Jozefczuk, B. Korczowski, A. Szaflarska-Poplawska, A. Banaszkiewicz
Knee Cartilage Regeneration with Umbilical Cord Mesenchymal Stem Cells Embedded in Collagen Scaffold Using Dry Arthroscopy Technique, B. Sadlik, G. Jaroslawski, D. Gladysz, M. Puszkarz, M. Markowska, K. Pawelec, D. Boruczkowski, T. Oldak
index. - DigitalRachel L. Richesson, James E. Andrews, editors.Summary: This extensively revised new edition comprehensively reviews the rise of clinical research informatics (CRI). It enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of how CRI has developed and the evolving challenges facing the biomedical informatician in the modern clinical research environment. Emphasis is placed on the changing role of the consumer, and the need to merge clinical care delivery and research as part of a changing paradigm in global healthcare delivery. Clinical Research Informatics presents a detailed review of using informatics in the continually evolving clinical research environment. It represents a valuable textbook reference for all students and practising healthcare informaticians looking to learn and expand their understanding of this fast-moving and increasingly important discipline.
Contents:
Introduction
Section I: Contexts of Clinical Research Informatics
From Notations to Data: The Digital Transformation of Clinical Research
The Clinical Research Environment
Methodological Foundations of Clinical Research
Informatics Approaches to Participant Recruitment
The Evolving Role of Consumers
Clinical Research in the Post-genomic Era
Section II: Data Management and Systems in Clinical Research
Clinical Research Information Systems
Study Protocol Representation
Data Quality in Clinical Research
Patient-Reported Outcome Data
Biobanking Challenges and Informatics Opportunities
Laboratory Data
Patient Registries
Knowledge Representation and Discovery
Section III: Knowledge Representation and Ontologies
Non hypothesis-driven Research: Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery
Natural Language Processing, Electronic Health Records, and Clinical Research
The Future of Clinical Research, Health, and Clinical Research Informatics
Data Governance
Data Sharing: Electronic Health Records and Research Interoperability
Standards Development and the Future of Research Data Sources, Interoperability, and Exchange
Pharmacovigilance
Clinical Trials Registries and Results Databases
Future Directions in Clinical Research Informatics. - DigitalMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: This book presents the current trends and state of the art solutions addressing various issues related to pulmonary disorders. Diagnostic and therapeutic challenges are tackled, starting with the noncommunicable diseases of sarcoidosis and granulomatosis with polyangiitis. Pulmonary involvement, practically unavoidable, runs an insidious course, and is often occulted by systemic symptoms. The establishment of a firm diagnosis, with a precision no one could oppugn, is difficult. Other issues pertain to quality of life, disease preventive measures, and the move toward personal health care in chronic sufferers from multiple conditions in later life. There is also an update on the prevalence and diagnostic and treatment challenges of extrapulmonary tuberculosis. In addition, the place of neuroproteomics in modern clinical practice is presented. The practical insights emphasize the role of science in advancing biomedical knowledge and care. The book is addressed to researchers and practitioners, and allied health care professionals engaged in effective patient care and therapy.
Contents:
Peripheral Arterial Tonometry in Pulmonary Vasculitis / A. Falkowski, K.A. Wardyn, and K. Życińska
Dominance of Comorbidities or Lung Function Detriment in Daily Activity Impairment in Sarcoidosis Patients / S. Kostorz, D. Jastrzebski, M. Sikora, A. Zebrowska, A. Margas, D. Stepanik, H. Swinder, and D. Ziora
Physical Functioning and Symptoms of Chronic Fatigue in Sarcoidosis Patients / K. Pilzak, A. Żebrowska, M. Sikora, B. Hall, O. Łakomy, S. Kostorz, D. Ziora, and D. Jastrzębski
Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma of the Cavernous Sinus- Otolaryngological Sequelae of Therapy: Case Report / E. Dzięciołowska-Baran and A. Gawlikowska-Sroka
Tuberculosis of the Urogenital Tract in Adults in a Tertiary Referral Center / J. Jagodziński, T.M. Zielonka, K. Peplińska, and K. Życińska
Therapeutic Efficacy of Mandibular Advancement Devices in Patients with Severe Sleep Apnea: A Preliminary Report / M. Wojda, J. Kostrzewa-Janicka, P. Bieleń, P. Jurkowski, and E. Mierzwińska-Nastalska
Effectiveness of Healthcare Coordination in Patients with Chronic Respiratory Diseases / D. Kurpas, K. Szwamel, D. Lenarcik, M. Guzek, A. Prusaczyk, P. Żuk, J. Michalowska, A. Grzeda, and B. Mroczek
Two-Year Follow-Up of Fall Prediction among Older Adults in an Independent-Living Community / O. Zur, Y. Berner, Y. Ohel, and E. Carmeli
Activities of Lysosomal Enzymes in Alloxan-Induced Diabetes in the Mouse / B. Witek, D. Rochon-Szmejchel, I. Stanisławska, M. Łyp, K. Wróbel, A. Zapała, A. Kamińska, and A. Kołątaj
Proteomics in the Diagnosis of Inborn Encephalopathies of Unknown Origin: a Myth or Reality / A. Kupniewska, K. Szymanska, and U. Demkow
Expression of Inflammatory Mediators in Induced Sputum: Comparative Study in Asthma and COPD / Magdalena Paplińska-Goryca, Patrycja Nejman-Gryz, Katarzyna Górska, Katarzyna Białek-Gosk, Joanna Hermanowicz-Salamon, and Rafał Krenke
Erratum to Expression of Inflammatory Mediators in Induced Sputum: Comparative Study in Asthma and COPD / Magdalena Paplińska-Goryca, Patrycja Nejman-Gryz, Katarzyna Górska, Katarzyna Białek-Gosk, Joanna Hermanowicz-Salamon, and Rafał Krenke. - DigitalSummary: Clinical research nursing focuses on the care of research participants and the protocols of clinical research and trials. The clinical researcher nurse (CRN) balances the needs of the participant and the requirements of research across settings. The result: exceptional, ethical, and safe care that yields reliable, valid data and findings, high quality research outcomes, and, in time, better quality health care. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Scope of Clinical Research Nursing Practice
Introduction to Clinical Research Nursing
Definitions of Clinical Research Nursing
History and Evolution of the Practice of Clinical Research Nursing
Prevalence of Clinical Research Nurses
Populations Served by Clinical Research Nurses
Clinical Research Nursing Practice Environments
Roles and Practice of the Clinical Research Nurse
Tenets of Clinical Research Nursing
Principles that Guide Clinical Research Practice
Professional Nursing Ethics in Clinical Research Nursing
Educational Preparation for Clinical Research Nurses
Continuing Professional Development for Clinical Research Nurses
Specialty Practice Certification for Clinical Research Nurses
Trends and Issues in Clinical Research Nursing
Summary of the Scope of Clinical Research Nursing
Standards of Clinical Research Nursing Practice
Standards of Practice for Clinical Research Nursing
Standards of Professional Performance for Clinical Research NursingDigital Access R2Library 2016Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalOlli S. Miettinen, Johann Steurer, Albert Hofman.Summary: This book delineates the fundamental transformations that, according to its precepts, are now needed in the objects and methods of 'patient-oriented' clinical research, in order to make it genuinely patient-relevant. These transformations are presented as providing for transition from today's 'evidence-based' practices (advocated by 'clinical epidemiologists') to knowledge-based succedanea of these. While those existing practices vary according to doctors' personal opinions about the burden of the available evidence, their knowledge-based succedanea will be essentially invariant across individual doctors, as they'll be guided by 'expert systems' (imbedded in cyberspace). At issue in this is transformation in what the authors present as the very essence of clinical medicine, namely clinical doctors' esoteric ad-hoc knowing: "gnosis." This is clinical doctors' knowing - probabilistic - about relevant-but-hidden truths about their patients' health, and constitutes the basis for their teaching ("doctoring") the patients about these esoteric insights. The probabilities are 'personalized' in the meaning of their specificity to the cases' gnostic profiles. Genuinely patient-relevant clinical knowledge this book presents as the requisite basis for three species of clinical doctors' gnosis: diagnosis - knowing about whether a particular type of illness is present (though hidden) in the patient; etiognosis - knowing about whether the patient's illness was caused by a particular antecedent of it; and prognosis - knowing about the patient's future health, including as to its dependence on the choice of treatment. Pivotal in gnostic clinical research this book presents to be the studies' objects design in terms of a statistical model for the rate of occurrence of the entity of health in question, in a defined domain of case presentations. The essentials of the studies' methods designs are deduced from their objects designs. Study of this book - on the theory of "meta-epidemiological clinical research"--Is essential preparation for teaching 'patient-oriented' clinical research and for actual design & conduct of the studies and of their critical reviews. And by the same token, study of this book is essential preparation for the needed replacement of 'case-based learning' of clinical medicine, for suitably-learned teaching of the practice of clinical medicine - focused on the status quo of the scientific knowledge-base for (gnoses in) the discipline ('specialty') at issue.
Contents:
Foreword Preface Acknowledgements Essence of Clinical Medicine Essence of Clinical Research Clinical Research and Clinical Medicine at present Clinical Research Transformative of Clinical Medicine Core Concepts of Epidemiology and Epidemiological Research The Epidemiological Interface of Gnostic Clinical Research The Logistic Regression Model Statistics from the Model's Fitting to Gnostic Data The Types of Diagnostic Challenge and Needs for Knowledge Harvesting Experts' Diagnostic Probability Estimates Objects Design for a Diagnostic Probability Study Methods Design for a Diagnostic Probability Study The Bayes' Theorem Framework for Diagnostic Research Research Focused on Diagnostic Tests Introduction to Etiognostic Research Objects Design for an Etiognostic Study Methods Design for an Etiognostic Study Introduction to Prognostic Research Example: Research on 'Hormone Replacement Therapy' Prognostic Probability Functions from Clinical-trial Data Non-experimental Intervention-prognostic Studies Intervention-prognostic Derivative Research Theory of Medicine Defining the Essential Missions for Clinical Research Theory of Clinical Research for Its Essential
Gnosis-serving
Missions Toward Worldwide Scientific Clinical Medicine Glossary Appendix 1: What about 'Machine Learning'? Appendix 2: On Excellence of Epidemiologic Academia Index. - Digital[edited by] Shahrokh C. Bagheri.Contents:
Oral and maxillofacial radiology
Pharmacology
Anesthesia
Oral and maxillofacial infections
Dentoaveolar surgery
Dental implant surgery
Head and neck pathology
Craniomaxillofacial trauma surgery
Orthognathic surgery
Temporomandibular joint disorders
Oral cancer
Reconstructive oral and maxillofacial surgery
Facial cosmetic surgery
Syndromes of the head and neck
Medical conditions.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014 - DigitalAnahita Dua, Sapan S. Desai, John B. Holcomb, Andrew R. Burgess, Julie Ann Freischlag, editors.Summary: Care of the vascular trauma patient is a unique undertaking that requires a cohesive, multidisciplinary approach from all the surgical subspecialties to be successful. This is the first textbook of its kind to bring together all prominent management strategies from each of the surgical subspecialties, creating a unified voice on the management of the vascular trauma patient.? The purpose of the book is to serve as a practical surgical reference for the diagnosis and management of traumatic vascular injuries. Management of common vascular injuries is examined from a general, trauma, vascular, orthopaedic, plastics, cardiothoracic, and neurosurgical perspective by respected experts from each of these fields. Each section has been edited by specialists in the other relevant disciplines to ensure that every chapter represents an evidence-based assessment of all of the surgical subspecialties. Some essential topics include ideal choices of incision, endovascular versus open surgery, and the order in which to repair complex orthopedic and vascular injuries. Supplementing the clear and concise text are dozens of surgical photographs, illustrations, tables, and charts that assist in conveying complex concepts in vascular trauma management. Insights from the multidisciplinary panel of authors and editors help to simplify complex decision-making and streamline the overall care for critically ill patients. The Clinical Review of Vascular Trauma will be essential reading for any healthcare professional involved in care of the trauma patient.
Contents:
Vascular Surgery Essentials: Vascular Pathophysiology
Ultrasound
Scoring Systems
General Principles Of Anticoagulation
Workup And Management Of The Vascular Trauma Patient-Hematological Perspectives
Cerebrovascular And Upper Extremity: Carotid And Vertebral Injuries
Axillary/Brachial Injury
Radial/Ulnar Injury And Hand
Chest: Management Of Vascular Trauma In The Chest
Subclavian And Thoracic Duct
Thoracic Aorta
Heart And ?Great Vessels
Abdominal Aorta
IVC And Other Major Veins
Mesenteric
Pelvis- Section: Iliac Artery
Iliac Vein
KUB And Retroperitoneum
Lower Extremity: Femoral/Popliteal
Below Knee Pop/Distal Vessels & Foot
Special Situations: Military Vascular Trauma
Pediatric Vascular Trauma
Ortho Trauma
Utilization Of Shunting
Endovascular Considerations In The Trauma Patient
OB/GYN
Surgical Critical Care. - DigitalRohini Handa.Summary: Clinical Rheumatology is a book written by a clinician for clinicians. It covers all the essential clinical aspects of Rheumatology in an engaging, clear, and concise manner, thereby fulfilling an unmet need. The focus of this book is to cover clinically pertinent and practically relevant issues while pruning unnecessary detail. Patient photographs, tables, and boxes enhance readability. The bedside clinical and investigative approach is discussed in a lucid fashion illustrated by clinical photographs, flowcharts, and algorithms. The evidence-based treatment is spelt out in an easy to comprehend fashion. Key messages have been listed at the beginning of each chapter. The book is intended for undergraduate and postgraduate medical students, residents, fellows, and clinicians who want to gain practical knowledge and clinical insight into rheumatic diseases. The book is likely to appeal to internists, rheumatologists, physiatrists, physiotherapists, occupational therapists, as well as orthopaedic surgeons. They will find their day to day questions answered in a knowledge format that can be applied straight away. Senior clinicians will find it a ready reckoner and a handy manual to refresh and update their knowledge. Basic scientists will find it useful to gain clinical insight into the rheumatic diseases they research without being intimidated by the size of the text. Teachers will find it full of helpful teaching messages. Clinical Rheumatology is a must-have book for all those who deal with rheumatic musculoskeletal diseases.
Contents:
1 Bedside Approach to Musculoskeletal Complaints
2 Laboratory investigations in Rheumatology
3 Low Back Pain
4 Osteoarthritis
5 Gout and other Crystal Arthritides
6 Rheumatoid Arthritis
7 Spondyloarthritides
8 Psoriatic Arthritis
9 Reactive Arthritis
10 Seronegative Arthritis
11 Adult Stills Disease
12 Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
13 Connective Tissue Diseases- The Concept and Approach
14 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
15 Sjogrens Syndrome
16 Systemic Sclerosis
17 Undifferentiated Connective Tissue Disease, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease and the Overlap Syndromes
18 Antiphospholipid Syndrome
19 Inflammatory Muscle Diseases
20 Vasculitis
21 Osteoporosis
22 Behcets Syndrome
23 Soft Tissue Rheumatism and Regional Pain Syndromes
24 Fibromyalgia
25 Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
26 Benign Joint Hypermobility
27 Tuberculous and Septic Arthritis
28 Viral Arthritis
29 Sarcoidosis- Rheumatological Considerations
30 Emergencies in Rheumatology
31 Joint Aspiration and Injection
32 Pregnancy, Lactation, Contraception, and Fatherhood in Rheumatic Diseases
33 Immunisation in Autoimmune Rheumatic Diseases
34 Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) and the Rheumatologist
35 Web Resources in Rheumatology. - DigitalAnil Bhansali, Yashpal Gogate.Summary: This book covers interesting and yet often challenging cases among adult patients in a unique Question-Answer format. Simulating the bed-side case discussions during the ward rounds, one question logically leads to another question thereby generating curiosity and promoting evidence-based medicine. Taking the readers through the entire spectrum starting from etiology and pathophysiology to clinical presentation to management principles, each question addresses one key aspect of the disorder. Described in a very simple and lucid narrative, this book ensures sound conceptual understanding while covering each topic comprehensively. This volume covers important topics such as acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, osteoporosis, hypercalcemia, pheochromocytoma, hyperaldosteronism, thyroid disorders, and diabetes in adult patients. These cases are not only seen by endocrinologists, but are also managed by internists, orthopedic surgeons, obstetricians and gynecologists. Less common disorders such as adrenal disorders and androgen excess have also been covered.
Contents:
Acromegaly: Clinical Perspectives
Acromegaly: Diagnosis and Treatment
Hyperprolactinemia
Cushing's Syndrome: Clinical Perspectives
Chapter Cushing's Syndrome: Diagnosis and Treatment
Disorders of Androgen Excess
Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
Disorders of Mineralocorticoid Excess
Hypothyroidism
Thyrotoxicosis
Extra-thyroidal Manifestations of Autoimmune Thyroid Disease
Thyroid Disorders During Pregnancy
Disorders of Mineral Homeostasis
Hyperparathyroidism
Osteoporosis
Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
Diabetes-Related Complications-I
Diabetes-Related Complications-II
Diabetes During Pregnancy.Digital Access Springer 2015
- C. elegans-- methods and applications. 2nd ed. — Chemical signals in vertebrates. 14 (546)
- Chemical skin injury : mechanisms, prevention, decontamination, treatment — Clinical rounds in endocrinology. Volume I, Adult endocrinology (546)
- Clinical rounds in endocrinology. Volume II, Pediatric endocrinology — Congenital hip disease in adults (546)
- Congenital hyperinsulinism : a practical guide to diagnosis and management — Cytotoxic T-cells : methods and protocols (546)
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.